The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About064043-V2 - Construction-Related - Contract - Acadia Services, LLCCSC No. 64043-V2 FORTWORTH. CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION VOLUME 2 OF 2 City Project No. 104489-3 Mattie Parker Jesus "Jay" Chapa Mayor City Manager Christopher Harder, P.E. Director, Water Department Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Water Department MAY 2025 Prepared by: Kimley)))Horn Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-928 Kimley-Horn No. 061018452 OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX For Civil Design: William Weidman, P.E. Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. TBPE Reg # F-928 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11 Suite 1300 Fort Worth, TX 76102 For Civil Design: Josh Kercho, P.E. Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. TBPE Reg # F-928 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11 Suite 1300 Fort Worth, TX 76102 For Structural Design: Nicole Allender, P.E. Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. TBPE Reg # F-928 7740 North 16t` Street Suite 300 Phoenix, AZ 85020 For Mechanical and Plumbing Design: Casey A. Reimann, P.E. Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. TBPE Reg # F-928 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11 Suite 1300 Fort Worth, TX 76102 05/02/2025 OF l*'•'1 XhfrterrtirF�rs�fsr�rrs�rs _11�300 *, 05/02/2025 or dN .� h � 05/02/2025 For Electrical Desig Andrew Reed, P_E_ Gupta &Associatcs, Inc. TBPE Reg # F-2593 13717 Neutron Road Win, , TX 73244 For instrumentation and Controls Desi L.eTien Dang. P.E. Gupta & Assoclatuq, Inc, TBPF Reg # F-2543 13717 Neutmn Road Dallas, TX 7524-4 For Architectural Design: David Duman, AIA Quorum Architects, Inc. 825 West Vickery Blvd, Ste 100 Fort Worth, TX 76104 OF S � «.....................,. 0ANDRE' A, REI I...�............4...........E0. *+ 12384 4, &� ' s c'CENS , JLW.M.ft-ql� 0510212025 0510212025 05/02/2025 FORT WORTH. I'* City of Fort Worth Standard Construction Specification Documents Adopted September 2011 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME 1 OF 2: Division 00 - General Conditions Last Revised 0005 10 Mayor and Council Communication 07/01/2011 0005 15 Addenda 07/01/2011 0011 13 Invitation to Bidders 02/08/2024 0021 13 Instructions to Bidders 01/17/2024 0035 13 Conflict of Interest Statement 02/24/2020 00 41 00 Bid Form 09/30/2021 00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price 01/20/2012 0043 13 Bid Bond 09/11/2017 00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder 06/27/2011 0045 11 Bidders Prequalifications 08/13/2011 00 45 12 Prequalification Statement 09/30/2021 0045 13 Prequalification Application 08/13/2021 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 07/01/2011 00 45 40 Business Equity Goal 06/07/2024 00 52 43 Agreement 3/08/2024 0061 13 Performance Bond 12/08/2023 0061 14 Payment Bond 12/08/2023 0061 19 Maintenance Bond 12/08/2023 00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 07/01/2011 00 72 00 General Conditions 03/08/2024 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 Division 01 - General Requirements Last Revised 01 1100 Summary of Work — MODIFIED 12/20/2012 01 2500 Substitution Procedures — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting — MODIFIED 08/17/2012 01 31 20 Project Meetings — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 01 32 13 Schedule of Values — WFP 05/02/2025 01 32 16 Construction Schedule — MODIFIED 10/06/2023 01 32 33 Preconstruction Video — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 01 32 35 Aerial Photographic Documentation — WFP 05/02/2025 01 33 00 Submittals — MODIFIED 12/20/2012 0135 13 Special Project Procedures — MODIFIED 03/11/2022 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services — MODIFIED 03/09/2020 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 01 5526 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control — 03/22/2021 MODIFIED 01 5713 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 0158 13 Temporary Project Signage — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 01 60 00 Product Requirements — MODIFIED 03/09/2020 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization — MODIFIED 11/22/2016 01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey — MODIFIED 02/14/2018 01 74 23 Cleaning — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 01 75 16 Starting of the System — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 01 77 19 Closeout Requirements — MODIFIED 03/22/2021 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATOIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised June 7, 2024 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data — MODIFIED 12/20/2012 01 7839 Project Record Documents — MODIFIED 07/01/2011 Date Division 02 — Existing Conditions Modified 0241 15 1 Paving Removal —MODIFIED 05/02/2025 Division 03 - Concrete 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 03 34 16 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 Division 04 — Unit Masonry 04 05 23 Masonry Accessories — Flashing — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 04 72 00 Cast Stone — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 05 - Metals 05 05 33 Anchor Systems — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 05 50 00 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 05 53 11 Steel Grating — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 05 53 13 Bar Gratings — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 05 53 16 Aluminum Grating — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 06 — Wood, Plastics, and Composites 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 06 16 00 Sheathing — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 06 17 53 Shop -Fabricated Wood Trusses — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 19 00 Water Repellent — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 07 21 00 Insulation — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 07 61 00 Preformed Metal Roof and Sofft — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 07 61 01 PAC Clad Details — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 07 62 00 Metal Flashing and Trim — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 07 92 00 Caulking and Sealing — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 08 - Openings 1 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 1 08 71 00 Door Hardware — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 09 - Finishes 09 90 00 Painting — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 09 91 00 Piping and Equipment Painting — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 10 - Specialties 10 00 00 Miscellaneous Accessories — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 10 70 00 Aluminum Canopy — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATOIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised June 7, 2024 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 Division 22 — Plumbing 22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 22 14 29 Sump Pumps — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 23 — Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 23 05 11 Common Work Results for HVAC — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment — NON- 05/02/2025 STANDARD 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC — NON- 05/02/2025 STANDARD 230711 HVAC Insulation — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 230913 HVAC Digital Controls 05/02/2025 23 23 00 Refrigerant Piping — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 233100 HVAC Ducts and Casing — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 238100 Decentralized Unitary HVAC Equipment — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 26 - Electrical 26 00 00 Electrical General Provisions — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 05 19 Low -Voltage Wires and Cables — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding System — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes, Enclosures and Fittings — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 05 36 Cable Tray — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 05 43 Underground System — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 05 73 Power System Study — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 22 13 Distribution Dry -Type Transformers 05/02/2025 26 24 16 Panelboards — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 24 19 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 262713 Power Metering and Protective Relays — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 27 26 Light Switches and Receptacles — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 28 16 Low Voltage Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Disconnect 05/02/2025 Switches — NON-STANDARD 26 29 87 Electrical Contractor Provided Control Panels (ECPs) — NON- 05/02/2025 STANDARD 26 32 13 Standby Generator Set — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 33 53 Single Phase Uninterruptible Power Supply System (UPS) — 05/02/2025 NON-STANDARD 26 41 00 Lightning Protection System — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 26 43 13 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) — NON- 05/02/2025 STANDARD 26 50 00 Lighting System — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 VOLUME 2 OF 2: Division 31 - Earthwork 31 00 00 Site Clearing — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 3123 16 Unclassified Excavation — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 31 23 23 Borrow — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 31 24 00 Embankments — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATOIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised June 7, 2024 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 Division 32 — Exterior Improvements 32 1123 Flexible Base Courses — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 32 1129 Lime Treated Base Courses — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 32 13 13 Concrete Paving — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 32 1373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 3231 13 Chain Fences and Gates — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 32 31 14 Chain Link Cantilever Slide Gate — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 32 84 00 Site Irrigation System — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 3291 19 Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Roadway Right-of-ways — 05/02/2025 MODIFIED 32 92 13 Sodding — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 32 92 14 Non -Native Seeding — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 32 93 43 Trees and Shrubs — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 Division 33 - Utilities 33 01 12 Water Tightness Testing for Hydraulic Structures — NON- 05/02/2025 STANDARD 33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 01 31 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection — Sanitary Sewer — 05/02/2025 MODIFIED 33 04 40 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 04 10 Join Bonding and Electrical Isolation — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 04 50 Cleaning of Pipes — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 3305 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill — 05/02/2025 MODIFIED 3305 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 3305 17 Concrete Collars — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 05 26 Utility Markers/Locators — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 1105 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fittings — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 11 12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 1220 Resilient Seated Gate Valve — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 1225 Connection to Existing Water Mains — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 1240 Fire Hydrants — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 3331 13 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers — 05/02/2025 MODIFIED 33 31 70 Combination Air Valve for Sanitary Sewer Force Mains — 05/02/2025 MODIFIED 3339 10 Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 33 39 21 Polymer Concrete Manholes — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 33 39 60 Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 Division 34 — Transportation 3471 13 1 Traffic Control — MODIFIED 05/02/2025 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATOIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised June 7, 2024 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 Division 40 - Process Interconnections 40 05 00 Lift Station Accessories — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 05 62 Plug Valves 05/02/2025 40 05 97 Identification for Process Piping and Equipment 05/02/2025 40 06 65 Swing Check Valves — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 61 00 Process Control Systems General Provisions — NON- 05/02/2025 STANDARD 40 61 96 Process Control Descriptions — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controller — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 66 00 Communications Interface Equipment — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 67 00 Process Control Systems Control Panels — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 68 60 Application Services — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 70 50 Instrument Support Hardware — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 71 00 Flow Measurement Devices — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 72 00 Level Measurement Devices — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 73 00 Pressure Instruments — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 74 00 Temperature Instruments — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 78 00 Panel Mounted Control Devices — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 40 80 00 Process Control Systems Testing — NON-STANDARD 05/02/2025 Division 43 - Process Gas and Liquid Handling, Purification, and Storage Equi ment 43 25 00 1 Submersible Sewage Pumps — NON-STANDARD T05/02/2025 Division 44 — Pollution and Waste Control Equipment 44 31 16 1 Activated Carbon Scrubber — NON-STANDARD Division 46 - Water and Wastewater Equipment 46 41 00 1 Air Powered Wetwell Mixers — NON-STANDARD Appendix GC-4.01 Availability of Lands GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions GC-6.06.D Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance GC-6.07 Wage Rates GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements END OF SECTION 1 05/02/2025 1 05/02/2025 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATOIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised June 7, 2024 311000-1 SITE CLEARING Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 3110 00 2 SITE CLEARING 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Preparation of right-of-way and other designated areas for construction operations 7 by removing and disposing of all obstructions including clearing and grubbing and 8 trees, when removal of such obstructions is not specifically shown on the Drawings 9 to be paid by other Sections. The City of Fort Worth's Urban Forestry Ordinance 10 governs all tree removals. 11 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 12 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1) 13 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2) 14 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1) 15 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2) 16 5. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.1) 17 6. Added 1.2.A.3.b.2) 18 7. Modified 1.2.A.4.b.1) 19 8. Added 1.2.A.4.b.2) 20 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 21 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 22 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 23 3. Section 02 41 13 — Selective Site Demolition 24 4. Section 02 41 14 — Utility Removal/Abandonment 25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 A. Measurement and Payment 27 1. Site Clearing 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 30 b. Payment 31 1) Unit Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in 32 accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for 33 "Site Clearing". 34 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in 35 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 38 2) Removal and disposal of trees, structures and obstructions 39 3) Backfilling of holes 40 4) Clean-up CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 311000-2 SITE CLEARING Page 2 of 6 2. Tree Removal (typically included in "Site Clearing", but should be used if "Site Clearing" is not a bid item) a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tree Removal" for: a) Various caliper ranges 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 2) Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions 3) Grading and backfilling of holes 4) Excavation 5) Fertilization 6) Clean-up 3. Tree Removal and Transplantation a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tree Transplant" for: a) Various caliper ranges 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs 2) Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions 3) Moving tree with truck mounted tree spade 4) Grading and backfilling of holes 5) Replanting tree at temporary location (determined by Contractor) 6) Maintaining tree until Work is completed 7) Replanting tree into original or designated location 8) Excavation 9) Fertilization 10) Clean-up 4. Tree Protection a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item per each as designated on Construction Drawings for protection b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tree Protection" for: a) Various caliper ranges CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 311000-3 SITE CLEARING Page 3 of 6 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in 2 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Protection of tree utilizing measures designated on Construction Drawings 5 2) Installation of work barriers as designated on Construction Drawings 6 3) Maintenance of protection measures throughout construction completed 7 4) Replanting tree into original or designated location 8 5) Excavation 9 6) Fertilization 10 7) Mulching 11 8) Clean-up 12 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 13 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 14 A. Permits 15 1. Contractor shall obtain Tree Removal Permits and Urban Forestry Permits as 16 required by the City's Tree Ordinance. PARD-Forestry details can be found here: 17 Forestry — Welcome to the City of Fort Worth (fortworthtexas.gov). Urban Forestry 18 Compliance's ordinance and requirements are within Zoning and can be found here: 19 Zoning — Welcome to the City of Fort Worth (fortworthtexas.jzov). Preinstallation 20 Meetings 21 2. Hold a preliminary site clearing meeting and include the Contractor, City Forester 22 (if City owned tree) or representative of Urban Forestry (if privately owned tree), 23 City Inspector, and the Project Manager for the purpose of reviewing the 24 Contractor's tree removal plan. Clearly mark all trees to remain on the project site 25 prior to the meeting. 26 3. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to 27 Division 01. 28 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 34 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 35 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 36 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 311000-4 SITE CLEARING Page 4 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION 5 A. All trees identified to be protected and/or preserved should be clearly flagged with 6 survey tape. 7 B. Following taping and prior to any removals or site clearing, the Contractor shall meet 8 with the City, the Engineer and the Landowner, if necessary, to confirm trees to be 9 saved. 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. Protection of Trees 12 1. Protect designated trees and prune trees and shrubs as shown on the Drawings. 13 Refer to the Drawings for tree protection details. 14 2. If the Drawings do not provide tree protection details, protected trees shall be 15 fenced by placing 6-foot tall metal T-posts in a square around the tree trunk with 16 the corners located on the canopy drip line, unless instructed otherwise. 17 3. When site conditions do not allow for the T-posts to be installed at the drip line, the 18 T-posts may be installed no less than 8 feet from the tree trunk. 4-foot high 12 1/2 19 gauge stock fencing or orange plastic snow fence shall be attached to the T-posts to 20 form the enclosure. 21 4. For City -owned trees, PARD-Forestry permission is required to install protective 22 fencing inside of canopy dripline (Critical Root Zone). 23 5. Additional trunk protection (cladding) is required when protective fencing is 24 approved within the Critical Root Zone. 25 6. Do not park equipment, service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area 26 under the branches of trees designated for preservation. 27 7. When shown on the Drawings, treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound 28 dressing within 30 minutes of making a pruning cut or otherwise causing damage to 29 the tree. 30 8. Trees and brush shall be mulched on -site. 31 a. Burning as a method of disposal is not allowed. 32 B. Hazardous Materials 33 1. The Contractor will notify the Engineer immediately if any hazardous or 34 questionable materials not shown on the Drawings are encountered. This includes; 35 but not limited to: 36 a. Floor tiles 37 b. Roof tiles 38 c. Shingles 39 d. Siding 40 e. Utility piping 41 2. The testing, removal, and disposal of hazardous materials will be in accordance 42 with Division 1. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 311000-5 SITE CLEARING Page 5 of 6 1 C. Site Clearing 2 1. Clear areas shown on the Drawings of all obstructions, except those landscape 3 features that are to be preserved. Such obstructions include, but are not limited to: 4 a. Remains of buildings and other structures 5 b. Foundations 6 c. Floor slabs 7 d. Concrete 8 e. Brick 9 £ Lumber 10 g. Plaster 11 h. Septic tank drain fields 12 i. Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 13 j. Equipment 14 k. Trees 15 1. Fences 16 in. Retaining walls 17 n. Other items as specified on the Drawings 18 2. Remove vegetation and other landscape features not designated for preservation, 19 whether above or below ground, including, but not limited to: 20 a. Curb and gutter 21 b. Driveways 22 c. Paved parking areas 23 d. Miscellaneous stone 24 e. Sidewalks 25 £ Drainage structures 26 g. Manholes 27 h. Inlets 28 i. Abandoned railroad tracks 29 j. Scrap iron 30 k. Other debris 31 3. Remove culverts, storm sewers, manholes, and inlets in proper sequence to 32 maintain traffic and drainage in accordance with Section 02 41 14. 33 4. In areas receiving embankment, remove obstructions not designated for 34 preservation to 2 feet below natural ground. 35 5. In areas to be excavated, remove obstructions to 2 feet below the excavation level. 36 6. In all other areas, remove obstructions to 1 foot below natural ground. 37 7. When allowed by the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, cut trees and stumps 38 off to ground level. 39 a. Removal of existing structures shall be as per Section 02 41 13. 40 D. Disposal 41 1. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal. 42 2. All materials and debris removed becomes the property of the Contractor, unless 43 otherwise stated on the Drawings. 44 3. The Contractor will dispose of material and debris off -site in accordance with local, 45 state, and federal laws and regulations. 46 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 311000-6 SITE CLEARING Page 6 of 6 1 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.A Permits: Removed ordinance number and added City's website address 3/22/2021 M. Owen 1.2 Clarified measurement and payment. 1.4 Clarified administrative requirements. 3.4 Clarified additional installation requirements for tree protection and disposal. 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 312316-1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 1 of 5 SECTION 3123 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION A. Section Includes: 1. Excavate areas as shown on the Drawings or as directed. Removal of materials encountered to the lines, grades, and typical sections shown on the Drawings and removal from site. Excavations may include construction of a. Roadways b. Drainage Channels c. Site Excavation d. Excavation for Structures e. Or any other operation involving the excavation of on -site materials B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1) 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2) 3. Deleted 1.2.A.2 1. Modified 1.10.A.1 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 3123 23 — Borrow 4. Section 3124 00 — Embankments 24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Excavation by Plan Quantity a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on the Drawings. 2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of "Unclassified Excavation by Plan". No additional compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors, as these are the Contractor's responsibility. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 312316-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 2 of 5 1 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 2 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Excavation 5 2) Excavation Safety 6 3) Drying 7 4) Dust Control 8 5) Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts 9 6) Hauling 10 7) Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite 11 8) Scarification 12 9) Clean-up 13 ip eyed Quantity 14 a. Me 0 en 15 tho IVm dlxak b. by the eubie yar-d in its final position. 16 ealeulatod usirrg the aver —age aa or ao:�p;gsitemethod. 17 mho City will Per-fefm ar-efer-enee stti=vey-enee the Site s zan oloand 18 to obtain_oxlztir4 gratmd , nditiens 19 b) The City will per-fefvA a final post eenstmetion suFvey. 20 e) T�ent�aEter�iR1'S% rm-�A for- the eubie yardage of Exeavated material 22 Pura-crl payments will rvebased -vir-estimated plan quantity 23 leeasuremel}c_ calcula�od by the Engi. 24 b. -Paymen 25 1) T1vYeg&peff-ermed and mate,-ials f;,.-, ishea ; aeeer-danee with this item 26 and measxredas pf:evidedunder- "Measufement—will be paid foF tie _ate 27 der oul!&. -• « 28 0. 7% p"�e bid shall ; , i„de: 29 ') Eir=;wNtioa 30 31 3) P1=Yif1g 32 1) Duste1 33 erkingcT the ^ e ate g+Avial in r^ 34 6) I%uling 35 7) Disposal of materialfie used elsewhere on 36 8) Se<ai4fie-atien 37 9) Clean up 38 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 39 A. Definitions 40 1. Unclassified Excavation - Without regard to materials, all excavations shall be 41 considered unclassified and shall include all materials excavated. Any reference to 42 Rock or other materials on the Drawings or in the specifications is solely for the 43 City and the Contractor's information and is not to be taken as a classification of 44 the excavation. 45 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 46 A. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to Division 47 01. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312316-3 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 3 of 5 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 A. Excavation Safety 1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making all excavations in a safe manner. 2. All excavation and related sheeting and bracing shall comply with the requirements of OSHA excavation safety standards 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage 1. Within Existing Rights -of -Way (ROW) a. Soil may NOT be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. e. In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in landscaped areas. 2. Designated Storage Areas a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils within the ROW, easement or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an adequate storage location. b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on private property. c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. d. Do not block drainage ways. 31 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 32 A. Existing Conditions 33 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 34 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 35 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 36 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 37 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312316-4 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 4 of 5 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED] 4 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 5 A. Materials 6 1. Unacceptable Fill Material 7 a. In -situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 8 D2487 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13 3.4 CONSTRUCTION 14 A. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off -site 15 accordance with local, state, and federal regulations at locations. 16 B. Excavations shall be performed in the dry, and kept free from water, snow and ice 17 during construction with eh exception of water that is applied for dust control. 18 C. Separate Unacceptable Fill Material from other materials, remove from the Site and 19 properly dispose according to disposal plan. 20 D. Maintain drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to the roadway sections and 21 proposed or existing structures. 22 E. Correct any damage to the subgrade caused by weather, at no additional cost to the 23 City. 24 F. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grades. 25 Remove and dispose of slides as directed. 26 G. Rock Cuts 27 1. Excavate to finish grades. 28 2. In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades 29 established in the Drawings, use approved embankment material compacted in 30 accordance with Section 3124 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional 31 cost to City. 32 H. Earth Cuts 33 1. Excavate to finish subgrade CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312316-5 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 5 of 5 1 2. In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades 2 established in the Drawings, use approved embankment material compacted in 3 accordance with Section 3124 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional 4 cost to City. 5 3. Manipulate and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 3124 00. 6 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 9 A. Subgrade Tolerances 10 1. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions. 11 2. In areas of over excavation, Contractor provides fill material approved by the City 12 at no expense to the City. 13 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 21 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2 - Measurement and Payment Section modified; Blue Text added for clarification 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 — Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-1 BORROW Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 3123 23 2 BORROW 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Furnish, place and compact Borrow material for grading. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. Added 1.2.A.1 9 2. Deleted 1.2.A.2 10 3. Deleted 1.2.A.3 11 4. Deleted 1.2.A.4 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 15 3. Section 3123 16 — Unclassified Excavation 16 4. Section 3124 00 — Embankments 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Borrow 20 a. Measurement 21 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being 22 placed. 23 b. Pavment 24 1) Unit Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in 25 accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items 26 being placed and no other compensation will be allowed. 27 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in 28 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price 29 2. BefFew by Plan Quantity 30 a150alk imm nt 31 1 ` Mari.,-e e t 4b thin Ttom ch:.1 tiro ouNuj yafd in its final position 32 using the average end , o et"od. Tinwts arc sheA% on 33 the Dfawiags-. 34 tweasofed by the eubie yar-d in its final t�amlj 35 rt;t., measuf 0 e t item. The quantity to be paid is Vlh�j quantity 36 in the pr9pooal, twiess modified by AAiele 11.04 of the Gen 37 Cenditi-ino. iorral mgrew. isor- ,.lett ,.tions will be made if 39 i Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-2 BORROW Page 2 of 6 1 1) The work perF ffne.l and ma4e full f,.-. ishcd 1T ( vgr-.1a-nee with this item 2 " » will be paid for at the unit 3 pfiee bid pef eeh}e yafd of—Beffew by l,ofthe vs 1.,,... em. 4 mato6alo. N additional , o � fi-cc wil'Se .,llowe l - , eekAff - 5 s -ink ,,,o swell f eter-s as these are the r, ,,t, aeter-'s ponciy t,.,= 6 e. The a bid ohall inOude-- 7 1) 'Y,'U3,1oYoAiflg OF IMUINg fna4er-ial 8 2) Fumiahing „laei g, , acting a -ad finishing Bo ,. 9 3) Construction Wate 10 1) D"I Central 11 5) Clean up 12 til D, , ,4 D 11; ,. 13 7) Dizyooat q f &ieess of ante »,,,tofu, 14 15 3. u,.....ow by c,, ., o ed Qttant:t,. 16 a. Me 0 en 17 €or thiz Roi zJ mkl tiro cmkuo y., .a ; its final H sitiO 18 ^abated ucimg th . 19 awe City willer-fery ar-e€er-efiee survey one —et N. £ram has been eleafea 20 to obtain-oliztirg gra„~a , na;t: 21 b) Thy City will re -f n firml poot e 22 be for- the eubie e)The-Eenntfaetorwill paid yardage of rateri-al 23 ealettWed.,s the a;f f ,.o,- ee between the two s o 24 d) Rat4ial be based payments will oft estimated plan quantity 25 0 0 e is .,.,le l.,te by the R,,gineer, 26 b. Paymen 28 andme-asxwed as provided tmder- "N410wa onNA-it" will be paid for- t the unit 29 pr-iee bid per ouliizc�- " 30 a) Various B,.,...ow m tefi-al 31 a. p,v ah-� l inalu&-.- 32 1) 'r't -,To g-o hauring ma4er-ial 33 2) Furmching, yL-e g, eompaeting and finishing R 34 3) Gonst,- etio W.,te 35 4) Clean up 36 5; DurtGAi#TAI 376) Proof Ig 38 39 e}lg �vYls�orr�Z�It„�ao, ,,t , to : 1 40 41 a. Me 0 e t 42 1) MeaslifemePA-fo, ftlti itmi--oball be by the ,., bie , .,..a of loose B,,,.,.,,w 43 delivered to the Site by tFaek fieket to the fnater-ia4 as and r-eeor-ded provided 44 45 a. Paymet}t 46 d mate6mlj A,,... ishea ; or-d nee ,,.itk tilio item 47 and measwed as ruleunder- "Mowximixvjn.!L�Aill be pai,a for- M the „r:t 48 a " delivered to the Site-ana 2 per- eub 4 p= � v e�y=-R 49 . CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-3 BORROW Page 3 of 6 1a) Vafie„s n,.....ew ma4eri-als 2 o. T".- rice bid shall:,,dude: 3 .) '111m1vTo or hwalirg trial 4 2) Fumy Ahing,1l��rg, campaefing and finishing B 6 n) Clean 7 `) Du&I 12e1#Fe1 8 6}Proofg 9 i *eels or -waste m et:i l 11 1.3 REFERENCES 12 A. Reference Standards 13 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 14 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 15 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 16 2. ASTM Standards 17 a. ASTM D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering 18 Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) 19 b. ASTM D4318-10, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and 20 Plasticity Index of Soils 21 c. ASTM D6913, Standard Test Methods for Particle -Size Distribution 22 (Gradation) of Soils Using Sieve Analysis 23 d. ASTM D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 24 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 29 C. Submit laboratory tests reports for each soil borrow source used to supply general 30 borrow and select fill materials. 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32 A. Shop Drawings 33 1. Stockpiled Borrow material 34 a. Provide a description of the storage of the delivered Borrow material only if the 35 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the 36 easement. 37 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 39 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 40 A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 1 2 3 4 61 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 312323-4 BORROW Page 4 of 6 1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material from each source. a. All testing listed above shall be performed in terms of ASTM D698, ASTM D6913 and ASTM D4318-10 respectively. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery 1. Coordinate all deliveries and haul -off. B. Storage 1. Within Existing Rights -of -Way (ROW) a. Borrow materials may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. e. In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in landscaped areas. 2. Designated Storage Areas a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of Borrow materials within the ROW, easement or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an adequate storage location. b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on private property. c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. d. Do not block drainage ways. e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work zone. 28 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED] 32 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 33 A. Borrow 34 1. Additional soil beneath pavements, roadways, foundations and other structures 35 required to achieve the elevations shown on the Drawings. 36 2. Acceptable Fill Material 37 a. In -situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 38 ASTM D2487 39 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 40 c. Can be placed free from voids 41 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 42 3. Blended Fill Material CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-5 BORROW Page 5 of 6 1 a. In -situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 2 b. Blended with in -situ or imported Acceptable Fill material to meet the 3 requirements of an Acceptable Fill Material 4 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 5 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 6 4. Select Fill 7 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 8 b. Liquid limit less than 35 9 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 10 5. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 11 a. Sand or silty sand 12 b. Free of clay or plastic material 13 c. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 14 d. 100 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 15 D1633, Method A 16 e. 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 23 days in accordance with ASTM 17 D1633, Method A 18 f. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh -batch or continuous mixing plant 19 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 20 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22 PART 3 - EXECUTION 23 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 25 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 26 3.4 INSTALLATION 27 A. All Borrow placement shall be performed in accordance to Section 3124 00. 28 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 29 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 31 A. Field quality control will be performed in accordance to Section 3124 00. 32 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 33 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 34 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 35 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312323-6 BORROW Page 6 of 6 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2 - Measurement and Payment Section modified; Blue Text added for clarification 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 — Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312400-1 EMBANKMENTS Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 3124 00 2 EMBANKMENTS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Transporting and placement of Acceptable Fill Material within the boundaries of 7 the Site for construction of- 8 a. Roadways 9 b. Embankments 10 c. Drainage Channels 11 d. Site Grading 12 e. Any other operation involving the placement of on -site materials 13 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 14 1. Added 1.2.A.1 15 2. Deleted 1.2.A.2 16 3. Deleted 1.2.A.3 17 4. Modified 3.7.A.1 18 5. Modified 3.7.A.3 19 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 20 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 21 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 22 3. Section 3123 16 — Unclassified Excavation 23 4. Section 3123 23 — Borrow 24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A. Measurement and Payment 26 1. Embankments 27 a. Measurement 28 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being 29 placed. 30 b. Pavment 31 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 32 accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items 33 being placed and no other compensation will be allowed. 34 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 35 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 36 2—.—Eqn1_r&kmaats by Plan Qttanfi 37 ofaaaurcit 38 ,) r,reastfement for- this Iten &hall be ✓y the e 39 using the average end area method. Limits of meastifemen4 are shev�% on 40 tk-.,Q Dmwings. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312400-2 EMBANKMENTS Page 2 of 9 1 2) Al e 4 m -,sxured by the ,.,,bie ,, .,1 ; its final position, this ; a plans-. 2 item. The to be is the quantity meastffement quantity paid quantity shwAqft 3 ix Vl. ygopcoal� uxNless m edifie by nAiele 11.04 of the Gen l 4 Genditirm. A4"o-.,,Na? m,, �xav-areme is ^ .,1,.,,1. bens will be made if 5 ..c1 ustme is of quantities . required. 6 amen 7 8 t �easur�� Re the "Measurement" be „"mod or e�e-asureme at 9 e bid per- „b ie j, ,f of "r an'rimaffpay Plam". 111a additional 10 will' be allowed f f L Or a'Xiblase/swcll fae (\-3, ti th8se 11 are the Co traetor's responsibility. 12 e. The prree bid shall^ 13 1)—T-Fanspelting or 1 1a'.i1sg rater-ial 14 Vi rg, oompaeting and finishing Ek-mbankm. mt 15 3) Canstnietio W.,te 16 1) 'Du3t Gentfol 17 5) Clean up 18 til D 4 D 11;, 20 8) Reworking ing , epl.,,.om en .,�mut rmtef+ t 21 3. 1-33r.�arlma is by Su-veye,l Quantity 22 a. Me o en 23 for tlx4o %2 --,Nak be by cvbag yar-d in its final position 24 eale-ulated using the average end afeaer- eemposite method. 25 a) The City will Perfefm a r-e€er-enee sufvey onee tl3o hao bz�n oloamd 26 to obtain-oliM.irg graund eenditie 27 b) The City will perfoFm a final post e jitia~�ur�o; 28 e) The tom: will be paid f the ,.,,>,;, yardage ^vrT�,,,,!bcx-lmant 29 . 30 d) � d pQj'.. e is 411 be based estimated plan .,t;ty 31 0 0 tents al ,l to,l by the Engineer, 32 b. Payine 33 a3 "� mat 34 and measufed-as r-evide er- "NCImamnxxit" will be paid for- at the ,„it 35 spar mti---iafd-ef 36 d in. 37 ') ga h1I'.ing mater-ial 38 S E,,mlm--ftt 39 40 ') 'DuGt del 41 5)--Cleanup 42 6) FreeRolling 43 7xeessmater-i-als 44 8) D o.. o -1 ineor- ei3l..,.^,v.e t F,,,. de -etA m to -i l 45 1.3 REFERENCES 46 A. Reference Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312400-3 EMBANKMENTS Page 3 of 9 1 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 2 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 3 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 4 2. ASTM Standards 5 a. ASTM D4318-10, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, 6 and Plasticity Index of Soils 7 b. ASTM D4943-08, Standard Test Method for Shrinkage Factors of Soils by the 8 Wax Method 9 c. ASTM D698-07el, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 10 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 11 d. ASTM D1557-09, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 12 Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 13 e. ASTM D7382-08, Standard Test for Determination of Maximum Dry Unit 14 Weight and Water Content Range for Effective Compaction of Granular Soils 15 Using a Vibrating Hammer 16 £ ASTM D1556-07, Standard Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In -Place 17 by the Sand Cone Method 18 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 19 A. Sequencing 20 1. Sequence work such that calls of proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM 21 D698 prior to commencement of construction activities. 22 1.5 SUBMITTALS 23 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction 25 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 26 A. Shop Drawings 27 1. Stockpiled material 28 a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 29 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the 30 easement 31 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 35 A. Storage 36 1. Within Existing Rights -of -Way (ROW) 37 a. Soil may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction 38 easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 39 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 40 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 41 d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 42 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312400-4 EMBANKMENTS Page 4 of 9 1 e. In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 2 landscaped areas. 3 2. Designated Storage Areas 4 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement 5 or temporary construction easement, then secure and maintain an adequate 6 storage location. 7 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 8 private property. 9 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 10 d. Do not block drainage ways. 11 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 12 A. Existing Conditions 13 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 14 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 15 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 16 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 17 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 18 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED] 21 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 22 A. Materials 23 1. Acceptable Fill Material 24 a. In -situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 25 ASTM D2487 26 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 27 c. Can be placed free from voids 28 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 29 2. Blended Fill Material 30 a. In -situ soils classified as GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, or SM in accordance with 31 ASTM D2487 32 b. Blended with in -situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the 33 requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material 34 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 35 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 36 3. Unacceptable Fill Material 37 a. In -situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 38 D2487 39 4. Select Fill 40 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 41 b. Liquid limit less than 35 42 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312400-5 EMBANKMENTS Page 5 of 9 1 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 3 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7 3.3 PREPARATION 8 A. Protection of In -Place Conditions 9 1. Pavement 10 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is 11 designated to remain. 12 b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 13 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 14 cost 15 2. Trees 16 a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary 17 construction easements. 18 b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 19 c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 20 00. 21 d. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 22 canopy. 23 e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 24 specifically allowed by the City. 25 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 26 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 27 3. Above ground Structures 28 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 29 4. Traffic 30 a. Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in 31 accordance with Section 34 71 13. 32 b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 33 1) Alternative access has been provided 34 2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident 35 3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan 36 3.4 INSTALLATION 37 A. Embankments General 38 1. Placing and Compacting Embankment Material 39 a. Perform fill operation in an orderly and systematic manner using equipment in 40 proper sequence to meet the compaction requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 312400-6 EMBANKMENTS Page 6 of 9 b. Scarify and loosen the unpaved surface areas, except rock, to a depth of at least 6 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings c. Place fill on surfaces free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other deleterious materials d. Bench slopes before placing material. e. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area f. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose material and proof roll existing surface. g. After spreading the loose lifts to the required thickness and adjusting its moisture content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material with the placed embankment material. h. Roll with sufficient number passes to achieve the minimum required compaction. i. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for specified compaction j. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. 2. Surface Water Control a. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and transverse slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. b. Conduct fills so that no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is created. c. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess amounts of runoff collect. d. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and free from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. e. Do not place fill during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper work placement of the material and compaction f. Prior to resuming compaction operations, remove muddy material off the surface to expose firm and compacted materials B. Embankments for Roads l . Only Acceptable Fill Material will be allowed for roadways 2. Embankments for roadbeds shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade of the street 3. Construct generally to conform to the cross section of the subgrade section as shown in the Drawings. 4. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections shown on the Drawings 5. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction requirements until the project is accepted. C. Earth Embankments l . Earth embankment is mainly composed of material other than rock. Construct embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in lengths suited for sprinkling and rolling. 2. Rock or Concrete a. Obtain approval from the City prior to incorporating rock and broken concrete produced by the construction project in the lower layers of the embankment. b. No Rock or Concrete will be permitted in embankments in any location where future utilities are anticipated. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 312400-7 EMBANKMENTS Page 7 of 9 1 c. When the size of approved rock or broken concrete exceeds the layer thickness 2 place the rock and concrete outside the limits of the proposed structure or 3 pavement. Cut and remove all exposed reinforcing steel from the broken 4 concrete. 5 3. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 6 and incorporate it into uniform layers. 7 4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to 8 ensure there are no abrupt changes in the material. 9 5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 10 material is attained. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 D. Rock Embankments 1. Rock embankment is mainly composed of rock. 2. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specifically designated on the Drawings. 3. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway cross-section with a depth of 18-inches or less. 4. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18-inches in any case. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the placement and filling operations. 5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension of any rock. 6. Do not place rock greater than 18-inches in its maximum dimension. 7. Construct the final layer with graded material so that the density and uniformity is in accordance compaction requirements. 8. The upper or final layer of rock embankments shall contain no material larger than 4 inches in their maximum dimension. E. Density 1. Compact each layer until the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698 is achieved. a. Not Under Roadway or Structure: 1) areas to be compacted in the open, not beneath any structure, pavement, flatwork, or is a minimum of 1 foot outside of the edge of any structure, edge of pavement, or back of curb. a) Compact each layer to a minimum of 90 percent Standard Proctor Density. b. Embankments under future paving: 1) Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density with a moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or -2 percent of optimum moisture or as indicated on the Drawings c. Embankments under structures: 1) Compacted each layer as indicated on the Drawings F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 2. For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 percentage points below optimum. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 312400-8 EMBANKMENTS Page 8 of 9 1 3. Rework the material to obtain the specified compaction when the material loses the 2 required stability, density, moisture, or finish. 3 4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain 4 specified density as directed by the City. 5 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7 3.7 FIELD QUAILITY CONTROL 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Proctors a The City will per -form Perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. b. Test results will generally should be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed to: 1) Contractor 2) City Project Manager 3) City Inspector 4) Engineer c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. d. CitywillPerform new proctors for varying soils: 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 2) If notified by the Contractor 3) At the convenience of the City e. Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 2. Proof Rolling a. Embankments under Future Pavement 1) City Project Representative must be on -site during proof rolling operations. 2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or pump. a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck with a 1500 gallon capacity. 3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 4) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 5) If an unstable or non -uniform area is found, correct the area. 6) Correct a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. b) Areas that are unstable or non -uniform 7) If a non -uniform area is found then correct the area. b. Embankments Not Under Future Paving 1) No Proof Rolling is required. 3. Density Testing of Embankments a. Density Test shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922. b. For Embankments under future pavement: 1) The City will perform Perform -density testing twice per working day when compaction operations are being conducted. 2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests, but the number of test shall be appropriate for the area being compacted. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 28, 2013 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 312400-9 EMBANKMENTS Page 9 of 9 1 3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 2 4) Special attention should be placed on edge conditions. 3 c. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 4 1) Perform -density testing once working day when 5 compaction operations are being conducted. 6 2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests. 7 3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 8 d. Make the area where the embankment is being placed available for testing. 9 e. The City will determine the location of the test. 10 f. ' 11 . Provide results to the City upon 12 completion of testing. 13 g. Post a formal report will be posted to the City's BIM 360 Buzzsaw site within 14 48 hours. 15 h. Test reports shall include: 16 1) Location of test by station number 17 2) Time and date of test 18 3) Depth of testing 19 4) Field moisture 20 5) Dry density 21 6) Proctor identifier 22 7) Percent Proctor Density 23 B. Non -Conforming Work 24 1. All non -conforming work shall be removed and replaced. 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 32 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2 — Added possible measurement and payment procedures and Blue 12/20/2012 D. Johnson text for instructions on how the methods should be applied 2.2.2.a added GW and SW material classifications 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2 — Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. 33 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 28, 2013 312500-1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 3125 00 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Implementation of the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 7 and installation, maintenance and removal of erosion and sediment control devices, 8 and establishment of final stabilization. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 11 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 12 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1 13 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan <1 acre 20 a. Measurement 21 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 22 b. Payment 23 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 24 with this Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being bid and no 25 other compensation will be allowed. 26 2) Lumn Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 27 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price 28 2. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan > 1 acre 29 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 30 b. Payment 31 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 32 with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "SWPPP > 1 33 acre". 34 2) Lumn Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 35 accordance with this Item shall be included in the total lump sum 36 price. 37 c. The price bid shall include: 38 1) Preparation of SWPPP 39 2) Implementation 40 3) Permitting fees 41 4) Installation CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 312500-2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2 of 9 1 5) Maintenance 2 6) Removal 3 7) Obtaining and/or complying with grading and/or fill permits, if required 4 8) Final stabilization 5 1.3 REFERENCES 6 A. Reference Standards 7 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 8 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 9 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 10 2. ASTM Standard: 11 a. ASTM D3786, Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile 12 Fabrics —Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method 13 b. ASTM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation 14 of Geotextiles 15 c. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size 16 of a Geotextile 17 d. ASTM D4833, Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of 18 Geomembranes and Related Products 19 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) TPDES General Permit No. 20 TXR150000 21 4. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS) 22 a. DMS-6230 "Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric" 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 24 1.5 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 26 B. TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 27 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 28 C. Construction Site Notice 29 D. TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 30 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 31 E. Notice of Change (if applicable) 32 F. Grading and/or fill permit, if required 33 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 37 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 38 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 39 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 312500-3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 3 of 9 PART2- PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 A. Rock Filter Dams 1. Aggregate a. Furnish aggregate with hardness, durability, cleanliness and resistance to crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable to the Engineer. b. Provide the following: 1) Types 1, 2 and 4 Rock Filter Dams a) Use 3 to 6 inch aggregate. 2) Type 3 Rock Filter Dams a) Use 4 to 8 inch aggregate. 2. Wire a. Provide minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie wires for Types 2 and 3 rock filter dams b. Type 4 dams require: 1) Double -twisted, hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 21/2 inches x 3 1/4 inches 2) Minimum 0.0866 inch steel wire for netting 3) Minimum 0.1063 inch steel wire for selvages and corners 4) Minimum 0.0866 inch for binding or tie wire B. Geotextile Fabric 1. Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria: a. Tensile Strength of 250 pounds, per ASTM D4632 b. Puncture Strength of 135 pounds, per ASTM D4833 c. Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi, per ASTM D3786 d. Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max), per ASTM D4751 C. Stabilized Construction Entrances 1. Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section. a. Provide crushed aggregate for long and short-term construction exits. b. Furnish aggregates that are clean, hard, durable and free from adherent coatings such as salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic and injurious matter. c. Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a minimum thickness of 12 inches. d. The aggregate shall be placed over a geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria: 1) Tensile Strength of 300 pounds, per ASTM D4632 2) Puncture Strength of 120 pounds, per ASTM D4833 3) Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi, per ASTM D3786 4) Apparent Opening Size of No. 40 (max), per ASTM D4751 D. Embankment for Erosion Control 1. Provide rock, loam, clay, topsoil or other earth materials that will form a stable embankment to meet the intended use. 44 E. Sandbags CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 312500-4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 4 of 9 1 1. Provide sandbag material of polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide woven 2 fabric with a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard, a Mullen burst- 3 strength exceeding 300 psi, and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent. 4 2. Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table 5 1 to fill sandbags. 6 3. Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long, 16 to 18 inches wide, and 6 to 8 7 inches thick. 8 Table 1 9 Sand Gradation Sieve # Maximum Retained (% by Weight) 4 3 percent 100 80 percent 200 95 percent 10 F. Temporary Sediment Control Fence 11 1. Provide a net -reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric. 12 2. Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed. 13 a. Fabric 14 1) Provide fabric materials in accordance with DMS-6230, "Temporary 15 Sediment Control Fence Fabric." 16 b. Posts 17 1) Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts with a minimum length of 18 48 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 19 2) Soft wood posts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch 20 3) Hardwood posts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch 21 4) T- or L-shaped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per 22 foot. 23 c. Net Reinforcement 24 1) Provide net reinforcement of at least 12-1/2 gauge galvanized welded wire 25 mesh, with a maximum opening size of 2 x 4 inch, at least 24 inches wide, 26 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 27 d. Staples 28 1) Provide staples with a crown at least 3/4 inch wide and legs 1/2 inch long. 29 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 34 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 35 3.4 INSTALLATION 36 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 312500-5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 5 of 9 1. Develop and implement the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR15000O requirements. Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and maintaining appropriate structural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants discharges to the MS4 from the construction site. B. Control Measures 1. Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning construction, or as directed. Limit the disturbance to the area shown on the Drawings or as directed. 2. Control site waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout water, chemicals, litter and sanitary waste at the construction site. 3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and sedimentation resulting from construction operations, the Engineer will limit the disturbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control. Minimize disturbance to vegetation. 4. Immediately correct ineffective control measures. Implement additional controls as directed. Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the applicable storm water permit. 5. Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all temporary control measures, temporary embankments, bridges, matting, falsework, piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction that are not a part of the finished work, or as directed. C. Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland, water body, or streambed. D. Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without the prior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer. E. Provide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers at an approved location. Keep paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers off bare ground and provide shelter for stored chemicals. F. Installation and Maintenance 1. Perform work in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000. 2. When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or in areas where the material will not contribute to further siltation. 3. Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. 4. Remove devices upon approval or when directed. a. Upon removal, finish -grade and dress the area. b. Stabilize disturbed areas in accordance with the permit, and as shown on the Drawings or directed. 5. The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from the project when new installations or replacements are no longer required. 43 G. Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 312500-6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 6 of 9 1. Remove trees, brush, stumps and other objectionable material that may interfere with the construction of rock filter dams. 2. Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at the Contractor's option. 3. For Types 1, 2, 3, and 5, place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes specified, without undue voids. 4. For Types 2 and 3, place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh at the upstream side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side with wire ties, or hog rings, or as directed. 5. Place rock filter dams perpendicular to the flow of the stream or channel unless otherwise directed. 6. Construct filter dams according to the following criteria, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings: a. Type 1 (Non -reinforced) 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 b. Type 2 (Reinforced) 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 c. Type 3 (Reinforced) 1) Height - At least 36 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top of filter dam 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 d. Type 4 (Sack Gabions) 1) Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends. 2) For vertical filling, connect the sides by lacing in a single loop —double loop pattern on 4- to 5-inches spacing. At 1 end, pull the end lacing rod until tight, wrap around the end, and twist 4 times. At the filling end, fill with stone, pull the rod tight, cut the wire with approximately 6 inches remaining, and twist wires 4 times. 3) For horizontal filling, place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone, and connect sides and secure ends as described above. 4) Lift and place without damaging the gabion. 5) Shape sack gabions to existing contours. e. Type 5 1) Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings. H. Construction Entrances 1. When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parking area, or other right of way areas other than at the location of construction entrances. 2. Place the exit over a foundation course, if necessary. a. Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 312500-7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 7 of 9 3. At drive approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the full width of the drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings. a. The width shall beat least 14 feet for 1-way and 24 feet for 2-way traffic for all other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer. I. Earthwork for Erosion Control 1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to minimize erosion and to remove collected sediments from other erosion control devices. a. Excavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures 1) Place earth dikes, swales or combinations of both along the low crown of daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover. 2) Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as directed to prevent runoff spillover or to divert runoff. 3) Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent erosion of hillsides. 4) Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other erosion control measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 5) Where required, create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of storage per acre drained, or equivalent control measures for drainage locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at 1 time, not including offsite areas. b. Excavation of Sediment and Debris 1) Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of the devices, after a rain, and when directed. 2) Remove sediment from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 50%. J. Sandbags for Erosion Control 1. Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment -laden storm water runoff from disturbed areas, create a retention pond, detain sediment and release water in sheet flow. 2. Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to allow for proper tying of the open end. 3. Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction. 4. Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row. 5. Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap. 6. Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to berms or dams of sandbags or earth. K. Temporary Sediment -Control Fence 1. Provide temporary sediment -control fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow. 2. Incorporate the fence into erosion -control measures used to control sediment in areas of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings, as specified in this Section, or as directed. a. Post Installation 1) Embed posts at least 18 inches deep, or adequately anchor, if in rock, with a spacing of 6 to 8 feet and install on a slight angle toward the run-off source. b. Fabric Anchoring CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 312500-8 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 8 of 9 1 1) Dig trenches along the uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of 2 fabric. 3 2) Provide a minimum trench cross-section of 6 x 6 inches 4 3) Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately 2 5 inches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction. 6 4) Backfill the trench, then hand -tamp. 7 c. Fabric and Net Reinforcement Attachment 8 1) Unless otherwise shown under the Drawings, attach the reinforcement to 9 wooden posts with staples, or to steel posts with T-clips, in at least 4 places 10 equally spaced. 11 2) Sewn vertical pockets may be used to attach reinforcement to end posts. 12 3) Fasten the fabric to the top strand of reinforcement by hog rings or cord 13 every 15 inches or less. 14 d. Fabric and Net Splices 15 1) Locate splices at a fence post with a minimum lap of 6 inches attached in at 16 least 6 places equally spaced, unless otherwise shown under the Drawings. 17 a) Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas. 18 2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment -control fence 19 include the following: 20 a) Fabric with minimal or no visible signs of biodegradation (weak fibers) 21 b) Fabric without excessive patching (more than 1 patch every 15 to 20 22 feet) 23 c) Posts without bends 24 d) Backing without holes 25 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 26 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30 3.10 CLEANING 31 A. Waste Management 32 1. Remove sediment, debris and litter as needed. 33 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 34 A. Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbing 35 activities at the project site have been completed. 36 B. Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent on all unpaved areas, 37 on areas not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion 38 control measures (i.e. riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed. 39 C. Once vegetative cover is achieved, the contractor shall remove all temporary control 40 measures, before final project acceptance. It is the contractor's responsibility to remove 41 all temporary control measures, unless transfer of maintenance and subsequent removal 42 is transferred to another entity in writing. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 312500-9 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 9 of 9 1 D. Upon achievement of final stabilization, submit NOT to TCEQ, and provide a copy of 2 the NOT to the City of Fort Worth"s Environmental Quality Division, if required. 3 E. Complete and submit a Final Grading Certificate to Development Services, if required. 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE 6 A. Install and maintain the integrity of temporary erosion and sedimentation control 7 devices to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork construction and permanent 8 erosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized 9 as determined by the Engineer. 10 B. If a device ceases to function as intended, repair or replace the device or portions 11 thereof as necessary. 12 C. Perform inspections of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General 13 Permit TXR150000. 14 D. Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections must be 15 maintained and available in accordance with the permit. 16 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17 END OF SECTION l8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 19 1.1 A. 1. Revised language re: what section includes, 1.2 A. 2. c. Clarified items included in price, 1.5 Added items to list of submittals, 2.2 Revised language under April 29, 2021 M. Owen product types/materials, 3.4 Revised language under "Installation", and 3.11 C. Added language to clarify responsibility to remove temporary protection device and emphasize clearing of ROW CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 32 1123 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES 321123-1 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 1 of 7 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Foundation course for surface course or for other base course composed of flexible 7 base constructed in one or more courses in conformity with the typical section. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 10 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 11 3. Modified 3.7.A 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract 15 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by the square yard of Flexible Base Course for various: 1) Depths 2) Types 3) Gradations 2. Payment a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Flexible Base Course. b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Preparation and correction of subgrade b. Furnishing of material c. Hauling d. Blading e. Sprinkling f. Compacting 38 1.3 REFERENCES 39 A. Definitions 40 1. RAP — Recycled Asphalt Pavement. 41 B. Reference Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 321123-2 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 2 of 7 1 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 2 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 3 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 4 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 5 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 6 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 7 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT): 8 a. Tex- 104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils 9 b. Tex- 106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 10 c. Tex- 107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 11 d. Tex- 110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils 12 e. Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible 13 Base Material 14 f. Tex-117-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials 15 g. Tex-41 I -A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 16 Sulfate 17 h. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 25 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 29 2.2 MATERIALS 30 A. General 31 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of 32 the Drawings and specifications. 33 2. Obtain materials from approved sources. 34 3. Notify City of changes to material sources. 35 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction 36 throughout the duration of the project to assure specification compliance. 37 B. Aggregate 38 1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the Drawings and conforming to 39 the requirements of Table 1. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 32 1123 -3 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 3 of 7 2. Each source must meet Table 1 requirements for liquid limit, plastiCity index, and wet ball mill for the grade specified. 3. Do not use additives such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1, unless shown on the Drawings. Table 1 Material Reauirements Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade 2 Master gradation sieve size (% retained) 2-1/2 in. — 0 1-3/4 in. 0 0-10 7/8in Tex-110-E 10-35 — 3/8 in. 30-50 — No.4 45-65 45-75 No. 40 70-85 60-85 Liquid limit, % max.' Tex-104-E 35 40 PlastiCity index max.' Tex-106-E 10 12 Wet ball mill, % max .2 40 45 Wet ball mill, % max. Tex- 116-E increase passing the 20 20 No. 40 sieve Classification' 1.0 1.1-2.3 Min. compressive strength', psi Tex- 117-E lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35 lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175 1. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex-107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as defined in Tex-104-E. 2. When a soundness value is required by the Drawings, test material in accordance with Tex-411-A. 3. Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4. Material Tolerances a. The City may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent gradation tests has an individual sieve outside the specified limits of the gradation. b. When target grading is required by the Drawings, no single failing test may exceed the master grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves No. 4 and larger or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than No. 4. c. The City may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent plasticity index tests is outside the specified limit. No single failing test may exceed the allowable limit by more than 2 points. 5. Material Types a. Do not use fillers or binders unless approved. b. Furnish the type specified on the Drawings in accordance with the following: 1) Type A a) Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate that originates from a single, naturally occurring source. b) Do not use gravel or multiple sources. 2) Type B a) Only for use as base material for temporary pavement repairs. b) Do not exceed 20 percent RAP by weight unless shown on Drawings. 3) Type D CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 C. Water 321123-4 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 4 of 7 a) Type A material or crushed concrete. b) Crushed concrete containing gravel will be considered Type D material. c) The City may require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verify compliance. d) Crushed concrete must meet the following requirements: (1) Table 1 for the grade specified. (2) Recycled materials must be free from reinforcing steel and other objectionable material and have at most 1.5 percent deleterious material when tested in accordance with TEX-413-A. 12 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. 13 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18 3.3 PREPARATION 19 A. General 20 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the 21 Drawings or as directed. 22 2. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base: 23 a. Deliver, place, and spread the new flexible base in the required amount. 24 b. Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing material to provide 25 a uniform mixture to the specified depth before shaping. 26 B. Subgrade Compaction 27 1. Proof roll the roadbed before pulverizing or scarifying in accordance with the 28 following: 29 a. Proof Rolling 30 1) City Project Representative must be on -site during proof rolling operations. 31 2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut 32 or pump. 33 a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck 34 with a 1500 gallon capacity. 35 3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 36 4) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 37 5) If an unstable or non -uniform area is found, correct the area. 38 b. Correct 39 1) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch 40 2) Areas that are unstable or non -uniform 41 2. Installation of base material cannot proceed until compacted subgrade approved by 42 the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 32 1123 -5 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 5 of 7 1 3.4 INSTALLATION 2 A. General 3 1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the 4 required density and moisture content. 5 2. Provide a smooth surface that conforms to the typical sections, lines, and grades 6 shown on the Drawings or as directed. 7 3. Haul approved flexible base in clean, covered trucks. 8 B. Equipment 9 1. General 10 a. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 11 work. 12 2. Rollers 13 a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and 14 quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 15 or directed. 16 b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the 17 specified requirements. 18 c. Alternate Equipment. 19 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved, 20 operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 21 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 22 equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 23 d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 24 quality requirements of the Contract are not met. 25 C. Placing 26 1. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same 27 day as delivered unless otherwise approved. 28 2. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation. 29 3. Construct layers to the thickness shown on the Drawings, while maintaining the 30 shape of the course. 31 4. Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more 32 courses of equal thickness. 33 5. Minimum lift depth: 3 inches 34 6. Control dust by sprinkling. 35 7. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed. 36 8. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction 37 methods required for the first course. 38 D. Compaction 39 1. General 40 a. Compact using density control unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 41 b. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved. 42 c. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the 43 material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density. 44 d. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain 45 firm and stable under construction equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 321123-6 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 6 of 7 1 2. Rolling 2 a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center, 3 overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller unit. 4 b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the 5 high side. 6 c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 7 d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph as directed. 8 e. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses 9 required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or 10 the project is accepted. 11 f. Continue work until specification requirements are met. 12 g. Proof roll the compacted flexible base in accordance with the following: 13 1) Proof Rolling 14 a) City Project Representative must be on -site during proof rolling 15 operations. 16 b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that 17 rut or pump. 18 (1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck 19 with a 1500 gallon capacity. 20 c) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 21 d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 22 e) If an unstable or non -uniform area is found, correct the area. 23 2) Correct 24 a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. 25 b) Areas that are unstable or non -uniform. 26 3. Tolerances 27 a. Maintain the shape of the course by blading. 28 b. Completed surface shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical sections 29 shown on the Drawings to the established lines and grades. 30 c. For subgrade beneath paving surfaces, correct any deviation in excess of 1/4 31 inch in cross section in length greater than 16 feet measured longitudinally by 32 loosening, adding or removing material. Reshape and recompact by sprinkling 33 and rolling. 34 d. Correct all fractures, settlement or segregation immediately by scarifying the 35 areas affected, adding suitable material as required. Reshape and recompact by 36 sprinkling and rolling. 37 e. Should the subbase or base course, due to any reason, lose the required 38 stability, density and finish before the surfacing is complete, it shall be 39 recompacted at the sole expense of the Contractor. 40 4. Density Control 41 a. Minimum Density: 95 percent compaction as determined by ASTM D698. 42 b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum. 43 E. Finishing 44 1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight -blade the surface with a 45 maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 46 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. 47 3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic 48 tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 321123-7 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 7 of 7 4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire width of the cross-section. 7. Correct by loosening, adding, or removing material. 8. Reshape and recompact in accordance with 3A.C. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Density Test 1. City to meas Measure density of flexible base course. a. Notify City Project Representative when flexible base ready for density testing. b. Spacing directed by City (1 per block minimum). c. City Project Representative determines location of density testing. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 25 DATE NAME 26 END OF SECTION Revision Log CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SUMMARY OF CHANGE SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 32 1129 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES 321129-1 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 10 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Treating subgrade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization, addition of lime, 7 mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 8 2. Item applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavement; base or 9 subbase courses placed and shall conform to the typical section, lines and grades 10 shown on the Drawings. 11 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 12 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1) 13 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2) 14 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1) 15 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2) 16 5. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.1) 17 6. Added 1.2.A.3.b.2) 18 7. Modified 1.2.A.4.b.1) 19 8. Added 1.2.A.4.b.2) 20 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 21 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 22 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 23 3. Section 3123 23 - Borrow 24 4. Section 32 1123 - Flexible Base Courses 25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 A. Measurement and Payment 27 1. Hydrated Lime 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) of Hydrated 30 Lime used to prepare slurry at the job site. 31 b. Payment 32 1) Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 33 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid 34 for at the unit price bid per ton of Hydrated Lime. 35 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 36 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 37 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 38 c. The price bid shall include: 39 1) Furnishing the material 40 2) All freight involved 41 3) All unloading, storing, and handling CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 321129-2 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 10 2. Commercial Lime Slurry a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) as calculated from the minimum percent dry solids content of the slurry multiplied by the weight of the slurry in tons delivered. b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of Commercial Lime Slurry. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing the material 2) All freight involved 3) All unloading, storing, and handling 3. Quicklime a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) of Quicklime. Measurement for Quicklime in slurry form shall be measured by the ton (dry weight) of the Quicklime used to prepare the slurry. b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of Quicklime. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing the material 2) All freight involved 3) All unloading, storing, and handling 4. Lime Treatment a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of surface area as established by the widths shown on the Drawings and the lengths measured at placement. b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Lime Treatment applied for: a) Various depths 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Preparing the roadbed 2) Loosening, pulverizing application of lime, water content in the slurry mixture and the mixing water CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 321129-3 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 10 1 3) Mixing, shaping, sprinkling, compacting, finishing, curing and maintaining 2 4) Performing all manipulations required 3 1.3 REFERENCES 4 A. Definitions 5 1. Hydrated Lime: dry powdered material consisting of calcium hydroxide. 6 2. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water 7 delivered to a project in slurry form. 8 3. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in either of two 9 grades: 10 a. Grade DS — grade of "pebble" quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of 11 slurry for wet placing. 12 b. Grade S — finely graded quicklime for use only in the preparation of slurry for 13 wet placing. 14 B. Reference Standards 15 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 16 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 17 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 18 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 19 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 20 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 21 b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In -Place Density and Water Content of Soil 22 and Soil -Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 23 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT): 24 a. Tex- 101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing 25 b. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 26 c. Tex-600-J, Sampling and Testing of Hydrated Lime, Quicklime and 27 Commercial Lime Slurry 28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTLAS [NOT USED] 33 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34 1.10 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 35 A. Truck Delivered Lime 36 1. Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of lime measured on certified scales. 37 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 38 delivery of lime to the site. 39 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 40 A. Start lime application only when the air temperature is at least 357 and rising or is at 41 least 40°F. Measure temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 321129-4 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 10 1 B. Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable. 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2- PRODUCTS 4 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. General 7 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of 8 the Drawings and specifications. 9 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 10 3. Obtain verification from the City that the specification requirements are met before 11 using the sources. 12 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 13 B. Lime 14 1. Hydrated Lime 15 a. pumpable suspension of solids in water 16 b. solids portion of the mixture when considered as a basis of "solids content," 17 shall consist of principally hydrated lime of a quality and fineness sufficient to 18 meet the chemical and physical requirements. 19 2. Dry Lime: Do not use unless approved by City. 20 3. Quicklime 21 a. Use quicklime only when specified by the City. 22 b. dry material consisting of essentially calcium oxide. 23 c. Furnished in either of two grades: 24 1) Grade DS 25 2) Grade S 26 4. Furnish lime that meets the following requirements 27 a. Chemical Requirements 28 29 Total "active" lime content, percent by weight Unhydrated lime content, percent by weight CaO "Free Water" content, percent by weight water Table 2 Lime Chemical Requirements Hydrated Commercial Lime Quicklime Lime Slurry 90.0 Min 87.0 Min 5.0 Max 5.0 Max 30 b. Physical Requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 87.0 Min SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 321129-5 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 10 1 Table 3 2 Lime Physical Requirements Hydrated Commercial Lime Quicklime Lime Slurry Wet Sieve Requirement, As percentage by Weight Residue: Retained on No. 6 sieve 0.2 Max 0.2 Max 8.0 Max' Retained on No. 30 sieve 4.0 Max 4.0 Max Dry Sieve Requirement, As percentage by Weight Residue: Retained on a 1-in sieve 0.0 Retained on a 3/4 —in sieve 10.0 Max Retained on a No. 100 Grade Ds — 80 Min sieve Grade S — no limits Retained on a No. 6 sieve 0.2 Max 0.2 Max 8.0 Max' 1 The amount total "active" lime content, as CaO, in the material retained on t ie No. 6 sieve must not exceed 2.0% by weight of the original quicklime. 3 4 c. Slurry Grades 5 Table 4 6 Lime Slurry Grades Minimum Dry Solids Contents by Percentage of the Slurry Grade 1 31 Grade 2 35 Grade 3 46 7 8 C. Flexible Base Courses: Furnish base material that meets the requirements of Section 32 9 1123, for the type and grade shown on the Drawings, before the addition of lime. 10 D. Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 11 E. Borrow: See Section 3123 23. 12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 15 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 16 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 17 3.3 PREPARATION 18 A. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the 19 Drawings or as directed. 20 3.4 INSTALLATION 21 A. General 22 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 23 a. uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas. 24 b. uniform density and moisture content. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 321129-6 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 10 1 c. well bound for full depth. 2 d. with smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses. 3 2. Maximum layer depth of lime treatment in single layer: 8 inches. 4 3. For treated subgrade exceeding 8 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, compact 5 and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep. 6 B. Equipment 7 1. General: Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution 8 of the work. 9 2. Rollers 10 a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and 11 quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 12 or directed. 13 b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the 14 specified requirements. 15 c. Alternate Equipment 16 1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved, 17 operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 18 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 19 equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 20 d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 21 quality requirements of the Contract are not met. 22 3. Storage Facility 23 a. Store quicklime and dry hydrated lime in closed, weatherproof containers. 24 4. Slurry Equipment 25 a. Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices to slurry hydrated lime or 26 quicklime on the project or other approved location. 27 b. The City may approve other slurrying methods. 28 c. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not 29 equipped with an agitator. 30 5. Pulverization Equipment 31 a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 32 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that 33 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 34 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times, and uniformly 35 mixes the materials 36 C. Pulverization 37 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent passes a 2 38 1/2 inch sieve. 39 2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 40 excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 41 processing to depth as shown in the Drawings. 42 D. Application of Lime 43 1. Uniformly apply lime as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 44 2. Add lime at the percentage specified in Drawings. 45 3. Apply lime only on an area where mixing can be completed during the same 46 working day. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 321129-7 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 10 4. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous to traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners. 5. Slurry Placement a. Hydrated Lime 1) Mix Lime with water and apply slurry 2) Apply Type B, commercial lime slurry, with a lime percentage not less applicable for grade used 3) Distribute lime at the rate shown on the Drawings 4) Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper moisture and lime content have been achieved. b. Quicklime 1) Spread the residue for the Quicklime slurrying procedure uniformly over the length of the roadway. 2) Residue is primarily inert material with little stabilizing value; however, may contain a small amount of Quicklime particles that slake slowly. A concentration of these particles could cause the compacted stabilized material to swell during slaking. E. Mixing 1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime. 2. Hydrated lime exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more between application and mixing, or that experiences excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be accepted for payment. 3. Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment. 4. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free from all clods and lumps. 5. Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than the stabilization depth specified. 6. Materials containing plastic clay or other materials that are not readily mixed with lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application, brought to the proper moisture content and sealed with a pneumatic roller. 7. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours or as directed by City. 8. When pebble grade quicklime is used, allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days. 9. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve adequate hydration and proper moisture content. 10. After curing, resume mixing until a homogeneous, friable mixture is obtained. 11. After mixing, City will sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in accordance with Tex- 101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation requirements in Table 5. 42 F. Compaction Table 5 Gradation Requirements (Minimum % Passing) Sieve Size Base 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No.4 60 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 321129-8 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 10 1. General a. Begin compaction immediately after final mixing. b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. c. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved. d. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. 2. Rolling a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side. c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed. e. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. 1) Continue work until specification requirements are met. 2) Rework in accordance with Maintenance item of this Section. f. Proof roll the lime treated base course in accordance with the following: 1) Proof Rolling a) City Project Representative must be on -site during proof rolling operations. b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or pump. (1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck with a 1500 gallon capacity. c) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. e) If an unstable or non -uniform area is found, correct the area. 2) Correct a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. b) Areas that are unstable or non -uniform. 3. Density Control a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 optimum. G. Maintenance 1. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as to grade, crown and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 2. Keep surface of the compacted course moist until covered by other base or pavement. 3. Reworking a Section a. When a section is reworked within 72 hours after completion of compaction, rework the section to provide the required density. b. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of compaction, add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified. c. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 321129-9 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 9 of 10 1 H. Finishing 2 1. After completing compaction of the final course, clip, skin, or tight -blade the 3 surface of the lime -treated material with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a 4 depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 5 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 6 3. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth 7 surface is attained. 8 4. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. 9 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, 10 lines, and grades shown on the Drawings or as directed. 11 I. Curing 12 1. Cure for the minimum number of days shown in Table 6 and by finished pavement 13 type: 14 a. Concrete pavement 15 1) Sprinkle with water 16 2) Maintain moisture during curing 17 3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as 18 required for sprinkling. 19 b. Asphalt Pavement 20 1) Apply an asphalt material at a rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallon per square yard. 21 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing. 22 Table 6 23 Minimum Curing Requirements Before Placing Subsequent Courses' Untreated Material Curing (Days) PI <_ 35 2 PI>35 5 1. Subject to the approval of the City. Proof rolling may be required as an indicator of adequate curing. 24 2. Begin paving operations or add courses within 14 calendar days of final 25 compaction. 26 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 QUALITY CONTROL 29 A. Density Test 30 1. City Project Representative must be on site during density testing 31 2. City to measure density of lime treated base course in accordance with ASTM 32 D6938. 33 3. Spacing directed by City (1 per block minimum). 34 4. City Project Representative determines density testing locations. 35 B. Depth Test 36 1. In -place depth will be evaluated for each 500-foot roadway section 37 2. Determine in accordance with Tex- 140-E in hand excavated holes. 38 3. For each 500-foot section, 3 phenolphthalein tests will be performed. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 321129-10 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 10 of 10 1 4. City Project Representative determines depth testing locations. 2 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 5 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9 10 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 -1 CONCRETE PAVING Pagel of 22 5 A. Section includes: 6 1. Finished pavement constructed of portland cement concrete including 7 monolithically poured curb on the prepared subgrade or other base course. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 10 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14 3. Section 32 0129 - Concrete Paving Repair 15 4. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement 18 1. Measurement 19 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of completed and 20 accepted Concrete Pavement in its final position as measured from back of curb 21 for various: 22 1) Classes 23 2) Thicknesses 24 2. Payment 25 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 26 this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Concrete 27 Pavement. 28 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 29 accordance with this Item will be included in the total lump sum price. 30 3. The price bid shall include: 31 a. Shaping and fine grading the placement area 32 b. Furnishing and applying all water required 33 c. Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete 34 ingredients including all freight and royalty involved 35 d. Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete 36 e. Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel 37 f. Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and 38 contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load transmission 39 units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the steel 40 bar, load transmission units, and joint filler material in the proper position; for 41 coating steel bars where required by the Drawings CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 1 g. Sealing joints 2 h. Monolithically poured curb 3 i. Cleanup 4 1.3 REFERENCES 5 A. Reference Standards 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 32 13 13 -2 CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 22 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A615/A615M, Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement b. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field c. C33, Concrete Aggregates d. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens e. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete £ C94/C94M, Standard Specifications for Ready -Mixed Concrete g. C150, Portland Cement h. C595, Portland -Limestone Cement i. C156, Standard Test Method for Water Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compounds for Concrete j. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete k. C260, Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 1. C309, Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete, Type 2 m. C494, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, Types "A", "D", "F" and "G" n. C618, Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete o. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete p. C 1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic - Cement Concrete q. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. r. D698, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 305.1-06 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting c. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 13 13 -3 CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 22 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Mix Design: submit for approval. See Item 2A.A. 5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 9 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 10 A. Weather Conditions 11 1. Place concrete when concrete temperature is between 40°F and 95°F when 12 measured in accordance with ASTM C 1064 at point of placement. 13 2. Hot Weather Concreting 14 a. Concrete paving operations shall be approved by the City project manager or 15 designee when the concrete temperature exceeds 95°F. 16 b. Concrete shall not be placed when concrete temperature is above 100°F under 17 any circumstances. 18 3. Cold Weather Concreting 19 a. No concrete shall be placed when ambient temp in shade and away from 20 artificial heat is below 40°F and falling. Concrete may be placed when ambient 21 temp is above 35°F and rising. Unless the City project manager or designee 22 approves paving to continue, suspend concreting operations if a descending air 23 temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat falls below 40°F. Do not 24 resume concreting operations until an ascending air temperature in the shade 25 and away from artificial heat reaches 35°F and rising. Contractor should take 26 all the precautions necessary to prevent freezing of concrete. Frozen concrete 27 must be removed and replaced. 28 4. It is to be distinctly understood that the contractor is responsible for the quality and 29 strength of the concrete placed under any weather conditions. 30 B. Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than shall permit the finishing of the 31 pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City. 32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35 2.2 MATERIALS 36 A. Cementitious Material: ASTM C150, ASTM C595 Type IL Cement. 37 B. Aggregates: ASTM C33. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 32 13 13 -4 CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 22 C. Water: ASTM C 1602. D. Admixtures: When admixtures are used, conform to the appropriate specification: 1. Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C260. 2. Chemical Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C494, Types "A", "D", "F" and "G." 3. Fly Ash a. Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete: ASTM C618. b. Fly ash may be substituted at one pound per pound of cement up to 25% of the specified cement content when such batch design is approved by the Engineer. E. Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A615. F. Steel Wire Reinforcement: Not used for concrete pavement. G. Dowels and Tie Bars 1. Dowel and tie bars: ASTM A615. 2. Dowel Caps a. Provide dowel caps with enough range of movement to allow complete closure of the expansion joint. b. Caps for dowel bars shall be of the length shown on the Drawings and shall have an internal diameter sufficient to permit the cap to freely slip over the bar. c. In no case shall the internal diameter exceed the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch, and one end of the cap shall be rightly closed. 3. Epoxy for Dowel and Tie Bars: ASTM C881. a. See following table for approved producers of epoxies and adhesives Pre -Qualified Producers of Epoxies and Adhesives Product Name Producer Concresive 1420 BASF HTE-50 Hilti T 308 + Powers Fasteners P E 1000+ Powers Fasteners C-6 Ramset-Redhead Epcon G-5 Ramset-Redhead Pro-Poxy-300 Fast Tube Unitex Shep-Poxy TxIII CMC Construction Services Ultrabond 1300 Tubes Adhesives Technology Ultrabone 2300 N.S. A-22-2300 Adhesives Technology Slow Set Dynapoxy EP-430 Pecora Corp. EDOT Simpson Strong Tie ET22 Simpson Strong Tie SET 22 Simpson Strong Tie CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 32 13 13 -5 CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 22 SpecPoxy 3000FS SpecChem b. Epoxy Use, Storage and Handling 1) Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and moisture. 2) Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all safety information and warnings regarding contact with the components. 3) Epoxy label requirements a) Resin or hardener components b) Brand name c) Name of manufacturer d) Lot or batch number e) Temperature range for storage f) Date of manufacture g) Expiration date h) Quantity contained 4) Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the manufacturer. 5) Do not use damaged or previously opened containers and any material that shows evidence of crystallization, lumps skinning, extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with normal agitation. 6) Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive wastes. 7) Dispose of all empty containers separately. 8) Dispose of epoxy by completely emptying and mixing the epoxy before disposal H. Reinforcement Bar Chairs 1. Reinforcement bar chairs or supports shall be of adequate strength to support the reinforcement bars and shall not bend or break under the weight of the reinforcement bars or Contractor's personnel walking on the reinforcing bars. 2. Bar chairs may be made of metal (free of rust), precast mortar or concrete blocks or plastic. 3. For approval of plastic chairs, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 4. Bar chairs may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. I. Joint Filler 1. Joint filler is the material placed in concrete pavement and concrete structures to allow for the expansion and contraction of the concrete. 2. Wood Boards: Used as joint filler for concrete paving. a. Boards for expansion joint filler shall be of the required size, shape and type indicated on the Drawings or required in the specifications. 1) Boards shall be of selected stock of redwood or cypress. The boards shall be sound heartwood and shall be free from sapwood, knots, clustered birdseyes, checks and splits. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 13 13 -6 CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 22 1 2) Joint filler, boards, shall be smooth, flat and straight throughout, and shall 2 be sufficiently rigid to permit ease of installation. 3 3) Boards shall be furnished in lengths equal to the width between 4 longitudinal joints, and may be furnished in strips or scored sheet of the 5 required shape. 6 3. Dimensions. The thickness of the expansion joint filler shall be shown on the 7 Drawings; the width shall be not less than that shown on the Drawings, providing 8 for the top seal space. 9 4. Rejection. Expansion joint filler may be rejected for failure to meet any of the 10 requirements of this specification. 11 J. Joint Sealants. Provide Joint Sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 12 K. Curing Materials 13 1. Membrane -Forming Compounds. 14 a. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2, white pigmented 15 compound and be of such nature that it shall not produce permanent 16 discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete. 17 b. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture -impermeable 18 film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp 19 concrete. 20 c. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the specified rate of 21 coverage, dry to touch in 1 hour and dry through in not more than 4 hours under 22 normal conditions suitable for concrete operations. 23 d. It shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciably sagging. 24 e. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. 25 f. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from 26 the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. 27 g. The compound shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original 28 containers only, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, 29 the trade name of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test 30 samples may be correlated. 31 h. When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Standard Test Method for Water 32 loss (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing 33 Compounds for Concrete, the liquid membrane -forming compound shall 34 restrict the loss of water present in the test specimen at the time of application 35 of the curing compound to not more than 0.0 1 -oz.-per-2 inches of surface. 36 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 37 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 38 A. Mix Design 39 1. Concrete Mix Design and Control 40 a. The City has a pre -approved list of concrete mix designs. The pre -approved list 41 can be found on the City website under Project Resources Folder. These mix 42 designs meet the requirements of applicable City specifications and the 43 Contractor may use mix designs from the list without the need for review and 44 approval. The contractor shall notify the City in writing which mix in the pre- 45 approved list the contractor uses for a project. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 32 13 13 -7 CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of 22 1 b. For a mix design not included in the pre -approved list, the Contractor shall 2 submit a design of the concrete mix it proposes to use and a full description of 3 the source of supply of each material component at least 10 calendar days prior 4 to the start of concrete paving operations. 5 c. The design of the concrete mix shall produce a quality concrete complying with 6 these specifications and shall include the following information: 7 1) Design Requirements and Design Summary 8 2) Material source 9 3) Dry weight of cement/cubic yard and type 10 4) Dry weight of fly ash/cubic yard and type, if used 11 5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cubic yard 12 6) Design water/cubic yard 13 7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets 14 8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318 15 9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates 16 and date of tests 17 10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate 18 11) Specific Gravity and Absorption Values of fine and coarse aggregates 19 12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates 20 d. Once mix design approved by City, maintain intent of mix design and 21 maximum water to cement ratio. 22 e. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been 23 approved by the City. 24 2. Quality of Concrete 25 a. Consistency 26 1) In general, the consistency of concrete mixtures shall be such that: 27 a) Mortar shall cling to the coarse aggregate 28 b) Aggregate shall not segregate in concrete when it is transported to the 29 place of deposit 30 c) Concrete, when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the mixer, 31 shall flatten out at the center of the pile, but the edges of the pile shall 32 stand and not flow 33 d) Concrete and mortar shall show no free water when removed from the 34 mixer 35 e) Concrete shall slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 36 chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 37 f) Surface of the finished concrete shall be free from a surface film or 38 laitance 39 2) When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the 40 final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be 41 applied to the surface by hand sprayer only and be held to a minimum 42 amount. 43 3) The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing 44 qualities and be of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated 45 into a homogeneous mass. 46 4) Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 32 13 13 -8 CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of 22 1 5) If the strength or consistency required for the class of concrete being 2 produced is not secured with the minimum cement specified or without 3 exceeding the maximum water/cement ratio, the Contractor may use, or the 4 City may require, an approved cement dispersing agent (water reducer); or 5 the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with 6 different characteristics, or the Contractor may use additional cement in 7 order to produce the required results. 8 6) The additional cement may be permitted as a temporary measure, until 9 aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates 10 or cement dispersing agent. 11 7) The Contractor is solely responsible for the quality of the concrete 12 produced. 13 8) The City reserves the right to independently verify the quality of the 14 concrete through inspection of the batch plant, testing of the various 15 materials used in the concrete and by casting and testing concrete cylinders 16 or beams on the concrete actually incorporated in the pavement. 17 b. Standard Class 18 1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the 19 standard class for concrete paving for streets and alleys is shown in the 20 following table: 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 32 13 13 -9 CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of 22 StLndard Classes of Pavement Concrete Class of Minimum 28 Day Min. Max. Course General Usage Concrete' Cementitious, Compressive, w/cm Aggreg (Informational Only) (Lb./CY) Strength2 Ratio ate (Psi) Maxim um Size inch A 470 3000 0.58 1-1/2 Sidewalks and ADA ramps, driveways, curb & gutter, median pavement CIP 470 3000 0.50 1-1/2 Inlets, manholes, junction boxes, encasement, blocking, collars, light pole foundations C 517 3600 0.45 1-1/2 Headwalls, wingwalls, culverts, drilled shafts P 517 3600 0.45 1-1/2 Machine placed Paving H 564 4500 0.45 1-1/2 Hand Placed Paving HES 564 4500 0.45 1-1/2 HES Paving S 564 4000 0.45 1-1/2 Bridgeslabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts, approach slabs 1. All exposed horizontal concrete shall have entrained -air. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength Required. a) Concrete Sidewalks and Curb & Gutter: Class A b) Cast -In -Place Concrete Structures: Class CIP and Class C c) Machine -Laid concrete: Class P d) Hand -Laid concrete: Class H e) Structural Concrete: Class S f) High Early Strength Concrete (HES) (1) When shown on the Drawings or allowed, provide Class HES concrete for very early opening of pavements area or leaveouts to traffic. (2) Design class HES to meet the requirements of class specified for concrete pavement and a minimum compressive strength of 2,600 psi in 24 hours, unless other early strength and time requirements are shown on the Drawings allowed. C. Slump 1) Slump requirements for pavement and related concrete shall be as specified in the following table: Concrete Pavement and Related Concrete Slump Requirements Add classes of concrete Concrete Use Recommended Acceptable Design Placement CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 13 13 -10 CONCRETE PAVING Page 10 of 22 and Placement Slump, Slump, (Inch) (Inch) Slip-Form/Form-Riding Paving 1-1/2 1 —3 Hand Formed Paving 4 3-5 Headwalls, wingwalls, culverts, inlets, 4 3-5 manholes, junction boxes, encasement, blocking, collars, light pole foundations, slab, sidewalk, curb and gutter, concrete valley gutter and other miscellaneous concrete Drilled shafts 6-1/2 5-1/2 — 7-1/2 1 2 2) No concrete shall be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums 3 shown. 4 3) Any concrete mix failing to meet the above consistency requirements, 5 although meeting the slump requirements, shall be considered 6 unsatisfactory, and the mix shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory 7 conditions. 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 11 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 12 3.4 INSTALLATION 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 A. Equipment 1. All equipment necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project. 2. The equipment shall include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration, tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete in such a manner as to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. 3. Machine -Laid Concrete Pavement a. Fixed -Form Paver. Fixed -form paving equipment shall be provided with forms that are uniformly supported on a very firm subbase to prevent sagging under the weight of machine. b. Slip -Form Paver 1) Slip -form paving equipment shall be provided with traveling side forms of sufficient dimensions, shape and strength so as to support the concrete laterally for a sufficient length of time during placement. 2) City may reject use of Slip -Form Paver if paver requires over -digging and impacts trees, mailboxes or other improvements. 4. Hand -Laid Concrete Pavement CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 321313 -11 CONCRETE PAVING Page 11 of 22 a. Machines that do not incorporate these features, such as roller screeds or vibrating screeds, shall be considered tools to be used in hand -laid concrete construction, as slumps, spreading methods, vibration, and other procedures are more common to hand methods than to machine methods. 5. City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet requirements. B. Concrete Mixing and Delivery 1. Transit Batching: shall not be used — onsite mixing not permitted 2. Ready Mixed Concrete a. The concrete shall be produced in an approved method conforming to the requirements of this specification and ASTM C94/C94M. City shall have access ready mix to get samples of materials. b. City shall have access to ready mix plant to obtain material samples. c. When ready -mix concrete is used, sample concrete per ASTM C172 Alternate Procedure 2: 1) As the mixer is being emptied, individual samples shall be taken after the discharge of approximately 10 percent and 90 percent of the load. 2) The method of sampling shall provide that the samples are representative of widely separated portions, but not from the very ends of the batch. d. The mixing of each batch, after all materials are in the drum, shall continue until it produces a thoroughly mixed concrete of uniform mass as determined by established mixer performance ratings and inspection, or appropriate uniformity tests as described in ASTM C94. e. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. f. Retempering or remixing shall not be permitted. 3. Delivery a. Deliver concrete at an interval not exceeding 30 minutes or as determined by City to prevent cold joint. 4. Delivery Tickets a. For all operations, the manufacturer of the concrete shall, before unloading, furnish to the purchaser with each batch of concrete at the site a delivery ticket on which is printed, stamped, or written, the following information to determine that the concrete was proportioned in accordance with the approved mix design: 1) Name of concrete supplier 2) Serial number of ticket 3) Date 4) Truck number 5) Name of purchaser 6) Specific designation of job (name and location) 7) Specific class, design identification and designation of the concrete in conformance with that employed in job specifications 8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards 9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates 10) Water added by receiver of concrete 11) Type and amount of admixtures 47 C. Subgrade CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 13 13 -12 CONCRETE PAVING Page 12 of 22 1 1. When manipulation or treatment of subgrade is required on the Drawings, the work 2 shall be performed in proper sequence with the preparation of the subgrade for 3 pavement. 4 2. The roadbed shall be excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical sections 5 and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or established by the City. 6 3. All holes, ruts and depressions shall be filled and compacted with suitable material 7 and, if required, the subgrade shall be thoroughly wetted and reshaped. 8 4. Irregularities of more than 1/2 inch., as shown by straightedge or template, shall be 9 corrected. 10 5. The subgrade shall be uniformly compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum 11 density as determined by ASTM D698. 12 6. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum. 13 7. The prepared subgrade shall be wetted down sufficiently in advance of placing the 14 pavement to ensure its being in a firm and moist condition. 15 8. Sufficient subgrade shall be prepared in advance to ensure satisfactory prosecution 16 of the work. 17 9. The Contractor shall notify the City at least 24 hours in advance of its intention to 18 place concrete pavement. 19 10. After the specified moisture and density are achieved, the Contractor shall maintain 20 the subgrade moisture and density in accordance with this Section. 21 11. In the event that rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition 22 of the subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City. 23 D. Placing and Removing Forms 24 1. Placing Forms 25 a. Forms for machine -laid concrete 26 1) The side forms shall be metal, of approved cross section and bracing, of a 27 height no less than the prescribed edge thickness of the concrete section, 28 and a minimum of 10 feet in length for each individual form. 29 2) Forms shall be of ample strength and staked with adequate number of pins 30 capable of resisting the pressure of concrete placed against them and the 31 thrust and the vibration of the construction equipment operating upon them 32 without appreciable springing, settling or deflection. 33 3) The forms shall be free from warps, bends or kinks and shall show no 34 variation from the true plane for face or top. 35 4) Forms shall be jointed neatly and tightly and set with exactness to the 36 established grade and alignment. 37 5) Forms shall be set to line and grade at least 200 feet, where practicable, in 38 advance of the paving operations. 39 6) In no case shall the base width be less than 8 inches for a form 8 inches or 40 more in height. 41 7) Forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their length 42 and base width. 43 8) If the subgrade becomes unstable, forms shall be reset, using heavy stakes 44 or other additional supports may be necessary to provide the required 45 stability. 46 b. Forms for hand -laid concrete CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 321313 -13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 13 of 22 1 1) Forms shall extend the full depth of concrete and be a minimum of 1-1/2 2 inches in thickness or equivalent when wooden forms are used, or be of a 3 gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength when metal forms 4 are used. 5 2) For curves with a radius of less than 250 feet, acceptable flexible metal or 6 wood forms shall be used. 7 3) All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line 8 shall be rejected. 9 2. Settling. When forms settle over 1/8 inch under finishing operations, paving 10 operations shall be stopped the forms reset to line and grade and the pavement then 11 brought to the required section and thickness. 12 3. Cleaning. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use. 13 4. Removal. 14 a. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has taken its final set. 15 b. Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 16 c. Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 17 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 18 d. Clean joint face and repair honeycombed or damaged areas within 24 hours 19 after a bulkhead for a transverse construction joint has been removed unless 20 otherwise approved. 21 e. When forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 22 apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 23 E. Placing Reinforcing Steel, Tie, and Dowel Bars 24 1. General 25 a. When reinforcing steel tie bars, dowels, etc., are required they shall be placed 26 as shown on the Drawings. 27 b. All reinforcing steel shall be clean, free from rust in the form of loose or 28 objectionable scale, and of the type, size and dimensions shown on the 29 Drawings. 30 c. Reinforcing bars shall be securely wired together at the alternate intersections 31 and all splices and shall be securely wired at each intersection dowel and load- 32 transmission unit intersected. 33 d. All bars shall be installed in their required position as shown on the Drawings. 34 e. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs 35 generally shall be avoided and, where permitted, such storage shall be limited 36 to quantities and distribution that shall not induce excessive stresses. 37 2. Splices 38 a. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. 39 b. Comply with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on 40 the Drawings. 41 3. Installation of Reinforcing Steel 42 a. All reinforcing bars and bar mats shall be installed in the slab at the required 43 depth below the finished surface and supported by and securely attached to bar 44 chairs installed on prescribed longitudinal and transverse centers as shown by 45 sectional and detailed drawings on the Drawings. 46 b. Chairs Assembly. The chair assembly shall be similar and equal to that shown 47 on the Drawings and shall be approved by the City prior to extensive 48 fabrication. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 32 13 13 -14 CONCRETE PAVING Page 14 of 22 1 c. After the reinforcing steel is securely installed above the subgrade as specified 2 in Drawings and as herein prescribed, no loading shall be imposed upon the 3 bar mats or individual bars before or during the placing or finishing of the 4 concrete. 5 4. Installation of Dowel Bars 6 a. Install through the predrilled joint filler and rigidly support in true horizontal 7 and vertical positions by an assembly of bar chairs and dowel baskets. 8 b. Dowel Baskets 9 1) The dowels shall be held in position exactly parallel to surface and 10 centerline of the slab, by a dowel basket that is left in the pavement. 11 2) The dowel basket shall hold each dowel in exactly the correct position so 12 firmly that the dowel's position cannot be altered by concreting operations. 13 c. Dowel Caps 14 1) Install cap to allow the bar to move not less than 1-1/4 inch in either 15 direction. 16 5. Tie Bar and Dowel Placement 17 a. Place at mid -depth of the pavement slab, parallel to the surface. 18 b. Place as shown on the Drawings. 19 6. Epoxy for Tie and Dowel Bar Installation 20 1) Epoxy bars as shown on the Drawings. 21 2) Use only drilling operations that do not damage the surrounding operations. 22 3) Blow out drilled holes with compressed air. 23 4) Completely fill the drilled hole with approved epoxy before inserting the tie 24 bar into the hole. 25 5) Install epoxy grout and bar at least 6 inches embedded into concrete. 26 F. Joints 27 1. Joints shall be placed where shown on the Drawings or where directed by the City. 28 2. The plane of all joints shall make a right angle with the surface of the pavement. 29 3. No joints shall have an error in alignment of more than 1/2 inch at any point. 30 4. Joint Dimensions 31 a. The width of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings, creating the joint 32 sealant reservoir. 33 b. The depth of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings. 34 c. Dimensions of the sealant reservoir shall be in accordance with manufacturer's 35 recommendations. 36 d. After curing, the joint sealant shall be 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the pavement 37 surface at the center of the joint. 38 5. Transverse Expansion Joints 39 a. Expansion joints shall be installed perpendicularly to the surface and to the 40 centerline of the pavement at the locations shown on the Drawings, or as 41 approved by the City. Expansion joints shall continue to the farthest outside 42 edge of paving and adjacent slabs, and should extend through monolithic or 43 attached curbs so that there is no restriction to the movement of the joint at any 44 point. 45 b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as 46 approved by the City. 47 c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as 48 approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 321313 -15 CONCRETE PAVING Page 15 of 22 1 d. Support dowel bars with dowel baskets. 2 e. Dowels shall restrict the free opening and closing of the expansion join and 3 shall not make planes of weaknesses in the pavement. 4 f. Greased Dowels for Expansion Joints. 5 1) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease or other approved de -bonding 6 material. 7 2) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar. 8 g. Proximity to Existing Structures. When the pavement is adjacent to or around 9 existing structures, expansions joints shall be constructed in accordance with 10 the details shown on the Drawings. 11 6. Transverse Contraction Joints 12 a. Contraction or dummy joints shall be installed at the locations and at the 13 intervals shown on the Drawings. 14 b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as 15 approved by the City. 16 c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as 17 approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing. 18 d. Saw joints in a single cut to the width and depth the plans show. Begin sawing 19 as soon as the concrete hardens sufficiently to prevent excessive raveling along 20 the saw cut and finish before conditions induce uncontrolled cracking. 21 e. The joints shall be constructed by sawing to a 1/4 inch width and to a depth of 22 1/3 inch (1/4 inch permitted if limestone aggregate used) of the actual 23 pavement thickness, or deeper if so indicated on the Drawings. 24 f. Complete sawing as soon as possible in hot weather conditions and within a 25 maximum of 24 hours after saw cutting begins under cool weather conditions. 26 g. If sharp edge joints are being obtained, the sawing process shall be sped up to 27 the point where some raveling is observed. 28 h. Damage by blade action to the slab surface and to the concrete immediately 29 adjacent to the joint shall be minimized. 30 i. Any portion of the curing membrane which has been disturbed by sawing 31 operations shall be restored by spraying the areas with additional curing 32 compound. 33 7. Transverse Construction Joints 34 a. Construction joints formed at the close of each day's work or when the placing 35 of concrete has been stopped for 30-minutes or longer shall be constructed by 36 use of metal or wooden bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished 37 pavement and cleaned. 38 b. Wooden bulkheads shall be constructed using material of a thickness not less 39 than nominal 2" lumber. 40 c. Longitudinal bars shall be held securely in place in a plane perpendicular to the 41 surface and at right angles to the centerline of the pavement. 42 d. Edges shall be rounded to 1/4 inch radius. 43 e. Any surplus concrete on the subgrade shall be removed upon the resumption of 44 the work. 45 8. Longitudinal Construction Joints 46 a. Longitudinal construction joints shall be of the type shown on the Drawings. 47 9. Joint Filler 48 a. Joint filler shall be as specified in 2.2.I of the size and shape shown on the 49 Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 321313 -16 CONCRETE PAVING Page 16 of 22 1 b. Redwood Board joints shall be used for all pavement joints except for 2 expansion joints that are coincident with a butt joint against existing 3 pavements. 4 c. Boards with less than 25-percent of moisture at the time of installation shall be 5 thoroughly wetted on the job. 6 d. Green lumber of much higher moisture content is desirable and acceptable. 7 e. The joint filler shall be appropriately drilled to admit the dowel bars when 8 required. 9 £ The bottom edge of the filler shall extend to or slightly below the bottom of the 10 slab. The top edge shall be held approximately 1/2 inch below the finished 11 surface of the pavement in order to allow the finishing operations to be 12 continuous. 13 g. The joint filler may be composed of more than one length of board in the 14 length of joint, but no board of a length less than 6 foot may be used unless 15 otherwise shown on the Drawings. 16 h. After the removal of the side forms, the ends of the joints at the edges of the 17 slab shall be carefully opened for the entire depth of the slab. 18 10. Joint Sealing. Routine pavement joints shall be filled consistent with paving details 19 and as specified in Section 32 13 73. Materials shall generally be handled and 20 applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations as specified in Section 21 32 13 73. 22 G. Placing Concrete 23 1. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings, the finished pavement shall be 24 constructed monolithically and constructed by machined laid method unless 25 impractical. The City will make determination of what is practical. The maximum 26 length of concrete lane that can be placed by hand pouring is 50 linear feet. 27 2. The concrete shall be rapidly deposited on the subgrade in successive batches and 28 shall be distributed to the required depth and for the entire width of the pavement 29 by approved methods. 30 3. Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within the time limits in the following 31 table will be rejected. Time begins when the water is added to the mixer. 32 Temperature — Time Requirements Concrete Temperature Max Time — minutes Max Time — minutes (at point of placement) (no retarding agent) (with retarding agent)' Non -Agitated Concrete All temperatures 45 45 Agitated Concrete Above 90°F 45 75 Above 75°F thru 9O7 60 90 75°F and Below 60 120 33 1 Normal dosage of retarder. 34 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 321313 -17 CONCRETE PAVING Page 17 of 22 1 4. Rakes shall not be used in handling concrete. 2 5. At the end of the day, or in case of unavoidable interruption or delay of more than 3 30 minutes or longer to prevent cold joints, a transverse construction joint shall be 4 placed in accordance with 3.4.17.7 of this Section. 5 6. Honeycombing 6 a. Special care shall be taken in placing and vibrating the concrete against the 7 forms and at all joints and assemblies so as to prevent honeycombing. Concrete 8 shall be uniformly consolidated throughout its width and depth, free from 9 honey combed areas, and has a consistent void -free closed surface. 10 b. Excessive voids and honeycombing in the edge of the pavement, revealed by 11 the removal of the side forms, may be cause for rejection of the section of slab 12 in which the defect occurs. 13 H. Finishing 14 1. Machine 15 a. Tolerance Limits 16 1) While the concrete is still workable, it shall be tested for irregularities with 17 a 10 foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline of the pavement so as 18 to bridge depressions and to touch all high spots. 19 2) Ordinates measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the 20 pavement shall at no place exceed 1/16 inch -per -foot from the nearest point 21 of contact. 22 3) In no case shall the maximum ordinate to a 10 foot straightedge be greater 23 than 1/8 inch. 24 4) Any surface not within the tolerance limits shall be reworked and 25 refinished. 26 b. Edging 27 1) The edges of slabs and all joints requiring edging shall be carefully tooled 28 with an edger of the radius required by the Drawings at the time the 29 concrete begins to take its "set" and becomes non -workable. 30 2) All such work shall be left smooth and true to lines. 31 2. Hand 32 a. Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a 33 finishing machine. 34 b. When the hand method of striking off and consolidating is permitted, the 35 concrete, as soon as placed, shall be approximately leveled and then struck off 36 with screed bar to such elevation above grade that, when consolidated and 37 finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the grade elevation shown on 38 the Drawings. 39 c. The straightedge and joint finishing shall be as prescribed herein. 40 I. Curing 41 1. The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the 42 entire curing period. 43 2. Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed shall be considered as 44 sufficient cause for immediate suspension of the paving operations. 45 3. The curing method as herein specified does not preclude the use of any of the other 46 commonly used methods of curing, and the City may approve another method of 47 curing if so requested by the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 321313 -18 CONCRETE PAVING Page 18 of 22 4. If any selected method of curing does not afford the desired results, the City shall have the right to order that another method of curing be instituted. 5. After removal of the side forms, the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating before earth is banked against them. 6. The solution shall be applied, under pressure with a spray nozzle, in such a manner as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and completely with a uniform film. 7. The rate of application shall be such as to ensure complete coverage and shall not exceed 20-square-yards-per-gallon of curing compound. 8. When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous and flexible membrane, free from cracks or pinholes, and shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the curing period. 9. If for any reason the seal is broken during the curing period, it shall be immediately repaired with additional sealing solution. 10. When tested in accordance with ASTM C156 Standard Test Method for Water Loss (from a mortar specimen) through Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compounds for Concrete, the curing compound shall provide a film which shall have retained within the test specimen a percentage of the moisture present in the specimen when the curing compound was applied according to the following 11. Contractor shall maintain and properly repair damage to curing materials on exposed surfaces of concrete pavement continuously for a least 72 hours. J. Monolithic Curbs 1. Concrete for monolithic curb shall be the same as for the pavement and, if carried back from the paving mixer, shall be placed within 20-minutes after being mixed. 2. After the concrete has been struck off and sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly worked to achieve an acceptable surface finish. 3. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius indicated on the Drawings. 4. All exposed surfaces of curb shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. K. Pavement Leaveouts 30 1. Pavement leaveouts as necessary to maintain and provide for local traffic shall be 31 provided at location indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City. 32 2. The extent and location of each leaveout required and a suitable crossover 33 connection to provide for traffic movements shall be determined in the field by the 34 City. 35 3.5 REPAIR 36 A. Repair of concrete pavement concrete shall be consistent with the Drawings and as 37 specified in Section 32 0129. 38 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 40 A. Concrete Placement 41 1. Place concrete using a fully automated paving machine. Hand paving only 42 permitted in areas such as intersections where use of paving machine is not 43 practical CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 321313 -19 CONCRETE PAVING Page 19 of 22 1 a. All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully 2 automated paving machine as approved by the City. 3 b. Screeds are considered hand placement paving method. 4 B. Testing of Materials 5 1. Samples of all materials for testing shall be provided by the contractor at no 6 expense to the City, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions or in the 7 Drawings. 8 2. In the event the initial sampling and testing does not comply with the specifications, 9 all subsequent testing of the material in order to determine if the material is 10 acceptable shall be at the Contractor's expense at the same rate charged by the 11 commercial laboratories. 12 3. All testing shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards and concrete 13 testing technician must be ACI certified or equivalent. 14 C. Pavement Thickness Test 15 1. Pavement thickness test shall be performed by a commercial testing laboratory 16 approved by the City every 100 feet or fraction thereof in accordance with TxDOT 17 Designation: Tex-423-A, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Test locations shall 18 be at the discretion of the City. 19 2. In the event a deficiency in the thickness of pavement is revealed during normal 20 testing operations, core samples shall be taken at the contractor's expense to verify 21 deficiency of more than 0.2 in. from plan thickness and to isolate the deficient area. 22 3. Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient in 23 thickness by more than 0.20 inch, but not more than 0.50 inch, payment shall be 24 made at an adjusted price as specified in the following table. Deficiency in Thickness Proportional Part Determined by Cores Of Contract Price Inches Allowed 0.00 — 0.20 100 percent 0.21 — 0.30 80 percent 0.31 — 0.40 70 percent 0.41 — 0.50 60 percent 25 4. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.50 inch but not 26 more than 0.75 inch or 1/10 of the thickness specified on the Drawings, whichever 27 is greater, shall be evaluated by the City. 28 5. If, in the judgment of the City the area of such deficiency should not be removed 29 and replaced, there shall be no payment for the area retained. 30 6. If, in the judgment of the City, the area of such deficiency warrants removal, the 31 area shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor's entire expense, with 32 concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings. 33 7. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.75 inch or more 34 than 1/10 of the plan thickness, whichever is greater, shall be removed and replaced 35 with concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings at the Contractor's sole 36 expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 32 13 13-20 CONCRETE PAVING Page 20 of 22 1 8. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement 2 of a thickness exceeding that required by the Drawings. 3 D. Pavement Strength Test 4 1. During the progress of the work the City shall provide trained technicians to cast 5 test cylinders for conforming to ASTM C31, to maintain a check on the 6 compressive strengths of the concrete being placed. 7 2. Test cylinders shall be taken from a representative portion of concrete being placed 8 for every 150-cubic yards of concrete pavement placed, but in no case shall fewer 9 that 1 set of cylinders be taken per day of placement. After the cylinders have been 10 cast, they shall remain on the job site and then transported, moist cured, and tested 11 in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39 12 3. In each set, one of the cylinders shall be tested at 7 days( 3 days for HES concrete), 13 two cylinders shall be tested at 28 days ( three cylinders for 4" by 8" cylinders), and 14 the remaining cylinder shall be retained for testing at 56 days, if necessary. 15 Concrete must attain its design strength within 56 days. The 4" by 8" cylinders are 16 acceptable only when the nominal maximum aggregate size of the mix is less than 17 1-1/4 inch. 18 4. If the 28 day test results indicate deficient strength, the Contractor may, at its option 19 and expense, core the pavement in question and have the cores tested by an 20 approved laboratory, in accordance with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. The 21 average of all cores must meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength, with 22 no individual core resulting in less than 90 percent of design strength, in order to 23 override the results of the cylinder tests. 24 5. In the event cylinders and/ or cores do not meet minimum specified strength, 25 additional cores may be taken to identify the limits of deficient concrete pavement 26 at the expense of the Contractor. 27 6. Cylinders and/or cores must meet minimum specified strength. Pavement not 28 meeting the minimum specified strength shall be subject to the money penalties or 29 removal and placement at the Contractor's expense as show in the following table. 30 Percent Deficient Percent of Contract Price Allowed Greater Than 0 percent - Not More Than 10 percent 90-percent Greater Than 10 percent -Not More Than 15 percent 80-percent Greater Than 15 percent 0-percent or removed and replaced at the entire cost and expense of Contractor as directed by City 31 32 7. Deficiency shall be determined on a panel by panel basis. 33 8. The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to Contractor 34 9. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement 35 with a strength exceeding that required by the Drawings and/or specifications. 36 E. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 37 1. If cracks exist in concrete pavement upon completion of the project, the Project 38 Inspector shall make a determination as to the need for action to address the 39 cracking as to its cause and recommended remedial work. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 32 13 13 -21 CONCRETE PAVING Page 21 of 22 1 2. If the recommended remedial work is routing and sealing of the cracks to protect 2 the subgrade, the Inspector shall make the determination as to whether to rout and 3 seal the cracks at the time of final inspection and acceptance or at any time prior to 4 the end of the project maintenance period. The Contractor shall perform the routing 5 and sealing work as directed by the Project Inspector, at no cost to the City, 6 regardless of the cause of the cracking. 7 3. If remedial work beyond routing and sealing is determined to be necessary, the 8 Inspector and the Contractor will attempt to agree on the cause of the cracking. 9 a. If agreement is reached that the cracking is due to deficient materials or 10 workmanship, the Contractor shall perform the remedial work at no cost to the 11 City. Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the 12 deficient work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements 13 of the contract. 14 b. If the Inspector and the Contractor agree that the cause of the cracking is not 15 deficient materials or workmanship, the City may request the Contractor to 16 provide an estimate of the cost of the necessary remedial work and/or additional 17 work to address the cause of the cracking, and the Contractor will perform that 18 work at the agreed -upon price if the City elects to do so. 19 4. If the Inspector and the Contractor cannot agree on the cause of the cracking, the 20 City may hire an independent geotechnical engineer, acceptable to the Contractor, 21 to perform testing and analysis to determine the cause of the cracking. The 22 contractor shall pay 50 percent of the costs of the independent testing. Contractor 23 shall provide one half of the estimated costs of the independent testing to be held by 24 the City. 25 5. If the independent geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the 26 cracking is the Contractor's deficient material or workmanship, the remedial work 27 will be performed at the Contractor's entire expense and the Contractor will also 28 reimburse the City for the balance of the cost of the geotechnical investigation. 29 Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the deficient 30 work with new material and workmanship that meet the requirements of the 31 contract. 32 6. If the geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the cracking is not 33 the Contractor's deficient material or workmanship, the City will return the held 34 funds to the Contractor. The Contractor, on request, will provide the City an 35 estimate of the costs of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work and 36 will perform the work at the agreed -upon price as directed by the City. 37 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 38 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 39 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 40 A. No concrete washout, mix slurry, cuts mud or solids etc., may enter the Strom water 41 system including curb lines. Equipment washout allowed only in areas shown on 42 drawings and test materials or slag must be removed from site prior to final acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 32 13 13 - 22 CONCRETE PAVING Page 22 of 22 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 1.2.A — Modified items to be included in price bid 05/21/2014 Doug Rademaker 2.2.1) — Modified to clarify acceptable fly ash substitution in concrete paving 1.1 LA — modified to clarify concrete placement temperature restrictions Zelalem 2.4.A,B,D — to clarify concrete quality control process and requirements 03/19/2021 Arega/Doug 3.7.0 & D — to modify and clarify the pavement strength test and change in pavement Black thickness measurement methodology 3.7.E — Modified to clarify cracked concrete acceptance policy 3/11/2022 Zelalem Arega 1.3.A.h, 2.2 — Added ASTM C595, Type IL cement 6/10/2022 M. Owen 3.4 G. 1. — Clarified language re: machine laid vs. hand poured CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 1373 -1 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page I of 4 1 SECTION 32 13 73 2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Specification for silicone joint sealing for concrete pavement and curbs. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 9 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13 3. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 16 1. Measurement 17 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Joint Sealant completed 18 and accepted only when specified in the Drawings to be a pay item. 19 2. Payment 20 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 21 this Item are subsidiary to the various items being placed and no other 22 compensation will be allowed, unless specifically specified on Drawings. 23 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 24 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 25 1.3 REFERENCES 26 A. Reference Standards 27 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 28 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 29 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 30 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 31 a. D5893, Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, 32 Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete 33 Pavements 34 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 35 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37 A. Test and Evaluation Reports CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 32 1373 -2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 4 1 1. Prior to installation, furnish certification by an independent testing laboratory that 2 the silicone joint sealant meets the requirements of this Section. 3 2. Submit verifiable documentation that the manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant 4 has a minimum 2-year demonstrated, documented successful field performance 5 with concrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems. 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 9 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 10 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 11 A. Do not apply joint sealant when the air and pavement temperature is less than 35 12 degrees F 13 B. Concrete surface must be clean, dry and frost free. 14 C. Do not place sealant in an expansion -type joint if surface temperature is below 35 15 degrees F or above 90 degrees F. 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 A. Materials 1. Joint Sealant: ASTM D5893. 2. Joint Filler, Backer Rod and Breaker Tape a. The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. b. The back rod and breaker tape shall be installed in the saw -cut joint to prevent the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint. c. The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 34 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 1373 -3 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 4 3.4 INSTALLATION 2 A. General 3 1. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied. 4 2. Allow concrete to cure for a minimum of 7 days to ensure it has sufficient strength 5 prior to sealing joints. 6 3. Perform joint reservoir saw cutting, cleaning, bond breaker installation, and joint 7 sealant placement in a continuous sequence of operations. 8 4. See Drawings for the various joint details with their respective dimensions. 9 B. Equipment 10 1. Provide all necessary equipment and keep equipment in a satisfactory working 11 condition. 12 2. Equipment shall be inspected by the City prior to the beginning of the work. 13 3. The minimum requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows: 14 a. Concrete Saw. The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to 15 complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions. 16 b. Air Compressors. The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess 17 of 90 psi and shall be suitable for the removal of all free water and oil from the 18 compressed air. 19 c. Extrusion Pump. The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient volume 20 of sealant to the joint. 21 d. Injection Tool. This mechanical device shall apply the sealant uniformly into 22 the joint. 23 e. Sandblaster. The design shall be for commercial use with air compressors as 24 specified in this Section. 25 f. Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument. These devices shall be clean and 26 free of contamination. They shall be compatible with the joint depth and width 27 requirements. 28 C. Sawing Joints: see Section 32 13 13. 29 D. Cleaning joints 30 1. Dry saw in 1 direction with reverse cutting blade then sand blast. 31 2. Use compressed air to remove the resulting dust from the joint. 32 3. Sandblast joints after complete drying. 33 a. Attach nozzle to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be 34 directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of 1 to 2 inches from the 35 face of the joint. 36 b. Sandblast both joint faces sandblasted in separate, 1 directional passes. 37 c. When sandblasting is complete, blow-out using compressed air. 38 d. The blow tube shall fit into the joints. 39 4. Check the blown joint for residual dust or other contamination. 40 a. If any dust or contamination is found, repeat sandblasting and blowing until the 41 joint is cleaned. 42 b. Do not use solvents to remove stains and contamination. 43 5. Place the bond breaker and sealant in the joint immediately upon cleaning. 44 6. Bond Breaker Rod and Tape: install in the cleaned joint prior to the application of 45 the joint sealant. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 1373 -4 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 4 7. Do not leave open, cleaned joints unsealed overnight. E. Joint Sealant 1. Apply the joint sealant upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape, using the mechanical injection tool. 2. Do not seal joints unless they are clean and dry. 3. Remove and discard excess sealant left on the pavement surface. a. Do not excess use to seal the joints. 4. The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition as determined by City. 5. Do not allow traffic on the fresh sealant until it becomes tack -free. F. Approval of Joints 1. The City may request a representative of the sealant manufacturer to be present at the job site at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing of joints. a. The representative shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the City the acceptable method for sealant installation. b. The representative shall approve the clean, dry joints before the sealing operation commences. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 3231 13 -1 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Pagel of 8 1 SECTION 32 3113 2 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Galvanized coated chain link (non -security) fencing and accessories in accordance 7 with the City's Zoning Ordinance. 8 2. Wrought iron fencing and accessories 9 3. Steel tube fencing and accessories 10 4. On utility projects: 11 a. When existing fence is within the project Site (i.e. parallel to the utility trench 12 and/or within utility easement) and is directly disturbed by construction 13 activities, fencing will be paid for as listed in Article 1.2 below. 14 b. When existing fence is crossing the proposed utility trench, the work performed 15 and materials furnished in accordance with fence replacement will be 16 considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. 17 c. When existing fence is outside of the limits of the project Site or is identified as 18 protected on the Drawings and is disturbed and/or by construction activities, 19 replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no other compensation 20 will be allowed. 21 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 22 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 23 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 24 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1 25 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2 26 5. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.1 27 6. Added 1.2.A.3.b.2 28 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 29 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 30 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 31 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 32 A. Measurement and Payment 33 1. Chain Link Fence 34 a. Measurement 35 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Chain Link Fence 36 installed. 37 b. Payment 38 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 39 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid 40 for at the unit price bid per linear foot of Chain Link Fence installed for 41 various: 42 a) Heights CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3231 13 -2 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 2 of 8 1 b) Fabric materials 2 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 3 accordance with this Item for various heights and various fabric 4 materials and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be 5 included in the total lump sum price. 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 8 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 9 3) Cleanup 10 4) Hauling 11 2. Wrought Iron Fence 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Wrought Iron 14 Fence installed. 15 b. Payment 16 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 17 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid 18 for at the unit price bid per linear foot of Wrought Iron Fence installed for 19 various heights. 20 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 21 accordance with this Item for various heights and measured as 22 provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum 23 rp ice. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 26 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 27 3) Cleanup 28 4) Hauling 29 3. Steel Tube Fence 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Steel Tube Fence 32 installed. 33 b. Payment 34 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 35 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid 36 for at the unit price bid per linear foot of Steel Tube Fence installed for 37 various heights. 38 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 39 accordance with this Item for various heights and measured as 40 provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum 41 price 42 c. The price bid shall include: 43 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 44 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 45 3) Cleanup 46 4) Hauling 47 1.3 REFERENCES 48 A. Reference Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3231 13 -3 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 3 of 8 1 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 2 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 3 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 4 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 5 a. A 36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 6 b. A 123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron 7 and Steel Products 8 c. A 392, Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric 9 d. A 500, Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon 10 Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes 11 e. F 626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings 12 f. F 1043, Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel 13 Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework 14 g. F 1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated 15 (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures 16 h. F 1183, Specification for Aluminum Alloy Chain Link Fence Fabric 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 18 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS 19 A. Shop drawings 20 1. Layout of fences and gates with dimensions, details, and finishes of components, 21 accessories and post foundations if requested by the City. 22 B. Product data 23 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts indicating material compliance and specified options. 24 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 29 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED] 33 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS / MATERIALS 34 A. Manufacturer 35 1. Minimum of 5 years of experience manufacturing galvanized coated chain link 36 fencing. 37 2. Approved Manufacturer or equal: 38 a. Allied Fence, Inc. 39 b. American Fence Corp. 40 c. Anchor Fence, Inc. 41 d. Master Halco, Inc. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 3231 13 -4 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 4 of 8 B. Materials 1. Chain Link Fence a. General 1) Posts, gate frames, braces, rails, stretcher bars, truss rods and tension wire shall be of steel. 2) Gate hinges, post caps, barbed wire supporting arms, stretcher bar bands and other parts shall be of steel, malleable iron, ductile iron or equal 3) Post tops, rail end, ties and clips may be of aluminum. 4) Use only new material, or salvaged/existing material if approved by City or noted on Drawings. 5) Fabric a) No. 9 gauge b) 2-inch mesh (1) Commercial: both top and bottom selvages twisted and barged Residential: match existing or both top and bottom selvages knuckled (2) Furnish 1-piece fabric widths. 6) Fabric Finish: Galvanized, ASTM A 392, Class I, with not less than 1.2 oz. zinc per square foot of surface. b. Aluminum Fabric 1) Fabric a) ASTM F 1183 b) No. 9 gauge c) 2-inch mesh, with both top and bottom selvages twisted and barged. d) Furnish 1-piece fabric widths. c. Steel Framing 1) Steel pipe - Type I a) ASTM F 1083 b) Standard weight schedule 40 c) Minimum yield strength: 30,000 psi d) Sizes as indicated e) Hot -dipped galvanized with minimum average 1.8 oz/ft2 of coated surface area 2) Steel pipe - Type 11 a) ASTM F 1043, Group IC b) Minimum yield strength: 50,000 psi c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings d) Protective coating per ASTM F 1043 (1) External coating Type B (a) Zinc with organic overcoat (b) 0.9 oz/ft2 minimum zinc coating with chromate conversion coating and verifiable polymer film (2) Internal coating Type B (a) Minimum 0.9 oz/ft2 zinc or Type D, zinc pigmented, 81 percent nominal coating, minimum 3 mils 3) Formed steel ("C") sections: a) Roll formed steel shapes complying with ASTM F 1043, Group 11 b) Minimum yield strength: 45,000 psi (310 MPa) c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings d) External coating per ASTM F 1043, Type A (1) Minimum average 2.0 oz/ft2 of zinc per ASTM A 123 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 3231 13 -5 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 5 of 8 4) Steel square sections a) ASTM A 500, Grade B b) Minimum yield strength: 40,000 psi c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings d) Hot -dipped galvanized with minimum 1.8 oz/ftz of coated surface area d. Accessories 1) Chain link fence accessories a) ASTM F 626 b) Provide items required to complete fence system. c) Galvanize each ferrous metal item and finish to match framing. 2) Post caps a) Formed steel or cast malleable iron weather tight closure cap for tubular posts. b) Provide 1 cap for each post. c) Cap to have provision for barbed wire when necessary. d) "C" shaped line post without top rail or barbed wire supporting arms do not require post caps. e) Where top rail is used, provide tops to permit passage of top rail. 3) Top rail and rail ends a) 1 5/8 inch diameter galvanized round pipe for horizontal railing b) Pressed steel per ASTM F626 c) For connection of rail and brace to terminal posts 4) Top rail sleeves a) 7-inch expansion sleeve with a minimum 0.137 inch wire diameter and 1.80 inch length spring, allowing for expansion and contraction of top rail 5) Wire ties a) 9 gauge galvanized steel wire for attachment of fabric to line posts b) Double wrap 13 gauge for rails and braces. c) Hog ring ties of 12-1/2 gauge for attachment 6) Brace and tension (stretcher bar) bands a) Pressed steel b) Minimum 300 degree profile curvature for secure fence post attachment c) At square post provide tension bar clips. 7) Tension (stretcher) bars: a) 1 piece lengths equal to 2 inches less than full height of fabric b) Minimum cross-section of 3/16 inch x 3/4 inch c) Provide tension (stretcher) bars where chain link fabric meets terminal posts. 8) Tension wire a) Galvanized coated steel wire, 6 gauge, [0.192 inch] diameter wire b) Tensile strength: 75,000 psi 9) Truss rods & tightener a) Steel rods with minimum diameter of 5/16 inch b) Capable of withstanding a tension of minimum 2,000 pounds 10) Nuts and bolts are galvanized. 2. Wrought Iron Fence: specified per Drawings. 3. Steel Tube Fence: specified per Drawings. 4. Setting Materials CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 3231 13 -6 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 6 of 8 1 a. Concrete 2 1) Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi 3 2) Bagged concrete allowed. 4 b. Drive Anchors 5 1) Galvanized angles 6 2) ASTM A 36 steel 7 3) 1 inch x 1 inch x 30 inch galvanized shoe clamps to secure angles to posts. 8 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION 13 A. Verification of Conditions 14 1. Verify areas to receive fencing are completed to final grades and elevations. 15 2. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established 16 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17 3.4 INSTALLATION 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 A. Chain Link Fence Framing 1. Locate terminal post at each fence termination and change in horizontal or vertical direction of 30 degrees or more. 2. Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet on center. 3. Set all posts in concrete a. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. b. Drill hole diameter 4 times greater than outside dimension of post. c. Set post bottom 24 inches below surface when in firm, undisturbed soil. d. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils, and for posts with heavy lateral loads. e. Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour. Trowel finish around post. Slope to direct water away from posts. 4. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and maintain in position during placement and finishing operations. 5. Bracing a. Install horizontal pipe brace at mid -height for fences 6 feet and taller, on each side of terminal posts. b. Firmly attach with fittings. c. Install diagonal truss rods at these points. d. Adjust truss rod, ensuring posts remain plumb. 6. Tension wire a. Provide tension wire at bottom of fabric and at top, if top rail is not specified. b. Install tension wire before stretching fabric and attach to each post with ties. c. Secure tension wire to fabric with 12-1/2 gauge hog rings 24 inches on center. 7. Top rail a. Install lengths, 21 feet CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 3231 13 -7 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 7 of 8 1 b. Connect joints with sleeves for rigid connections for expansion/contraction. 2 8. Center Rails for fabric height 12 feet and taller. 3 a. Install mid rails between posts with fittings and accessories. 4 9. Bottom Rails: Install bottom rails between posts with fittings and accessories. 5 B. Chain Link Fabric Installation 6 1. Fabric 7 a. Install fabric on security side and attach so that fabric remains in tension after 8 pulling force is released. 9 b. Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage. 10 c. Attach fabric with wire ties to line posts at 15 inches on center and to rails, 11 braces, and tension wire at 24 inches on center. 12 2. Tension (stretcher) bars 13 a. Pull fabric taut. 14 b. Thread tension bar through fabric and attach to terminal posts with bands or 15 clips spaced maximum of 15 inches on center. 16 3. Accessories 17 a. Tie wires: Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons and clothing. 18 b. Fasteners: Install nuts on side of fence opposite fabric side for added security. 19 c. Slats: Install slats in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 20 C. Wrought Iron Installation: install per Drawings 21 D. Steel Tube Fence: install per Drawings 22 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 23 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 32 END OF SECTION 33 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1 • LA. modified to describe when City would pay for fence replacement on utility projects CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3231 13 -8 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 8 of 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 323114-1 CHAIN LINK CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 32 3114 2 CHAIN LINK CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. The work in this section shall include furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and 7 appliances necessary to complete all Chain Link Cantilever Slide Gate(s) required 8 in accordance with the Drawings. 9 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 20 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. Underwriters Laboratory Gate Operator Requirements (UL 325). See 3.02 C. 22 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 23 a. ASTM F 2200 — Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate 24 Construction. See 2.01 C. 25 b. ASTM F 1184 Standard Specification for Industrial and Commercial 26 Horizontal Slide Gates, Type II, Class 2. See 3.02 B. 27 4. American Welding Society AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code. See 2.01 D and 28 2.03 D. 29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30 1.5 SUBMITTALS 31 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 32 B. All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 33 specials. 34 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 35 A. Product Data 36 1. Provide manufacturer's catalog cuts with printed specifications and installation 37 instructions. CITY OF FORT WORTH MARKUM RANCH PS AND GST CITY PROJECT NO. 103010 3231 14 - 2 CHAIN LINK CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE Page 2 of 5 1 2. If operated gate system, furnish two (2) copies of operation and maintenance data 2 covering the installed products. 3 B. Shop Drawings 4 1. Manufacturer of gate system shall provide certification stating the gate system 5 includes the following material components that provide superior performance and 6 longevity. Alternate designs built to minimum standards that do not include these 7 additional structural features shall not be accepted. 8 2. Gate track system shall be keyed to interlock into gate frame member (providing 9 200% additional strength when compared to weld only keyless systems). When 10 interlocked with and welded to the "keyed" frame top member, gate track forms a 11 composite structure. 12 3. Gate shall have a minimum counterbalance length of 50% opening width which 13 provides a 36% increase in lateral resistance (when compared to ASTM minimum 14 of 40% counterbalance). If gate is ever to be automated, counterbalance section 15 shall be filled with fabric or other specified material. 16 4. To provide superior structural integrity, intermediate vertical members shall be used 17 - with spacing between verticals to be less than 50% of the gate frame height. 18 5. Entire gate frame (including counterbalance section) shall include 2 adjustable 19 stainless or galvanized steel cables (minimum 3/16") per bay to allow complete 20 gate frame adjustment (maintaining strongest structural square and level 21 orientation). 22 6. Gate truck assemblies shall be tested for continuous duty and shall have precision 23 ground and hardened components. Bearings shall be pre -lubricated and contain 24 shock resistant outer races and captured seals. 25 7. Gate truck assemblies shall be supported by a minimum 5/8" plated steel bolt with 26 self aligning capability, rated to support a 2,000 # reaction load. 27 8. Hanger brackets shall be hot dipped galvanized steel with a minimum 3/8" 28 thickness that is also gusseted for additional strength. 29 9. Gate top track and supporting hangar bracket assemblies shall be certified by a 30 licensed professional engineer to withstand a 2,000 lb. vertical reaction load 31 without exceeding allowable stresses. 32 C. Certificates 33 1. Gate in compliance with ASTM F 2200, Standard Specification for Automated 34 Vehicular Gate Construction per section 2.01 C. 35 2. If operated gate system, gate operator shall be in compliance with UL 325 as 36 evidenced by UL listing label attached to gate operator. 37 3. The aluminum welders and welding process must be certified per section 2.03 D. 38 4. Manufacturer shall supply gate design performance certification as per section 1.03 39 C. CITY OF FORT WORTH MARKUM RANCH PS AND GST CITY PROJECT NO. 103010 323114-3 CHAIN LINK CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE Page 3 of 5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART 2- PRODUCTS 8 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS / MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Manufacturer List a. Tymetal Corporation b. Approved Equal B. Materials 1. Gate Frame a. The gate frame shall be fabricated from 6063-T6 aluminum alloy extrusions. The top member shall be a 3" x 5" (76mm x 127mm) aluminum structural channel/tube extrusion weighing not less than 3.0 lb/If (4.4kg/m). To maintain structural integrity this frame member shall be "keyed" to interlock with the "keyed" track member. If fabricated as a single horizontal piece, the bottom member shall be a 2" x 5" (51mm x 127mm) aluminum structural tube weighing not less than 2.0 lb/If (2.9kg/m). If fabricated in two horizontal pieces, the bottom member shall be a 5" (127mm) aluminum structural channel weighing not less than 2.6 lb/If (3.8kg/m). When the gate frame is manufactured in two horizontal pieces or sections, they shall be spliced in the field (the gate frame shall be fabricated in one or multiple sections depending on size requirements or project constraints). 2. Vertical Members (Chain Link) a. The vertical members at the ends of the gate frame shall be "P" shaped in cross section with a nominal base dimension of no less than 2" x 2" (51mm x 51mm) and weighing not less than 1.6 lb/If (2.3kg/m). Major 2" x 2" (51mm x 5lmm) vertical members weighing not less than 1.1 lb/If shall separate each bay and shall be spaced at less than gate height intervals. b. Intermediate 1" x 2" (25mm x 51mm) vertical members weighing not less than .82 lb/If shall alternate between 2" x 2" major members. 3. Gate Track a. The gate frame shall have a separate semi -enclosed "keyed" track, extruded from 6005A-T61 or 6105-T5 aluminum alloy, weighing not less than 2.9 lb/If (4.2kg/m). The track member is to be located on only one side of the top primary. Welds to be placed alternately along the top and side of the track at 9" (229mm) centers with welds being a minimum of 2" (5lmm). CITY OF FORT WORTH MARKUM RANCH PS AND GST CITY PROJECT NO. 103010 3231 14 - 4 CHAIN LINK CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE Page 4 of 5 1 4. All welds on the gate frame shall conform to Welding Procedure Specification and 2 Procedure Qualification Record to insure conformance to the AWS D1.2 Structural 3 Welding Code. All individual welders shall be certified to AWS D1.2 welding 4 code. See 1.02 D. 5 5. Gate Mounting 6 a. The gate frame is to be supported from the track by two (2) swivel type, self- 7 aligning, 4 wheeled, sealed lubricant, ball -bearing truck assemblies. 8 b. The bottom of each support post shall have a bracket equipped with a pair of 3" 9 (76mm) UHMW guide wheels Wheel cover protectors shall be included with 10 bottom guides to comply with UL325. 11 c. Gap protectors shall be provided and installed, compliant with ASTM F 2200- 12 05. 13 6. Diagonal Bracing 14 a. Diagonal "X" bracing of 3/16" or 1/4" diameter stainless or galvanized steel 15 cable shall be installed throughout the entire gate frame. 16 7. The gate shall be completed by installation of approved filler as specified. 17 a. Chain Link: 2" x 2" x 9 gauge aluminized steel chain link fabric shall extend 18 the entire length of the gate (if operated gate, counterbalance must also have 19 fabric to prevent reach through and comply with ASTM F2200, see 1.03 C.1) 20 Fabric shall be attached at each end of the gate frame by standard fence 21 industry tension bars and tied at each 2" x 2" (51mm x 51mm) vertical member 22 with standard fence industry ties. ASTM F2200 requires attachment method 23 that leaves no leading or bottom edge protrusions (cannot exceed 0.5 inch). 24 8. Posts 25 a. A single set of support posts shall be minimum 4" O.D. (102mm) round SS40 26 or 4" x 4" x 3/16" wall square steel tubing, grade 500. Gate posts shall be 27 galvanized or coated and supported in concrete footings as specified by the 28 Drawings. 29 9. Finish 30 a. Gate to be mill finish aluminum or color coated with polyester powder as 31 specified. If powder coated, the gate (including track member) and all 32 accessories shall be pretreated chemically by sand blasting or other acceptable 33 method to ensure proper coating adherence. 34 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36 PART 3 - EXECUTION 37 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 38 3.2 EXAMINATION 39 A. Verification of Conditions 40 1. Verify areas to receive fencing are completed to final grades and elevations. 41 2. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established. CITY OF FORT WORTH MARKUM RANCH PS AND GST CITY PROJECT NO. 103010 323114-5 CHAIN LINK CANTILEVER SLIDE GATE Page 5 of 5 1 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 2 3.4 INSTALLATION 3 A. Equipment in this section shall be installed in strict accordance with the company's 4 printed instructions unless otherwise shown on the contract drawings. 5 B. The gate and installation shall conform to ASTM F It 84 standards for aluminum 6 cantilever slide gates, Type II, Class 2. See 1.02 C. 7 C. If the gate system is to be automated, the gate and installation shall also comply with 8 ASTM F 2200 and UL 325. See 1.02 A and 1.02 B. 9 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] [NOT USED] 10 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 12 A. The complete system shall be adjusted to assure it is performing properly. 13 B. The system shall be operated for a sufficient period of time to determine that the system 14 is in proper working order. 15 C. For operated gate systems - test and explain safety features: 16 1. Each system feature and device is a separate component of the gate system. 17 2. Read and follow all instructions for each component. 18 3. Ensure that all instructions for mechanical components, safety devices and the gate 19 operator are available for everyone who will be using the gate system. 20 4. The warning signs shipped with the gate operator must be installed in prominent 21 position on both sides of the gate. 22 5. Ensure the owner is clear with regard to the safety points concerning the basic 23 operational guidelines of the safety features of the gate operator system. These 24 safety points are listed in the gate operator manual and must be read prior to system 25 use. 26 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 30 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 33 END OF SECTION 34 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH MARKUM RANCH PS AND GST CITY PROJECT NO. 103010 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 1 of 11 1 SECTION 32 84 00 2 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Product and installation requirements for: 7 a. Irrigation System Installation 8 b. Irrigation System Restoration 9 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 14 4. Section 33 05 26 — Utility Markers — Locators. 15 5. Section 33 11 12 — Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Irrigation System Installation 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Installation. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Installation installed. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Installation as specified by the 27 Drawings 28 2) Trench excavation and backfill 29 3) All products required to install irrigation system 30 4) Product and installation testing 31 5) Licensed irrigator 32 6) Equipment 33 7) Tools 34 8) Equipment 35 9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 36 2. Irrigation System Restoration 37 a. Measurement 38 1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Restoration. 39 40 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 2 of 11 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Restoration. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Restoration as specified by the 6 Drawings 7 2) Trench excavation and backfill 8 3) All products required to install irrigation system 9 4) Product and installation testing 10 5) Licensed irrigator 11 6) Equipment 12 7) Tools 13 8) Equipment 14 9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 15 1.3 REFERENCES 16 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 17 1. CWP — Cold Working Pressure 18 2. GPM — Gallons per Minute 19 3. PSI — Pounds per Square Inch 20 4. PVC — Polyvinyl Chloride 21 B. Reference Standards 22 1. ASTM International (ASTM): 23 a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 24 Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 25 b. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated 26 Pipe (SDR Series). 27 2. NSF International (NSF): 28 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects. 29 3. Uniform Plumbing Code 30 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31 A. Preinstallation Meetings 32 1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing irrigation system 1 week prior to 33 holding the preinstallation meeting. 34 2. Hold a preinstallation meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 35 Irrigation Installation and Repair. Invite the City and the current owner (if other 36 than the City) of any existing irrigation system along with any appropriate 37 representatives. Prior to the preinstallation meeting, the following needs to be 38 prepared or conducted: 39 a. Irrigation Plan: 40 1) Provide an irrigation plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 41 irrigator. 42 2) Test the existing system prior to meeting in accordance with Quality 43 Assurance. 44 1.5 SUBMITTALS CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 3 of 11 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Shop Drawings 5 1. Product Data 6 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying irrigation 7 products to be used on the project. 8 b. Product data sheets will include: 9 1) Manufacturer name 10 2) Date 11 3) Product description 12 4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 13 specification. 14 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 15 6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 16 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 17 8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 18 B. Information Submittals 19 1. Trench Safety Plan 20 a. Provide a trench safety plan if required in accordance with Occupational Safety 21 and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety regulations, Subpart P- 22 Excavations. If required provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 33 23 05 10. 24 2. Backflow Prevention Testing 25 a. Provide backflow prevention test results performed by a Certified Backflow 26 Tester. 27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 28 A. Operation and Maintenance Data 29 1. Provide any manufacturer recommended operation and maintenance information to 30 the City and irrigation system owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation 31 system is installed. 32 B. Warranty Documentation 33 1. Provide any manufacturer warranty information to the City and irrigation system 34 owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation system is installed. 35 2. Transfer any manufacturer irrigation warranties to the City or irrigation owner 36 following irrigation installation if applicable. 37 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39 A. Qualifications 40 41 1. Licensed Professionals 42 a. Provide an irrigator licensed in the State of Texas to oversee the construction of 43 all Irrigation Installation and Restoration work performed. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 4 of 11 1 B. Preconstruction Testing 2 1. Coordinate with the owners of any existing irrigation systems to schedule a 3 preconstruction test. Invite the irrigation system owners and the City along with 4 their appropriate representatives to witness the preconstruction test. 5 2. Perform a preconstruction test of any existing irrigation systems and provide 6 documentation of the working condition of any existing irrigation system. Include 7 the following documentation: 8 a. Photos, videos, and site notes that adequately document the existing condition 9 of each zone, controller equipment, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 10 b. Provide any additional documentation that is available such as record drawings. 11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 12 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 13 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 14 6600. 15 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 16 A. Ambient Conditions 17 1. In accordance with applicable specifications and manufacturer recommendations 18 for all water products. Applicable specifications include, but are not limited to 19 Section 33 11 12. 20 B. Existing Conditions 21 1. Prior to performing work: 22 a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with State and local requirements 23 b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems 24 c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 25 Requirements, if applicable 26 d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 27 to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines 28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30 2.1 CITY -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS SNOT USED] 31 2.2 PRODUCTS 32 A. General 33 1. Provide products specified in the Drawings or approved equal. 34 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models shall be processed in accordance 35 with Section 0125 00. 36 B. Manufacturers 37 38 1. Control Valves 39 a. Drip Zones 40 1) Rain Bird, XCZ-100-PRB-COM CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 5 of 11 I b. Master Valve, 1" 2 1) Rain Bird, 100-PEB 3 c. Master Valve, 1.5" 4 1) Rain Bird, 150-PEB 5 d. Master Valve, 2" 6 1) Rain Bird, 200-PEB 7 e. Flow Meter, 1" 8 1) Netafilm, 1" Water Meter Cast Iron 9 f Flow Meter, 2" 10 1) Netafilm, 2" Water Meter Cast Iron 11 g. Isolation Valve 12 1) Spears HD, CWV 13 h. Quick Coupler 14 1) Rain Bird, 33-DRC 15 2. Drip Tubing and Fitting 16 a. Standard Drip 17 1) Rain Bird, XFS-09-12 18 b. Check Valve Drip 19 1) Rain Bird, XFCV-09-12 20 c. Drip Tube Fittings 21 1) Rain Bird, XFTM Series 17mm Insert Fittings 22 d. Tree Bubbler 23 1) Hunter, PCN-50 24 e. Tree Bubbler Head, 4" 25 1) Hunter, 1804-SAM-PRS 26 f. Operation Indicator 27 1) Rain Bird, XFS OPERIND X17500 28 3. Controllers 29 a. Motorola, IRRInet AC/DC 30 b. Rain Bird, WR2-RFC Rain/Freeze Combo 31 c. Others as specified by the City 32 4. Backflows 33 a. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 115 Lead Free 34 b. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 020 Lead Free 35 5. Backflow Enclosures 36 a. Dekorra, 302-BG-C3 37 b. Dekorra, 603GN 38 6. Valve Boxes 39 a. Large Rectangle Box (21"x15"xl3") 40 1) NDS, 117BC 41 b. Standard Rectangle Box (17"x12"x12") 42 1) NDS, 113BC 43 c. 6" Round Box 44 1) NDS, 107BC 45 d. 10" Round Box 46 1) NDS, 111BC 47 7. Flow Sensor 48 a. Arad, AC Flow Meter CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 6 of 11 b. Others as specified by the City C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 1. Provide PVC pipe in accordance with: a. ASTM D 1784 b. ASTM D2241 c. NSF 61 d. Uniform Plumbing Code 2. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation mainline. 3. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation lateral line. 4. Provide PVC Schedule 40 for pipe sleeves. 5. Provide Detectable Warning Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings 1. Provide PVC fittings in accordance with: a. ASTM D 1784 b. ASTM D2241 c. NSF 61 d. Uniform Plumbing Code 2. Provide fittings that are solvent weld type, schedule 40, and of the type recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the size and intended use. 3. If connecting to a metal pipe or metal accessory, use a PVC adapter with female thread. Any PVC pipe that is connected by any other means may be considered non -conforming. Obtain written approval from the City if another connection method has been approved. E. Irrigation Heads or Bubblers 1. Refer to the Drawings for the nozzle sets, circle angles, and product series. 2. Provide irrigation heads or bubblers that conform to the requirements of the manufacturer designated on the Drawings or approved equal. F. Wire and Wire Connectors 1. Provide copper wiring UL approved, Type UF, PVC insulated, 14 gage, suitable for direct burial, and in accordance with the requirements for a NEC Class 2 circuit (30 volts AC or less). 2. Provide direct burial wire connectors that have a one-piece PVC housing that when filled with silicone forms a reusable, one-piece, moisture -proof wire splice connector. 3. Provide wire connectors that are U.L. listed, rated 60C, 500 volts, for PVC insulated wire. 4. Do not use epoxy type wire connectors. G. Gate Valves 1. Provide a gate valve rated for a minimum 150 PSI working pressure. 2. Provide a gate valve in accordance with the size specified in the Drawings. 3. For any gate valve 2 inches in size or smaller, use Ohio bras or approved equal. 4. Install the gate valve per City Standard Details or Drawings. H. Valve Boxes CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 7 of 11 1 1. For any electric valves, provide a plastic valve box rated for use with electric 2 control valves. 3 I. Electric Section Control Valves 4 1. Provide the size specified in the Drawings. 5 2. Only one electric section should operate at one time on any one controller. 6 3. Electric sectional control valves 7 a. Globe -type diaphragm valves of normally open design 8 b. 24 VAC electric solenoid control operated, 9 c. Equipped with flow adjustment stems, 10 d. Cold working pressure (CWP) of 150 PSI 11 e. Plastic bodies and covers. 12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 15 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 16 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 17 3.3 PREPARATION 18 A. Demolition / Removal 19 1. Prior to removal or shut-off of any existing irrigation systems, notify the owner 20 within 48 hours. 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 A. Trench Excavation and Backfill 23 1. Trenching and backfilling are considered subsidiary to the irrigation installation bid 24 items. 25 2. Perform trench excavation and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05 unless 26 otherwise specified in the Drawings or this Section. 27 3. Trench Excavation 28 a. Maintain a minimum distance of 6 inches between parallel lines. 29 b. Excavate to a depth that provides the following cover from finished grade: 30 1) 30 inches minimum under vehicle traffic area 31 2) Non -vehicle traffic areas: 32 a) 18 inches minimum for lateral lines 33 b) 24 inches minimum for main lines 34 4. Backfill 35 a. Backfill the trench after the irrigation system is operational and required testing 36 and inspection has been performed by the City and a licensed irrigator. 37 b. Embedment material is not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 38 39 c. Backfill Material: 40 1) Initial Backfill CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 8 of 11 1 a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 1 inch from the backfill 2 material for 6 inches above the top of pipe. 3 b) Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance 4 with Section 33 05 26. 5 2) Final Backfill 6 a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 3 inches in diameter. 7 3) All in -situ materials are considered acceptable unless otherwise specified in 8 the Drawings. 9 d. Compact in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 10 e. For trenches that will have plantings installed at finished grade, flood the 11 backfill prior to installing plantings using a jetting process. 12 B. Pipe Laying 13 1. Lay pipe at a minimum 1 foot from the back of curb, sidewalks, buildings, walls, 14 and other objects, or as directed by the City. 15 2. Install all PVC pipe connections and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's 16 recommendations and Section 33 11 12. 17 C. Pipe Joints 18 1. Install joints in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and Section 19 33 1411. 20 2. Allow adequate time for joint solvent to form a chemical bond before disturbing the 21 joint. Refer to manufacturer's recommendations. If no recommendation is given, do 22 not disturb the joint for 15 minutes after joint is installed on pipe. 23 D. Closing and Flushing of PVC Pipe 24 1. Cap or plug pipes after installation to prevent entry of foreign materials that would 25 obstruct the flow of water. 26 2. Leave caps or plugs in place until it is time for final completion. 27 3. At final completion, remove the caps, thoroughly flush all water lines, and perform 28 any final testing necessary for final completion. 29 E. Sprinkler Heads and Drip Tubing 30 1. Install sprinkler heads and drip tubing in accordance with the manufacturer's 31 recommendations at locations specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 32 F. Wiring 33 1. Install wire in trenches below the pipe or in a minimum 1-inch PVC pipe with at 34 least 12 inches of cover of its entire run. 35 2. Install wire in continuous lengths. 36 3. Splice wire, if required, in valve boxes using waterproof materials. 37 G. Valve and Valve Box Placement 38 1. Install valves and valve boxes at a minimum 2 foot from the back of curb, 39 sidewalks, buildings, walls, and other objects, or as directed by the City. 40 2. Place valves and valve boxes in accordance with City Standard Details, applicable 41 specifications, and the Drawings. 42 43 3. Valves CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 9 of 11 I a. Install all gate, check, and control valves with a valve box to the same depth as 2 the irrigation pipe. 3 b. Provide a minimum of 12 inches of clearance from the top of the valve to the 4 surface of the valve box. 5 c. After valves are installed, fully open and fully close valves to ensure that all 6 parts are in working condition. 7 4. Valve Boxes 8 a. Set valve boxes plumb vertically and concentric with the valve stem. 9 b. If a valve box is relocated due to incorrect installation location, relocate at no 10 cost to the City. 11 c. Coil any excess wires inside the valve box. 12 d. When valve is located in pavement, install concrete collar around valve box in 13 accordance with City Standard Details. 14 e. Adjust valve box height to be flush with finished grade. 15 H. Controller 16 1. Install controllers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations at locations 17 shown on the Drawings. 18 I. Backflow Prevention 19 1. Install backflow prevention in accordance with the manufacturer's 20 recommendations at locations shown on the Drawings or as directed. 21 2. Install the double check valve in a concrete meter box per City Standard Details or 22 the Drawings. 23 J. Sleeves & Encasement 24 1. Coordinate with the paving contractor to install sleeves as shown on the Drawings. 25 2. Install wiring and irrigation piping in separate encasements when under pavement. 26 3. For encasement pipes, provide a minimum of 12 inches of cover over the pipe. 27 a. For areas with surface improvements, cover is measured from the top of the 28 pipe to the bottom of subgrade or to the bottom of the sidewalk slab. 29 K. Boring 30 1. Boring is only allowed when specified in the Drawings. Coordinate with the City 31 for approval of boring locations and requirements. 32 3.5 REPAIR AND RESTORATION 33 A. Restore all existing surfaces and repair any existing structures or pipes that have been 34 damaged due to irrigation installation at no cost to the City. 35 B. If any existing irrigation systems have been damaged as a result of any construction 36 activities, repair and restore the existing irrigation system to the original condition. 37 1. Obtain approval from the irrigation system owner and provide approval to the City. 38 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 40 A. General 41 1. Provide a licensed irrigator to perform all required Site Quality Control testing. 42 2. Perform inspections throughout the duration of installation. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 10 of 11 1 B. Sprinkler/Dripline Layout and Spacing Inspection 2 1. Verify the irrigation design is accurately installed in the field. 3 2. If spacing is not within 5 percent of the design spacing, adjust the layout at no cost 4 to the City. 5 3. If design cannot be met due to site constraints, obtain written approval from the 6 City and the licensed irrigator before modifying the layout. 7 C. Pipe Installation Depth Inspection 8 1. Verify the irrigation pipes were installed to the minimum depths in accordance with 9 this Section. 10 2. Verify all joints were installed correctly and there are no loose or non -compliant 11 joints. 12 D. Hydrostatic Tests 13 1. Provide a licensed irrigator during hydrostatic testing and notify the City in writing 14 48 hours in advance of testing. 15 2. Center load piping with initial backfill to prevent arching or slipping under 16 pressure. 17 3. After all welded joints have cured for at least 24 hours, test the mainlines from the 18 meter to the valves, with all valves closed, for at least 2 consecutive hours by 19 applying a continuous and static minimum 80 PSI water pressure. Repair leaks if 20 necessary and retest. 21 4. Maintain all mainline and lateral lines under static pressure for 24 hours without 22 leaks before final approval. 23 5. If the Hydrostatic Test indicates any leaks, repair at no cost to the City. 24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 28 A. Demonstration 29 1. After installation is complete, hold a demonstration meeting and invite the licensed 30 irrigator who prepared the irrigation plans, the City, and the current owner (if other 31 than the City) of any existing irrigation systems along with any appropriate 32 representatives. At this meeting, perform the following tasks: 33 a. If there is an existing system: 34 1) Test the irrigation system and compare the functionality with the 35 documented conditions of any existing irrigation system. 36 b. If there is not an existing system: 37 1) Test the irrigation system to verify all zones, controllers, sprinkler heads, 38 and drip lines function as designed. 39 c. Obtain in writing the City and the irrigation owner (if other than the City) have 40 agreed the irrigation system functions as designed after the demonstration 41 meeting is held. 42 d. The meeting is required to be performed prior to final acceptance. 43 B. Record of Installation CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 11 of 11 1 1. Provide a Record of Installation set of Drawings to any existing irrigation system 2 owners with any warranties and product information at the completion of irrigation 3 system installation. 4 2. If the City is the owner of the irrigation system, provide the record drawings to the 5 prime contractor to be included with the overall record drawing set at the end of the 6 project. 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 329119-1 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF ROADWAY RIGHT-OF-WAYS Page 1 of 3 1 SECTION 32 9119 2 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF ROADWAY RIGHT-OF-WAYS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Furnish and place topsoil to a minimum of 3-inch depth unless otherwise shown on 7 the Drawings within the Roadway Right -of ways (Roadway ROW includes 8 medians and parkways between the curb and property line. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 11 2. Modified 1.2.A.2.b 12 3. Added 1.2.A.2.c 13 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Measurement 19 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by cubic yard of Topsoil in place. 20 2. Payment 21 a. Unit Price 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per cubic yard of in place/tamped Topsoil 25 2) All excavation required by this Item in cut sections shall be measured in 26 accordance with provisions for the various excavation items involved with 27 the provision that excavation will be measured and paid for once, regardless 28 of the manipulations involved. 29 a. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 30 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 31 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 32 3. The price bid shall include: 33 a. Furnishing Topsoil 34 b. Loading 35 c. Hauling 36 d. Placing 37 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 38 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 39 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 40 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 329119-2 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF ROADWAY RIGHT-OF-WAYS Page 2 of 3 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART2- PRODUCTS 8 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 2.2 MATERIALS 10 A. Topsoil 11 1. Use easily cultivated, fertile topsoil that: 12 a. Is free from objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non- 13 soil materials, roots, stumps or stones larger than 1.0 inches 14 b. Has a high resistance to erosion 15 c. Is able to support plant growth 16 2. Secure topsoil from approved sources. 17 3. Topsoil is subject to testing by the City. Contractor shall have soil delivery tickets 18 available upon request. 19 4. pH: 5.5 to 8.5. 20 5. Liquid Limit: 50 or less 21 6. Plasticity Index: 20 or less 22 7. Gradation: maximum of 10 percent passing No. 200 sieve 23 B. Water: Clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the growth 24 of vegetation 25 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A. Finishing of Parkways 33 1. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches. 34 2. Cut parkways to finish grade prior to the placing of any improvements in or 35 adjacent to the roadway. 36 3. In the event that unsuitable material for parkways is encountered, extend the depth 37 of excavation in the parkways 6 inches and backfill with top soil. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 329119-3 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF ROADWAY RIGHT-OF-WAYS Page 3 of 3 1 4. Make standard parkway grade perpendicular to and draining to the curb line. 2 a. Minimum: 1/4 inch per foot 3 b. Maximum:4:1 4 c. City may approve variations from these requirements in special cases. 5 5. Whenever the adjacent property is lower than the design curb grade and runoff 6 drains away from the street, the right-of-ways grade must be set level with the top 7 of the curb. 8 6. The design grade from the right-of-ways extends to the back of the walk line. 9 7. From that point (behind the walk), the grade may slope up or down at maximum 10 slope of 4:1. 11 B. Placing of Topsoil 12 1. Spread the topsoil to a uniform loose cover at the thickness specified. 13 2. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. 14 a. Hand tamp or roll topsoilsurface (with hand tamper or landscaping roller or 15 other accepted method) and finish a minimum of 5 feet from all flatwork. 16 b. Ensure topsoil is free from objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, 17 clay lumps, non -soil materials, roots, stumps or stones larger than 1.0 inches 18 c. No additional topsoil should be added within the critical root zone of trees. 19 3. Tamp the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 20 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION] [NOT USED] 21 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 26 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 27 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 28 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 29 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 30 END OF SECTION 31 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/11/2022 M Owen Revised title of specification and provided clarifications in Sections 1.1 Summary, 2.2 Materials, 3.4 Installation 32 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 329213-1 SODDING Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 32 92 13 2 SODDING 3 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Furnishing and installing grass sod as shown on Drawings, or as directed. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13 3. Section 31 10 00 —Site Clearing 14 4. Section 32 91 19 — Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 15 5. Section 32 84 23 - Irrigation 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Sod Placement 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Sod complete in 21 place for uniform vegetative coverage. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 24 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per square yard of Sod placed. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Surface preparation, scarifying subgrade, cleaning, and fine grading as 28 described in section 3.3 Preparation 29 2) Furnishing and placing all sod (until established complete in place with no 30 gaps or overlaps) 31 3) Rolling and tamping 32 4) Watering (until established) 33 5) Fertilizer, if required by City to be determined by soil test 34 6) Disposal of surplus materials off site or as directed by City 35 7) Weed removal (until established) 36 8) Mowing of two cycles, beginning at thirty (30) days from installation or 37 when blade height is 4" or greater, whichever comes first 38 9) Mowing cycles shall be spaced a minimum of ten (10) days apart (until 39 established) 40 d. Exceptions to c. include the following for areas to be turned over to adjacent 41 properties for maintenance: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213-2 SODDING Page 2 of 7 1 1) Sod shall be watered until turned over to adjacent property owner for 2 maintenance 3 2) Fertilization will not be required 4 3) Mowing not required for projects in areas where maintenance will be 5 immediately turned over to adjacent property owners 6 2. Mowing 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each for the project, beyond the two 9 (2) mow cycles included in sodding price, as approved and directed by the 10 City 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 13 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per each. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19 A. Certifications, Samples and Documentation 20 1. Certificates and/or labels and samples of sod, fertilizer, compost, soil amendments 21 and/or other materials, including a certificate from the vendor indicating sod is free 22 from weeds. 23 2. Delivery receipts and copies of invoices for materials used for this work shall be 24 subject to verification by the City 25 B. Exceptions 26 1. Certifications, samples and associated documentation will not be required for sod to 27 be turned over to adjacent property owner for maintenance 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 31 A. Developer/contractor who plants material is responsible for the supervision of crew, the 32 site, and the maintenance of the material until the project is accepted by the City 33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 34 A. Sod 35 1. Protect from exposure to wind, sun and freezing. 36 2. Keep stacked sod moist, consistently throughout stack. 37 3. Sod upon delivery may be inspected by City 38 4. Harvesting and planting operations shall be coordinated with not more than 39 seventy-two (72) hours elapsing between harvesting and placement, rolling, 40 tamping, and watering of sod. 41 B. Fertilizer, as determined by soil testing report provided to Contractor, if specifically 42 required by City for the project. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213-3 SODDING Page 3 of 7 1 1. Provide unopened bags labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed fertilizer 2 analysis. 3 2. Conform to Texas fertilizer law, Texas Agriculture Code Chapter 63. 4 3. Provide to City application rate for which fertilizer will be applied. 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 6 A. Grading of site and installation of topsoil must be approved by City prior to application 7 of sod. 8 1.12 WARRANTY 9 A. Warranty Period: Until project acceptance or through required maintenance period, 10 whichever is longer duration of time. 11 B. Warrant sod against defects in product, installation and workmanship. 12 1. Exceptions include 13 a. When maintenance is transferred to the adjacent property owner during the 14 project or after project acceptance 15 b. Vandalism caused by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this 16 project 17 c. Improper watering by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this 18 project 19 d. Damage caused by vehicles or equipment other than contractor or 20 subcontractors of this project. 21 e. Sod that goes dormant after job acceptance 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 25 A. Materials 26 1. Sod 27 a. Sod Varieties (match existing if applicable) 28 1) "Cynodon dactylon TIF419" or "TIFWAY" or "TIFTUF" (Bermudagrass 29 hybrid) 30 2) or an approved St. Augustine grass 31 3) or an approved Zoysia grass 32 b. Sod must contain stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes and roots as appropriate to 33 species. 34 c. Sod shall be alive, healthy and free of insects, disease, stones, undesirable 35 foreign materials and weeds and grasses deleterious to its growth or which 36 might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. 37 1) Johnsongrass not allowed 38 2) Nutgrass not allowed 39 3) Millet not allowed 40 d. Sod shall have been produced on growing beds of clay or clay loam topsoil. 41 e. Sod must not be harvested or planted when its moisture condition is so 42 excessively wet or dry that its survival will be affected. 43 2. Minimum sod thickness: 1/2-inch minimum CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213-4 SODDING Page 4 of 7 1 a. Maximum grass height: 2-inches 2 b. Dimensions 3 1) Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 4 2) Sod is to be cut in strips 16-inches wide and 24-inches long or approved 5 equal. 6 3) Sod shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted, 7 handled and rolled without breaking. 8 c. Broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends shall be rejected. 9 d. Temporary Erosion Control or Over Seed of dormant sod— consist of the 10 sowing of cool season plant seed. Seed must be included between November 1 11 through March 1 or as directed by the City. 12 13 Common Name Botanical Name Lbs./Acre Lbs./Acre broadcast drilled seed method method Elbon Rye Secale cereale 100-120 80-100 14 3. Fertilizer to be installed only as directed by City or as indicated in construction 15 documents 16 a. Determined by soil testing report 17 b. Acceptable condition for distribution per manufacturer's instructions 18 c. Applied uniformly over sod area. Do not fertilize inside the dripline of trees, or 19 Tree Protection Area. 20 4. Topsoil: See Section 32 91 19. 21 5. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the 22 germination of seed or to the growth of the vegetation. 23 2.3 ACCESSORIES 24 A. SOD PINS 25 1. Metal 26 2. Wood pegs 27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30 3.2 EXAMINATION 31 A. City may examine site grading to ensure it conforms to approved drawings, prior to 32 installing sod. 33 1. City will notify Contractor if grading is to be inspected prior to sod installation. 34 2. If required for specific project, Contractor must coordinate inspection seventy-two 35 (72) hours prior to cutting of sod and delivery 36 B. Sod may be inspected by City upon delivery. 37 3.3 PREPARATION 38 A. Surface Preparation: clear surface of all material including the following and dispose of 39 off -site or as directed by City: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213-5 SODDING Page 5 of 7 1 1. Stumps, stones, and other objects larger than 1-inch. 2 2. Roots, brush, wire, stakes, etc. 3 3. Any objects that may interfere with sodding or maintenance. 4 B. Scarify Subgrade 5 1. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 2-inches before depositing the required topsoil. 6 2. Compacted or heavily vegetated areas may be tilled 3-inches deep with City 7 approval 8 a. For tilled areas, use a heavy-duty disc or a chisel -type breaking plow, chisels 9 set not more than 10-inches apart. 10 b. Initial tillage shall be done in a crossing pattern for double coverage, then 11 followed by a disc harrow. Depth of tillage may be up to 3-inches. 12 c. Areas sloped greater than 3: 1: run a tractor parallel to slope to provide less 13 seed/water run-off 14 3. Areas near trees: Do not till within dripline of tree. Do not disturb the Tree 15 Protection Area, or canopy dripline. 16 C. Cleaning 17 1. Soil shall be further prepared by the removal of debris, building materials, rubbish, 18 and rock 1-inch and greater, and weeds. 19 2. Remove and dispose of debris off -site. 20 D. Fine Grading: 21 1. After scarifying or tilling and cleaning, all areas to be sodded shall have 3-inches of 22 topsoil placed, be leveled, fine graded by use of weighted spike and harrow, or float 23 drag, or hand grading to eliminate ruts, depressions, humps, and objectionable soil 24 clods. This shall be the final soil preparation step to be completed prior to 25 inspection before sodding. 26 2. Areas near trees: Do not disturb the Tree Protection Area, or canopy dripline 27 3.4 INSTALLATION 28 A. General 29 1. Do not lay sod when ground is frozen. 30 2. Over -seeding with Elbon Rye shall be included from November 1 until March 1. 31 Refer to Section 32 92 14 "Seeding" for seed rates. 32 B. Installation 33 1. Plant sod specified after the area has been inspected and accepted by City for 34 planting 35 2. Scarify 2-inches of subgrade and place a minimum of 3-inches of topsoil per 36 Section 32 91 19 on areas to receive sod. 37 3. Sod to be laid parallel to the contours in areas as specified. Sod to be laid 38 perpendicular to slopes greater than or equal to 4: 1. 39 4. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 40 excavating, hauling and planting. 41 5. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. Dry sod shall be 42 rejected. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213-6 SODDING Page 6 of 7 1 6. Fill in slumped areas due to watering to keep sod moist. 2 7. Place sod so that the entire area designated for sodding is covered with no gaps or 3 overlapping material 4 8. Fill voids left in the solid sodding with additional sod and tamp. 5 9. Stagger joints and seams. 6 10. Roll and tamp sod so that sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope. 7 a. Use pedestrian mechanical process (no motorized vehicles / equipment). 8 b. Low spots, or settlement greater than 1-inch, that may cause tripping hazard 9 shall be leveled 10 c. Finished grade of sod shall be maximum 1-inch below adjacent edges including 11 curbs, drives, and walkways. 12 11. Peg sod with wooden pegs (or wire staple) driven through the sod block to the firm 13 earth in areas that may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or nature of the 14 soil. 15 C. Watering and Finishing 16 1. Water sod to a minimum depth of 4-inches immediately after placed and tamped 17 and rolled. 18 2. Generally, as recommended by the vendor 19 3. Water source shall be clean and free of industrial waste or other substances harmful 20 to the germination of the seed or growth of the vegetation. 21 4. Water until 100 percent green and established as defined in 3.13. Dormant sod must 22 be over -seeded as directed in 2.2 A.2.d. 23 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 24 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 30 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31 3.13 MAINTENANCE 32 A. Sodding 33 1. Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Project or as 34 directed by the City. 35 2. Trim and maintain along edges including curbs, drives, and walkways with 36 maximum 1-inch surface elevation change. 37 3. Sod shall be rooted to scarified soil with continuous surface coverage with no gaps 38 or overlapping edges. 39 4. Includes protection, replanting, and maintaining grades with no settlement over 1- 40 inch, and immediate repair of erosion damage until the project receives final 41 acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213-7 SODDING Page 7 of 7 1 5. Sod shall not be considered finally accepted until the sod has started to peg down 2 (roots growing into the soil) and is free from dead blocks of sod. 3 B. Acceptance 4 1. Sod shall be accepted once fully established. 5 a. Sodded area must have 100 percent ground coverage and a blade height of 3- 6 inches with 2 mow cycles, minimum ten (10) days apart, performed by the 7 Contractor prior to consideration of acceptance by the City. 8 b. Grass shall be actively growing and free of disease and pests. 9 c. Ground surface to be smooth and free of foreign material and rock or clods 1 10 inch diameter and greater. 11 C. Replanting 12 1. Replant areas with dead blocks of sod (50 percent of individual block or greater). 13 D. Rejection 14 1. City may reject sod area based on the following items prior to final acceptance: 15 a. Weed populations 16 b. Poor installation including but not limited to gaps and/or overlapping sod 17 c. Disease and/or pests 18 d. Insufficient or over watering 19 e. Poor or improper maintenance 20 f. Soil settlement in excess of 1-inch. 21 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22 END OF SECTION 23 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Removed information and details regarding seed, native grasses and wildflowers. These items are addressed in new specification 32 92 14 and Parks specification for native grasses/wildflowers. Items pertaining to fertilizer throughout document updated to include soil testing. Remove and replace "block sod" with "sod" May 13, 2021 M Owen throughout document. Updated 1.2 payment measurement. 3.3 Preparation updated to reflect current industry tree care standards for root zone disturbance. 3.4 Installation added descriptions to clarify acceptable installation. 3.13 Maintenance added descriptions to clarify acceptance and rejection of sodded areas including growth, mow cycle and watering. Inserted exceptions associated with sod to be turned over to adjacent property owner. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213-1 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 32 92 14 2 NON-NATIVE SEEDING 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Furnishing and installing grass seed as shown on Drawings, or as directed. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 12 3. Section 31 10 00 —Site Clearing 13 4. Section 32 91 19 — Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 14 5. Section 32 84 23 — Irrigation (if used) 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Seeding 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Seed spread, 20 complete in place for uniform vegetative coverage. 21 b. Payment 22 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 23 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid 24 for at the unit price bid per square yard of Seed placed for various 25 installation methods. 26 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 27 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 28 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 29 c. The price bid shall include: 30 1) Surface preparation, scarifying subgrade, cleaning, and fine grading as 31 described in section 3.3 Preparation 32 2) Furnishing and placing all Seed (until established complete in place) 33 3) Perform soil testing, if requirement is included on construction drawings, as 34 directed by City 35 4) Furnishing and applying water Slurry and hydraulic mulching, if using 36 method 37 5) Fertilizer, if required by City to be determined by soil test 38 6) Soil Retention Blanket, if required on construction drawings, as directed by 39 City 40 7) Watering (until established) 41 8) Disposal of surplus materials off site or as directed by City 42 9) Weed Removal (until established) CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 13, 2021 329213-2 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING Page 2 of 8 1 10) Minimum mowing of two cycles, beginning forty-five (45) days from 2 germination or when blade height it 4" or greater, whichever comes first 3 11) Mowing cycles shall be spaced a minimum of ten (10) days apart (until 4 established) 5 2. Mowing 6 a. Measurement 7 1) Measurement for this Item shall per each, beyond the minimum of two (2) 8 mow cycles included in seeding price, as approved and directed by the City. 9 b. Payment 10 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 11 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid 12 for at the unit price bid per each. 13 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 14 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 15 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 16 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Certifications, Samples and Documentation 22 1. As requested by the City, certificates and/or labels and samples of seed, fertilizer, 23 compost, soil amendments and/or other materials, including a certificate from the 24 vendor indicating seed is free from weeds. 25 a. Seeds 26 1) Vendors' certification that seeds meet Texas State seed law including: 27 a) Testing and labeling for pure live seed (PLS) 28 b) Name and type of seed 29 2) All seed shall be tested in a laboratory with certified results presented to the 30 City in writing, prior to planting. 31 3) All seed to be of the previous season's crop and the date on the container 32 shall be within twelve (12) months of the seeding date. 33 2. All delivery receipts and copies of invoices for materials used for this work shall be 34 subject to verification by the City. 35 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 38 A. Developer/contractor who plants material is responsible for the supervision of his crew, 39 the site, and the maintenance of the material until the project is accepted by the City. 40 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 41 A. Seed 42 1. Shall be Bermuda and/or Elbon Rye seed unless otherwise specified. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 13, 2021 329213-3 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING Page 3 of 8 1 2. Each species of seed shall be supplied in a separate, labeled container for 2 acceptance by the City. 3 B. Fertilizer, as determined by soil testing report provided to Contractor or as directed by 4 City 5 1. Provide unopened bags labeled with the analysis. 6 2. Conform to Texas fertilizer law, Texas Agriculture Code Chapter 63. 7 3. Provide to City application rate for which fertilizer will be applied. 8 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 9 A. Grading of site and installation of topsoil must be approved by City prior to application 10 of seed. 11 1.12 WARRANTY 12 A. Seed to be replaced if coverage does not exceed 70 percent within forty-five (45) days 13 from germination. 14 B. Warranty Period: until job acceptance or through maintenance period, whichever is 15 longer duration of time. 16 C. Warrant seed against defects in product, installation and workmanship. 17 1. Exceptions include 18 a. Vandalism caused by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this 19 project 20 b. Improper watering or maintenance by persons other than contractor or 21 subcontractors of this project 22 c. Damage caused by vehicles or equipment other than contractor or 23 subcontractors of this project. 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 27 A. Materials 28 1. Seed 29 a. General 30 1) Plant all seed at rates based on pure live seed (PLS) 31 a) Pure Live Seed (PLS) determined using the formula: 32 (1) Percent Pure Live Seed = Percent Purity x [(Percent Germination + 33 Percent Firm or Hard Seed) + 1001 34 2) Availability of Seed 35 a) Substitution of individual seed types due to lack of availability may be 36 done through the submittal process for review and approval by City. 37 b) Notify the City prior to bidding of difficulties locating certain species. 38 3) Weed seed 39 a) Not exceed one percent by weight of the total of pure live seed (PLS) 40 and other material in the mixture 41 b) Seed not allowed: 42 (1) Johnson grass 43 (2) Nutgrass CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 13, 2021 329213-4 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING Page 4 of 8 1 (3) Millet 2 4) Harvest seed within twelve (12) months prior to planting 3 b. Non-native Grass Seed 4 1) Plant between March 21 and October 31 5 Lbs. Common Name Botanical Name PLS/Acre 75 Bermuda (hulled) Cynodon dactylon 6 2) Plant between November 1 and March 20 7 Lbs. Common Name Botanical Name PLS/Acre 25 Bermuda (unhulled) Cynodon dactylon 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Purity Germination (percent) (percent) 95 90 Purity Germination (percent) (percent) 85 90 c. Temporary Erosion Control Seed - Consist of the sowing of cool season plant seeds. Plant mix below must be included with Bermuda between November 1 through March 1. Common Name Botanical Name Lbs./Acre Lbs./Acre broadcast drilled seed method method Elbon Rye Secale cereale 100-120 80-100 2. Hydromulch a. For use with conventional mechanical or hydraulic planting of seed. b. Wood cellulose fiber produced from virgin wood or recycled paper -by-products (waste products from paper mills or recycled newspaper). c. No growth or germination inhibiting factors. d. No more than ten percent moisture, air dry weight basis. e. Additives: binder in powder form. £ Form a strong moisture retaining mat. 3. Fertilizer to be installed only as directed by City or as indicated in construction documents a. Determined by soil testing report b. Acceptable condition for distribution per manufacturer's instructions c. Applied uniformly over the seeded area. Do not fertilize inside the dripline of trees, or Tree Protection Area. 4. Topsoil: See Section 32 91 19. 5. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the germination of the seed or to the growth of the vegetation. 32 2.3 ACCESSORIES 33 A. Soil Retention Blanket 34 1. Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket made from natural fibers including 35 coconut, straw, or wood fiber. 36 2. As specified for sloped areas or as directed, not for general use. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 13, 2021 329213-5 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING Page 5 of 8 1 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION 6 A. City may examine site grading to ensure grading conforms to approved drawings, prior 7 to installation of seed. 8 1. City will notify Contractor if grading is to be inspected prior to seed installation. 9 3.3 PREPARATION 10 A. Surface Preparation: clear surface of all material including the following and dispose of 11 off -site or as directed by City: 12 1. Stumps, stones, and other objects larger than 1-inch. 13 2. Roots, brush, wire, stakes, etc. 14 3. Any objects that may interfere with seeding or maintenance. 15 B. Scarify Subgrade 16 1. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 2-inches before depositing the required topsoil. 17 2. Compacted or heavily vegetated areas may be tilled 3-inches deep with City 18 approval 19 a. For tilled areas, use a heavy-duty disc or a chisel -type breaking plow, chisels 20 set not more than 10-inches apart. 21 b. Initial tillage shall be done in a crossing pattern for double coverage, then 22 followed by a disc harrow. Depth of tillage may be up to 3-inches. 23 c. Areas sloped greater than 3: 1: run a tractor parallel to slope to provide less 24 seed/water run-off 25 3. Areas near trees: Do not till within dripline of tree. Do not disturb the Tree 26 Protection Area, or canopy dripline. 27 C. Cleaning 28 1. Soil shall be further prepared by the removal of debris, building materials, rubbish, 29 and rock 1-inch and greater, and weeds. 30 D. Fine Grading: 31 1. After scarifying or tilling and cleaning, all areas to be seeded shall have 3-inches of 32 topsoil placed, be leveled, fine graded, and a weighted spike and harrow or float 33 drag. The required shall be the elimination of ruts, depressions, humps, and 34 objectionable soil clods. This shall be the final soil preparation step to be completed 35 prior to inspection before seeding. 36 2. Areas near trees: Do not disturb the Tree Protection Area, or canopy dripline 37 3.4 INSTALLATION 38 A. General 39 1. Seed only those areas indicated on the Drawings and areas disturbed by 40 construction. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 13, 2021 329213-6 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING Page 6 of 8 1 2. Mark each area to be seeded in the field prior to seeding for City approval. 2 3. Provide written notice of installation and maintenance schedule to resident or 3 business adjacent to the project 4 B. Broadcast Seeding 5 1. Broadcast seed in two (2) directions at right angles to each other. 6 2. Harrow or rake lightly to cover seed. 7 3. Never cover seed with more soil than twice its diameter. 8 C. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling): 9 1. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas shown on the Drawings or as directed. 10 2. All varieties of seed and fertilizer, as determined by soil testing report, may be 11 distributed at the same time provided that each component is uniformly applied at 12 the specified rate. 13 3. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4-inch to 3/8-inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type 14 drill. 15 4. Drill on the contour of slopes 16 5. After planting roll with a roller integral to the seed drill, or a corrugated roller of the 17 "Cultipacker" type. 18 6. Roll slope areas on the contour. 19 D. Hydromulching (only as approved by submittals) 20 1. Mixing: Seed, mulch, fertilizer and water may be mixed provided that: 21 a. Mixture is uniformly suspended to form a homogenous slurry. 22 b. Mixture forms a blotter -like ground cover impregnated uniformly with grass 23 seed. 24 c. Mixture is applied within thirty (30) minutes after placed in the equipment. 25 2. Placing 26 a. Uniformly distribute in the quantity specified over the areas shown on the 27 Drawings or as directed. 28 E. Fertilizing, as determined by soil testing report: uniformly apply fertilizer over seeded 29 area. 30 1. No fertilizer shall be applied within The Tree Protection Area, or dripline of trees. 31 F. Watering 32 1. Furnish water by means of temporary metering / irrigation, water truck or by any 33 other method necessary to achieve an acceptable stand of turf as defined in 3.13. 34 2. Water source shall be clean and free of industrial waste or other substances harmful 35 to the germination of the seed or growth of the vegetation. 36 3. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4-inches within forty-eight (48) hours of seeding. 37 4. Water at least twice daily for fourteen (14) days after seeding in such a manner as to 38 prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgement of the seed, or as directed by the 39 City. 40 5. On day fifteen (15), apply an amount of water that is equal to the average amount of 41 rainfall plus 1/2-inch per week until final acceptance by City. 42 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 13, 2021 329213-7 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING Page 7 of 8 1 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE 10 A. Seeded Areas 11 1. Water and mow seeded area until completion and final acceptance of the Project or 12 as directed by the City. 13 2. Maintain the seeded area until each of the following is achieved: 14 a. Vegetation is evenly distributed 15 b. Vegetation is free from bare areas 16 c. Trim and maintain along edges including curbs, drives, and walkways with 17 maximum 1-inch surface elevation change. 18 d. Includes protection, reseeding, and maintaining grades with no settlement over 19 1-inch, and immediate repair of erosion damage until the project receives final 20 acceptance. 21 B. Acceptance 22 1. Turf will be accepted once fully established as follows: 23 a. Seeded area must have minimum 70 percent uniform ground coverage without 24 bare areas greater than six -inches square or thirty-six (36) square inches and 25 blade height of 3-inches with two (2) mow cycles, minimum ten (10) days 26 apart, performed by the Contractor prior to consideration of acceptance by the 27 City. 28 b. Grass shall be actively growing and free of disease and pests. 29 c. Ground surface to be smooth and free of foreign material and rocks or clods 1- 30 inch diameter and greater. 31 C. Rejection 32 1. City may reject seeded area based on the following items: 33 a. Weed populations 34 b. Poor installation including lack of coverage 35 c. Disease and/or pests 36 d. Insufficient or over watering 37 e. Poor or improper maintenance 38 f. Soil settlement in excess of 1-inch 39 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 40 END OF SECTION 41 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 13, 2021 329213-8 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING Page 8 of 8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Removed information and details regarding sod, native grasses and wildflowers. These items are addressed in 32 92 13 and new specification 32 92 15. Updated 1.2 payment measurement. Items pertaining to fertilizer throughout document updated to 5/13/2021 C Moon include soil testing. 2.2 planting dates updated to reflect typical frost dates. 3.3 Preparation updated to reflect current industry tree care standards for root zone disturbance. 3.4 Installation added descriptions to clarify watering. 3.13 Maintenance added descriptions to clarify acceptance and rejection of seeded areas including growth, mow cycle and watering. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 13, 2021 1 2 SECTION 32 93 43 TREES AND SHRUBS 329343-1 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 1 of 8 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Tree and shrub planting and maintenance within street right-of-way and easements. 7 2. Tree removal and transplant is to be performed in accordance with Section 31 10 00 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13 3. Section 31 10 00 —Site Clearing 14 4. Section 32 92 13 - Hydromulching, Seeding and Sodding 15 5. Section 32 91 19 - Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Plant Tree 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each by caliper inch. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per each tree to be Planted by caliper inch. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Furnishing and installing trees 27 2) Hauling 28 3) Grading and backfilling 29 4) Excavation 30 5) Fertilization 31 6) Water 32 7) Removing and disposing of surplus material 33 1.3 REFERENCES 34 A. Reference Standards 35 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 36 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 37 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 38 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 39 a. ANSI Z60.1, American Standard for Nursery Stock 40 3. Hortus Third, The Staff of the L.H. Bailey Hortorium. 1976. MacMillan Publishing 41 Co., New York. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 32 93 43 - 2 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 2 of 8 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Tree data: Submit certification from supplier that each type of tree conforms to 5 specification requirements. 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9 A. Coordination 10 1. Coordinate with City Forester prior to beginning construction activities adjacent to 11 or that will impact existing trees and shrubs. 12 B. Qualifications 13 1. Landscaper specialized in landscape and planting work 14 C. Substitutions 15 1. Not permitted unless approved by City when specified planting material is not 16 obtainable 17 a. Submit proof of non -availability together with proposal for use of equivalent 18 material. 19 b. Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed upon 20 approval by City Forester, but with no increase in unit price. 21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 22 A. Do not remove container grown stock from containers before time of planting. 23 B. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24 1. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. 25 2. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible 26 designation of botanical and common name. 27 3. Use protective covering during delivery. 28 4. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, 29 analysis and name of manufacturer. 30 C. Storage and Handling Requirements 31 1. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at Site. 32 2. Do not prune prior to installation. 33 3. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such manner as to damage bark, break 34 branches, or destroy natural shape. 35 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36 1.12 WARRANTY 37 A. Warranty Period: 12 months after job acceptance 38 B. Warrant trees against defects including: 39 1. Death CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 329343-3 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 3 of 8 1 2. Unsatisfactory growth 2 3. Loss of shape due to improper pruning, maintenance, or weather conditions 3 C. Plumb leaning trees during warranty period. 4 D. Remove and replace trees found to be dead during warranty period. 5 E. Remove and replace trees which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period, or 6 when approved by City, extend warranty period for trees for full growing season. 7 PART 2- PRODUCTS 8 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 2.2 MATERIALS 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 1. General a. Plants shall be true to species and variety specified, grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for at least 2 years and have been freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season. b. All plant names and descriptions are as defined in Hortus Third. c. All plants are to be grown and harvested in accordance with the American Standard for Nursery Stock. d. Unless approved by the City Forester, plants shall have been grown in a latitude not more than 200 miles north or south of the latitude of the project unless the provenance of the plant can be documented to be compatible with the latitude and cold hardiness zone of the planting location. 2. Trees a. Provide container grown trees which are straight and symmetrical and have persistently preferred main leader. b. Mark the tree's north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the bottom twelve inches of the trunk. c. Crown shall be in good overall proportion to entire height of tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and species specified. d. Trees designated as balled and burlapped (B&B) shall be properly dug with firm, natural balls of soil retaining as many fibrous roots as possible, in sizes and shapes as specified in the American Standard for Nursery Stock. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with nonsynthetic, rottable burlap and secured with nails and heavy, nonsynthetic, rottable twine. The root collar shall be apparent at surface of ball. Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not be accepted, except with special written approval before planting. e. Where clump is specified, furnish plant having minimum of three stems originating from common base at ground line. £ Measure trees by average caliper of trunk as follows: 1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter, measure caliper 6 inches above top of root ball. 2) For trunks more than 4 inches, measure caliper 12 inches above top of root ball. 3) Caliper measurements a) By diameter tape measure CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 32 93 43 - 4 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 4 of 8 b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum 2 c) Averaging of plant caliber: not permitted 3 g. Trees shall conform to following requirements: 4 1) Healthy 5 2) Vigorous stock 6 3) Grown in recognized nursery 7 4) Free of- 8 a) Disease 9 b) Insects 10 c) Eggs 11 d) Larvae 12 e) Defects such as: 13 (1) Knots 14 (2) Sun -scald 15 (3) Injuries 16 (4) Abrasions 17 (5) Disfigurement 18 (6) Borers and infestations 19 3. Soil Products 20 a. Topsoil: See 32 91 19. 21 b. Peat moss, mulch and fertilizer: Use material recommended by City Forester 22 for establishment of healthy stock after replanting. 23 4. Stakes and Guys 24 a. Provide minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1 inch wide plastic tree chains. 25 b. Where applicable for anchoring trees, use wood deadmen: 26 1) Minimum: 2-inch by 4-inch stock 27 2) Minimum: 36 inches long and buried 3 feet. 28 3) Provide white surveyor's plastic tape for flagging tree guys. 29 5. Tree Wrap, Twine and Seal 30 a. Wrap 31 1) First quality 32 2) Bituminous impregnated tape 33 3) Corrugated or crepe paper, specifically manufactured for tree wrapping and 34 having qualities to resist insect infestation 35 b. Twine 36 1) Lightly tarred, medium -coarse sisal (lath) yarn 37 2) Do not use nails or staples to fasten wrapping 38 c. Seal: Commercially available tree wound dressing specifically produced for use 39 in sealing tree cuts and wounds 40 6. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the growth 41 of the tree 42 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 43 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 44 A. Notify City, prior to installation, of location where trees that have been selected for 45 planting may be inspected. 46 B. Plant material will be inspected for compliance with following requirements. 47 1. Genus, species, variety, size and quality CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 329343-5 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 5 of 8 1 2. Size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries and latent defects 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION 6 A. General 7 1. Schedule work so that planting can proceed rapidly as portions of site become 8 available. 9 2. Plant trees after final grades are established and prior to seeding or sodding. 10 3. When planting of trees occurs after seeding work, protect seeded areas and 11 promptly repair damage to seeded areas resulting from tree planting operations in 12 compliance with requirements of Section 32 92 13. 13 4. Layout individual trees at locations shown on Drawings. 14 5. In case of conflicts, notify City before proceeding with work. 15 6. Stake trees for City approval. 16 B. Preparation of Planting Soil 17 1. Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other 18 extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. 19 2. Strip and utilize 4 inch layer of top soil from existing ground. 20 3. Delay mixing of fertilizer when planting will not follow placing of planting soil 21 within 48 hours. 22 4. Incorporate amendments into soil as part of soil preparation process prior to fine 23 grading, fertilizing, and planting. 24 5. Broadcast or spread amendments evenly at specified rate over planting area. 25 6. Thoroughly incorporate amendments into top 3 or 4 inches of soil until 26 amendments are pulverized and have become homogeneous layer of topsoil ready 27 for planting. 28 3.4 INSTALLATION 29 A. Planting 30 1. Excavate pits, beds, or trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation 31 raised minimum of 6 inches at center for proper drainage. 32 2. Provide following minimum widths: 33 a. 15 gallon containers or larger, 2 feet wider than diameter of root ball 34 b. 1 and 5 gallon containers, 6 inches wider than diameter of root ball 35 3. When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as 36 unsatisfactory soil, obstructions, or adverse drainage conditions, notify City before 37 planting. 38 4. Deliver trees after preparations for planting have been completed and plant 39 immediately. 40 5. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery 41 a. Set trees and shrubs in shade. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 329343-6 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 6 of 8 1 b. Protect from weather and mechanical damage. 2 c. Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable means of 3 retaining moisture, and water as needed. 4 6. Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting harnesses of 5 sufficient width not to damage the root balls. Do not lift trees by their trunk as a 6 lever in positioning or moving the tree in the planting area. 7 7. Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material. Pull 8 roots out of the root mat, and cut circling roots with a sharp knife. Loosen the 9 potting medium and shake away from the root mat. Immediately after removing the 10 container, install the plant such that the roots do not dry out. Pack planting mix 11 around the exposed roots while planting. 12 8. Cut ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after plant has been set. 13 Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets from around top half of 14 balls. Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. Set balled and 15 burlapped trees in the hole with the north marker facing north. 16 9. Set root ball on undisturbed soil in center of pit or trench and plumb plant. 17 10. Place plants at level that, after settlement, natural relationship of plant crown with 18 ground surface will be established. 19 11. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each 20 layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. 21 12. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly before placing 22 remainder of backfill. 23 13. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 24 14. Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. 25 15. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. 26 a. All trees, shrubs and other plantings will be mulched with mulch previously 27 approved by the City Forester. The mulch on trees and shrubs shall be to the 28 depths shown on the drawing. Mulch must not be placed within 3 inches of the 29 trunks of trees and shrubs. 30 16. Provide 2 to 4 inch thickness of mulch, work into top of backfill, and finish level 31 with adjacent finish grades. 32 17. Cover entire root ball. 33 18. Prune 34 a. Plants shall not be heavily pruned at the time of planting. Pruning is required at 35 planting to correct defects in the tree structure, including removal of injured 36 branches, double leaders, watersprouts, suckers, and interfering branches. 37 Healthy lower branches and interior small twigs should not be removed except 38 as necessary to clear walks and roads. In no case should more than 1/4 of the 39 branching structure be removed. Retain the normal shape of the plant. 40 b. All pruning shall be completed using clean sharp tools. All cuts shall be clean 41 and smooth, with the bark intact with no rough edges or tears. 42 c. Except in circumstances dictated by the needs of specific pruning practices, tree 43 paint shall not be used. The use of tree paint shall be only upon approval of the 44 City Forester. Tree paint, when required, shall be paint specifically formulated 45 and manufactured for horticultural use. 46 19. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 329343-7 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 7 of 8 1 20. Do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured and dead branches from flowering 2 trees. 3 21. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from 4 improper pruning. 5 22. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take 6 corrective measures. 7 23. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting. 8 B. Moving Existing Trees 9 1. Coordinate tree moving and replanting with City Forester during dormant growth 10 season. 11 2. Provide tree spade of adequate size as directed by City Forester. 12 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 13 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 15 A. City may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at anytime during progress of work. 16 B. Remove rejected trees immediately from site and replace with specified materials. 17 C. Plant material not installed in accordance with these Specifications will be rejected. 18 D. An inspection to determine final acceptance will be conducted by City at end of 12 19 month maintenance period. 20 E. Warranty periods provided for in paragraph 1.12A. 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING 24 A. During planting work, keep pavements clean and work area in orderly condition. 25 B. Dispose of excess soil and waste in approved location. 26 C. Waste Material Disposal: On -site burning of combustible cleared materials shall not be 27 permitted. 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION 30 A. Protect planting work and materials from damage due to planting operations. 31 B. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance period. 32 C. Treat, repair, or replace damaged planting work. 33 3.13 MAINTENANCE 34 A. Maintenance Period shall be 12 months after final acceptance. 35 B. During the maintenance period if a work schedule and frequency are not shown on the 36 Drawings, perform the minimum requirements shown below: 37 1. Water trees to full depth a minimum of once each week or as required to maintain 38 healthy, vigorous growth. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 329343-8 TREES AND SHRUBS Page 8 of 8 2. Prune, cultivate, and weed as required for healthy growth. 3. Restore planting saucers. 4. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports, and reset trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as required. 5. Restore or replace damaged wrappings. 6. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. 7. Contractor shall replace any plant that does not survive. It shall be replaced as soon as it is determined no longer alive. Contractor is to maintain new plants as described above until growth is established and maintenance period expires unless waived by the City. 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] DATE NAME END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1. LA — Payment Items removed for tree removal and transplantation; these Items are to be performed in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.13.A — modified maintenance period to begin 12 months after final acceptance 3.13.13— Modified maintenance period requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 330112-1 WATER TIGHTNESS TESTING FOR HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 33 0112 2 WATER TIGHTNESS TESTING FOR HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Requirements for performing tightness testing of water containing structures, and 7 all retesting until the structures meet the requirements specified herein. 8 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 15 1.3 REFERENCES 16 A. Reference Standards 17 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 18 a. 350.1R —Testing Reinforced Concrete Structures for Watertightness. 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20 A. Coordination 21 1. Coordinate timing and procedures for obtaining testing water and structure testing 22 with City sufficiently in advance of the actual testing. 23 2. Contractor shall coordinate with the Water Department to obtain a temporary 24 hydrant meter and water for testing. Costs associated with obtaining temporary 25 meter and testing water shall be considered part of the lump sum bid item. 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 28 B. All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 29 specials. 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Special Procedure Submittals 32 1. Cleaning plan detailing the methods and schedule for cleaning including a detailed 33 description of cleaning procedures, control of water, and disposal of water. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 330112-2 WATER TIGHTNESS TESTING FOR HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES Page 2 of 5 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION T )F=I�KlvF:1g1101M1 14 A. Installer List 15 B. Substitution Limitations 16 3.2 EXAMINATION 17 A. Inspect the structure to be tested for potential leakage paths such as cracks, voids, etc., 18 and repair such paths in compliance with the provisions specified herein or as approved 19 by the City. 20 3.3 PREPARATION 21 A. Thoroughly clean the structure to be tested of dirt, mud, and construction debris prior to 22 initiating water tightness tests. The floor and sumps shall be flushed with water to 23 provide a clean surface, ready for testing. 24 B. Inlet and outlet pipes not required to be operational for the tests may be temporarily 25 sealed or bulkheaded prior to testing. 26 C. Confirm adequacy of seals around gates and valves and reset or seal as approved by the 27 Engineer. Estimates of gate or valve leakage will not be allowed as adjustments to the 28 measured tank or structure leakage. 29 3.4 TESTING PROCEDURES 30 A. General 31 1. The testing of reinforced concrete water containment structures shall conform to the 32 following standards and as modified herein. 33 a. Reinforced concrete water containment structures - ACI 350.1R and as 34 specified herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 330112-3 WATER TIGHTNESS TESTING FOR HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES Page 3 of 5 1 2. Perform water tightness tests prior to placing backfill around structures in order to 2 permit observation and detection of leakage points, except as noted in paragraph 3 3.05.A. Otherwise, walls may be backfilled prior to testing only when approved in 4 writing by the City. The request to backfill prior to testing shall include a 5 description of the method proposed to detect leakage points after the backfill is in 6 place. Approval to place backfill prior to testing shall not relieve the Contractor of 7 the responsibility for conducting water tightness tests. 8 B. Conditions of Testing 9 1. Do not begin initial filling of concrete structures until all concrete elements of the 10 structure have attained the designed compressive strength of the concrete, nor less 11 than 14 days after all concrete walls or base slabs have been placed. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 2. Initial filling of reinforced concrete structures shall not exceed a rate of 4-ft per hour. 3. Fill unlined or partially lined concrete structures to the maximum operating water surface level and maintain the water at that level for at least 72 hours prior to beginning watertightness tests to minimize water absorption by the concrete during testing. The testing of fully lined concrete structures may be started as soon as the structure is filled. C. Testing Procedures 1. Duration of the test shall not be less than that required for a drop in the water surface of 1/2-in based on the calculated maximum allowable leakage rate nor 3 days, whichever is less. 2. Loss of volume measurements shall be taken at 24-hour intervals. The loss of volume is usually determined by measuring the drop in water surface elevation and computing the change in volume of the contained water. Measure water surface elevation at not less than two locations at 180 degrees apart and preferably at four locations 90 degrees apart. Record water temperature 12-in below the water surface when taking the first and last sets of measurements. D. Reports 1. Submit to the City water tightness test results for each structure tested on the form shown in Figure A, or a form with a similar format. 2. Notify City of the scheduling of tests 3 working days prior to the tests. The City may monitor any water tightness testing performed on the structures. E. Acceptance 1. The following conditions will be considered as NOT meeting the criteria for acceptance regardless of the actual loss of water volume from the structure: a. Groundwater leakage into the structure through floors, walls, or wall -floor joints. b. Structures that exhibit flowing water from joints, cracks, or from beneath the foundation (except for underdrain systems). c. Lined concrete structures on which moisture can be picked up by a dry hand from the exterior surface of the walls. 2. The water tightness of concrete tanks and structures shall be considered acceptable when loss of water volume is within the criteria listed below: a. For unlined or partially lined structures, loss of volume shall not exceed 0.05 percent in 24 hours. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 330112-4 WATER TIGHTNESS TESTING FOR HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES Page 4 of 5 1 b. For completely lined structures (including floors), there shall be no measurable 2 loss in 24 hours. 3 3.5 REPAIR 4 A. Structures failing the water tightness test and not exhibiting visible leakage may be 5 retested after an additional stabilization period of 7 days. Tanks failing this second test 6 shall be repaired prior to further testing. 7 B. Repair structures that fail the water tightness test and structures showing visible leakage 8 in compliance with the provisions specified herein or as approved by the Engineer. 9 C. Repairs and retesting of tanks shall be accomplished at no additional cost to City. 10 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18 3.14 ATTACHMENTS 19 A. Figure A — Watertightness Test Report 20 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Allowable loss of water volume Measured loss of water volume TEST READINGS Water temperature at start Change in level Average change in level FIGURE A WATERTIGHTNESS TEST REPORT percent in 24 hrs. percent in 24 hrs. degrees F Water temperature at end degrees F Correction for precipitation/evaporation Corrected change in level = CL = (CL) x (surface area) x (100) = measured percent water loss in 24 hrs. (initial water volume) x (number of test days) Notes and field observations** * Attach a sketch showing a plan of the structure and measurement locations. ** Place date and initials at the beginning of each entry. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 330130-1 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 1 of 7 SECTION 33 0130 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING A. Section Includes: 1. Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service a. Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test 1) Excludes pipe with flow 2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. b. Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes 2. Before any newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes are placed into service it shall be cleaned and tested. 3. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test for 60-inch pipe and smaller. 4. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test of joints for 27-inch or larger pipe. 5. Pipe testing will include deflection (mandrel) test for pipe. 6. Hydrostatic testing is not allowed. 7. Manhole testing will include vacuum test. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1) 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2) 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1) 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2) C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 4. Section 33 04 50 — Cleaning of Sewer Mains 29 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 30 A. Measurement and Payment 31 1. Pipe Testing 32 a. Measurement 33 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main (pipe) 34 completed in place. 35 b. Payment 36 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnishing in 37 accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot 38 of sanitary sewer main (pipe) complete in place, and no other compensation 39 will be allowed. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 7, 2018 33 01 30 - 2 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 2 of 7 1 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 2 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 3 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 4 2. Manhole Testing 5 a. Measurement 6 1) Measurement for testing manholes shall be per each vacuum test. 7 b. Payment 8 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 9 with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each vacuum test 10 completed. 11 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 12 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 13 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 14 c. The price bid shall include: 15 1) Mobilization 16 2) Plugs 17 3) Clean-up 18 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 22 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 25 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 26 1. All test reports generated during testing (pass and fail) 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29 A. Certifications 30 1. Mandrel Equipment 31 a. If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that the equipment 32 used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the required 33 specifications. 34 2. Joint Testing 35 a. Testing Service - Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform 36 joint evaluation tests 37 b. Equipment - If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that 38 the equipment used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the 39 required specifications. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 7, 2018 330130-3 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 3 of 7 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION 9 A. Low Pressure Air Test (Pipe 60 inch and smaller) 10 1. Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 11 2. Plug ends of all branches, laterals, tees, wyes, and stubs to be included in test. 12 B. Low Pressure Joint Air Test (Pipe 27 inch or larger) 13 1. Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 14 2. Assemble individual joint tester over each joint from within the pipe. 15 C. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 16 1. Perform as last work item before final inspection. 17 2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 18 3. Materials 19 a. Mandrel used for deflection test 20 1) Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after 21 certification will invalidate the deflection test. 22 2) Mandrel requirements 23 a) Odd number of legs with 9 legs minimum 24 b) Effective length not less than its nominal diameter 25 c) Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel 26 d) Fitted with pulling rings and each end 27 e) Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating 28 the following: 29 (1) Pipe material specification 30 (2) Nominal size 31 (3) Mandrel outside diameter (OD) 32 f) Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter (ID) of pipe. 33 g) Mandrel equipment shall be suitable for the pipe material to prevent 34 damage to the pipe. Consult manufacturer for appropriate mandrel 35 equipment. 36 D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 37 1. Plug lifting holes and exterior joints. 38 2. Plug pipes and stubouts entering the manhole. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 7, 2018 33 01 30 - 4 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 4 of 7 1 3. Secure stubouts, manhole boots, and pipe plugs to prevent movement while vacuum 2 is drawn. 3 4. Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop. 4 5. Place test head inside the frame at the top of the manhole. 5 3.4 INSTALLATION 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 A. Low pressure air test (Pipe 60" Inch and Smaller) 1. Install plug with inlet tap. 2. Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source. 3. After the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure) start the stop watch. 4. Determine time in seconds that is required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.5 psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe is computed from the following equation: T = (0.0850*D*K) Q Where: T = shortest time, seconds, allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig K = 0.000419*D*L, but not less than 1.0 D = nominal pipe diameter, inches L = length of pipe being tested (by pipe size), feet Q = 0.0015, cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 5. UNI-B-6, Table 1 provides required time for given lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch through 60-inch based on the equation above. UNI-13-6, Table 1 Minimum specified time required for a 1.0 psig pressure drop for size and length of pipe indicated for q = 0. 00 15 SDecification Time for Length (L) Shown'min:see) 1 2 3 4 Mmmmm Pipe Length for Time for Diameter Time Minimum Longer 100ft 150ft 200ft 250ft 300ft 350ft 400ft 450ft (min' sec} Time (ft) Length (sec) 4 3:46 597 .380 L 3.46 346 3:46 3.46 3:46 346 3.46 3.46 6 5.40 398 .854 L 5.40 5.40 5:40 5.40 5:40 5:40 5:42 624 8 7:34 298 1.520 L 7:34 7:34 734 7:34 736 8:52 10:08 1124 10 926 239 2.374 L 926 926 9:26 9:53 11:52 13:51 1549 17:48 12 11:20 199 3.418 L 1120 1120 1124 14:15 17:05 19:56 22.47 2538,00 15 14:10 159 5.342 L 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:15 26:42:00 31:09:00 3536:00 4004,00 18 17.00 133 7.692 L 17:00 19:13 2538,00 32,0300 382700 4452,00 511600 5741,00 21 19:50 114 10.470 L 19:50 261000 34:54.00 4337:00 52:21:00 61:00:00 69:48:00 7831,00 24 22.40 99 13.674 L 22:47 341100 4534,00 565800 68:22:00 79:46:00 91:10:00 102:3390 27 253000 88 17.306 L 28:51:00 431600 57:41:00 72A7:00 86:32:00 100:57.00 11522:00 129.48.00 30 282000 80 21.366 L 3537:00 532500 71:1300 89D2:00 106:50:00 124:38.00 14226:00 160:15:00 33 31:10:00 72 25.852 L 43:05:00 6438:00 86:10:00 107:41,00 129:16:00 15043.00 17221:00 193:53.00 36 34:00:00 66 30.768 L 51:17,00 76755:00 102:34:00 128:12:00 1535000 17929.00 205,07:00 230.46.00 42 39.48:00 57 41.883L 69:48:00 104:42:00 139:37:00 17430:00 209:24:00 244:19.00 279:13:00 314:07:00 48 453400 50 54.705 L 91:10:00 136:45:00 18221:00 227:55:00 273:31:00 319:06:00 364:42:00 410:17:00 54 510200 44 69.236 L 11524:00 173,05:00 230:4790 28829:00 346:11:00 403:53:00 46134:00 519:1690 60 56.40:00 40 85.476 L 14228:00 213:41:00 284:5590 35699:00 42723:00 498:37:00 56950:00 641:0490 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 330130-5 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 5 of 7 6. Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25 percent of the calculated testing time. B. Low pressure joint air test (27 Inch or larger pipe) 1. All pipe joints, for all pipe materials, shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1103 as follows: 2. Equipment shall be the product of manufacturers having more than five years of regular production of successful joint testers. Joint tester shall be as manufactured by Cherne Industrial, Inc., of Edina, Minnesota, or approved equal. 3. Follow equipment manufacturer's recommendations when performing tests; only experienced technicians shall perform tests. 4. The testing equipment shall be assembled and positioned over the center of the pipe joint and the end element tubes inflated to a maximum of 25 psi. 5. Pressurize the center joint test area to 4.0 psig and allow the temperature and pressure to stabilize at the minimum of 2.5 psig for a period of 2.0 minutes prior to testing. 6. To test, adjust the pressure to 3.5 psig and measure the time required to decrease the pressure from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig. 7. The joint is acceptable if the time for the pressure to drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig is greater than 10 seconds. C. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 1. For pipe 36 inches and smaller, the mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to ensure that maximum allowable deflection is not exceeded. 2. Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follows: Nominal Pipe Size Inches Percent Deflection Allowed 12 and smaller 5.0 15 through 30 4.0 Greater than 30 3.0 D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 1. Test manhole prior to coating with epoxy or other material. 2. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turn off the pump. 3. With the valve closed, read the level vacuum level after the required test time. 4. Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is as follows: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 330130-6 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 6 of 7 1 2 Depth of 4-foot Dia 5-foot Dia 6-foot Dia Manhole, feet Seconds Seconds Seconds 8 20 26 33 10 25 33 41 12 30 39 49 14 35 45 57 16 40 52 67 18 40 59 73 * * T=5 T=6.5 T=8 3 ** For manholes over 18 feet deep, add "T" seconds as shown for each respective 4 diameter for each 2 feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for 18 foot 5 depth. (Example: A 30 foot deep, 4-foot diameter. Total test time would be 70 6 seconds. 40+6(5)=70 seconds) 7 8 5. Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury will have 9 failed the test. 10 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Non -Conforming Work 14 1. Low pressure air test (Pipe 60 Inch and smaller) 15 a. Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s) and retest. 16 2. Low pressure joint air test (Pipe 27 inch or larger) 17 a. 100 percent of all joints shall be field tested, prior to the placement of backfill 18 over the spring line of the pipe, after the pipe has been substantially locked in to 19 place by embedment. If the pipe does not pass the field air test, the joint will be 20 pulled and refitted or rejected and removed from the project. After full 21 placement of backfill and proper compaction, 100% of all joints will be tested 22 again, as the installation progresses. At no time shall pipe installation exceed 23 300 feet beyond the last joint tested. 24 b. No more than 2 percent of the total number of joints failing to meet the 25 requirements of this test shall be field repaired by joint grout injection, or band 26 clamps, or other method. Any joints over 2% requiring field repairs shall be 27 rejected and removed from the project site. Rejected pipe shall be removed 28 from the project. Installation shall be stopped until defective joints are repaired 29 or replaced. 30 3. Should Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 31 a. Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered overdeflected. 32 b. Uncover overdeflected pipe. Reinstall if not damaged. 33 c. If damaged, remove and replace. 34 4. Vacuum test (Manhole) CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 7, 2018 330130-7 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 7 of 7 1 a. Should the vacuum test fail, repair suspect area and retest. 2 1) External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole. 3 a) Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 4 2) Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or 5 externally. 6 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 9 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13 END OF SECTION 14 15 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/10/2018 W. Norwood 3.4.1) Require testing prior to coating manholes 3.3, A&B, Add individual joint testing option for 27 inch and larger with independent testing. 9/7/2018 W. Norwood 3A.A Include UNI-13-6, Table 1 for low pressure air test 4.4.13 Include individual joint testing requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 7, 2018 330131-1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 1 of 64 1 SECTION 33 0131 2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of 7 sanitary sewer 8 2. For City Capital Improvements Projects, which include sanitary sewer 9 rehabilitation projects, a Post -CCTV is required. Pre -CCTV for mains will be 10 project specific and noted on the plans. 11 3. For new development sanitary sewer installation, a Post -CCTV is required. 12 4. For all City Capital Improvement Projects and new development sanitary sewer 13 installation, a Final Manhole CCTV is required. 14 5. Final -CCTV will be project specific, and would include major collector, arterial, 15 County, Railroad, and TxDOT projects that include extensive paving, structures, 16 drainage, and grading activities. 17 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 18 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 19 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 20 3. Modified 1.2.B.2.a 21 4. Added 1.2.B.2.b 22 5. Modified 1.2.C.2.a 23 6. Added 1.2.C.2.b 24 7. Modified 1.2.D.2.a 25 8. Added 1.2.D.2.b 26 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 27 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 28 Contract 29 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 30 3. Section 33 03 10 — Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 31 4. Section 33 04 50 — Cleaning of Sewer Mains 32 5. Section 0132 16 — Construction Progress Schedule 33 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 34 A. Pre -CCTV Inspection 35 1. Measurement 36 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 37 Inspection performed prior to any line modification or replacement determined 38 from the distance recorded on the video log. 39 2. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 33 01 31 -2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 2 of 64 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot for "Pre -CCTV Inspection". 1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Mobilization b. Cleaning c. Digital file B. Post -CCTV Inspection 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the distance recorded on the video log. 2. Payment a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot for "Post -CCTV Inspection". 1) Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water Department. b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Mobilization b. Cleaning c. Digital file C. Final -CCTV Inspection 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the distance recorded on the video log. 2. Payment a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot for "Final -CCTV Inspection". 1) Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water Department. b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Mobilization b. Cleaning c. Digital file CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 01 31 -3 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 3 of 64 1 D. Final Manhole CCTV Inspection 2 1. Measurement 3 a. Measurement for this Item will be per each manhole or junction structure 4 televised for CCTV Inspection performed following repair, manhole coating, 5 final adjustments to grade, and/or installation determined from the video log. 6 2. Payment 7 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 8 this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at 9 the unit price bid per each for "Final -Manhole CCTV Inspection". 10 1) Contractor will only be paid for video that is accepted in writing by Water 11 Department. 12 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 13 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 14 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 15 3. The price bid shall include: 16 a. Mobilization 17 b. Cleaning 18 c. Digital file 19 1.3 REFERENCES 20 A. Reference Standards 21 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 22 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 23 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 24 2. City of Fort Worth Water Department 25 a. City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV Inspection and Defect Coding 26 Program (CCTV Manual). City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV 27 Inspection Log. 28 B. Definitions 29 1. Pre -CCTV — CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on existing mains prior to 30 any line modification or replacement. 31 2. Post CCTV — CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor following installation of 32 new mains but before completion of other infrastructure (i.e. streets, sidewalks, 33 final grading, etc.) 34 3. Final CCTV — CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on mains and manholes 35 after all construction is complete. Includes CCTV of the manholes (including grade 36 rings, casting, etc.) after street construction, final grading, and manhole coating, if 37 the coating is required. 38 C. Final Manhole CCTV — CCTV Inspection performed by Contractor on manholes and/or 39 junction structures, after all construction is complete. Includes CCTV of the manholes/ 40 (including grade rings, casting, etc.) after street construction, final grading, and 41 manhole coating, if the coating is required. 42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 43 A. Coordination 44 1. Sanitary Sewer Lines CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 -4 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 4 of 64 1 a. Meet with City of Fort Worth Water Department staff to confirm that the 2 appropriate equipment, software, standard templates, defect codes and defect 3 rankings are being used, if required. 4 B. Schedule 5 1. Include Pre, Post, Final Manhole, and Final CCTV schedule as part of the 6 Construction Progress Schedule per Section 0132 16. 7 2. Allow time for City review (2 weeks minimum — Notification needs to be sent to 8 Project Manager, City Inspector, & Field Operations). Post -CCTV can be scheduled 9 and submitted for review after each sewer main construction has been completed. 10 3. If CCTV is accepted by City Project Manager, proceed with work. If rejected, 11 coordinate with City per Part 1.4 A. 12 1.5 SUBMITTALS 13 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 14 B. All CCTV submittals shall be submitted to the City Inspector to be uploaded to 15 common location for review and comment by Water Operations and Inspections. 16 Alternatively, the Inspector can provide Contractor access to upload directly to common 17 location. Inspection and Water Operations staff shall be notified when CCTV upload is 18 completed. 19 C. If inspected with Infrastructure Technologies IT Pipes Software per CCTV Manual 20 provide video data per the CCTV Manual. Provide additional copy of video in video 21 file MP4 with H.264 code — Advanced Video Coding and compression standard. 22 D. If inspected with other software provide video data in video file MP4 with H.264 code 23 — Advanced Video Coding and compression standard. 24 E. Inspection Report shall include: 25 1. Asset 26 a. Date of Inspection 27 b. City 28 c. Project Name (Address accepted if project name does not exist) 29 d. Main Number — as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available) 30 e. Upstream Manhole Station — as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available) 31 f. Downstream Manhole Station — as shown on drawings or GIS ID (If Available) 32 g. Pipe Diameter 33 h. Material 34 i. Pipe Length 35 j. Mapsco Location Number 36 k. Date Constructed 37 1. Pipe Wall Thickness 38 m. Grade percentage 39 n. Inspector Name 40 2. Inspection 41 a. Inspection Number (i.e. 1st, 2nd,etc...) 42 b. Crew Number 43 c. Operator Name 44 d. Operator Comments 45 e. Reason for Inspection CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 -5 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 5 of 64 1 f. Equipment Number 2 g. Camera Travel Direction is Upstream to Downstream — Deviation will require 3 written justification, with the exception of stubouts & abandonment plugs that 4 will always be recorded from the downstream side. 5 h. Inspected Length (feet) 6 i. Work Order Number (if required) 7 j. City Project Number (if required) 8 k. City Contract Name 9 1. DOE/TPW Number (if required) 10 m. Consultant Company Name 11 n. Consultant Contact Name 12 o. Consultant Contact Phone Number 13 p. Contractor Company Name 14 q. Contractor Contact Name 15 r. Contractor Contact Phone Number 16 F. CCTV overlay screen shall include (opening text to CCTV inspection) 17 1. Date of inspection 18 2. City Name 19 3. City Project number 20 4. Project name 21 5. Main number 22 6. Upstream SS Manhole (or Plug) station 23 7. Downstream SS Manhole station 24 8. Diameter 25 9. Grade/Slope 26 10. Material 27 11. Length 28 12. Contractor 29 13. Inspectors name 30 14. Travel direction 31 15. Date Construction 32 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33 A. Pre and Post -CCTV submittals 34 1. CCTV video results shall be submitted to City that can be uploaded to shared 35 common location by the inspection staff, upon confirmation that the submittal is 36 complete (partial submissions are not accepted, except in special situations that are 37 approved by the Water Department). For pre -CCTV submittals, approval of the 38 submittal shall be provided by the Project Manager prior to construction start when 39 connecting to existing sewer. 40 2. Alternatively, the Inspector can provide Contractor access to upload directly to 41 common location. Inspection and Water Operations staff shall be notified when 42 CCTV upload is completed in order to confirm submittal is complete. Inspection 43 Report (separate report file for each individual shall be submitted to Inspector or 44 directly uploaded to shared common location. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 -6 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 6 of 64 1 B. Additional information that may be requested by the City: 2 1. Listing of cleaning equipment and procedures 3 2. Listing of flow diversion procedures 4 3. Listing of CCTV equipment 5 4. Listing of backup and standby equipment 6 5. Listing of safety precautions and traffic control measures art [�7.y a[1111161M] :30V 1101►:\ Ili 8 A. Final CCTV shall not be completed until all manholes and surface covers are set to 9 final grade. All as built changes to plan and profile drawings (redlines), are required to 10 be reflected on the final CCTV inspection information. Final CCTV shall not be 11 completed until all as built corrections have been made. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 1. Final -CCTV Submittals a. CCTV video results shall be submitted to City that can be uploaded to shared common location by the inspection staff, upon confirmation that the submittal is complete (partial submissions are not accepted, except in special situations that are approved by the Water Department). Alternatively, the Inspector can provide Contractor access to upload directly to common location. Inspection and Water Operations staff shall be notified when CCTV upload is completed in order to confirm submittal is complete. Sanitary sewer video file(s) in MP4 with H.264 code Advanced Video Coding and compression standard b. City Project Number displayed within text of sanitary sewer video. c. Construction Plans identifying the line segments that were videoed. Include cover sheet, 1 digital copy of the redlines (Contractor to upload into Accela or BIM 360), overall line layout sheet(s), and plan and profile sheet(s). 1) One (1) 11"X 17" copy d. Sanitary sewer line segment from drawings match line segments on Inspection Report. Recommend some minimum guidance for standardization of line segment submittals, to include proper identification of Project: name, CPN, line identification and stations, as well as format (e.g. PDF?) and minimum annotations required to explain deviations from policies as specified in this document, or any anomalies that are considered within tolerance. e. Inspection Report (separate report file for each individual shall be submitted to Inspector or directly uploaded to shared common location. f. Allow two (2) weeks to review before requesting final inspection. After review by the City Inspector and Water Field Operations, if applicable a combined set of punch list items will be submitted to the Contractor for correction. g. CCTV Spreadsheet log in excel format CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 01 31 -7 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 7 of 64 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6 PART 2- PRODUCTS 7 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 9 A. Equipment 10 1. Closed -Circuit Television Camera 11 a. The television camera used shall be one specifically designed and constructed 12 for sewer inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear 13 picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 14 100 percent humidity/submerged conditions. The equipment will provide a 15 view of the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features to the side of the 16 equipment through turning and rotation of the lens. The camera shall be 17 capable of tilting at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the 18 camera lens through a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. The 19 lights on the camera shall also be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of 20 the pipe. 21 b. The radial view camera must be solid state color and have remote control of the 22 rotational lens. The camera shall be capable of viewing the complete 23 circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, including the cone -section or 24 corbel. The camera lens shall be an auto -iris type with remote controlled 25 manual override. 26 2. Video Capture System 27 a. The video and audio recordings of the sewer inspections shall be made using 28 digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with, 29 but not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment 30 shall capture sewer inspection on USB drive, with each sewer segment (from 31 upstream manhole to downstream manhole) inspection recorded as an 32 individual file in MP4 with H.264 code format. 33 b. The system shall be capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with 34 captured images of defects or other related significant visual information on a 35 standard color printer. 36 c. The system shall store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital 37 format on a USB drive. 38 d. The system shall be able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all 39 observation points and pertinent data. All data reports shall match the defect 40 severity codes outlined in the City's CCTV manual (electronic copy available 41 on Water Department's website 42 httn://fortworthtexas.Rov/water/wastewater/CCTV Manual. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 -8 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 8 of 64 1 e. Camera footage, date & manhole numbers shall be maintained in real time and 2 shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as the video character 3 generators illuminated footage display at the control console. 4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.3 PREPARATION 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A. General 1. Prior to inspection obtain pipe and manhole asset identification numbers from the plans or City to be used during inspections. Inspections performed using identification numbers other than the line number (or existing sanitary sewer main/lateral) and station numbers from plans or from assigned numbers from the City will not be accepted. 2. CCTV Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has been completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. 3. CCTV Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has been completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. (Sewer system should be connected to existing sewer system and should be active). 4. A final CCTV Inspection of newly installed sewers (not yet in service) shall not commence until completion of the following items: a. Manhole final grade is set (after street paving, under Final CCTV, Final Manhole CCTV) b. Manhole lining is complete (after street paving, under Final CCTV, Final Manhole CCTV) c. Sewer main is cleaned d. Sewer air test is complete e. Vacuum test of manholes £ Installation of all lateral services and completion of low pressure testing of all new services g. All sewer main and manhole work is complete h. Once reviewed and accepted by Water Field Operations the sewer system should be connected to existing sewer system and ready for use upon final acceptance of the project. 5. Temporary Bypass Pumping (if required) shall conform to Section 33 03 10. B. General 1. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not obstruct the camera view, allowing for proper evaluation. C. Pipe 1. Begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 01 31 -9 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 9 of 64 1 2. Move camera through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when 2 necessary to permit proper documentation of the main's condition. 3 3. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 4 4. During investigation stop camera at each defect along the main. 5 a. Record the nature, location and orientation of the defect or infiltration location 6 as specified in the CCTV Manual. 7 5. Service connections, Pan the Camera to get a complete overview of service 8 connection including zooming into service connection Include location (i.e. 1 9 o'clock, etc...) See photos 17 thru 23 for examples 10 6. Joint defects, Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc. Note offset 11 and/or separation at a joint. Includes joints where one pipe is not correctly aligned 12 with the connecting section of pipe causing a lip that could impede flow or a 13 section of pipe that is aligned but has pulled apart horizontally and may not 14 connect to the other section of pipe. See Photos 24 thru 29, 35, 36 for examples 15 7. Notate visible pipe defects such as cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes, offset 16 joints, obstructions, sags or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). If debris has been 17 found in the pipe during the post or final -CCTV inspection, additional cleaning is 18 required, and pipe shall be re -televised. See Photos 1 thru 12 for examples 19 8. Notate Infiltration/Inflow locations. See Photos 13, 20 for examples 20 9. Notate Pipe material transitions. See Photos 30 for example 21 10. Notate other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe conditions. 22 For example, locations could include conflicts between the replaced main with 23 other utilities (including paving and storm sewer), causing pipe deflections, sags, 24 etc. holding water. This could also include any damage to the main and/or services 25 after the main has been replaced. These locations could occur between the Post- 26 CCTV and Final -CCTV submittals. See Photos 31 thru 34 for examples 27 11. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter. 28 Camera underwater — Point in which the camera lens is 100% submerged 29 underwater and/or 50% of the pipe's diameter. Camera emerged — Point in which 30 the camera lens has emerged from being underwater. Severity is described in 31 ranges by linear feet. This would include pipe deflections causing a considerable 32 increase (i.e. double or more) in the depth of flow in the pipe (to at least between 33 1 /3 to '/2 of the pipe diameter). See attached example photos at the end of this 34 Specification showing the depth changes in % full of pipe. See Photos 14 thru 16 35 for examples. 36 12. Provide accurate distance measurement. 37 a. The meter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot. 38 13. CCTV recording segments are to be single continuous file item. 39 a. A single segment is defined from manhole to manhole. 40 b. Only single segment video's will be accepted and preferably include manhole 41 inspections (manhole to manhole). 42 c. Individual manhole inspection will require written justification, included 43 under the Final -CCTV bid item. 44 14. Pre -Installation Inspection for Sewer Mains to be rehabilitated 45 a. Perform Pre -CCTV inspection immediately after cleaning of the main and 46 before rehabilitation work 47 1) No cleaning equipment in the main during CCTV. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 -10 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 10 of 64 1 2) Water shall be present (or flowing) while recording CCTV to confirm 2 system functionality. 3 b. If, during inspection, the CCTV will not pass through the entire section of main 4 due to blockage or pipe defect, set up so the inspection can be performed from 5 the opposite manhole. 6 c. City Project Manager (PM) shall review and may consult with Sewer Projects 7 Reporting and Operations (SPRO), and provide comments on identified defects. 8 Contractor shall present proposed repair method(s) for approval by the City 9 PM, before proceeding with construction. 10 d. Provisions for repairing or replacing the impassable location are addressed in 11 Section 33 3120, Section 33 3121, Section 33 3122 and Section 33 3123. 12 15. Post -and Final Installation Inspection 13 a. Prior to inserting the camera, flush and clean the main in accordance to Section 14 33 04 50. Water should be present/flowing during the recording operation, to 15 demonstrate the functioning of the installed system. 16 16. Documentation of CCTV Inspection 17 a. Sanitary Sewer Lines 18 1) Follow the CCTV Manual (CCTV standard manual supplied by City upon 19 request) for the inspection video, data logging and reporting or Part 1.5 E of 20 this section. 21 D. Manhole 22 1. Final Manhole CCTV Inspection recording segments, will reveal condition of 23 manhole in its entirety, including corrosion protection if applicable. Camera 24 should pan the entire manhole while lowering to include complete view of invert. 25 This requirement applies to new manhole installations and rehabilitated manholes 26 after epoxy lining installed, if applicable. 27 2. Notate Infiltration/Inflow locations for Pre -construction CCTV recordings. 28 3. Post -Installation CCTV Inspection is only done after all construction is complete. 29 E. Complete manholo iriztnla kon bo . 30 3.4 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 31 3.5 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32 3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 33 3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 34 3.8 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 35 3.9 CLEANING 36 A. See Section 33 04 50. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 -11 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 11 of 64 1 3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 2 3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3 3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 4 3.13 ATTACHMENTS 5 END OF SECTION 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Various— Added requirements for coordination with T/PW for Storm Sewer CCTV 4/29/2021 J Kasavich Various — Alternative to CCT V Manual, modified submittal detail requirements 3/11/2022 M Owen Removed reference to storm drain CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 12 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 12 of 64 Photo 1 Flow Depth Acceptable CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 13 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 13 of 64 Photo 2 Flow Level Acceptable CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 14 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 14 of 64 Photo 3 Flow Level Acceptabie CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 15 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 15 of 64 V 5A Photo 4 Flow Level is elevated. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 16 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 16 of 64 Photo 5 Flow Elevated but below 1/3 capacity. No action required CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 17 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 17 of 64 Photo 6 Flow above 30%. Potential Sag or debris. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 18 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 18 of 64 Photo 7 Offset Joint Example CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 19 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 19 of 64 W— M Photo 8 Flow appears to be stagnant possible sag. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 20 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 20 of 64 Photo 9 Debris evident. Clean and Re -CCTV prior to submittal CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 21 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 21 of 64 Photo 10 Debris evident. Clean and Re -CCTV prior to submittal. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 22 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 22 of 64 IP Photo 11 CCTV should not be submitted. Clean and Re -CCTV prior to submittal CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 01 31 - 23 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 23 of 64 I Photo 12 Survey was not completed. Take corrective action and Re -CCTV CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 24 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 24 of 64 Photo 13 Example of Potential Infiltration/Inflow location CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 25 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 25 of 64 Photo 14 Water level approaching submerging camera. Record beginning of level increase and note the point at which the water level returns to normal. Corrective action will be required. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 26 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 26 of 64 Photo 15 Camera submerged. Note beginning point of increase level and the end of the increased depth. Corrective action will be required CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 27 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 27 of 64 Photo 16 Camera submerged. Note beginning point of increase level and the end of the increased depth. Corrective action will be required CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 28 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 28 of 64 I Photo 17 Service Tap. Note the location and position of tap in relation to the sewer main. Repair required? CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 29 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 29 of 64 Photo 18 CCTV should include view of service line. Retake CCTV Video? CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 30 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 30 of 64 Photo 19 Service tap holding water. Corrective action required. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 31 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 31 of 64 0 L Photo 20 Service tap is installed incorrectly. Also is a point of potential Infiltration and Inflow location. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 32 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 32 of 64 Photo 21 Proper Shot of Sewer Tap CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 33 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 33 of 64 Photo 22 Debris in service line. Corrective action required CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 34 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 34 of 64 Photo 23 Service tap at proper location. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 35 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 35 of 64 Photo 24 Damage to liner. Repaired is required. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 36 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 36 of 64 Photo 25 Damage to liner. Repair is required. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 37 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 37 of 64 Photo 26 Damage to Liner. Repair is required. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 38 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 38 of 64 Photo 27 Liner Damage. Repair required. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 39 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 39 of 64 Photo 28 Damaged Liner. Damage to be repaired. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 40 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 40 of 64 Photo 29 Liner Damaged. Damaged to be repaired. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 41 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 41 of 64 Photo 30 Change of material. Note change on CCTV log. Repair required? CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 42 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 42 of 64 Photo 31 Beginning of potential impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 43 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 43 of 64 Photo 32 Continuation of impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 44 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 44 of 64 Photo 33 Continuation of impact from adjacent utilities Repair required? CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 45 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 45 of 64 Photo 34 End of impact for potential impact from adjacent utilities. Repair required? CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 46 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 46 of 64 Photo 35 Short Joint installed (not a closure piece) does not comply with specification Repair required? CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 47 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 47 of 64 Photo 36 Short piece installed with wye inserted does not comply with design CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 48 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 48 of 64 tir CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 49 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 49 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 50 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 50 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 51 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 51 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 52 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 52 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 53 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 53 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 54 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 54 of 64 • r a 1)' ', 0 4P \t . CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 55 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 55 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 56 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 56 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 fur t Wur Lh TX GPN N, esc 1 5Lr OPN 11P 560110-07004311 32+21 r iG S�- l -> 32421,711 GG-1 GIrctilAr• Ililifli Otictile Ira Ili A grow If if -Wr.14 � • a v + ` �X �• •+ • n, nn rr." t l I1 17 !' ` ', 131. 31. 21120 r _ ' • fa 11 rM'H �,-� M,H 7/27 2,0 � GOLDEN TRIAN-"%15;4 � { f f - ��* 1 f � f � F • i 33 01 31 - 59 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 59 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 60 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 60 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 61 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 61 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 62 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 62 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 - 63 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 63 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 33 01 31 -64 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — SANITARY SEWER Page 64 of 64 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 330131-1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 1 of 10 1 SECTION 33 0131 2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION 3 STORM DRAIN / STORM SEWER 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of 8 storm drain pipes. 9 2. Post CCTV inspection is required for ALL storm drain pipes. 10 3. Pre -CCTV shall be performed when new storm drain is connected to existing 11 system for a City capital project, to at least the next existing downstream manhole. 12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 14 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 15 3. Modified 1.2.B.2.a 16 4. Added 1.2.B.2.b 17 5. Modified 1.2.C.2.a 18 6. Added 1.2.C.2.b 19 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 20 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 21 Contract 22 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 23 3. Section 33 03 10 — Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 24 4. Section 33 04 50 — Cleaning of Sewer Mains 25 5. Section 0132 16 — Construction Progress Schedule 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Pre -Construction Inspection 28 1. Measurement 29 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 30 Inspection performed prior to any line modification or replacement determined 31 from the distance recorded on the video log. 32 2. Payment 33 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 34 this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at 35 the unit price bid per linear foot for "Pre -Construction Inspection". 36 1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 37 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 38 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 39 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 33 01 31 -2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 2 of 10 1 3. The price bid shall include: 2 a. CCTV inspection and digital deliverables 3 b. Traffic control 4 c. Cleaning 5 B. Post -Construction Inspection 6 1. Measurement 7 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 8 Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 9 distance recorded on the video log. 10 2. Payment 11 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 12 Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the 13 unit price bid per linear foot for "Post -Construction Inspection of Storm Drain". 14 1) Contractor will not be paid for unacceptable video 15 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 16 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 17 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 18 3. The price bid shall include: 19 a. CCTV inspection and digital deliverables 20 b. Traffic control 21 c. Cleaning 22 C. Condition Assessment Inspection 23 1. Measurement 24 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 25 Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 26 distance recorded on the video log. 27 2. Payment 28 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 29 this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at 30 the unit price bid per linear foot for "Condition Assessment Inspection of 31 Storm Drain". 32 1) Contractor will not be paid for unacceptable video 33 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 34 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 35 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 36 3. The price bid shall include: 37 a. CCTV inspection and digital deliverables 38 b. Traffic control 39 4. The price shall not include cleaning or by-pass pumping, if required. These items 40 shall be paid under separate bid items. 41 1.3 REFERENCES 42 A. Reference Standards 43 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 44 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 45 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 46 2. City of Fort Worth Water Department CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 33 01 31 -3 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 3 of 10 1 a. For storm drain pipes, the Contractor shall follow the North American Sewer 2 Service Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program 3 (PACP) inspection and defect coding standards 4 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 5 A. Coordination 6 1. Storm Drain Lines 7 a. Meet with City of Fort Transportation/Public Works Department staff to 8 confirm that the appropriate equipment, software, standard templates, defect 9 codes and defect rankings are being used, if required. 10 B. Schedule 11 1. Include Pre -Construction and Post -Construction Inspection schedule as part of the 12 Construction Progress Schedule per Section 0132 16. 13 2. Include time for City review (3 weeks minimum — Notification needs to be sent out 14 to Project Manager & Field Operation). 15 3. If CCTV is accepted by City, proceed with work. If rejected, coordinate with City 16 per Part 1.4 A. 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 19 B. All submittals shall be approved by the designated City representative prior to delivery 20 C. Data 21 1. Provide video data in MPEG4 Audio/Video (MP4 with H.264 codec) format. 22 2. Inspection Report shall include: 23 a. Observations data — see required fields below, table `Observations' 24 b. Route fields — see required fields below, table `Routes' 25 3. Delivery requirements 26 a. The CCTV video and inspection report shall be associated with the upstream 27 and downstream access points (manholes, inlets, etc.). 28 b. CCTV video with audio — 1 copy of results in MPEG4 Audio/Video (MP4 with 29 H.264 codec) format and named as documented below 30 (Ex.Rosedale_ MH009887_PI004567_20120427.mp4) 31 c. CCTV Inspection Report — 1 digital copy as pdf and named as documented 32 below (Ex. Rosedale —MH009887_PI004567_20120427.pdf) 33 d. Photographs of observations in jpg format and named using the inspection ID 34 as documented below followed by the distance along inspection the photo was 35 taken (Ex.Rosedale_MH009887_P1004567_20120427_370.5.jpg) 36 e. The contractor shall utilize the NASSCO PACP V7 codes available at the time 37 of the Contract notice to proceed. 38 £ Inspection Software must be NASSCO PACP V7 certified and proof of 39 certification of software shall be submitted prior to commencing the work 40 g. Contractor shall be current on NASSCO training. 41 h. Any variation from the requirements shall be subject to approval by the Project 42 Manager CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 33 01 31 -4 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 4 of 10 1 i. Completed NASSCO PACP V7 Microsoft Access Database with fields 2 populated as shown in the two tables below. Any variation from these 3 requirements shall be subject to approval by the Project Manager. 4 5 Observations (Tables MLO, Media) Attribute Description ID assigned to route following the naming convention of street MLI ID name followed by point of entry followed by pipe id (first pipe — entered) and then date (YYYYMMDD) (Example — Rosedale _MH009887_ PI004567_20120427) CODE NASSCO PACP code used to describe observation/defect OBSERVATION Description of the NASSCO PACP observation/defect OBS—TYPE Structural or operations/maintenance DISTANCE Linear distance from starting point of inspection that observation was made (feet) DIGITAL _TIME Digital time when observation/defect was made within video FILENAME Link to photo of observation/defect VALUE —PERCENT Percent of pipe blocked (0 to 100 percent) CLOCK —FROM Description of location of starting point of observation as pertains to a standard clock (ex. 9 o'clock would be mid pipe on the left) CLOCK —TO Description of location of ending point of observation as pertains to a standard clock (ex. 3 o'clock would be mid pipe on the right) GRADE Severity score assigned to a specific observation/defect Routes (Tables ML, MLn Attribute Description ID assigned to route following the naming convention of MLI ID street Name followed by point of entry followed by pipe id — (first pipe entered) and then date (YYYYMMDD) (Example — Rosedale _MH009887—PI004567-20120427) US MH Unique ID (from City field map) of access point where — inspection began DS MH Unique ID (from City field map) of access point where — inspection ended PIPE —ID Unique ID of first pipe entered during inspection STREET Street name associated with inspection INSPECTION _DATE Date of inspection SURVEYED —BY Name (Last name, First Initial) of inspector WEATHER Identifies weather during inspection CLEANED Identifies whether cleaning was performed during the inspection MATERIAL Material of first pipe entered during inspection PIPE —WIDTH The width in inches of the pipe route inspected PIPE _HEIGHT The height in inches of the pipe route inspected CAMERA-1 Link to pole camera video file, which meets standards above CCTV_l Link to CCTV video file, which meets standards above INSPECTED LENGTH Total linear distance of the route CCTV inspection CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 33 01 31 -5 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 5 of 10 INSPECTION DIRECTION Specifies if inspection proceeded upstream or downstream — from the FROM NODE Identifies that inspection was performed from the opposite REVERSE SETUP — access point SPR Structural pipe rating based on observations made during the inspection SPRI Index of structural pipe rating — scale of 0-5 with 5 being extremely poor MPR Operational and maintenance pipe rating based on observations made during the inspection Index of operational and maintenance pipe rating — scale of MPRI 0-5 with 5 being extremely poor OPR Overall pipe rating based on observations made during the inspection OPRI Index of overall pipe rating — scale of 0-5 with 5 being extremely poor 10 2 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 3 A. Pre -Construction Inspection 4 1. CCTV video with audio, delivered on USB drive or cloud -based share folder 5 a. Inspection Report — 1 digital copy as pdf and named as documented below (Ex. 6 Rosedale MH009887—PI004567-20120427.pdf) 7 B. Additional information that may be requested by the City: 8 1. Listing of cleaning equipment and procedures 9 2. Listing of flow diversion procedures 10 3. Listing of CCTV equipment 11 4. Listing of backup and standby equipment 12 5. Listing of safety precautions and traffic control measures 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 14 A. Pre -Construction Inspection 15 1. CCTV video with audio, delivered on USB drive or cloud -based share folder 16 2. Inspection Report pdf copy shall be submitted to the City Inspector for review prior 17 to scheduling a project final walk through. 18 3. A copy of appropriate Construction Drawing sheets identifying the pipe routes that 19 were videoed. Include cover sheet, overall line layout sheet(s), and plan and profile 20 sheet(s) 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 23 A. Contractor Review 24 1. The City recommends that all CCTV work be reviewed by a properly trained 25 individual not involved in the initial data collection effort prior to submission. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 33 01 31 -6 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 6 of 10 1 2. Contractor shall assure that CCTV work meets all requirements in section 1.10 Data 2 Delivery Requirements. 3 B. City Review 4 1. Prior to acceptance and payment, all CCTV work must be reviewed by a properly 5 trained City representative. 6 2. All CCTV work must meet all requirements in section 1.10 Data Delivery 7 Requirements to be eligible for acceptance and payment. 8 3. Video footage will be reviewed to verify acceptable defect coding prior to 9 acceptance and payment. 10 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 11 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 12 A. Safety 13 1. Ensure personnel are properly trained on the use of equipment and safety 14 procedures. 15 2. Place signs and traffic warning devices when necessary. 16 3. Provide appropriate traffic control when necessary — prior field investigation 17 followed by City approval and permitting may be required. 18 4. Do not enter confined spaces or potentially hazardous environments unless prior 19 approval from the City has been obtained. 20 5. Immediately report to the City any situation/conditions deemed to be a potential 21 immediate threat to life, infrastructure, or property. 22 6. Immediately report to the City any discharge believed to be an illicit discharge. 23 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 A. Equipment — 1. Closed -Circuit Television Camera a. The television camera used shall be one specifically designed and constructed for sewer inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 100 percent humidity/submerged conditions. The equipment will provide a view of the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features to the side of the equipment through turning and rotation of the lens. The camera shall be capable of tilting at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the camera lens through a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. The lights on the camera shall also be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe. b. The radial view camera must be solid state color and have remote control of the rotational lens. The camera shall be capable of viewing the complete circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, including the cone -section or corbel. The camera lens shall be an auto -iris type with remote controlled manual override. 2. Video Capture System CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 8, 2023 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 01 31 -7 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 7 of 10 1 a. The video and audio recordings of the storm inspections shall be made using 2 digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with, 3 but not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment shall 4 capture sewer inspection on USB drive, with each pipe route (from upstream 5 node to downstream node) inspection recorded as an individual file in MPEG4 6 Audio/Video (.mp4) format. 7 b. The system shall be capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with 8 captured images of defects or other related significant visual information on a 9 standard color printer. 10 c. The system shall store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital 11 format. 12 d. The system shall be able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all 13 observation points and pertinent data. All data reports shall match the defect 14 severity codes outlined in the NASSCO PACP V7 standard. 15 e. Camera footage, date, Pipe Route ID, & manhole/node numbers shall be 16 maintained in real time and shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as 17 the video character generators illuminated footage display at the control 18 console. iTf 717I IBM *114 XQLN 11130 20 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 21 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 22 3.3 PREPARATION 23 A. General 24 1. Prior to inspection, City shall provide asset identification numbers to Contractor. 25 Inspections performed using identification numbers other than those specified by 26 City will be rejected. 27 2. If cleaning is required, inspection shall not commence until the storm drain section 28 to be televised has been completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. 29 3. Inspection of newly installed storm drains shall not begin prior to completion of the 30 following: 31 a. All manhole work is complete 32 b. Installation of all lateral lines 33 4. Temporary Bypass Pumping (if required) shall conform to Section 33 03 10. 34 3.4 INSPECTION (CCTV) 35 A. General 36 1. CCTV inspections are to be conducted by pipe route 37 a. A pipe route is defined as: 38 1) The inspection route through pipes of interest and bounded by upstream 39 and downstream access points. Access points include but are not limited to 40 manholes, inlets, and outfalls 41 b. For each route, provide a unique inspection video, reports, and photos in a 42 NASSCO PACP-compatible database. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 33 01 31 -8 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 8 of 10 1 c. Provide to City or City's Agent the inspection data for each pipe route as part 2 of the same data deliverable. Data for a single route should not be split across 3 data deliverables. 4 2. If cleaning is required, begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. 5 3. Move camera through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when 6 necessary to permit proper documentation of the main's condition. 7 4. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 8 5. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not 9 obstruct the camera view, allowing for proper evaluation. 10 6. Use a camera with a camera height adjustment so that the camera lens is always 11 centered at one-half the inside diameter, or higher in the pipe being inspected. 12 Provide a lighting system that allows the features and condition of the pipe to be 13 clearly seen. A reflector in front of the camera may be required to enhance lighting 14 in dark or large diameter pipe. 15 7. During investigation stop camera at each defect along the main 16 a. Record the nature, location and orientation of the defect as specified in the 17 CCTV Manual. 18 8. Pan and tilt the camera to provide additional detail at: 19 a. Manholes — include condition of manhole in its entirety and interior corrosion 20 protection (if applicable) (Camera should pan the entire manhole from top as 21 well as while lowering into manhole, also show complete view of invert) 22 b. Laterals — pan the Camera to get a complete overview of service connection 23 including zooming into lateral connection. Include location (i.e. 3 o'clock, 9 24 o'clock, etc. 25 c. Joints - Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc. 26 d. Visible pipe defects such as cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes, offset 27 joints, obstructions or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). If debris has been 28 found in the pipe during the post -construction inspection, additional cleaning is 29 required and pipe shall be re -televised. 30 e. Infiltration/Inflow locations 31 £ Material changes — Include changes of pipe material and/or repair and 32 rehabilitation locations 33 g. Other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe conditions 34 h. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter. 35 9. Provide accurate distance measurement. 36 a. The distance counter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot 37 B. Pre -Installation Inspection for Storm Drain Pipes to be rehabilitated 38 1. Perform Pre -CCTV inspection immediately after cleaning of the main and before 39 rehabilitation work. 40 2. If, during inspection, the CCTV will not pass through the entire section of main due 41 to blockage or pipe defect, perform a Reverse Setup so the inspection can be 42 performed from the opposite access point. 43 3. Provisions for repairing or replacing the impassable location are addressed in 44 Section 33 41 10, Section 33 41 11, Section 33 41 12, and 33 41 13. 45 C. Post -Installation Inspection 46 1. Complete manhole installation before inspection begins. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 33 01 31 -9 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 9 of 10 1 2. Inspect storm drain after pavement is placed. 2 3. Prior to inserting the camera, flush and clean the main in accordance to Section 30 3 0450. 4 D. Documentation of CCTV Inspection 5 1. Storm Drain 6 a. Provided documentation for video, data logging, and reporting in accordance 7 with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department 8 requirements. 9 b. All CCTV Inspection shall be submitted to the Stormwater Infrastructure 10 Management Staff for review and approval from City's Inspector/PM. Once 11 received, Stormwater Infrastructure Management Staff will review and notify 12 video's acceptance within three (3) business days of receiving data from City's 13 Inspector/PM 14 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING 20 A. See Section 33 04 50. 21 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25 END OF SECTION 26 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.1 A. Require post installation CCTV inspection for ALL storm drainpipe and pre installation CCTV inspection to at least next MH when connecting to existing 12/8/2023 M Owen system for CITY CIP projects 3.4 C. Post CCTV inspection required AFTER pavement in place CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 33 01 31 - 10 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION — STORM DRAIN/STORM SEWER Page 10 of 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 8, 2023 330410-1 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 33 04 10 2 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Joint bonding requirements for electrical continuity of- 7 a. Concrete cylinder pipe 8 b. Mortar coated steel pipe 9 c. Dielectrically coated steel pipe 10 d. Ductile iron pipe, as required on Drawings 11 2. Electrical isolation devices for installation at: 12 a. Connections to existing piping 13 b. Laterals 14 c. Cased crossings 15 d. Tunnels 16 e. Selected below grade to above ground piping transitions 17 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 18 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1) 19 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2) 20 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1) 21 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2) 22 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 23 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 24 Contract 25 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 26 3. Section 33 05 24 — Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection exists: 30 a. Measurement 31 1) This Item is subsidiary to Cathodic Protection construction. 32 b. Payment 33 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 34 with this Item are subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for "Cathodic 35 Protection" for each material of utility pipe bid, and no other compensation 36 will be allowed. 37 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 38 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 39 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 40 2. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection does not exist: 41 a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330410-2 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 2 of 8 1 1) Measurement for this Item is by lump sum. 2 b. Payment 3 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 4 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid 5 for at the lump sum price bid for "Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation". 6 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 7 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 8 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 9 3. The price bid shall include: 10 a. Furnishing and installing Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation as specified by 11 the Drawings 12 b. Mobilization 13 c. Excavation 14 d. Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 15 e. Field welding 16 f. Connections 17 g. Adjustments 18 h. Testing 19 i. Clean-up 20 j. Start-up/Commissioning 21 1.3 REFERENCES 22 A. Reference Standards 23 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 24 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 25 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 26 2. ASTM International (ASTM). 27 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 28 a. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 29 4. NACE International (MACE). 30 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 31 1.5 SUBMITTALS 32 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 33 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 34 specials. 35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36 A. Product Data 37 1. Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets shall be submitted for each item. 38 a. Include the manufacturer's name and provide sufficient information to show 39 that the materials meet the requirements of the Contract Documents for: 40 1) Flange Isolation 41 2) Bonding Clips for Concrete Cylinder Pipe 42 3) Petrolatum tape 43 2. Where more than 1 item or catalog number appears on a catalog cut sheet, clearly 44 identify the item proposed. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330410-3 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 3 of 8 1 B. Test and Evaluation Reports 2 1. Record results for the Post -Installation Thermite Weld Inspection and submit to the 3 City for approval prior to backfilling. 4 2. Record results for bonded joint testing and submit to City for approval prior to 5 backfilling. 6 3. Record results for the continuity test for casing to carrier pipe and submit to the 7 City for approval prior to backfilling. 8 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 9 A. Test results for electrical continuity, flange isolation and casing to carrier pipe isolation 10 shall be submitted to the City. 11 B. Results of all testing are to be submitted to City for inclusion in the O&M manual. 12 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 MATERIALS 20 A. Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation Materials to be incorporated into the project 21 include, but are not limited to, the following: 22 1. Electrical continuity bonds 23 2. Flange isolation assemblies 24 3. Casing spacers 25 4. Casing end seals 26 B. Electrical Continuity Bonds 27 1. Applications for Electrical Continuity Bonding include the following: 28 a. Bonding across bolted joint assemblies 29 b. Bonding across gasketed joint assemblies 30 C. Flange Isolation 31 1. Required applications of dielectric flange isolation assemblies include, but are not 32 limited to, selected locations where new piping is mechanically connected to 33 existing piping. 34 2. Gasket 35 a. Isolating and seal gasket 36 b. G-10 Epoxy Glass material 37 c. Full face 38 d. 1/8-inch thickness CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330410-4 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 4 of 8 1 e. Use with a minimum of 1 EDPM sealing element placed in a tapered groove. 2 f. NSF 61 certified 3 g. A minimum of 800 volts/mil dielectric strength is required. 4 h. Flange shall seal for the test pressure without leaking. 5 3. Sleeves 6 a. Provide full length mylar sleeves. 7 4. Washers 8 a. Provide double G-10 washer sets. 9 D. Casing Spacers 10 1. For piping installed in tunnels or cased crossings, install casing spacers between the 11 piping and the casing or tunnel liner to provide electrical isolation in accordance 12 with Section 33 05 24. 13 E. Casing End Seals 14 1. See Section 33 05 24 for casing end seals. 15 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION 21 A. Preparation of Concrete Pipe for Bonding 22 1. General 23 a. Fabrication 24 1) Use concrete pipe for this project that has been fabricated in such a manner 25 as to establish electrical continuity between metallic components of pipe 26 and joints. 27 b. Acceptable Methods 28 1) Establish electrical continuity as indicated in the Contract Documents. 29 2. Criteria for Electric Continuity 30 a. Tensile Wire 31 1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain a resistance no greater than 0.03 ohms 32 between any wire and steel joint ring at end of pipe farthest from that wire. 33 2) Manufacturer is to report values obtained and method of measurement. 34 b. Internal Pipe Joint Components 35 1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain resistance of less than 0.03 ohms between 36 any component and steel pipe cylinder. 37 3. Tensile Wire Continuity 38 a. Establish continuity between tensile wire coils and steel cylinder on embedded 39 cylinder type pre -stressed pipe by tightly wrapping tensile wire over 40 longitudinal mild steel straps during pipe manufacture. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330410-5 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 5 of 8 1 b. Use and install 2 continuous straps 180 degrees apart longitudinally along the 2 pipe. 3 1) These straps must maintain electrical continuity between metallic 4 components. 5 c. Use steel straps made of mild steel and free of grease, mill scale or other high 6 resistance deposits. 7 d. Make longitudinal straps electrically continuous with pipe cylinder by steel 8 fasteners of suitable dimensions placed between steel cylinder and longitudinal 9 straps. 10 1) Connect fasteners so as to remain intact during pipe fabrication process. 11 4. Steel Cylinder Continuity 12 a. Establish continuity of all joint components and steel cylinder. 13 1) These components include anchor socket brackets, anchor socket, spigot 14 ring and bell ring. 15 b. If mechanical contact does not provide a resistance of less than 0.03 ohms 16 between components, tack weld component to provide electrical continuity. 17 B. Preparation of Steel Pipe for Bonding 18 1. Bonding wires are not required for welded steel pipe. 19 2. Mechanical jointed steel pipe requires the installation of bond wires across the joint 20 as shown on the Drawings. 21 C. Preparation of Ductile Iron Pipe for Bonding 22 1. Install insulated bond wires as shown on the Drawings. 23 D. Electrical Bond Wires 24 1. Electrical bond wires are to be a minimum No. 4 AWG, 7 stranded, copper cable 25 with THHN insulation. 26 2. Remove 1 inch of THHN insulation from each end of the bond wire. 27 3. Thermite weld the bond wires to the pipeline. 28 4. Provide the minimum number of bond wires as shown on Drawings for steel or 29 ductile iron pipe. 30 E. Electrical Bond Clip 31 1. Weld 3 ASTM 366 steel bonding clips, each approximately 0.13 inches thick, 2.5 32 inches long, and 1.25 inches wide, with 1/8-inch fillet welds to the bell and spigot 33 of adjacent pre -stressed concrete cylinder pipe or steel pipe with rubber gasketed 34 joints. 35 2. Manufacture clips to maintain continuity regardless of small deflections of finished 36 joints. 37 3.4 INSTALLATION 38 A. Installation of Electrical Continuity Bonds by Thermite Welding 39 1. Inspection 40 a. Use continuous bond wires with no cuts or tears in the insulation covering the 41 conductor. 42 2. General 43 a. Attach bond wires at required locations by thermite welding process. 44 3. Thermite Welding Methods CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330410-6 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 6 of 8 1 a. Perform thermite welding of bond wires to piping in the following manner: 2 1) Clean and dry pipe to which the wires are to be attached. 3 2) Use grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease and dirt 4 from an area approximately 3 inches square. 5 a) Grind surface to bright metal. 6 3) Remove approximately 1 inch of insulation from each end of wire to be 7 thermite welded to pipe exposing clean, oxide -free copper for welding. 8 4) Select proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by manufacturer. 9 Place wire or strap between graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. 10 5) Place metal disk in bottom of mold. 11 6) Pour thermite weld charge into the mold. Squeeze bottom of cartridge to 12 spread ignition powder over charge. 13 7) Close mold cover and ignite starting powder with flint gun. 14 8) After exothermic reaction, remove thermite weld mold and gently strike 15 weld with a hammer to remove weld slag. 16 9) Pull on wire or strap to assure a secure connection. 17 10) If weld is not secure or the bond breaks, repeat procedure with new wire. 18 11) If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Stopaq CZ 19 tape. 20 4. Post -Installation Thermite Weld Inspection 21 a. Contractor is responsible for all testing. 22 b. All testing is to be performed by or under the supervision of certified NACE 23 personnel. 24 c. Visually examine each thermite weld connection for strength and suitable 25 coating prior to backfilling. 26 d. Measure resistance through selected bonded joints with a digital low resistance 27 ohmmeter (DLRO). 28 1) Resistance of 0.001 ohms or less is acceptable. 29 2) If the above procedure indicates a poor quality bond connection, reinstall 30 the bond. 31 3) Record results and submit to the City for approval prior to backfilling. 32 5. Backfilling of Bonded Joints 33 a. Perform backfilling of bonded piping in manner that prevents damage to the 34 bonds and all connections to the metallic structures. 35 b. Use appropriate backfill material to completely cover the electrical bond. 36 c. Provide protection so that future construction activities in the area will not 37 destroy the bonded connections. 38 d. If construction activity damages a bonded connection, install new bond wire. 39 B. Installation of Pipeline Flange Isolation Devices 40 1. Placement 41 a. Install isolation joints at the locations shown on the Drawings. 42 2. Assembly 43 a. Place gasket, sleeves and washers as recommended by the manufacturer. 44 b. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for even tightening to proper torque. 45 3. Testing 46 a. Immediately after an electrical isolation fitting has been installed, contact the 47 City to perform testing for electrical isolation effectiveness. 48 4. Painting CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330410-7 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 7 of 8 1 a. Do not use metal base paints on electrical isolation devices. 2 5. Encapsulation 3 a. Encapsulate below -grade isolation joints with the Denso Densyl Tape system 4 after the isolation joint has been tested for effectiveness. 5 C. Installation of Casing Spacers 6 1. Casing spacers shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 24. 7 D. Installation of End Seals 8 1. End seals shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 24. 9 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 10 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 12 A. Testing of Joint Continuity Bonds and Isolation Joints 13 1. After the completion of the continuity bonding of individual joints, but before the 14 pipe is backfilled, each bonded joint shall be tested for electrical continuity. 15 2. A DC current shall be impressed on the pipe on 1 side of the joint under test using a 16 portable 12-volt battery and a driven ground rod. The battery shall be connected 17 such that the positive terminal is connected to the ground rod and the negative 18 terminal is connected to the pipe section under test. The magnitude of test current is 19 not important as long as it causes a change in pipe -to -soil potential on the section of 20 pipe that is in the test current circuit. 21 3. The pipe -to -soil potential shall be measured on each side of the isolation joint using 22 a high impedance voltmeter and portable copper/copper sulfate reference electrode 23 with the test current "on" and "off. 24 4. A joint is considered electrically continuous if the "on" and "off potentials are the 25 same on either side of the joint under test. 26 5. This same procedure shall be used to test individual isolation joints except that the 27 joint is considered effective if the pipe -to -soil potential is not the same when 28 measured on each side of the joint when the test current is "on". 29 6. Record results and submit in accordance with this Specification. 30 B. Casing to Carrier Pipe Isolation Tests 31 1. Immediately after the pipe has been installed in the casing, but prior to connecting 32 the line, make pipe available for testing and contact the City to perform an electrical 33 continuity test to determine that the casing is electrically isolated from the pipeline. 34 2. The continuity test shall be fully documented and approved by the City prior to 35 backfilling. 36 3. Record results and submit in accordance with this Specification. 37 4. If the electrical isolation between carrier pipe and casing is not effective, the cause 38 shall be immediately investigated and the situation remedied. 39 5. Under no circumstances shall a shorted casing be backfilled. 40 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 41 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330410-8 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 8 of 8 1 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 2 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 4 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 5 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6 END OF SECTION 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.0 - Modified material specifications for gaskets, sleeves and washers 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330450-1 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 33 04 50 2 CLEANING OF PIPES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. General 6 1. Before any television inspection, pipes shall be cleaned to remove all debris, solids, 7 sand, grease, grit, etc. from the sewer and manholes. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 10 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract 14 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 15 3. Section 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection — Sanitary Sewer 16 4. Section 33 0132 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection — Storm 17 Drain/Storm Sewer 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Cleaning of Pipe 20 1. Measurement and Payment 21 a. Measurement 22 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the pipe being cleaned. 23 b. Payment 24 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 25 with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe 26 complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 27 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 28 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 29 B. Cleaning of Pipe —Condition Assessment for Storm Drain 30 1. Measurement and Payment 31 a. Measurement 32 1) This Item is to be measured by the linear foot when performed ahead of 33 storm drain condition assessment. Measurement for this Item will be by the 34 linear foot of pipe cleaned. 35 b. Payment 36 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 37 with this 38 Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will paid for at the 39 unit price bid per linear foot for "Clean Storm Pipe Ahead of Condition 40 Assessment" for different ranges of pipe diameters, and no other 41 compensation will be allowed. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 330450-2 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 2 of 5 1 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 2 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 3 4 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 5 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 6 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 16 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES 17 A. Use only the type of cleaning material which will not create hazards to health or 18 property or affect treatment plant processes. 19 2.3 ACCESSORIES 20 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED 23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 25 3.4 ERECTION/INSTALLATION/APPLICATION [NOT USED] 26 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 330450-3 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 3 of 5 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. All materials, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete the cleaning of pipes and manholes must be present on the jobsite prior to isolating the manhole or line segment and beginning the cleaning process. 2. Maintain clean work and surrounding premises within the work limits so as to comply with Federal, State, and local environmental and anti -pollution laws, ordinances, codes, and regulations when cleaning and disposing of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 3. Keep the work and surrounding premises within work limits free of accumulations of dirt, dust, waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 4. Suitable containers for storage of waste materials, debris, and rubbish shall be provided until time of disposal. a. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to secure a licensed legal dump site for the disposal of this material. b. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids removed from the main or manhole be dumped onto streets or into ditches, catch basins, storm drains, or sanitary sewers. 5. The cleaning process shall remove all grease, sand, silts, solids, rags, debris, etc. from each sewer segment, including the manhole(s). 6. Selection of cleaning equipment and the method for cleaning shall be based on the condition of the sanitary sewer mains at the time work commences and will be subject to approval by the City. 7. All cleaning equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced personnel. 8. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the pipes and manholes from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of the cleaning process or equipment. 9. Any damages done to a sewer main and/or structure by the Contractor shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost and to the satisfaction of the City. 10. Cleaning shall also include the manhole wall washing by high pressure water jet. 11. The Contractor may be required to demonstrate the performance capabilities of the cleaning equipment proposed for use on the project. a. If the results obtained by the proposed pipe cleaning equipment are not satisfactory, the Contractor shall use different equipment and/or attachments, as required, to meet City satisfaction. b. More than 1 type of equipment/attachments may be required at a location. 12. When hydraulic or high velocity cleaning equipment is used, a suitable sand trap, weir, dam, or suction shall be constructed in the downstream manhole in such a manner that all the solids and debris are trapped for removal. 13. Whenever hydraulically -propelled cleaning tools which depend upon water pressure to provide their cleaning force, or any tool which retard the flow of water in the pipes are used, precautions shall be taken to insure that the water pressure created does not cause any damage or flooding to public or private property being served by the manhole section involved. 14. Any damage of property, as a result of flooding, shall be the liability and responsibility of the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 330450-4 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 4 of 5 1 15. The flow of wastewater present in the sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to 2 provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 3 16. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay 4 in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used 5 unnecessarily. 6 a. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed or used when there is a fire in the area. 7 b. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the fire hydrant, water meter 8 and all related charges for the set-up, including the water usage bills from 9 respective water purveyor agency. 10 c. All expenses shall be considered incidental to the cleaning of the existing pipes. 11 B. Methods 12 1. Hydraulic Cleaning 13 a. Hydraulic -propelled devices which require a head of water to operate must 14 utilize a collapsible dam. 15 b. The dam must be easily collapsible to prevent damage to the sewer main, 16 property, etc. 17 c. When using hydraulically -propelled devices, precautions shall be taken to 18 insure that the water pressure created does not cause damage or flood public or 19 private property. 20 d. Do not increase the hydraulic gradient of the sanitary sewers beyond the 21 elevation that could cause overflow of sewage into area waterways or laterals. 22 e. The flow of wastewater present in the sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to 23 provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 24 2. High -Velocity Cleaning 25 a. Cleaning equipment that uses a high velocity water jet for removing debris shall 26 be capable of producing a minimum volume of 50 gpm, with a pressure of 27 1,500 psi, for a pipe and 3,500 psi for the (manhole) structure at the pump. 28 1) Any variations to this pumping rate must be approved, in advance, by the 29 City. 30 2) To prevent damage to older sewer mains and property, a pressure less than 31 1500 psi can be used. 32 3) A working pressure gauge shall be used on the discharge of all high 33 pressure water pumps. 34 4) For sewers 18 inches and larger in diameter, in addition to conventional 35 nozzles, use a nozzle which directs the cleaning force to the bottom of the 36 pipe. 37 5) Operate the equipment so that the pressurized nozzle continues to move at 38 all times. 39 6) The pressurized nozzle shall be turned off or reduced anytime the hose is 40 on hold or delayed in order to prevent damage to the line. 41 3. Mechanical Cleaning 42 a. Mechanical cleaning, in addition to normal cleaning when required, shall be 43 with approved equipment and accessories driven by power winching devices. 44 b. Submit the equipment manufacturer's operational manual and guidelines to the 45 City, which shall be followed strictly unless modified by the City. 46 c. All equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced operators so that 47 they do not damage the pipe in the process of cleaning. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 330450-5 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 5 of 5 1 d. Buckets, scrapers, scooters, porcupines, kites, heavy duty brushes, and other 2 debris -removing equipment/accessories shall be used as appropriate and 3 necessary in the field, in conjunction with the approved power machines. 4 e. The use of cleaning devices such as rods, metal pigs, porcupines, root saws, 5 snakes, scooters, sewer balls, kites, and other approved equipment, in 6 conjunction with hand winching device, and/or gas, electric rod propelled 7 devices, shall be considered normal cleaning equipment. 8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12 END OF SECTION 13 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/11/2022 M Owen Revised language to refer to cleaning of pipes instead of sewer 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 -1 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 1 of 21 1 SECTION 33 05 10 2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A. Section Includes: 1. Excavation, Embedment and Backfill for: a. Pressure Applications 1) Water Distribution or Transmission Main 2) Wastewater Force Main 3) Reclaimed Water Main b. Gravity Applications 1) Wastewater Gravity Mains 2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts 3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts 2. Including: a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material c. Site specific trench safety d. Pumping and dewatering e. Embedment f. Concrete encasement for utility lines g. Backfill h. Compaction B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1) 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2) 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1) 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2) 5. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.1) 6. Added 1.2.A.3.b.2) 7. Modified 1.2.A.4.b.1) 8. Added 1.2.A.4.b.2) 9. Added 1.2.A.4.c 10. Modified 1.2.A.5.b.1) 11. Added 1.2.A.5.b.2) C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 02 41 13 — Selective Site Demolition 4. Section 02 41 15 — Paving Removal CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 _2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 2 of 21 1 5. Section 02 41 14 — Utility Removal/Abandonment 2 6. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -place Concrete 3 7. Section 03 34 13 — Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 4 8. Section 31 10 00 —Site Clearing 5 9. Section 3125 00 — Erosion and Sediment Control 6 10. Section 33 05 26 — Utility Markers/Locators 7 11. Section 34 71 13 — Traffic Control 8 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill associated with the installation of an underground utility or excavation a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe line as designated in the Drawings. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe for the type of embedment and backfill as indicated on the plans. No other compensation will be allowed. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 2. Imported Embedment or Backfill a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the City b. Payment 1) Unit Price - Imported fill shall only be paid when using materials for embedment and backfill other than those identified in the Drawings. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with pre -bid item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of "Imported Embedment/Backfill" delivered to the Site for: a) Various embedment/backfill materials 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing backfill or embedment as specified by this Specification 2) Hauling to the site 3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment 3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard per plan quantity. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of "Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines" per plan quantity. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 -3 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 3 of 21 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing, hauling, placing and finishing concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00 2) Clean-up 4. Ground Water Control a. Measurement 1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a ground water control plan is specifically required by the Contract Documents. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - Payment shall be per the lump sum price bid for "Ground Water Control" including: 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 3) The price bid shall include: a) Submittals b) Additional Testing c) Ground water control system installation d) Ground water control system operations and maintenance e) Disposal of water f) Removal of ground water control system 5. Trench Safety a. Measurement 1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction) b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), including, but not limited to, all submittals, labor and equipment. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 36 1.3 REFERENCES 37 A. Definitions 38 1. General — Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 39 ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise 40 noted. 41 2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone, 42 haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone and foundation are defined as shown in 43 the following schematic: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 _4 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 4 of 21 PAVED AREAS fi UNPAVED AREAS \\ J\\r V J r, �L NITIAL BACKFILL x \/J � / o SPRMLINE r� / / N Ld HAUNCHINC BEDDING ��\\ FOUNDATION r r�yr�y�yr /I / OD CLEARANCE EXCAVATED TRENCH WT)TH 3. Deleterious materials — Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts and organic material 4. Excavated Trench Depth — Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding or the trench foundation 5. Final Backfill Depth a. Unpaved Areas — The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the initial backfill to the surface b. Paved Areas — The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM Standards: a. ASTM C33-24 Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates b. ASTM C88-24 Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate c. C131/C131M-20 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine d. ASTM C136-19 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 -5 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 5 of 21 1 e. ASTM C535-16 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large- 2 Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 3 f. ASTM D448-12 Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and 4 Bridge Construction. 5 g. 6 h. ASTM D558/D558M-19 — Standard Test method for Moisture -Density 7 Relations of Soil -Cement Mixture 8 i. ASTM D698-12 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 9 Soil Using Stand Efforts (12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)). 10 j. ASTM D1556/D1556M Standard Test Methods for Density and Unit Weight of 11 Soils in Place by Sand Cone Method. 12 k. ASTM D2321-10 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers 13 and Other Gravity -Flow Applications 14 1. ASTM 2487 — 1 Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 15 (Unified Soil Classification System) 16 m. ASTM D2922 — Standard Test Methods for Density of Soils and Soil 17 Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 18 n. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in 19 place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 20 o. ASTM D4254 - Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit 21 Weight of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density 22 3. OSHA 23 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 24 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 26 A. Coordination 27 1. Utility Company Notification 28 a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends 29 and holidays, before starting excavation. 30 b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed 31 work. 32 B. Sequencing 33 1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment 34 and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete. 35 2. Sequence work such that proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698 36 prior to commencement of construction activities. 37 1.5 SUBMITTALS 38 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 39 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 40 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 41 A. Shop Drawings 42 1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for ground water and surface water 43 control, if required. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 -6 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 6 of 21 1 2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health 2 Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - 3 Excavations 4 3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material 5 a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 6 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the 7 easement. 8 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 12 A. Storage 13 1. Within Existing Rights -of -Way (ROW) 14 a. Spoil, imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within 15 existing ROW, easements or temporary construction easements, unless 16 specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 17 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 18 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 19 d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 20 e. In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 21 landscaped areas. 22 2. Designated Storage Areas 23 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils, embedment or 24 backfill materials within the ROW, easement or temporary construction 25 easement, then secure and maintain an adequate storage location. 26 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 27 private property. 28 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 29 d. Do not block drainage ways. 30 e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 31 zone. 32 B. Deliveries and haul -off - Coordinate all deliveries and haul -off. 33 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 34 A. Existing Conditions 35 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 36 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 37 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 38 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 39 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 -7 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 7 of 21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART2- PRODUCTS 3 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 A. Materials 1. Utility Sand a. Granular and free flowing b. Generally meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 1 for fine aggregate according to ASTM C 33 c. Reasonably free of organic material d. Gradation: sand material consisting of durable particles, free of thin or elongated pieces, lumps of clay, loam or vegetable matter and meets the following gradation may be used for utility sand embedment/backfill Sieve Size Percent Retained V2" 0 1/4" 0-5 #4 0-10 # 16 0-20 #50 20-70 # 100 60-90 #200 90-100 e. The City has a pre -approved list of sand sources for utility embedment. The pre -approved list can be found on the City website, Project Resources page. The utility sand sources in the pre -approved list have demonstrated continued quality and uniformity on City of Fort Worth projects. Sand from these sources are pre -approved for use on City projects without project specific testing. 2. Crushed Rock a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56, 57 or 67 c. May be unwashed d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C 131 or C535 f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 3. Fine Crushed Rock a. Durable crushed rock b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89 c. May be unwashed d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials. e. Have a percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C 131 or C535 f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 4. Ballast Stone CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 -8 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 8 of 21 a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. b. May be unwashed c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 5. Acceptable Backfill Material a. In -situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with ASTM D2487 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics c. Can be placed free from voids d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 6. Blended Backfill Material a. In -situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 b. Blended with in -situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 7. Unacceptable Backfill Material a. In -situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 8. Select Fill a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 b. Liquid limit less than 35 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 9. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) a. Sand 1) Shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System of ASTM D2487 b) Deleterious materials (1) Clay lumps, ASTM C 142, less than 0.5 percent (2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent (3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40, color no darker than standard color (4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II Portland or Blended hydraulic cement c. Water 1) Potable water, free of soils, acids, alkalis, organic matter or other deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94 d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh -batch or continuous mixing plant. e. Strength 1) A minimum of 100 psi compressive strength at 7 days in accordance with ASTM D1633, Method A 2) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 -9 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 9 of 21 1 3) The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and 2 replacement at contractor's expense when the 7-day compressive strength is 3 less than 100 psi or more than 400 psi. 4 f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of 5 delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be 6 prepared in accordance with ASTM D1632. 7 10. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 8 a. Conform to Section 03 34 13 9 11. Trench Geotextile Fabric 10 a. Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 11 1) Needle punch, nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers 12 2) Fibers shall retain their relative position 13 3) Inert to biological degradation 14 4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 15 5) UV Resistant 16 6) Mirafi 140N by Tencate, or approved equal 17 b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 18 1) High -tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn 19 2) Percent open area of 8 percent to 10 percent 20 3) Fibers shall retain their relative position 21 4) Inert to biological degradation 22 5) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 23 6) UV Resistant 24 7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate, or approved equal 25 12. Concrete Encasement 26 a. Conform to Section 03 30 00. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 PART 3 - EXECUTION 30 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 31 3.2 EXAMINATION 32 A. Verification of Conditions 33 1. Review all known, identified or marked utilities, whether public or private, prior to 34 excavation. 35 2. Locate and protect all known, identified and marked utilities or underground 36 facilities as excavation progresses. 37 3. Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning 38 excavation. 39 4. The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is 40 approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances 41 observed within the project limits. 42 5. Coordinate with the Owner(s) of underground facilities. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 -10 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 10 of 21 1 6. Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting 2 from construction activities. 3 7. Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities. 4 B. Notify the City immediately of any changed condition that impacts excavation and 5 installation of the proposed utility. 6 3.3 PREPARATION 7 A. Protection of In -Place Conditions 8 1. Pavement 9 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is 10 designated to remain. 11 1) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public 12 roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all 13 damage. 14 b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 15 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 16 cost to the City. 17 2. Drainage 18 a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all 19 swales and culverts affected by construction. 20 3. Trees 21 a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary 22 construction easements. 23 b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 24 c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 25 00. 26 d. Conduct excavation, embedment and backfill in a manner such that there is no 27 damage to the tree canopy. 28 e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 29 specifically allowed by the City. 30 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipments 31 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 32 f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in 33 accordance with Section 31 10 00. 34 4. Above ground Structures 35 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 36 b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in 37 accordance with Section 02 41 13 38 5. Traffic 39 a. Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in 40 accordance with Section 34 71 13. 41 b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 42 1) Alternative access has been provided 43 2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident 44 3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan 45 c. Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored. 46 6. Traffic Signal — Poles, Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 -11 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 11 of 21 1 a. Notify the City's Transportation Management Division a minimum of 48 hours 2 prior to any excavation that could impact the operations of an existing traffic 3 signal. 4 b. Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets, conduit 5 and detector loops. 6 c. Immediately notify the City's Transportation Management Division if any 7 damage occurs to any component of the traffic signal due to the contractors 8 activities. 9 d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic 10 cabinets, conduit and detector loops as a result of the construction activities. 11 7. Fences 12 a. Protect all fences designated to remain. 13 b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction. 14 3.4 INSTALLATION 15 A. Excavation 16 1. Excavate to a depth indicated on the Drawings. 17 2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be 18 granted for rock or other in -situ materials encountered in the trench. 19 3. Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings 20 and bracing in accordance with the Excavation Safety Plan. 21 4. The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water. 22 a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in -situ soils do not provide 23 for a firm trench bottom. 24 b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or 25 bedding. 26 5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or by the City, the limits of the 27 excavation shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so that the trench may be 28 backfilled in the same day. 29 6. Over Excavation 30 a. Fill over excavated areas with the specified bedding material as specified for 31 the specific pipe to be installed. 32 b. No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding 33 material. 34 7. Unacceptable Backfill Materials 35 a. In -situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material shall be separated from 36 acceptable backfill materials. 37 b. If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this 38 Specification, then store material in a suitable location until the material is 39 blended. 40 c. Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be 41 blended or modified. 42 8. Rock — No additional compensation will be paid for rock excavation or other 43 changed field conditions. 44 B. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 -12 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 12 of 21 1 1. Engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to design a site 2 specific excavation safety system in accordance with Federal and State 3 requirements. 4 2. Excavation protection systems shall be designed according to the space limitations 5 as indicated in the Drawings. 6 3. Furnish, put in place and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the 7 Excavation Safety Plan and required by Federal, State or local safety requirements. 8 4. If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current 9 Excavation Safety Plan, engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of 10 Texas to modify the Excavation Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the 11 City. 12 5. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Excavation 13 Safety System in sufficient quantities to adversely affect the suitability of the 14 Excavation Protection System. Movable bracing, shoring plates or trench boxes 15 used to support the sides of the trench excavation shall not: 16 a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower 17 b. Alter the pipe's line and grade after the Excavation Protection System is 18 removed 19 c. Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of 20 the pipe and in the haunching 21 C. Water Control 22 1. Surface Water 23 a. Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to 24 direct surface water away from the excavation. 25 2. Ground Water 26 a. Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater ground water by a method 27 which preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils. 28 b. Do not allow the pipe to be submerged within 24 hours after placement. 29 c. Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured. 30 d. Engage a Licensed Engineer in the State of Texas to prepare a Ground Water 31 Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered: 32 1) A Ground Water Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract 33 Documents 34 2) If in the sole judgment of the City, ground water is so severe that an 35 Engineered Ground Water Control Plan is required to protect the trench or 36 the installation of the pipe which may include: 37 a) Ground water levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below 38 the top of the bedding 39 b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to ground water 40 c) Ground water entering the excavation undermines the stability of the 41 excavation. 42 d) Ground water entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable 43 quantities of soils through the Excavation Safety System. 44 e. In the event that there is no bid item for a Ground Water Control and the City 45 requires an Engineered Ground Water Control Plan due to conditions 46 discovered at the site, the contractor will be eligible to submit a change order. 47 f. Control of ground water shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 -13 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 13 of 21 1) No Ground Water Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the Contract Documents g. Ground Water Control Plan installation, operation and maintenance 1) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate and maintain the Ground Water Control Plan. 2) Once the excavation is complete, remove all ground water control equipment not called to be incorporated into the work. h. Water Disposal 1) Dispose of ground water in accordance with City policy or Ordinance. 2) Do not discharge ground water onto or across private property without written permission. 3) Permission from the City is required prior to disposal into the Sanitary Sewer. 4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State or local regulations. D. Embedment and Pipe Placement 1. Water Lines less than, or equal to, 12 inches in diameter: a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. c. If ground water is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, then use crushed rock as embedment. 1) If crushed rock is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. f. Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings. g. In no case shall the top of the pipe be less than 42 inches from the surface of the proposed grade, unless specifically called for in the Drawings. h. Place embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. i. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to 6 inches above the elevation of the valve nut. j. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the Drawings. k. Compact embedment and initial backfill. 1. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 26. 2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter: a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. b. Utility sand may be used for embedment when the excavated trench depth is less than 15 feet deep. c. Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment for excavated trench depths 15 feet, or greater. d. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment for steel pipe. e. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine crushed rock come into contact with utility sand f. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. g. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 -14 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 14 of 21 2) If additional crushed rock is required not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. h. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. i. The pipe line shall be within: 1) f3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 16-inch and 24-inch water lines j. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. k. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 1. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve nut. in. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D 698. n. Density test performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. o. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. p. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 26. 3. Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. c. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine crushed rock come into contact with utility sand. d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. g. The pipe line shall be within: 1) fl inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. i. For steel pipe greater than 30 inches in diameter, the initial embedment lift shall not exceed the spring line prior to compaction. j. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. k. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve nut. 1. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D 698. in. Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. n. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. o. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 26. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 -15 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 15 of 21 4. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Storm Sewer Lines (HDPE) a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. g. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the grade shown on the Drawings. h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. i. For sewer lines greater than 30 inches in diameter, the embedment lift shall not exceed the spring line prior to compaction. j. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D 698. 1. Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. in. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. n. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 26. 5. Storm Sewer (RCP) a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform material. b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to the spring line. c. The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line. d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. e. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags in the storm sewer pipe line. £ Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. h. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the grade, shown on the Drawings. i. Place embedment material up to the spring line. 1) Place embedment to ensure that adequate support is obtained in the haunch. j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D 698. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 -16 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 16 of 21 k. Density test may be performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. 1. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 6. Storm Sewer (PP - Polypropylene) a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to top of pipe. c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags in the storm sewer pipe line. e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. g. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the grade shown on the Drawings. h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. i. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D 698. j. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 7. Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box a. Crushed rock shall be used for bedding. b. The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be: 1) Crushed rock, or 2) Acceptable backfill material compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor density c. Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom. d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags in the storm sewer pipe line. e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock, CLSM according to 03 34 13. g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. h. The pipe shall be within f0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the grade, shown on the Drawings. i. Compact the embedment initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 8. Water Services (Less than 2 Inches in Diameter) a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 -17 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 17 of 21 b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. d. Provide firm, uniform bedding. e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Plans. f. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 9. Sanitary Sewer Services a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. h. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. i. Density test may be required to verify that the compaction meets the density requirements. E. Trench Backfill 1. At a minimum, place backfill in such a manner that the required in -place density and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface, pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. a. Meeting the requirement herein does not relieve the responsibility to damages associated with the Work. 2. Backfill Material a. Final backfill (not under existing pavement or future pavement) 1) Backfill with: a) Acceptable backfill material b) Blended backfill material, or c) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater (under existing or future pavement) 1) Backfill depth from 0 tol5 feet deep a) Backfill with: (1) Acceptable backfill material (2) Blended backfill material, or (3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required 2) Backfill depth from 15 feet and greater a) Backfill with: (1) Select Fill (2) CSS, or (3) CLSM when specifically required c. Backfill for service lines: 1) Backfill for water or sewer service lines shall be the same as the requirement of the main that the service is connected to. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 -18 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 18 of 21 1 3. Required Compaction and Density 2 a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet/under existing or future pavement) 3 1) Compact acceptable backfill material, blended backfill material or select 4 backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D698 at 5 moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture. 6 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 7 b. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 8 1) Compact select backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor per 9 ASTM D 698 at moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum 10 moisture up to the final grade. 11 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 12 c. Final backfill (not under existing or future pavement) 13 1) Compact acceptable backfill material blended backfill material, or select 14 backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D 698 at 15 moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture. 16 4. Saturated Soils 17 a. If in -situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 5 percent over 18 optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated. 19 b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 20 c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 21 Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill 22 procedures outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 5 23 percent. 24 d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 25 Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: 26 1) The Contractor shall: 27 a) Immediately notify the City. 28 b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from 29 City. 30 2) The City shall: 31 a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified 32 location. 33 b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 34 the saturated soils that may include: 35 (1) Imported backfill 36 (2) A site specific backfill design 37 5. Placement of Backfill 38 a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 39 particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 40 trench. 41 b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 42 c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 12 inches. 43 d. Compact to specified densities. 44 e. Compact only on top of initial backfill, undisturbed trench or previously 45 compacted backfill. 46 f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box or shoring 47 or due to sloughing of the trench wall. 48 g. Install appropriate tracking balls for water and sanitary sewer trenches in 49 accordance with Section 33 05 26. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 -19 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 19 of 21 1 6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration 2 a. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples 3 and perform standard proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 4 b. The results of the standard proctor test must be received prior to beginning 5 excavation. 6 c. Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project the Contractor shall 7 demonstrate means and methods to obtain the required densities. 8 d. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 9 1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 12 inches 10 2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill 11 3) Placement and moving trench box, if used 12 4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 13 5) Compaction techniques around structure 14 e. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled 15 material. 16 f. The City will provide a qualified testing lab full time during this period to 17 randomly test density and moisture continent. 18 1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 19 7. Varying Ground Conditions 20 a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 21 proctors. 22 b. Request additional proctors when soil conditions change. 23 c. The City may acquire additional proctors at its discretion. 24 d. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 25 Methods demonstration. 26 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 29 A. Field Tests and Inspections 30 1. Proctors 31 a. The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 32 b. Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed 33 to: 34 1) Contractor 35 2) City Project Manager 36 3) City Inspector 37 4) Engineer 38 c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 39 d. City will perform new proctors for varying soils: 40 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 41 2) If notified by the Contractor 42 3) At the convenience of the City 43 e. Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths, the proctors 44 shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 45 2. Density Testing of Backfill 46 a. Density Tests shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922. 47 b. Provide a testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 -20 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 20 of 21 1 c. Place, move and remove testing trench protection as necessary to facilitate all 2 test conducted by the commercial testing firm approved by the City. 3 d. The commercial testing lab will perform moisture/density test for every 200-ft 4 or less of trench length, as measured along the length of the pipe. A minimum 5 of one test shall be performed for every 2 vertical feet of compacted backfill 6 material, independent of the contractor's lift thickness for compaction. Test 7 locations shall be staggered within each lift so that successive lifts are not 8 tested in the same location. A random number generator may be used to 9 determine test locations. Moisture/density tests shall be performed at a depth 10 not more than 2 feet above the top of the pipe bedding and in 2-foot increments 11 up to the final grade. The project inspector or project manager may request 12 testing at an increased frequency and/or at specific locations. 13 e. The contractor can proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for 14 previously completed work comply with requirements. If the required 15 compaction density has not been obtained, the backfill should be scarified and 16 moistened or aerated, or removed to a depth required, and be replaced with 17 approved backfill, and re -compacted to the specified density at the contractor's 18 expense. In no case will excavation, pipe -laying, or other operation be allowed 19 to proceed until the specified compaction is attained. 20 f. The testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City's Inspector upon 21 completion of the testing. 22 g. A formal report will be posted to the City's Accela (Developer Projects) and 23 BIM 360 (City Projects) site within 48 hours. 24 h. Test reports shall include: 25 1) Location of test by station number 26 2) Time and date of test 27 3) Depth of testing 28 4) Field moisture 29 5) Dry density 30 6) Proctor identifier 31 7) Percent Proctor Density 32 3. Density of Embedment 33 a. Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with acceptable backfill material, 34 blended backfill material, cement modified backfill material or select material 35 will follow the same testing procedure as backfill. 36 b. The City may test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance 37 with ASTM D2922 or ASTM 1556. 38 B. Non -Conforming Work 39 1. All non -conforming work shall be removed and replaced. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 -21 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 21 of 21 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2 — Added Item for Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines Various Sections — Revised Depths to Include 15' and greater 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.3.A — Additional notes for pavement protection and positive drainage. 3.4.E.2 — Added requirements for backfill of service lines. 3.4.E.5 — Added language prohibiting flooding of trench 1.2.A.3 — Clarified measurement and payment for concrete encasement as per plan 6/18/2013 D.Johnson quantity 2.2.A — Added language for concrete encasement 11/09/16 Z. Arega 2.2.A. Ld Modify gradation for sand material 9 2.2 A. 1. E. - Added reference to pre -approved list of sand sources for embedment; 3.3 A. 6. - Changed reference to Transportation Management Division; 3.4 - 2/26/2021 Z. Arega Provided clarification re: use of commercial testing firms approved by City and backfill requirements; and 3.7 A. 2. Provided clarification re: backfill testing requirements. 4/2/2021 M Owen 3.4 D. 6. Add requirements Storm Sewer (PP - Polypropylene) 1.3 B. — Updated reference standards 2.2 A. 9. b. — Clarified Portland or Blended hydraulic cement 12/13/24 M Owen 2.2 A. 9. e. — Added limits for methods of CSS mixing and clarified testing values resulting in required replacement CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 3305 13 -1 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 33 05 13 2 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Cast iron frame, cover and grade rings used as access ports into water, sanitary 7 sewer and storm drain structures such manholes or vaults. 8 2. Compression Molded Composite Frames and Covers used as access ports into 9 sanitary sewer structures such as manholes and junction boxes. 10 B.Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 12 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 13 C.Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15 Contract. 16 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A.Measurement and Payment 19 1. Measurement 20 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure containing the frame, cover 21 and grade rings. 22 2. Payment 23 a. Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 24 with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each structure complete in 25 place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 26 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 27 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A.Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 31 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 32 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 33 2. ASTM International (ASTM) 34 a. ASTM A48 — Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 35 b. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings 36 c. ASTM C478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 37 3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 38 a. AASHTO HS-25 — AASHTO Highway Bridge Specification: Axial Loading 39 to meet or exceed 21,280 pounds/wheel load CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 3305 13 -2 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 2 of 7 1 b. AASHTO M306 — Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and 2 Related Castings 3 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 4 1.5 SUBMITTALS 5 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 6 B.All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 7 specials. 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 M, 29 A.Product Data 1. All castings shall be cast with: a. Approved foundry's name b. Part number c. Country of origin 2. All moldings shall display: a. Approved Molder b. Molding date c. Wording that material is non-metallic d. Country of origin 3. Provide manufacturers: a. Specifications b. Load tables c. Dimension diagrams d. Anchor details e. Installation instructions B. Certificates 1. Manufacturer shall certify that all castings or moldings conform to the ASTM and AASHTO designations. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 32 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 33 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 36 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 37 A.Manufacturers CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 3305 13 -3 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 3 of 7 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00 unless otherwise specified on the plans. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 3305 13 -4 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 4 of 7 1 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 3 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 B. Cast Iron Covers 1. Use castings for frames that conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B or better. 2. Use castings for covers that conform to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 or better. 3. Use clean casting capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-20 vehicle loading with permanent deformation. 4. Covers a. Size to set flush with the frame with no larger than a 1/8 inch gap between the frame and cover b. Provide with 2 inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes. c. Provide gasket in frame and cover. d. Standard Dimensions 1) Sanitary Sewer a) Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 2) Storm Drain a) Provide a clear opening of 24 inches for all storm drain frames, inlets and cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. b) Provide a minimum clear opening of 30 inches for all storm sewer manholes and junction structures. e. Standard Labels 1) Water a) Cast lid with the word "WATER" in 2-inch letters across the lid. 2) Sanitary Sewer a) Cast lid with the word "SANITARY SEWER" IN 2-inch letters across the lid. 3) Storm Drain a) Cast lid with the word "STORM DRAIN" in 2-inch letters across the lid. f. Hinge Covers 1) Provide water tight gasket on all hinged covers. 2) Water a) Provide hinged covers for all water structures. 3) Sanitary Sewer a) Provide hinged covers for all manholes or structures constructe over 24-inch sewer lines and larger and for manholes where rim elevations are greater than 12 inches above the surface. C. Composite Covers 1. All composite moldings shall consist of a thermosetting resin matrix blended and/or combined with reinforcing fiber rovings, short fiber filaments, or equivalent nonmetallic reinforcing structure(s). The thermosetting resin matrix shall be a polymer, vinylester, or a blend of these. The moldings shall be true to pattern in locations affecting their strength and value for the service intended. Before the moldings are removed from the molding operation, they shall be thoroughly deflashed and cleaned at the parting lines, holes, notches and all exposed edges. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised September 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 3305 13 -5 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 5 of 7 1 2. Use clean molding capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-25 vehicle 2 loading with permanent deformation. Composite frames shall have a minimum wall 3 thickness of 0.75 inches in sections exposed to traffic and potential traffic wheel 4 impact. 5 3. Metal reinforcements or metal hinges molded within the composite shall not be 6 permitted. 7 4. All composite moldings shall have UV stabilizers (concentrations from 0.05% to 8 5%) added prior to shaping the product by injection molding. 9 5. Covers 10 a. Composite covers shall be compression molded under high pressures (>0.5 11 tons/sq inch of x-y surface area) and high temperatures (>200 degrees F). 12 Components for locking systems below the cover exposed to sewer 13 environment shall be made of noncorrosive materials such as nonmagnetic 316 14 stainless steel (Austenite) or a polymer. 15 b. Size to set flush with the frame with no larger than a 1/8 inch gap between the 16 frame and cover 17 c. Provide with 2 inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes. 18 d. Provide gasket in frame and cover. 19 e. Standard Dimensions 20 1) Sanitary Sewer and Water 21 a) Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and 22 cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 23 f. Standard Labels 24 1) Sanitary Sewer 25 a) Cast lid with the word "SANITARY SEWER" in 1-1/2-inch 26 (minimum) or 2-inch (maximum) letters across the lid. 27 2) Water 28 a) Cast lid with the word "WATER" in 1-1/2-inch (minimum) or 2- 29 inch (maximum) letters across the lid. 30 b) 31 g. Hinge Covers 32 1) Hinged covers shall be double -hinged allowing a minimal 180' full 33 opening. 34 2) Provide water tight gasket on all hinged covers. 35 3) Sanitary Sewer 36 a) Provide hinged covers for all manholes or structures constructed over 37 all sewer lines. 38 D.Grade Rings 39 1. Provide grade rings in sizes from 2-inch up to 8-inch. 40 2. Precast concrete grade rings are not permitted. 41 3. Riser adjustment to surface grade may be constructed using circular Sonotube® 42 forms. 43 E. Joint Sealant 44 1. Provide a pre -formed or trowelable bitumastic sealant in an extrudable or flat tape 45 form. 46 2. Provide sealant that is not dependent on a chemical action for its adhesive 47 properties or cohesive strength. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 3305 13 -6 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 6 of 7 1 3. Provide adhesive as recommended by manufacturer on composite covers/grade 2 rings. 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 9 3.4 INSTALLATION 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 A. Grade Rings 1. Place as shown in the City Standard Details. 2. Clean surfaces of dirt, sand, mud or other foreign matter before placing sealant. 3. Seal each composite grade ring with sealant specified in this Specification and as shown on the City Standard Details. B.Frame and Cover 1. Water a. For water structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance with applicable City Standard Detail. 2. Sanitary Sewer a. For sanitary sewer structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance with applicable City Standard Detail. 3. Storm Drain a. For storm drain structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance with applicable City Standard Detail. 4. Hinge Cover a. Provide hinge cover on elevated manholes, junction boxes, in the flood plain and where specified on the Drawings. C.Joint Sealing 1. Seal frame, grade rings and structure with specified sealant. D.Concrete Collar 1. Provide concrete collar around all frame and cover assemblies constructed at grade. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised September 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3305 13 -7 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 7 of 7 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.B.4.d.2)b) — Updated to clear opening dimensions to 22 '/z inches 3/19/2021 C. Henry 2.2•B.4.d.2)a) — Updated to clear opening dimensions to 24 inches 2.2.B.4.d.2)b) — Updated to clear opening dimensions to 30 inches 7/02/2021 M Owen Included composite requirements 12/09/2021 M Owen Update specifications to correspond to standard detail revisions. 09/09/2022 M Owen 2.2 D and E and 3.4 A — Clarified use of composite grade rings or adjustment using rcular Sonotube® forms and that precast concrete grade rings are not permitted. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT Revised September 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 33 05 17 CONCRETE COLLARS 330517-1 CONCRETE COLLARS Page 1 of 4 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Concrete Collars for Manholes 7 2. This Item is intended for use in asphalt streets and unimproved areas — not for use 8 in concrete streets. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 4. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 5. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Concrete Collar for Manhole" installed. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be included in the total lump sum rp ice. c. The price bid will include: 1) Concrete Collar 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Pavement removal 8) Hauling 9) Disposal of excess material 10) Placement and compaction of backfill CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 330517-2 CONCRETE COLLARS Page 2 of 4 11) Clean-up 12) Additional pavement around perimeter of concrete collar as required for rim adjustment on existing manhole. 2. Valve a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each "Concrete Collar for Valve" installed. 2) The price bid will include: a) Concrete Collar b) Excavation c) Forms d) Reinforcing steel (if required) e) Concrete f) Backfill g) Pavement removal h) Hauling i) Disposal of excess material j) Placement and compaction of backfill k) Clean-up 1) Additional pavement around perimeter of concrete collar as required for rim adjustment on existing manhole. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 330517-3 CONCRETE COLLARS Page 3 of 4 1 1.3 REFERENCES 2 A. Reference Standards 3 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 4 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 5 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 6 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 7 a. D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. 8 b. D4259, Standard Practice for Abrading Concrete. 9 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 16 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 21 A. Materials 22 1. Concrete — Conform to Section 03 30 00. 23 2. Reinforcing Steel — Conform to Section 03 2100. 24 3. Frame and Cover — Conform to Section 33 05 13. 25 4. Grade Ring — Conform to Section 33 05 13. 26 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30 3.2 EXAMINATION 31 A. Evaluation and Assessment 32 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 11, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 330517-4 CONCRETE COLLARS Page 4 of 4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Final Rim Elevation 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. c. Sono Tube or approved equivalent may be used to perform the adjustment as substitute for grade rings. 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant o clean smooth surface (when sono tube is used in lieu of grade rings, sealant is not required). 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the final surface elevation of the manhole frame. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] DATE NAME END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.1.A.2 — Blue text added to clarify where concrete collars are to be installed. 3/11/2022 M.Owen Added measurement and payment for "Concrete Collar for Valve" and provided option to use Sono tube or approved equal product in lieu of grade ring CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 33 05 26 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS 330526-1 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 1 of 4 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Buried and surface utility markers for utility construction 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 9 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract 13 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 A. Utility Markers/Locators 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 2. Payment a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Utility Markers". b. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing and installing Utility Markers as specified by the Drawings b. Mobilization c. Pavement removal d. Excavation e. Hauling f. Disposal of excess material g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill h. Clean-up 33 1.3 REFERENCES 34 A. Reference Standards 35 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 36 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 37 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 38 2. American Public Works Association (AWPA): 39 a. Uniform Color Code. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330526-2 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 2 of 4 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A. Product Data 7 1. Buried Marker 8 2. Surface Marker 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 12 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 13 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2 MATERIALS 18 A. Manufacturers 19 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 20 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 21 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 22 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 23 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 24 3. Provide new Utility Markers/Locators from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the 25 manufacturing of Utility Markers/Locators. 26 B. Materials 27 1. Buried Markers (Detectable Warning Tape) 28 a. Provide detectable warning tape as follows: 29 1) 5.0 mil overall thickness 30 2) Width — 3 inch minimum 31 3) Weight — 27.5 pounds per inch per 1,000 square feet 32 4) Triple Layer with: 33 a) Minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a 34 protective inert plastic jacket 35 (1) 100 percent virgin low density polyethylene 36 (2) Impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents and 37 solvents within soil CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330526-3 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 3 of 4 1 (3) Aluminum foil visible to both sides 2 5) Locatable by conductive and inductive methods 3 6) Printing encased to avoid ink rub -off 4 7) Color and Legends 5 a) Potable water lines 6 (1) Color — Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 7 (2) Legend — Caution Potable Water Line Below (repeated every 24 8 inches) 9 b) Reclaimed water lines 10 (1) Color — Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 11 (2) Legend — Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below (repeated every 24 12 inches) 13 c) Sewer Line 14 (1) Color — Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 15 (2) Legend — Caution Sewer Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) 16 2. Surface Markers 17 a. Provide as follows: 18 1) 4-inch diameter, 6-feet minimum length, polyethylene posts, or equal 19 2) White posts with colored, ultraviolet resistant domes as follows: 20 a) Water Lines 21 (1) Color — Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 22 (2) Legend — Caution Potable Water Line Below 23 b) Reclaimed water lines 24 (1) Color — Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 25 (2) Legend — Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below 26 c) Sewer lines 27 (1) Color — Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 28 (2) Legend — Caution Sewer Line Below 29 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 34 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 35 3.4 INSTALLATION 36 A. Buried Markers (Detectable Warning Tape) 37 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations below natural ground 38 surface and directly above the utility for which it is marking. 39 a. Allow 18 inches minimum between utility and marker. 40 b. Bury to a depth of 3 feet or as close to the grade as is practical for optimum 41 protection and detectability. 42 B. Surface Markers CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330526-4 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 4 of 4 1 1. Bury a minimum of 2 feet deep, with a minimum of 4 feet above ground 2 2. The warning sign for all surface markers shall be 21 inches (not including post cap). 3 3. Where possible, place surface markers near fixed objects. 4 4. Place Surface Markers at the following locations: 5 a. Buried Features 6 1) Place directly above a buried feature. 7 b. Above -Ground Features 8 1) Place a maximum of 2 feet away from an above -ground feature. 9 c. Water lines 16-inches and larger 10 1) Each right-of-way line (or end of casing pipe) for: 11 a) Highway crossings 12 b) Railroad crossings 13 2) Utility crossings such as: 14 a) High pressure or large diameter gas lines 15 b) Fiber optic lines 16 c) Underground electric transmission lines 17 d) Or other locations shown on the Drawings, or directed by the City 18 d. Surface markers not required for 12-inch and smaller water lines 19 e. For sanitary sewer lines: 20 1) In undeveloped areas, place marker maximum of 2 feet away from an 21 above -ground feature such as a manhole or combination air valve vault. 22 2) Place at 500-foot intervals along the pipeline. 23 3.5 -3.14 [NOT USED] 24 25 END OF SECTION 26 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 27 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Removed references to Utility Marker Balls throughout. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330530-1 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 33 05 30 2 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Locating and verifying the location and elevation of the existing underground 7 utilities that may conflict with a facility proposed for construction by use of- 8 a. Exploratory Excavation 9 b. Vacuum Excavation 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract 15 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 16 3. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each excavation performed as 22 identified in the Drawings, or as directed. 23 b. Payment 24 1) Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 25 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid 26 for at the unit price bid per each "Exploratory Excavation for Existing 27 Utilities" specified. 28 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and materials furnished in 29 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 30 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Grade survey 33 2) Pavement removal 34 3) Excavation 35 4) Utility Location 36 5) Hauling 37 6) Disposal of excess material 38 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 39 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 40 9) Clean-up 41 10) Surface restoration 42 2. Vacuum Excavation of Existing Utilities CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 330530-2 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 2 of 5 a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each excavation performed as identified in the Drawings, or as directed. b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Vacuum Excavation" specified. 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Grade survey 2) Pavement removal 3) Vacuum Excavation 4) Utility Location 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 10) Surface restoration 22 1.3 REFERENCES 23 A. Definitions 24 1. Exploratory Excavation: Previously called "D-Hole" within the City, a method 25 used to locate existing underground utility as shown on the plans through the use of 26 standard excavation equipment. 27 2. Vacuum Excavation: Method used to locate existing underground utility as shown 28 on the plans through the use of geophysical prospecting equipment such as vacuum 29 excavation. 30 B. Reference Standards 31 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 32 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 33 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 34 2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 35 a. ASCE Publication CUASCE 38 (Standard Guideline for the Collection and 36 Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data) 37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 38 A. Coordination 39 1. Coordinate with City Inspector at least 48 hours prior to commencing on site for 40 Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities. 41 2. Coordinate location of all other existing utilities within vicinity of excavation prior 42 to commencing Exploratory Excavation. 43 3. Coordinate staking of Exploratory Excavations with City at least 1 week prior to 44 commencement. 45 B. Sequencing CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330530-3 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 3 of 5 1 1. Exploratory Excavations shall be conducted prior to the construction of the entire 2 project. 3 C. Scheduling 4 1. For critical utility locations, the City may choose to be present during excavation. 5 2. Alter schedule for Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities to accommodate 6 City personnel. 7 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 10 A. Report of Utility Location 11 1. Horizontal location of utility as surveyed 12 2. Vertical elevation of utility as surveyed 13 a. Top of utility 14 b. Spring line of utility 15 c. Existing ground 16 3. Material type, diameter and description of the condition of existing utility 17 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 19 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 20 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25 3.2 EXAMINATION 26 A. Verification of Conditions 27 1. Verify location of existing utilities in accordance with the General Requirements, 28 the General Notes and the Drawings. 29 3.3 PREPARATION 30 A. Coordinate with City Survey, if applicable. 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A. Exploratory Excavation 33 1. Verify location of existing utility at location denoted on the Drawings, or as 34 directed by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 330530-4 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 4 of 5 a. Expose utility to spring line, as necessary. b. Excavate and Backfill Trench for the Exploratory Excavation in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B. Vacuum Excavation 1. Verify location of existing utility at location denoted on the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 2. Designate the horizontal position of the existing underground utilities that are to be located using geophysical prospecting equipment. a. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies, as necessary to locate utility. 3. Perform excavation in general accordance with the recommended practices and procedures described in ASCE Publication Cl/ASCE 38. C. Upon completion of the utility locating, submit a report of the findings. D. If location of utility is in conflict with the Drawings, notify the City Project Manager for appropriate design modifications. E. Place embedment and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. F. Once necessary data is obtained, immediately restore surface to existing conditions to: 1. Obtain a safe and proper driving surface, if applicable 2. Ensure the safety of the general public 3. The satisfaction of the City 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Title- Exploratory Excavation of Utilities changed to Location of Existing Utilities CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 330530-5 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 5 of 5 1.2 — Added Measurement of Payment for Vacuum Excavation 1.3 — Added Definitions 3.4 — Added requirements for Vacuum Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 331105-1 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 1 of 7 SECTION 33 1105 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS A. Section Includes: 1. All nuts, bolts and gaskets associated with pressurized water utility lines including: a. T-Bolts and Nuts b. Flange Bolts and Nuts c. Threaded Rods d. Push -on Gaskets e. Mechanical Joint Gaskets f. Flange Gaskets g. Flange Isolation Kits h. Petrolatum Tape Systems B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2 5. Modified 3.4.11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 10 — Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 4. Section 33 11 10 — Ductile Iron Pipe 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all "Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets". 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 2. All Other Items a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 331105-2 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 2 of 7 1 1) The Items in this Section are considered subsidiary to the Item being 2 installed. 3 b. Payment 4 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 5 with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid for the Item being 6 installed and no other compensation will be allowed. 7 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 8 accordance with this Item shall be included in the total lump sum 9 rp ice• 10 1.3 REFERENCES 11 A. Reference Standards 12 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 13 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 14 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 15 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 16 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 17 a. PCC-1-2012 Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange Joint Assembly. 18 4. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 19 a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for 20 High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose 21 Applications. 22 b. A194, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for 23 High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. 24 c. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Carbon Structural 25 Steel 26 d. B 117, Salt Spray Testing 27 e. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers 28 5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 29 a. CI I I/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and 30 Fittings. 31 b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. 32 (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). 33 c. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances. 34 d. Ml 1, Steel Pipe. 35 e. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 36 6. Fastener Quality Act (FQA) 37 a. Public Law 106-34 (P.L. 106-34) 38 7. NSF International (NSF): 39 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 40 8. Society for Protective Coating (SSPC) Surface Preparation Standards (SP): 41 a. SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning 42 b. SP3, Power Tool Cleaning 43 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 44 1.5 SUBMITTALS 45 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 331105-3 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 3 of 7 1 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 2 specials. 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Product Data 5 1. Bolts and nuts for mechanical and or flange joints 6 2. Gaskets 7 B. Certificates 8 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to 9 the Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34). 10 2. Furnish an affidavit certifying that the Xylan Coating is manufactured by Whitford 1 1 Corporation, or a Whitford Corporation certified Applicator. 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Qualifications 16 1. Manufacturers 17 a. Fastener manufacturing operations (bolts, nuts, gaskets and coatings) shall be 18 performed under the control of the manufacturer. 19 b. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61 and shall meet or 20 exceed the requirements of this Specification. 21 B. Preconstruction Testing 22 1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an 23 independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 24 a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 25 b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 26 grounds for rejecting the entire order. 27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 28 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 29 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 30 6600. 31 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED1 35 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 36 A. Manufacturers CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 331105-4 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 4 of 7 1 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 2 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 3 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 4 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 5 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 6 B. Regulatory Requirements 7 1. All fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to the Fastener Quality Act (FQA) 8 (P.L. 106-34). All fasteners shall meet the marking requirements set forth by this 9 Act. 10 C. T-Bolts and Nuts 11 1. Standard Xylan Coated T-bolt and Nut 12 a. High strength, corrosion -resistant, low -carbon weathering steel in accordance 13 with AWWA/ANSI CI I I/A21.11 and ASTM A242 14 b. Xylan Coating in accordance with this Section 15 2. Stainless Steel T-bolt with Xylan Coated Stainless Steel Nut 16 a. Stainless Steel T-bolt and Nut in accordance with AISI 304. 17 b. Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. 18 D. Flange Bolts and Nuts for Ductile Iron Piping 19 1. Stainless Steel Bolt and Xylan Coated Nut 20 a. Meet requirements of AWWA C207 21 b. Bolts: ASTM A193, Grade B8, Class 1(AISI 304 Stainless Steel, carbide 22 solution treated) 23 c. Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8 Nuts with AISI 304 Stainless Steel 24 Washers 25 1) Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. 26 E. Threaded Rods 27 1. Meet requirements of AWWA C207 28 2. Rods: ASTM A193, Grade B8, Class 1(AISI 304 Stainless Steel, carbide solution 29 treated) 30 3. Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8 Nuts with AISI 304 Stainless Steel 31 Washers 32 a. Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. 33 F. Push -on Gaskets 34 1. Conforming to the physical and marking requirements specified in ANSI/AWWA 35 C111/A21.11. 36 2. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. 37 3. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless 38 otherwise specified in Drawings. 39 4. Gaskets shall be free from porous areas, foreign material and other defects that 40 make them unfit for intended use. 41 5. Gaskets shall be the size and shape required to provide an adequate compressive 42 force against the plain end and socket after assembly to affect a positive seal under 43 all combinations of joint and gasket tolerances. 44 G. Mechanical Joint Gaskets CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 331105-5 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 5 of 7 1 1. Conforming to the physical and marking requirements specified in ANSI/AWWA 2 C111/A21.11. 3 2. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. 4 3. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless 5 otherwise specified in Drawings. 6 4. Gaskets shall be free from porous areas, foreign material and other defects that 7 make them unfit for intended use. 8 H. Flange Gaskets 9 1. Class E Flanges 10 a. Full face 11 b. Manufactured true to shape from minimum 80 durometer SBR rubber stock of a 12 thickness not less than 1/8 inch 13 c. Virgin stock 14 d. Conforming to the physical and test requirements specified in AWWA/ANSI 15 C1II/A21.11 16 e. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. 17 f. Finished gaskets shall have holes punched by the manufacturer and shall match 18 the flange pattern in every respect. 19 g. Frayed cut edges are not acceptable. 20 h. Field cut sheet gaskets are not acceptable. 21 1. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets 22 1. Furnish Viton® (Fluorocarbon) Rubber, hydrocarbon resistant gaskets, when 23 required. 24 J. Flange Isolation Kits 25 1. Flanges which are required by the Drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform 26 to Section 33 04 10. 27 2. For bolts used with isolation sleeves per Section 33 04 10, threading must extend to 28 bolt head with no grip to ensure sleeves fit properly. 29 K. Petrolatum Tape System 30 1. Petrolatum Tape Primer: Denso Paste, or approved equal 31 2. Molding and Filler mastic: Densyl Mastic, or approved equal 32 3. All Purpose Petrolatum Tape: Densyl Tape, or approved equal 33 L. Xylan Coating 34 a. Coat nuts and bolts with a ceramic -filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin, when 35 required. 36 b. Coated nuts and bolts shall be prepared "near white" or "white" when coated to 37 the coating manufacturer's recommended thickness by a certified applicator. 38 c. Coating shall be of Xylan as manufactured by Whitford Corporation and 39 applied by Whitford Corporation or Whitford Corporation Recommended 40 Coater. 41 d. Coating shall be free from holidays and defects. 42 e. Coating thickness shall between 0.0007-inches and 0.0012-inches and shall be 43 such that the nut turns freely on the bolt. 44 f. Coating shall conform to the performance requirements of ASTM B 117, "Salt 45 Spray Test" and shall include, if required, a certificate of conformance. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 331105-6 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 6 of 7 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 A. Mechanical Joints 9 1. Assemble mechanical joints in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A21.11 10 Appendix A, AWWA C600 and AWWA Manual M41. 11 2. Use Standard Xylan Coated T-bolts and Nuts. 12 a. Stainless Steel T-bolts with Xylan Coated Stainless Steel Nuts shall only be 13 used when specifically required in the Drawings. 14 B. Flanged Joints 15 1. Install in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 16 2. Use Stainless Steel Bolts and Xylan Coated Nuts. 17 3. Wrap all buried steel flanges for AWWA C200, C301 or C303 pipe with 18 Petrolatum Tape System. 19 a. If only 1 flange in a joint is steel (AWWA C200, C301, or C303), petrolatum 20 tape wrapping will be required. 21 b. If a joint is made between two ductile iron flanges, the joint should be 22 polyethylene encased in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 23 4. Flange bolts are normally spaced evenly around the flange. 24 5. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three -pass method in 25 accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 26 a. For the first pass, tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides 27 to prevent misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. 28 b. For the second pass, tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically 29 opposite pattern. 30 c. Allow a minimum of 1 hour to pass to provide time for settlement between 31 bolts and nuts and gasket relaxation. 32 d. Complete the third pass by checking each bolt in a clockwise pattern. Each nut 33 should be tightened until it will no longer turn. This step compensates for 34 elastic interaction and brings all bolts into parity. 35 6. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of/2-inch from the nuts. 36 C. Flanged Joints with Isolation Kit 37 1. Flange Isolation Kits shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 04 10. 38 2. City will verify Isolation in accordance with Section 33 04 10. 39 D. Threaded Rod 40 1. Install as part of joint harness assembly in accordance with AWWA Manual MI 1. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 331105-7 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 7 of 7 1 2. Space rods evenly around the pipe. 2 3. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three -pass method in 3 accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 4 a. For the first pass, tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides 5 to prevent misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. 6 b. For the second pass, tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically 7 opposite pattern. 8 4. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of/2-inch from the nuts. 9 5. Wrap joint harness assembly with Petrolatum Tape System. 10 E. Petrolatum Tape System 11 1. Surfaces should be free from dirt, loose rust, scale or flaking coatings. 12 a. Clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP2 or SSPC SP3. 13 1) High pressure wash of 3,000 to 7,000 psi is also suitable. 14 b. Surfaces may be damp but shall not have droplets or continuous film of water. 15 2. Apply a uniform, thin coat of Petrolatum Tape Primer to the entire surface by stiff 16 brush, gloved hand or rag at normal ambient temperatures. 17 3. By hand application, apply Molding and Filler Mastic to a rounded configuration to 18 fill irregular shapes and reduce sharp -edged surfaces. 19 4. Spirally wrap All Purpose Petrolatum Tape with a minimum overlap of 1 inch. 20 a. For severely corrosive environments, an overlap of 55 percent is recommended. 21 b. Press air pockets out and smooth all lap seams. 22 5. For additional mechanical protection, overwrap may be applied to increase impact 23 strength and electrical resistance. 24 3.5 -3.14 [NOT USED] 25 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 33 11 10-1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 1 of 14 1 SECTION 33 1110 2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Ductile Iron Pipe 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater and reuse 7 applications 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 10 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 11 3. Deleted 2.2.B.14.b-f 12 4. Added 2.2.B.14.g 13 5. Added 2.2.B.14.h 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 17 3. Section 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 18 4. Section 33 04 10 — Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 19 5. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 20 6. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 21 7. Section 33 05 24 — Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 22 8. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 23 9. Section 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A. Measurement and Payment 26 1. Ductile Iron Pipe 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 29 the fitting, manhole, or appurtenance 30 b. Payment 31 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 32 with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid 33 for at the unit price bid per linear foot for "DIP" installed for: 34 a) Various sizes 35 b) Various types of backfill 36 c) Various linings 37 d) Various Depths, for miscellaneous sewer projects only 38 e) Various restraints CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 33 11 10-2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 2 of 14 f) Various uses 2) Lump Sum Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Pipe with joints as specified by the Drawings 2) Mobilization 3) Polyethylene encasement 4) Lining 5) Pavement removal 6) Excavation 7) Hauling 8) Disposal of excess material 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11) Trench water stops 12) Thrust restraint, if required in Contract Documents 13) Bolts and nuts 14) Gaskets 15) Clean-up 16) Cleaning 17) Disinfection 18) Testing 25 1.3 REFERENCES 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 A. Definitions 1. Gland or Follower Gland a. Non -restrained, mechanical joint fitting 2. Retainer Gland a. Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250). 4. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications b. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both c. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. d. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 10 - 3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 3 of 14 1 e. A674, Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for 2 Water or Other Liquids. 3 f. 13117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 4 g. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and 5 Steel. 6 5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 7 a. C203, Coal -Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - 8 Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. 9 b. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 10 c. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 11 6. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 12 (AWWA/ANSI): 13 a. C 104/A21.4, Cement —Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 14 b. CI05/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 15 c. CI I I/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 16 d. C 115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron 17 Threaded Flanges. 18 e. C150/A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe. 19 £ C151/A21.51, Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 20 g. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances 21 7. NSF International (NSF): 22 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 23 8. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 24 a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 29 specials. 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Product Data 32 1. Interior lining 33 a. If it is other than cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 34 C 104/A21.4, including: 35 1) Material 36 2) Application recommendations 37 3) Field touch-up procedures 38 2. Thrust Restraint 39 a. Retainer glands, thrust harnesses or any other means 40 3. Gaskets 41 a. If hydrocarbon or other special gaskets are required 42 B. Shop Drawings — Furnish for Ductile Iron Pipe used in the water distribution system or 43 for a wastewater force main for 24-inch and greater diameters, including: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10-4 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 4 of 14 1 1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in 2 Texas including: 3 a. Working pressure 4 b. Surge pressure 5 c. Deflection 6 2. Provide thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves, sealed by a Licensed 7 Professional Engineer in Texas, to verify the restraint lengths shown in the 8 Drawings. 9 3. Lay schedule/drawing for 24-inch and greater diameters, sealed by a Licensed 10 Professional Engineer in Texas including: 11 a. Pipe class 12 b. Joints type 13 c. Fittings 14 d. Stationing 15 e. Transitions 16 f. Joint deflection 17 C. Certificates 18 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Pipe meets the provisions of this 19 Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have 20 been made, and that all tests have been performed in accordance with 21 AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 22 2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B 117. 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26 A. Qualifications 27 1. Manufacturers 28 a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 29 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 30 manufacturer upon City approval. 31 b. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining, and coatings) shall be performed 32 under the control of the manufacturer. 33 c. Ductile Iron Pipe 34 1) Manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51 35 a) Perform quality control tests and maintain results as outlined within 36 standard to assure compliance. 37 2) Subject each pipe to a hydrostatic test of not less than 500 psi for duration 38 of at least 10 seconds. 39 B. Preconstruction Testing 40 1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random lengths of pipe for testing by an 41 independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 42 a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 43 b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 44 grounds for rejecting the entire order. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 5 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 5 of 14 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 3 1. Ductile Iron Pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the guidelines as 4 stated in AWWA M41. 5 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6 6600. 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART2- PRODUCTS 10 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 12 A. Manufacturers 13 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be 14 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 15 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 16 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 17 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 18 B. Pipe 19 1. Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI CI I I/A21.11, AWWA/ANSI 20 C150/A21.15, and AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 21 2. All pipe shall meet the requirements of NSF 61. 22 3. Pipe shall have a lay length of 18 feet or 20 feet except for special fittings or 23 closure pieces and necessary to comply with the Drawings. 24 4. As a minimum the following pressures classes apply. The Drawings may specify a 25 higher pressure class or the pressure and deflection design criteria may also require 26 a higher pressure class, but in no case should they be less than the following: 27 Diameter Min Pressure Class (inches) (psi) 3 through 12 350 14 through 20 250 24 200 30 through 64 150 28 29 5. Pipe markings shall meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI 30 C151/A21.51. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 31 a. "DI" or "Ductile" shall be clearly labeled on each pipe 32 b. Weight, pressure class and nominal thickness of each pipe 33 c. Year and country pipe was cast 34 d. Manufacturer's mark CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 6 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 6 of 14 1 6. Pressure and Deflection Design 2 a. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class 3 specified in the Drawings. 4 b. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA/ANSI 5 C150/A21.50, AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51, and AWWA M41 for trench 6 construction, using the following parameters: 7 1) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf 8 2) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 9 3) Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings 10 4) Bedding Conditions = Type 4 11 5) Working Pressure (P.,) = 150 psi 12 6) Surge Allowance (PS) = 100 psi 13 7) Design Internal Pressure (Pi) = PW + Ps or 2:1 safety factor of the actual 14 working pressure plus the actual surge pressure, whichever is greater. 15 a) Test Pressure = 16 (1) No less than 1.25 minimum times the stated working pressure (187 17 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation 18 along the test section. 19 (2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi 20 minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. 21 8) Maximum Calculated Deflection (DX) = 3 percent 22 9) Restrained Joint Safety Factor (Sf) = 15 percent 23 c. Trench depths shall be verified after existing utilities are located. 24 1) Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other 25 conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design 26 depth. 27 2) In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 28 7. Provisions for Thrust 29 a. Thrust at bends, tees, plugs or other fittings shall be mechanically restrained 30 joints when required by the Drawings, corrosion resistant joints. 31 b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, 32 horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and 33 by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe, as recommended by 34 the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings. 35 Inclusion in the plans of dimensions for joint restraint lengths along the pipe, or 36 dimensions for concrete thrust blocking, shall be interpreted to mean the 37 exclusion of the other method of restraint, unless both methods are specifically 38 required in the plans. 39 c. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of pipe 40 within the casing. 41 d. Restrained joints, when required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from 42 each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve or other fitting to resist thrust which will 43 be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust, the 44 following shall apply: 45 1) Valves shall be calculated as dead ends. 46 2) Design pressure shall be greater than the working pressure of the pipe or 47 the internal pressure (Pi) whichever is greater. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 33 11 10-7 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 7 of 14 3) Restrained joints shall consist of approved mechanical restrained or push - on restrained joints as listed in the City's Standard Products List as shown in Section 0160 00. e. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings, AWWA M41, and the following: 1) The weight of earth (We) shall be calculated as the weight of the projected soil prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 2) Soil density = 130 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil conditions 3) If indicated on the Drawings and the Geotechnical Borings that ground water is expected, account for reduced soil density. 8. Joints a. General — Comply with AWWA/ANSI CI I I/A21.11. b. Push -On Joints c. Mechanical Joints d. Push -On Restrained Joints 1) Restraining Push -on joints by means of a special gasket a) Only those products that are listed in Section 0160 00 b) The working pressure rating of the restrained gasket must exceed the test pressure of the pipe line to be installed. c) Approved for use of restraining Ductile Iron Pipe in casing with a carrier pipe of 4-inches to 12-inches d) Otherwise only approved if specially listed on the Drawings 2) Push -on Restrained Joint bell and spigot a) Only those products list in the standard products list will be allowed for the size listed in the standard products list per Section 0160 00. b) Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe line. e. Flanged Joints —AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 f. Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B16.1, Class 125. g. Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 9. Gaskets a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 10. Isolation Flanges a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 11. Bolts and Nuts a. Mechanical Joints 1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. b. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 12. Flange Coatings a. Connections to Steel Flanges 1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with Section 33 1105. 13. Ductile Iron Pipe Exterior Coatings CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 10-8 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 8 of 14 1 a. All ductile iron shall have an asphaltic coating, minimum of 1 mil thick, on the 2 pipe exterior, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 3 14. Polyethylene Encasement 4 a. All buried Ductile Iron Pipe shall be polyethylene encased. 5 b. Only m k��t� listed i the City's Ct.,nda f,a n .,,,a„1ti T ie n 6 Seet o 0160 00 will be eensidefed aeoeptable. 7 l T i6z 9*b' r3%@ T1& i.C%s.-tc). 8 d. Eneasemen4 for- buried pipe shall a °,n. i! liK2- r low density (LLD) D) 9 polyethylene eea f .mifig t A AAIW n i A riSl r i 05 -n 2 i .5 or 1 t:4il high density 10 oy3m laminat'a�ClL) p615 ethy eae eneasefnefA eonfbm irrg to 11 AWWnin SIG105 A2 5 and ASTM A674 12 e. rAf k ~,-:.1 �tnit2retnutm o �t:�rlc thta 13 pelyethylene film w44 the fellewing infafmation: 14 1) Mantifaetttrc,'o Berme ~ t+ ae "v 15 2) Year of manufaeture 16 3) AIALW iANSI G!05iA2 5 17 4"finimum �'�e oa&- -and t:\aterial4ype 19 6) Wafning Geffesion Pfe4eetiea Repair- Any Damage 20 21 1) Reeluimed Water, per -form one of following: 22 a) Label polyethylene encasement with "RECLAIMED WA TER2 23 k>, PPac in ao o c,\- ,a nee ..;, h he A ri er- oar. Puw a 24 WE)sTsseeiatie~ Tin-C-elerCode; e� 25 e) AAaeh purple o,.l.,ime . , vi mw__'_1eL taps te the polyethylene . 26 , 27 " 28 b) Provide gmenpolyethylene in aeeerdaneewwith the-A4*Wrioun Pub;io 29 „'arks Asseeiatien r aif Color- Code; e 30 e)- Attaeh gr*.N1K maxitcr, sewer- marker- tape to the polyethylene wrap. 31 g. Polvethvlene encasement for use with ductile iron pipe systems shall 32 consist of three lavers of co -extruded linear low densitv Volvethvlene 33 (LLDPE). fused into a single thickness of not less than eight mils. 34 h. The inside surface of the polvethvlene wrap to be in contact with the pipe 35 exterior shall be infused with a blend of anti -microbial biocide to mitigate 36 microbiologically influenced corrosion and a volatile corrosion inhibitor to 37 control galvanic corrosion. 38 i. Minimum widths 39 Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push -On Joint Pipe Nominal Pipe Diameter Min. Width - Flat Tube Min. Width - Sheet (inches) (inches) (inches) 3 14 28 4 14 28 6 16 32 8 20 40 10 24 48 12 27 54 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 11 10-9 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 9 of 14 14 30 60 16 34 68 18 37 74 20 41 82 24 54 108 30 67 134 36 81 162 42 81 162 48 95 190 54 108 216 60 108 216 64 121 242 15. Ductile Iron Pipe Interior Lining a. Cement Mortar Lining 1) Ductile Iron Pipe for potable water shall have a cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.04 and be acceptable according to NSF 61. b. Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings 1) Ductile Iron Pipe for use in wastewater applications shall be lined with a Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy lining as designated in the City's Standard Products List as shown in Section 0160 00. 2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT. 3) Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 6 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils nominal, 10 mils maximum using a Joint Compound as supplied by the manufacturer. a) Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage. b) Care should betaken that the joint compound is smooth without excess buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. c) Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining. 4) Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 5) Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with the method outlined in SSPC PA 2. 6) Test the interior lining of all pipe barrels for pinholes with a non- destructive 2,500 volt test. a) Repair any defects prior to shipment. 7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records maintained by the applicator of his work. 8) For all Ductile Iron Pipe in wastewater service where the pipe has been cut, coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as recommended by the manufacturer. a) The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 10-10 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 10 of 14 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 A. General 9 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in 10 AWWA C600, AWWA M41 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's 11 recommendations. 12 2. See Section 33 11 11 for installation requirements for Ductile Iron Fittings. 13 3. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 14 4. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 15 5. Embed Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 16 6. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24. 17 B. Pipe Handling 18 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 19 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 20 a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 21 lowering into the trench. 22 b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the interior lining. 23 c. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the 24 surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 25 3. At the close of each operating day: 26 a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after 27 the laying operation. 28 b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 29 C. Joint Making 30 1. Mechanical Joints 31 a. Bolt the follower ring into compression against the gasket with the bolts 32 tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600. 33 b. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be 34 permitted. 35 2. Push -on Joints 36 a. Install Push -on joints as defined in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 37 b. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. 38 c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 11 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 11 of 14 1 d. Apply a thin film of non -toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the 2 gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. 3 e. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut and scarf to 4 conform to AWWA C600. 5 3. Flanged Joints 6 a. Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections. 7 1) Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings. 8 2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket. 9 b. The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. 10 1) Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in one direction. 11 4. Joint Deflection 12 a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines 13 and grades and shown in the Drawings. 14 b. The deflection of each joint must be in accordance with AWWA C600 Table 3. 15 c. The maximum deflection allowed is 50 percent of that indicated in AWWA 16 C600. 17 d. The manufacturer's recommendation may be used with the approval of the 18 Engineer. 19 D. Polyethylene Encasement Installation 20 1. Preparation 21 a. Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on pipe surface prior to 22 installation of polyethylene encasement. 23 1) Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between pipe 24 and polyethylene. 25 b. Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to affect a snug, but not tight encase 26 with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe. 27 1) Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene 28 where it bridges irregular surfaces such as bell -spigot interfaces, bolted 29 joints or fittings and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling 30 operations. 31 2) Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold. 32 c. For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal 33 both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap. 34 2. Tubular Type (Method A) 35 a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. 36 b. Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent 37 pipe section and bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise until it clears pipe 38 ends. 39 c. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe. 40 d. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. 41 e. After assembling pipe joint, make overlap of polyethylene tube, pull bunched 42 polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of the new length 43 of pipe and wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. 44 f. Secure overlap in place. 45 g. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel 46 of pipe, securing fold at quarter points. 47 h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 12 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 12 of 14 1 i. Proceed with installation of next pipe in same manner. 2 3. Tubular Type (Method B) 3 a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than pipe section. 4 b. Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 6 inches of bare pipe at each end. 5 c. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel 6 of pipe, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends. 7 d. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of 8 proceeding pipe section, bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise. 9 e. After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, 10 overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe 11 by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 12 4. Sheet Type 13 a. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece 14 section. 15 b. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section, bunching 16 it until it clears the pipe ends. 17 c. Wrap polyethylene around pipe so that it circumferentially overlaps top 18 quadrant of pipe. 19 d. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 20 e. Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section 21 of pipe. 22 f. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. 23 g. After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends. 24 h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 25 i. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner. 26 5. Pipe -Shaped Appurtenances 27 a. Cover bends, reducers, offsets and other pipe -shaped appurtenances with 28 polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings. 29 6. Odd -Shaped Appurtenances 30 a. When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses, and other odd -shaped 31 pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing 32 sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body. 33 b. Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice and taping down. 34 c. Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other 35 penetrations. 36 7. Repairs 37 a. Repair any cuts, tears, punctures or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape 38 or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around 39 fitting to cover damaged area and secured in place. 40 8. Openings in Encasement 41 a. Provide openings for branches, service taps, blow -offs, air valves and similar 42 appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily 43 folding back film. 44 b. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair 45 cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape. 46 c. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any 47 resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 13 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 13 of 14 1 9. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: 2 a. Where polyethylene -wrapped pipe joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, 3 extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. 4 b. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. 5 c. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric 6 tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe. 7 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION 8 A. Patching 9 1. Excessive field -patching is not permitted of lining or coating. 10 2. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not 11 exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. 12 3. In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of 13 any 1 joint of pipe. 14 4. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe: 15 a. Make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. 16 b. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately 17 cured and approved for laying by the City. 18 5. Promptly remove rejected pipe from the site. 19 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 21 A. Potable Water Mains 22 1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing and bacteriological testing of water mains 23 a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water 24 main as specified in Section 33 04 40. 25 B. Wastewater Lines 26 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 27 a. Provide a Post -CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 28 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 32 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 33 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 34 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35 END OF SECTION 36 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 14 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 14 of 14 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2.A. Lb. — Updated Payment types 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.3 — Added definitions of gland types for clarity 2.2.13.9, 10, 11 and 12 — Added reference to Section 33 1105 and removed material specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets 12/9/2022 W Norwood 2.2 B. 7. Revised "Provisions for Thrust' section CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 33 1111 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS 33 11 11 -1 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 1 of 14 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Ductile Iron Fittings 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater, and 7 other liquids for use with Ductile Iron Pipe and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 8 2. All mechanical joint fittings shall be mechanically restrained using restrained 9 wedge type retainer glands. 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 12 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 13 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1 14 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2 15 5. Deleted 2.2.B.1l.b-f 16 6. Added 2.2.B.11.g 17 7. Added 2.2.B.1l.h 18 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 19 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20 Contract 21 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 22 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 23 4. Section 33 04 10 — Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 24 5. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 25 6. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 26 7. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. Ductile Iron Water Fittings with Restraint 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Shall be per ton of fittings supplied 32 2) Fittings weights are the sum of the various types of fittings multiplied by 33 the weight per fitting as listed in AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 34 3) The fitting weights listed in AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 are only allowed 35 for specials where an AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 is not available, or if the 36 Drawings specifically call for an AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 fittings. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 20, 2017 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 33 11 11 -2 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 2 of 14 4) If the Contractor chooses to supply AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 (full body) Ductile Iron Fittings in lieu of AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 (compact) Ductile Iron Fittings at his convenience, then the weight shall be measured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of "Ductile Iron Water Fittings with Restraint". 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Water Fittings as specified by the Drawings 2) Polyethylene encasement 3) Lining 4) Pavement removal 5) Excavation 6) Hauling 7) Disposal of excess material 8) Furnishing and installing bolts, nuts, and restraints 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11) Trench water stops 12) Clean-up 13) Cleaning 14) Disinfection 15) Testing 2. Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings a. Measurement 1) Shall be per ton of fittings supplied 2) Fittings weights are the sum of the various types of fittings multiplied by the weight per fitting as listed in AWWA/ANSI CI53/A21.53. 3) The fitting weights listed in AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 are only allowed for specials where an AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 is not available, or if the Drawings specifically call for an AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 fittings. 4) If the Contractor chooses to supply AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 (full body) Ductile Iron Fittings in lieu of AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 (compact) Ductile Iron Fittings at his convenience, then the weight shall be measured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI CI53/A21.53. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of "Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings". 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2017 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 33 11 11 -3 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 3 of 14 1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Water Fittings as specified by the Drawings 2) Epoxy Coating 3) Polyethylene encasement 4) Lining 5) Pavement removal 6) Excavation 7) Hauling 8) Disposal of excess material 9) Furnishing and installing bolts, nuts, and restraints 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 11) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 12) Clean-up 13) Cleaning 14) Disinfection 15) Testing 16 1k=7Dial 017Die [yV 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 A. Definitions 1. Gland or Follower Gland a. Non -restrained, mechanical joint fitting 2. Retainer Gland a. Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting, consisting of multiple gripping wedges incorporated into a follower gland meeting the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250). 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications b. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both c. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. d. A674, Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for Water or Other Liquids. e. 13117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C203, Coal -Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. b. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. c. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2017 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 11 -4 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 4 of 14 1 5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 2 (AWWA/ANSI): 3 a. C104/A21.4, Cement —Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 4 b. C 105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 5 c. C 110/A21.10, Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings. 6 d. C111/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 7 e. C 115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron 8 Threaded Flanges. 9 f. C151/A21.51, Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 10 g. C153/A21.53, Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 11 6. NSF International (NSF): 12 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 13 7. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 14 a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 15 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16 1.5 SUBMITTALS 17 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 18 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 19 specials. 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Product Data 22 1. Ductile Iron Fittings 23 a. Pressure class 24 b. Interior lining 25 c. Joint types 26 2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 27 a. Planned method of installation 28 b. Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene 29 c. The thickness of the film provided 30 3. The interior lining, if it is other than cement mortar lining in accordance with 31 AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4 32 a. Material 33 b. Application recommendations 34 c. Field touch-up procedures 35 4. Thrust Restraint 36 a. Retainer glands 37 b. Thrust harnesses 38 c. Any other means 39 5. Gaskets 40 a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 41 6. Isolation Flanges 42 a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to 43 Section 33 04 10. 44 7. Bolts and Nuts CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 20, 2017 33 11 11 -5 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 5 of 14 1 a. Mechanical Joints 2 1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 3 b. Flanged Ends 4 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. 5 a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 6 8. Flange Coatings 7 a. Connections to Steel Flanges 8 1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum 9 Tape System in accordance with Section 33 1105. 10 B. Certificates 11 1. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Fittings 12 meet the provisions of this Section and meet the requirements of AWWA/ANSI 13 C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 14 2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B 117. 15 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Qualifications 19 1. Manufacturers 20 a. Fittings manufacturing operations (fittings, lining, and coatings) shall be 21 performed under the control of the manufacturer. 22 b. Ductile Iron Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 23 C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 24 1) Perform quality control tests and maintain the results as outlined in these 25 standards to assure compliance. 26 B. Preconstruction Testing 27 1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an 28 independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 29 a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 30 b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 31 grounds for rejecting the entire order. 32 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 33 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 34 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M41. 35 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 36 6600. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 20, 2017 33 11 11 -6 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 6 of 14 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART2- PRODUCTS 4 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 6 A. Manufacturers 7 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 8 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 9 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 10 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 11 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 12 B. Ductile Iron Fittings 13 1. Ductile Iron Fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10, 14 AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 15 2. All fittings for potable water service shall meet the requirements of NSF 61. 16 3. Ductile Iron Fittings, at a minimum, shall meet or exceed the pressures classes of 17 the pipe which the fitting is connected, unless specifically indicated in the 18 Drawings. 19 4. Fittings Markings 20 a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 21 b. Minimum markings shall include: 22 1) "DI" or "Ductile" cast or metal stamped on each fitting 23 2) Applicable AWWA/ANSI standard for that the fitting 24 3) Pressure rating 25 4) Number of degrees for all bends 26 5) Nominal diameter of the openings 27 6) Year and country fitting was cast 28 7) Manufacturer's mark 29 5. Joints 30 a. Mechanical Joints with mechanical restraint 31 1) Comply with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and applicable parts of 32 ANSFAWWA C110/A21.10. 33 2) The retainer gland shall have the following working pressure ratings based 34 on size and type of pipe: 35 a) Ductile Iron Pipe 36 (1) 3-inch — 16-inch, 350 psi 37 (2) 18-inch — 48-inch, 250 psi 38 b) PVC C900 and C905 39 (1) 3-inch— 12-inch, 305psi 40 (2) 14-inch — 16-inch, 235psi 41 (3) 18-inch — 20-inch, 200psi 42 (4) 24-inch — 30 —inch 165psi CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 20, 2017 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 33 11 11 -7 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 7 of 14 c) Ratings are for water pressure and must include a minimum safety factor of 2 to 1 in all sizes 3) Retainer glands shall have specific designs for Ductile Iron and PVC and it should be easy to differentiate between the 2. 4) Gland body, wedges and wedge actuating components shall be cast from grade 65-45-12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536. 5) Mechanical joint restraint shall require conventional tools and installation procedures per AWWA C600, while retaining full mechanical joint deflection during assembly as well as allowing joint deflection after assembly. 6) Proper actuation of the gripping wedges shall be ensured with torque limiting twist off nuts. 7) A minimum of 6 wedges shall be required for 8 inch diameter PVC pipe. b. Push -On, Restrained Joints 1) Restraining Push -on joints by means of a special gasket a) Only those products that are listed in 0160 00 b) The working pressure rating of the restrained gasket must exceed the test pressure of the pipe line to be installed. c) Approved for use of restraining Ductile Iron Pipe in casing with a carrier pipe of 4-inches to 12-inches d) Otherwise only approved if specially listed on the drawings 2) Push -on Restrained Joint bell and spigot a) Only those products list in the standard products list will be allowed for the size listed in the standard products list per Section 0160 00 b) Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe line c. Flanged Joints 1) AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 2) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B 16.1, Class 125. 3) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 6. Gaskets a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 7. Isolation Flanges a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 8. Bolts and Nuts a. Mechanical Joints 1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. b. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 9. Flange Coatings a. Connections to Steel Flanges 1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with Section 33 1105. 10. Ductile Iron Fitting Exterior Coatings CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2017 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 11 -8 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 8 of 14 1 a. All Ductile Iron Fittings shall have an asphaltic coating, minimum of 1 mil 2 thick, on the exterior, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 3 11. Polyethylene Encasement 4 a. All buried Ductile Iron Fittings shall be polyethylene encased. 5 b. Only mafFafaetwers listed in the City's 6 Seet o 0160 00 will be eonsidefed aeoeptable. 7 e. Use only virgin polyethylene material. 8 d. Encasement for buried fittings shall-bo ° mil linear low density (LLD) 10 eroy. lamina` CIL) P,,:45-et-hyiene 0 0 ent , n f ... ing t , fif f ffl;rn 11 to n AuAL i nNSI Gi 05i 1.5 = ST-M 67n 12 e. �1 ank--ink A-t a -minimum of th, thlo mz nk-- the 13 poly�tbrf!,o\n�j film w44 the following infoFmation: 14 e,'o rurse t-.,do,,,.,-i, 15 2)Year of fnanufaeture 16 3) n3ATWn /ANSI G105/ 24 5 17 4"1 20 21 1) Ree ed Water-, per-fofm one of the following: 22 polyethylene ef1c-asementwith "R, 23 ilJ'aic 24 „'erfks Assee-ietier T Color --Cod 25 o) At�.ae pttfple o,.i.,;,. e water- ., a -ke - tape t the rolyethylere . 26 , perform one of the following: 27 e, "xx� n STEW n T0; 28 b) 'IEW-tide g o elye,hylene ; da-aee with the fne -ioxn PuL, 29 Works Asseeiation r aif Color- Code; ei 30 e) Attaeh gr-eea sanitafy sewer- marker- tape to the polyethylene wr-ap. 31 g. Polvethvlene encasement for use with ductile iron pipe systems shall 32 consist of three lavers of co -extruded linear low densitv volvethvlene 33 (LLDPE), fused into a single thickness of not less than eight mils. 34 h. The inside surface of the polvethvlene wrap to be in contact with the pipe 35 exterior shall be infused with a blend of anti -microbial biocide to mitigate 36 microbiologically influenced corrosion and a volatile corrosion inhibitor to 37 control galvanic corrosion. 38 i. Minimum widths 39 Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push -On Joint Fittings Nominal Fittings Diameter Min. Width — Flat Tube Min. Width — Sheet (inches) (inches) (inches) 3 14 28 4 14 28 6 16 32 8 20 40 10 24 48 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 20, 2017 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 11 11 -9 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 9 of 14 12 27 54 14 30 60 16 34 68 18 37 74 20 41 82 24 54 108 30 67 134 36 81 162 42 81 162 48 95 190 54 108 216 60 108 216 64 121 242 12. Ductile Iron Fittings Interior Lining a. Cement Mortar Lining 1) Ductile Iron Fittings for potable water shall have a cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4 and be acceptable according to NSF 61. b. Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings 1) Ductile Iron Fittings for use in wastewater applications shall be lined with a Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy lining as designated in the Standard Products List as shown in Section 0160 00. 2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT 3) Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 6 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils nominal, 10 mils maximum using a Joint Compound as supplied by the manufacturer. a) Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage. b) Care should betaken that the joint compound is smooth without excess buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. c) Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining. 4) Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 5) Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with the method outlined in SSPC PA 2. 6) Test the interior lining of all fittings for pinholes with a non-destructive 2,500 volt test. a) Repair any defects prior to shipment. 7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records maintained by the applicator of his work. 8) For all Ductile Iron Fittings in wastewater service where the fitting has been cut, coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as recommended by the manufacturer. a) The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2017 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 11 -10 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 10 of 14 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 A. General 1. Install fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in AWWA C600, AWWA M41, and in accordance with the fittings manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay fittings to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 4. Embed Ductile Iron Fittings in accordance with 33 05 10. B. Joint Making 1. Mechanical Joints with required mechanical restraint a. All mechanical joints require mechanical restraint. b. Bolt the retainer gland into compression against the gasket, with the bolts tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600. c. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be permitted. 2. Push -on Joints (restrained) a. All push -on joints shall be restrained push -on type. b. Install Push -on joints as defined in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. c. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. d. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. e. Apply a thin film of non -toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. f. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinished the field cut and scarf to conform to AWWA M-41. 3. Flanged Joints a. Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections. 1) Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings. 2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket. b. The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. 1) Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in 1 direction. 4. Joint Deflection a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines and grades and shown in the Drawings. b. The deflection of each joint must be in accordance with AWWA C600 Table 3. c. The maximum deflection allowed is 50 percent of that indicated in AWWA C600. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2017 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 33 11 11 -11 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 11 of 14 d. The manufacturer's recommendation may be used with the approval of the Engineer. C. Polyethylene Encasement Installation 1. Preparation a. Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on fittings surface prior to installation of polyethylene encasement. 1) Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between fittings and polyethylene. b. Fit polyethylene film to contour of fittings to affect a snug, but not tight encase with minimum space between polyethylene and fittings. 1) Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene where it bridges irregular surfaces such as bell -spigot interfaces, bolted joints or fittings, and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling operations. 2) Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold. c. For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap. 2. Tubular Type (Method A) a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than fittings section. b. Slip tube around fittings, centering it to provide 1 foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section and bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise until it clears fittings ends. c. Lower fittings into trench with preceding section of pipe. d. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. e. After assembling fittings make overlap of polyethylene tube, pull bunched polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of the fitting and wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. f. Secure overlap in place. g. Take up slack width at top of fitting to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel of fitting, securing fold at quarter points. h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. i. Proceed with installation of next fitting in same manner. 3. Tubular Type (Method B) a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than fitting section. b. Slip tube around fitting, centering it to provide 6 inches of bare fitting at each end. c. Take up slack width at top of fitting to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel of fitting, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends. d. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of proceeding pipe section, bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise. e. After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 4. Sheet Type CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2017 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 11 -12 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 12 of 14 1 a. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece 2 section. 3 b. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each fitting, bunching it until it 4 clears the fitting ends. 5 c. Wrap polyethylene around fitting so that it circumferentially overlaps top 6 quadrant of fitting. 7 d. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 8 e. Lower wrapped fitting into trench with preceding section of pipe. 9 f. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. 10 g. After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends. 11 h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 12 i. Proceed with installation of fittings in same manner. 13 5. Pipe -Shaped Appurtenances 14 a. Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and other pipe -shaped appurtenances with 15 polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings. 16 6. Odd -Shaped Appurtenances 17 a. When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses and other odd -shaped 18 pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing 19 sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body. 20 b. Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice and taping down. 21 c. Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other 22 penetrations. 23 7. Repairs 24 a. Repair any cuts, tears, punctures or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape 25 or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around 26 fitting to cover damaged area, and secure in place. 27 8. Openings in Encasement 28 a. Provide openings for branches, service taps, blow -offs, air valves and similar 29 appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily 30 folding back film. 31 b. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair 32 cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape. 33 c. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any 34 resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above. 35 9. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Fittings 36 a. Where polyethylene -wrapped fitting joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, 37 extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. 38 b. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. 39 c. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric 40 tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from cast or Ductile Iron 41 Fittings. 42 D. Blocking 43 1. Install concrete blocking in accordance with Section 03 30 00 for all bends, tees, 44 crosses and plugs in the pipe lines as indicated in the Drawings. 45 2. Place the concrete blocking so as to rest against firm undisturbed trench walls, 46 normal to the thrust. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 20, 2017 33 11 11 -13 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 13 of 14 1 3. The supporting area for each block shall be at least as great as that indicated on the 2 Drawings and shall be sufficient to withstand the thrust, including water hammer, 3 which may develop. 4 4. Each block shall rest on a firm, undisturbed foundation or trench bottom. 5 5. If the Contractor encounters soil that appears to be different than that which was 6 used to calculate the blocking according to the Drawings, the Contractor shall 7 notify the Engineer prior to the installation of the blocking. 8 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION 9 A. Patching 10 1. Excessive field -patching is not permitted of lining or coating. 11 2. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not 12 exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. 13 3. In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of 14 any fitting. 15 4. Wherever necessary to patch the fitting: 16 a. Make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. 17 b. Do not install patched fitting until the patch has been properly and adequately 18 cured and approved for laying by the City. 19 c. Promptly remove rejected fittings from the site. 20 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 21 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 22 A. Potable Water Mains 23 1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing and bacteriological testing of water mains 24 a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water 25 main as specified in Section 33 04 40. 26 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 30 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 33 END OF SECTION 34 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A. Lc — Restraints included in price bid 1.2.A.2.c — Restraints included in price bid CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 20, 2017 33 11 11 -14 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 14 of 14 1.3 — Added definitions of gland types for clarity 2.2.13.5 — Removed unrestrained push -on and mechanical joints 2.2.13.6, 7, 8, and 9 — Added reference to Section 33 05 10 and 33 04 10; removed material specifications for bolts, nuts and gaskets. 3.4 — Requirement for all mechanical and push -on joints to be restrained 3.4.13 — Corrected reference 9/20/2017 W. Norwood 2.2.B.5.a.7 — Added requirement for 6 wedges on MJ Restraint for 8 inch PVC pipe CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 20, 2017 33 11 12-1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 33 1112 2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4-inch through 24-inch for potable water, 7 wastewater and reuse applications 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 10 2. Deleted 1.2.A.2.b 11 3. Added 1.2.A.2.c 12 4. Deleted 3.7.11 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15 Contract 16 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 17 3. 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 18 4. 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 19 5. 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 20 6. 33 05 24 — Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 21 7. 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Measurement 25 a. Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the 26 fitting, manhole, or appurtenance 27 2. Payment 28 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 29 this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at 30 the unit price bid per linear foot of "PVC Water Pipe" installed for: 31 1) Various sizes 32 2) Various types of backfill 33 b. The ftimished in this item wofk peFfafmed and ma4er-ials aeoer-da-nee with and 34 measufed as pfevided under",N4easaremel}t!L-Aill bo pa;a for- a, the unit pr-i e 35 o installed for-: 36 4}A�ariuo gees 37 c. Lump Sum Price — The work performed and materials furnished in 38 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 39 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 2 of 9 1 3. The price bid shall include: 2 a. Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe with joints as specified by the 3 Drawings 4 b. Mobilization 5 c. Pavement removal 6 d. Excavation 7 e. Hauling 8 f. Disposal of excess material 9 g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 10 h. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11 i. Trench water stops 12 j. Thrust restraint, if required by Contract Documents 13 k. Gaskets 14 1. Clean-up 15 m. Cleaning 16 n. Disinfection 17 o. Testing 18 1.3 REFERENCES 19 A. Reference Standards 20 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 21 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 22 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 23 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 24 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 25 a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl-Chloride) (PVC) 26 Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 27 b. D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using 28 Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 29 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 30 a. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 31 b. C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipes 32 and Fittings for Water. 33 c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 34 through 60 IN (100 min thru 1,500 mm). 35 d. M23, PVC Pipe — Design and Installation. 36 e. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 37 5. NSF International (NSF): 38 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects. 39 b. 14, Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials. 40 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 41 a. UL 1285, UL Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings, Polyvinyl Chloride 42 (PVC), and Oriented Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO) for Underground Fire 43 Service. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 3 of 9 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A. Product Data 1. For PVC Pressure Pipe that is used for water distribution, wastewater force mains or wastewater gravity mains, including: a. PVC Pressure Pipe b. Manufacturer c. Dimension Ratio d. Joint Types 2. Restraint, if required in Contract Documents a. Retainer glands b. Thrust harnesses c. Any other means of restraint 3. Gaskets B. Shop Drawings: When restrained joints are required, furnish for PVC Pressure Pipe used in the water distribution system or for a wastewater force main for 24-inch and greater diameters, including: 1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas including: a. Working pressure b. Surge pressure c. Deflection 2. Provide thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves, sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas, to verify the restraint lengths shown on the Drawings. 3. Lay schedule / drawing for 24-inch and greater diameters sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas including: a. Pipe class b. Joints type c. Fittings d. Stationing e. Transitions f. Joint deflection C. Certificates 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all PVC Pressure Pipe meets the provisions of this Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C900 or AWWA C900. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 12 - 4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 4 of 9 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 A. Qualifications 5 1. Manufacturers 6 a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless 7 otherwise approved by the City. 8 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 9 manufacturer upon City approval. 10 b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 11 manufacturer. 12 c. All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with AWWA C900. 13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 14 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M23. 16 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 17 6600. 18 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 19 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 22 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 23 A. Manufacturers 24 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be 25 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 26 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 27 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 28 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 29 B. Pipe 30 1. Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C900. 31 2. PVC Pressure Pipe for potable water shall meet the requirements of NSF 61. 32 3. Pressure Pipe shall be approved by the UL. 33 4. Pipe shall have a lay length of 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces 34 necessary to comply with the Drawings. 35 5. The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a 36 cell classification of 12454. Outside diameters must be equal to those of cast iron 37 and ductile iron pipes. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 33 11 12-5 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 5 of 9 6. As a minimum the following Dimension Ratio's apply: Diameter Min Pressure Class (inch) (psi) 4 through 12 DR 14 16 through 24 DR 18 7. Pipe Markings a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA C900. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 1) Manufacturer's Name or Trademark and production record 2) Nominal pipe size 3) Dimension Ratio 4) AWWA C900 5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe C. Pressure and Deflection Design 1. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class specified in the Drawings. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA M23 for trench construction, using the following parameters: a. Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf b. Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 c. Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings d. Maximum E' = 1,000 max e. Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0 £ Working Pressure (PW) = 150 psi g. Surge Allowance (PS) = 100 psi minimum h. Test Pressure = 1) No less than 1.25 times the stated working pressure (187 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. 2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. i. Maximum Calculated Deflection = 3 percent j. Restrained Joint Safety Factor (SF) = 1.5 k. Maximum Joint Deflection = 50 percent of the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. a. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. b. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 3. Provisions for Thrust a. Thrusts at bends, tees, plugs or other fittings shall be mechanically restrained, corrosion resistant joints. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 12-6 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 6 of 9 1 b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, 2 horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and 3 by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe, as recommended by 4 the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings. 5 Inclusion in the plans of dimensions for joint restraint lengths along the pipe, or 6 dimensions for concrete thrust blocking, shall be interpreted to mean the 7 exclusion of the other method of restraint, unless both methods are specifically 8 required in the plans. 9 c. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of 10 pipe within the casing. 11 d. Restrained joints, where required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from 12 each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which will 13 be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust the 14 following shall apply: 15 1) Calculate valves as dead ends. 16 2) Design pressure shall be greater than the pressure class of the pipe or the 17 internal pressure (Pi), whichever is greater. 18 3) Restrained joints shall consist of approved mechanical restrained or push- 19 on restrained joints as listed in the City's Standard Products List as shown 20 in Section 0160 00. 21 4) Restrained PVC pipe is not allowed for pipe greater than 12 inches. 22 e. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to 23 resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings and the following: 24 1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil 25 prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 26 2) Soil density = 115 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil 27 conditions 28 3) In locations where ground water is encountered, reduce the soil density to 29 its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table. 30 a) Reduce the coefficient of friction to 0.25. 31 4. Joints 32 a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot and push -on type conforming to ASTM 33 D3139. 34 b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push -on joints, gaskets 35 shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 36 c. Lubricant must be non -toxic and NSF approved for potable water applications. 37 d. Push -On Restrained Joints shall only be as approved in the Standard Products 38 List in Section 01 60 00. 39 5. Detectable Markers 40 a. Provide detectable markers in accordance with Section 33 05 26. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 7 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 7 of 9 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 A. General 9 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in 10 AWWA C600, AWWA C605, AWWA M23 and in accordance with the pipe 11 manufacturer's recommendations. 12 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 13 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 14 4. Embed PVC Pressure Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 15 5. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24. 16 B. Pipe Handling 17 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 18 a. Pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's 19 recommendations. 20 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 21 a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 22 lowering into the trench. 23 b. Conduit shall be homogeneous throughout and free from voids, cracks, 24 inclusions and other defects, and shall be uniform as commercially 25 practicable in color, density and other physical characteristics. 26 c. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the 27 surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 28 3. At the close of each operating day: 29 a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after 30 the laying operation. 31 b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 32 C. Joint Making 33 1. Mechanical Joints 34 a. In accordance with Section 33 11 11. 35 2. Push -on Joints 36 a. Install Push -On joints as defined in AWWA C900. 37 b. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. 38 c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 11 12 - 8 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 8 of 9 d. Apply a thin film of non -toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. e. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut to conform to AWWA C605. 3. Joint Deflection a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions, or to meet the lines and grades shown in the Drawings. b. Joint deflection shall not exceed 50 percent of the manufacturer's recommendation. D. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 1. See Section 33 05 26. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Potable Water Mains 1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing of water mains: a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water main as specified in Section 33 04 40. B. �. astewateF biaes ,l Pwvide a P -CCTI V L -e4or. in uojor-d aee with S e eti o 33 0 � 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2.2.C.1 and 3.4.C.3 — revised maximum joint deflection requirements 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.4.C.1 — Added reference to Ductile Iron Fittings 3.4.D — Removed Marker Balls 1.1 Modified acceptable range for specification from up to 24-inch to up to 36-inch CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 11 12 - 9 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 9 of 9 Change Section 2.2 B. 5. from "The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the 4/1/2013 F. Griffin requirements of ASTM D 1784, with a cell classification of 12454-B." to "The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D 1784, with a cell classification of 12454". 11/14/2018 D.V. Magana All references to use of C905 are no longer applicable and are deleted. 1.3.A.4.c — Updated to reflect C900 applicable on PVC pipe sized 4" through 60". 1. LA Modified acceptable range for specification from 36-inch to 24-inch 1.3.A.4.c Updated C900 to reflect metric dimensions 1.3.A.5.b & 2.2.13.2 Addition of "NSF 14 Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials" 1.3.A.6.a Addition of "UL 1285 UL Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings, PVC and PVCO for Underground Fire Service" 2.2.C.3.a Addition of "corrosion resistant" and deletion of "when required by the Drawings" 9/9/22 W Norwood 2.2.C.3. Add " b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings" 3A.B.1. Add " a. Pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacture's recommendations" 3.4.B.2 Add "b. Conduit shall be homogenous throughout and free from voids, cracks, inclusions and other defects, and shall be uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical characteristics" CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised September 9, 2022 331220-1 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 1 of 10 1 SECTION 33 12 20 2 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves 4-inch through 48-inch for use with potable water mains B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Deleted 1.1.A.La "Bypass" 2. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 3. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 4. Modified 1.2.A.1.c.5) 5. Added 1.2.A.1.c.6) 6. Deleted 1.2.A.2 "Cut -In Gate Valve" 7. Deleted 2.2.C.3 "Bvbass" C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 4. Section 33 11 10 —Ductile Iron Pipe 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Gate Valve a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Gate Valve" installed for: a) Various sizes 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item for various sizes and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the Drawings 2) Valve box 3) Extension CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 6, 2015 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 33 12 20 - 2 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 2 of 10 4) Extensions for valves in vaults 5) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 6) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 7) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 8) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 9) Polyethylene encasement 10) Pavement removal 11) Excavation 12) Hauling 13) Disposal of excess material 14) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 15) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 16) Clean-up 17) Cleaning 18) Disinfection 19) Testing 2. Cut -in Gate Valve a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Cut -in Gate Valve" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the Drawings 2) System dewatering 3) Connections to existing pipe materials 4) Valve box 5) Extension 6) Extensions for valves in vaults 7) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 8) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 9) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 10) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 11) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 12) Polyethylene encasement 13) Pavement removal 14) Excavation 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 18) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 19) Clean-up 20) Cleaning 21) Disinfection 22) Testing CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 6, 2015 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 331220-3 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 3 of 10 1.3 REFERENCES 2 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 3 1. NRS — Non Rising Stem 4 2. OS&Y — Outside Screw and Yoke 5 B. Reference Standards 6 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 7 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 8 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 9 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 10 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 11 a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125, and 250). 12 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 13 5. ASTM International (ASTM): 14 a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 15 b. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. 16 c. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi 17 Tensile Strength. 18 d. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 19 e. B 117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 20 f. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and 21 Steel. 22 6. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 23 a. C509, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 24 b. C515, Reduced -Wall, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 25 c. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 26 d. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 27 through 12 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 28 7. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 29 (AWWA/ANSI): 30 a. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 31 b. C111/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and 32 Fittings. 33 c. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron 34 Threaded Flanges. 35 8. NSF International (NSF): 36 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 38 1.5 SUBMITTALS 39 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 40 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 41 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 42 A. Product Data CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 6, 2015 33 12 20 - 4 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 4 of 10 1 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve noting the pressure rating and coating system 2 supplied, including: 3 a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 4 b. Joint type 5 c. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve size 6 2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 7 a. Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene 8 b. The thickness of the film provided 9 3. Thrust Restraint, if required by contract Documents 10 a. Retainer glands 11 b. Thrust harnesses 12 c. Any other means 13 4. Instructions for field repair of fusion bonded epoxy coating 14 5. Gaskets 15 B. Certificates 16 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves meet 17 the provisions of this Section, each valve meets Specifications, all inspections have 18 been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C509 19 or AWWA C515. 20 2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B 117. 21 3. Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer has five 22 years experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar service and 23 size with experience record. 24 4. Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer owns or 25 controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can certify that 26 the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in control of quality 27 control at the foreign factory/foundry. 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 31 A. Qualifications 32 1. Manufacturers 33 a. Valves 16-inch and larger shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each 34 project. 35 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 36 manufacturer upon City approval. 37 b. For valves less than 16-inch, valves of each size shall be the product of 1 38 manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 39 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 40 manufacturer upon City approval. 41 c. Valves shall meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515. 42 d. For valves equipped with a bypass, the bypass valve must be of the same 43 manufacturer as the main valve. 44 e. Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be new. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-5 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 5 of 10 1 f. Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years of 2 successful experience manufacturing of Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar 3 service and size, and indicated or demonstrate an experience record that is 4 satisfactory to the Engineer and City. This experience record will be thoroughly 5 investigated by the Engineer, and acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the 6 Engineer and City. 7 g. Casings for Resilient Seated Gate Valve, such as valve body, wedge, and 8 bypass; that are not manufactured within the United States of America, shall be 9 manufactured by factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial 10 ownership) such that the Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer can control 11 and guarantee quality at the foreign factory/foundry. 12 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 14 1. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 15 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 16 equipment are ready for operation. 17 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 18 site. 19 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, 20 strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 21 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 22 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 23 extremes in temperature. 24 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 25 6600. 26 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27 1.12 WARRANTY 28 A. Manufacturer Warranty 29 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 33 A. Manufacturers 34 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 35 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 36 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 37 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 38 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 39 B. Description CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 6, 2015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 331220-6 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 6 of 10 1. Regulatory Requirements a. Valves shall be new and meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Materials 1. Valve Body a. Valve body: ductile iron per ASTM A536 b. Flanged ends: Furnish in accordance withAWWA/ANSI CI15/A21.15. c. Mechanical Joints: Furnish with outlets which conform to AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. d. Valve interior and exterior surfaces: fusion bonded epoxy coated, minimum 5 mils, meeting AWWA C550 requirements e. Buried valves: Provide with polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 1) Polyethylene encasement: Furnish in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 2. Wedge (Gate) a. Resilient wedge: rated at 250 psig cold water working pressure b. The wedge (gate) for all valve sizes shall be 1 piece, fully encapsulated with a permanently bonded EPDM rubber. 3. Bypass a. For gate valves using a double roller, track and scrapper system, an integrally cast bypass on the body of the valve is required_ 1) Orient the bypass on the same side of the gate valve as the spur gear to allow operation of both valves from the manhole opening. 2) The bypass shall be a minimum 4-inch in size. 4. Gate Valve Bolts and Nuts a. Bonnet, Stuffing Box and Gear Box - Hex head bolt, and hex nut: Steel ASTM A307 Gr. B, Zinc Plate per ASTM B633, SC3 for non -buried service (4-inch through 12-inch valves) or as specified in 2.2.C.4.b. b. Hex head bolt and hex nut: AISI 304 stainless steel for buried service (all sizes) and for valves 16-inch through 36-inch (non -buried service) 5. Bolts and Nuts a. Mechanical Joints a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. b. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe material. 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 3) Flanged isolation kits shall be provided when connecting to buried steel or concrete pressure pipe. Kits shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 6. Joints a. Valves: flanged, or mechanical joint or any combination of these as specified on the Drawings or in the project Specifications 1) Flanged joints: AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 a) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B 16.1, Class 125. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 6, 2015 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 331220-7 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 7 of 10 1 b) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 2 2) Steel or concrete pressure pipe 3 a) Use flange joints unless otherwise specified in the Contract 4 Documents. 5 3) Ductile Iron or PVC pressure pipe 6 a) Use mechanical joints with mechanically restrained retainer glands 7 unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 8 7. Operating Nuts 9 a. Supply for buried service valves 10 b. 1-15/16-inch square at the top, 2-inch at the base, and 1-3/4-inch high 11 c. Cast an arrow showing the direction of opening with the word "OPEN" on the 12 operating nut base. 13 d. To open, the operating nut shall be turned to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE), 14 direction. Nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications 15 e. Connect the operating nut to the shaft with a shear pin that prevents the nut 16 from transferring torque to that shaft or the gear box that exceeds the 17 manufacturer's recommended torque. 18 f. Furnish handwheel operators for non -buried service, or when shown in the 19 Drawings. 20 8. Gearing 21 a. Gate valves that are 24 inch and larger: Equip with a spur gear. 22 b. Bevel gears for horizontally mounted valves are not allowed. 23 c. The spur gear shall be designed and supplied by the manufacturer of the valve 24 as an integral part of the gate valve. 25 9. Gaskets 26 a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES 28 A. All gate valves shall have the following accessories provided as part of the gate valve 29 installation: 30 1. A keyed solid extension stem of sufficient length to bring the operating nut up to 31 within 1 foot of the surface of the ground, when the operating nut on the gate valve 32 is 3 feet or more beneath the surface of the ground. Extension Stems are: 33 a. Not required on City stock orders 34 b. Not to be bolted or attached to the valve -operating nut 35 c. To be of cold rolled steel with a cross -sectional area of 1 square inch, fitting 36 loosely enough to allow deflection 37 2. Furnish joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts, and nuts in 38 sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 39 3. Cast Iron Valve Boxes: provide for buried service gate valves, cast iron valve 40 boxes and covers 41 a. Each valve box for 4-inch through 12-inch valves shall be 2-piece, 5 1/4-inch 42 shafts, screw type, consisting of a top section and a bottom section. 43 b. Valve boxes shall be as listed in the City of Fort Worth Standard Products List 44 in attached in Section 0160 00. 45 c. Valve box covers shall be so designed that they can be easily removed to 46 provide access to valve operating nut. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-8 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 8 of 10 1 d. Valve box covers must be designed to stay in position and resist damage under 2 AASHTO HS 20 traffic loads. 3 e. Each cover shall be casted with the word "WATER" or "RECLAIMED" in 4 raised letters on the upper surface. 5 f. Cast iron valve boxes and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B. 6 1) Valve box covers shall be round for potable water applications and square 7 for reclaimed water applications. 8 g. Box extension material shall be AWWA C900 PVC or ductile iron. 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 14 3.4 INSTALLATION 15 A. General 16 1. All valves shall be installed in vertical position when utilized in normal pipeline 17 installation. 18 2. Valves shall be placed at line and grade as indicated on the Drawings. 19 3. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 20 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 21 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 23 A. Field Inspections 24 1. Before acceptance of the installed valve, the City Field Operations Staff shall have 25 the opportunity to operate the valve. 26 2. The City shall be given the opportunity to inspect all buried flanges before they are 27 covered. 28 3. The Operator will be assessing the ease of access to the operating nut within the 29 valve box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened 30 position. 31 4. If access and operation of the valve meet the City's criteria, then the valve will be 32 accepted as installed. 33 B. Non -Conforming Work 34 1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City's 35 criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City's criteria, at 36 the Contractor's expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-9 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 9 of 10 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 6, 2015 33 12 20 - 10 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 10 of 10 I NO 1XII W11 0140 11130 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1. LA — Modified acceptable size range and added requirement for bypass in 30-inch gate valves, Blue text added for exceptions 1.2 Measurement and Payment — Added Cut -In Gate Valve 1.2.A.l.c and 1.2.A.2.c — added additional items to be included in price bid 1.6.A — removed requirement for product data for bolts and nuts because it is to be included under Section 33 1105. 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.9.A.1 — Added requirement for bypass valve manufacturing 2.2.C. — Added requirement for 30-inch gate valves to have a bypass and bypass material requirements; Added reference to Section 33 1105 and removed material specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets; Added requirement for flanged isolation kits; Added restraint requirements for mechanical joint connections with ductile iron or PVC pressure pipe. 2.3.3 — Modified acceptable cast iron from Class 40 to Class 3513; Added requirements for reclaimed water applications 1.1.A.2 Revision - Gate valves larger than 24-inches may be approved by the City on a case -by -case basis 1.6.13.3 Added Section. Requires Affidavit for 5 years of experience in manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type. 1.6.13.4 Added Section — Requires Affidavit on Gate Valve manufacturers ownership 6/24/2014 D. Townsend in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on -site quality control. 1.9.A.l.f Added Section. Requirement for 5 years of experience in manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type. 1.9.A.l.g Added Section. Requirement for Gate Valve manufacturers ownership (or control) in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on -site quality control 1.1.A.1 Revised maximum allowable Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve from 30-inch to 48-inch 1.1.A. La Revised minimum size gate valve requiring bypass from 30-inch to 24- inch. 5/6/2015 D. Townsend 2.2.C.3. Changed requirement for an integrally cast bypass from 30-inch and above resilient seated gate valves to all double roller, track and scrapper system resilient seated gate valves 2.2.C.3.2 Added the minimum size bypass shall be 4-inches. 2.2.C.7.d Added that nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised May 6, 2015 331225-1 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 33 12 25 2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Connection to existing water mains to include, but not limited to: 7 a. Cutting in a tee for a branch connection 8 b. Extending from an existing water main 9 c. Installing a tapping sleeve and valve 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 12 2. Added 1.2.A.I.b 13 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.a. 14 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b 15 5. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.1 16 6. Added 1.2.A.3.b.2 17 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 18 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 19 Contract 20 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 21 3. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 22 4. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 23 5. Section 33 05 30 — Location of Existing Utilities 24 6. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 25 7. Section 33 11 10 —Ductile Iron Pipe 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Connection to Existing Water Mains 28 1. Connection to an existing unpressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System 29 Main that does not require the City to take part of the water system out of service 30 a. Measurement 31 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the water pipe being installed. 32 b. Payment 33 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 34 with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water 35 pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 36 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in 37 accordance with this Item are included in the total lump sum price. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised February 6, 2013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 33 12 25 - 2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 2 of 8 2. Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Connection to Existing Water Main" installed for: a) Various sizes of existing water distribution main 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item for various sizes of existing water distribution main shall be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but not limited to: 1) Preparing submittals 2) Dewatering 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Coordination and notification 5) Remobilization 6) Temporary lighting 7) Polyethylene encasement 8) Make-up pieces 9) Linings 10) Pavement removal 11) Excavation 12) Hauling 13) Disposal of excess material 14) Clean-up 15) Cleaning 16) Disinfection 17) Testing 3. Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main by Tapping Sleeve and Valve: a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tapping Sleeve and Valve" installed for: a) Various sizes of connecting main b) Various sizes of existing water distribution main 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be included in the total lump sum rp ice. c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but not limited to: 1) Preparing submittals 2) Dewatering 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised February 6, 2013 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 12 25 - 3 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 3 of 8 1 4) Coordination and notification 2 5) Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve 3 6) Remobilization 4 7) Temporary lighting 5 8) Polyethylene encasement 6 9) Make-up pieces 7 10) Linings 8 11) Pavement removal 9 12) Excavation 10 13) Hauling 11 14) Disposal of excess material 12 15) Clean-up 13 16) Cleaning 14 17) Disinfection 15 18) Testing 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 19 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 20 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 22 a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250) 23 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 24 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 25 b. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for 26 High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose 27 Applications 28 c. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High 29 Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both 30 d. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. 31 e. A283, Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength 32 Carbon Steel Plates. 33 f. A285, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- 34 and Intermediate -Tensile Strength. 35 g. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 36 h. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive 37 Applications. 38 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 39 a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 IN and Larger. 40 b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 41 c. C213, Fusion -Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel 42 Water Pipelines. 43 d. C223, Fabricated Steel and Stainless Steel Tapping Sleeves. 44 5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 45 (AWWA/ANSI): 46 a. C 105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 4 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 4 of 8 1 b. C111/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and 2 Fittings. 3 c. C115A21/15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray -Iron 4 Threaded Flanges. 5 6. NSF International (NSF): 6 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects. 7 7. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry Inc. 8 (MSS): 9 a. SP-60, Connecting flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves. 10 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 11 A. Pre -installation Meetings 12 1. Required for any connections to an existing, pressurized 16-inch or larger City 13 water distribution system main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water 14 system 15 2. May also be required for connections that involve shutting water service off to 16 certain critical businesses 17 3. Schedule a pre -installation meeting a minimum of 3 weeks prior to proposed time 18 for the work to occur. 19 4. The meeting shall include the Contractor, City Inspector and City Valve Crew. 20 5. Review work procedures as submitted and any adjustments made for current field 21 conditions. 22 6. Verify that all valves and plugs to be used have adequate thrust restraint or 23 blocking. 24 7. Schedule a test shutdown with the City. 25 8. Schedule the date for the connection to the existing system. 26 B. Scheduling 27 1. Schedule work to make all connections to existing 16-inch and larger mains: 28 a. During the period from November through April, unless otherwise approved by 29 the City 30 b. During normal business hours from Monday through Friday, unless otherwise 31 approved by the City 32 2. Schedule City Valve Crew by 1:00 P.M. a minimum of 1 business day prior to 33 planned disruption to the existing water system. 34 a. In the event that other water system activities do not allow the existing main to 35 be dewatered at the requested time, schedule work to allow the connection at an 36 alternate time acceptable to the City. 37 1) If water main cannot be taken out of service at the originally requested 38 time, coordination will be required with the City to discuss rescheduling 39 and compensation for mobilization. 40 2) No additional payment will be provided if the schedule was altered at the 41 Contractor's request. 42 1.5 SUBMITTALS 43 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 5 of 8 1 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 2 specials. 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Product Data, if applicable 5 1. Tapping Sleeve noting the pressure rating and coating system supplied including: 6 a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 7 b. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve by size 8 B. Submittals 9 1. Provide a detailed sequence of work for 16-inch, or larger, connections if required 10 by City that includes: 11 a. Results of exploratory excavation 12 b. Dewatering 13 c. Procedure for connecting to the existing water main 14 d. Time period for completing work from when the water is shut down to when 15 the main is back in service 16 e. Testing and repressurization procedures 17 2. Welders that are assigned to work on connection to concrete cylinder or steel pipe 18 must be certified and provide Welding Certificates, upon request, in accordance 19 with AWWA C200. 20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 25 1. Protect parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay 26 from the time of shipment until installation is completed. 27 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 28 site. 29 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges using wooden flanges, strongly 30 built and securely bolted thereto. 31 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 32 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 33 extremes in temperature. 34 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 35 6600. 36 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37 1.12 WARRANTY 38 A. Manufacturer Warranty 39 1. Manufacturer's warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 6 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 6 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 4 A. Manufacturers 5 1. Only the manufacturers as listed by the City's Standard Products List will be 6 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 7 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 8 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 9 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 10 B. Description 11 1. Regulatory Requirements 12 a. Tapping Sleeves shall meet or exceed AWWA C223 and the requirements of 13 this Specification. 14 b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the 15 requirements of NSF 61. 16 C. Tapping Sleeve Materials 17 1. Body 18 a. Body: Carbon Steel per ASTM A283 Grade C, ASTM A285 Grade C, ASTM 19 A36 Steel or equal 20 b. Finish: fusion bonded epoxy coating to an average 12 mil thickness. Fusion 21 applied per AWWA C213. 22 c. All buried tapping sleeves shall be provided with polyethylene encasement in 23 accordance with AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 24 1) Polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 25 2. Flange 26 a. Carbon Steel per ASTM A36 in accordance with AWWA C207 and ASME 27 B 16.1 Class 125. 28 b. Recessed for tapping valve per MSS SP-60 29 3. Bolts and Nuts 30 a. Flanged Ends 31 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe 32 material. 33 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 34 4. Gaskets 35 a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 36 5. Test Plug 37 a. %-inch NPT carbon steel with square head and fusion bonded epoxy coating CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 7 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 7 of 8 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION 6 A. Verification of Conditions 7 1. Verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing water main is as depicted 8 in the Drawings and that the location is suitable for a connection to the existing 9 water main. 10 a. Excavate and backfill trench for the exploratory excavation in accordance with 11 3305 10. 12 2. Verify that all equipment and materials are available on —site prior to the shutdown 13 of the existing main. 14 3. Pipe lines shall be completed, tested and authorized for connection to the existing 15 system in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 16 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17 3.4 INSTALLATION 18 A. General 19 1. Upon disruption of the existing water main, continue work until the connection is 20 complete and the existing water main is back in service. 21 B. Procedure 22 1. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 23 2. Dewater the existing water line so the chlorinated water is not unlawfully 24 discharged. 25 3. Maintain the water that may bleed by existing valves or plugs during installation 26 within the work area to a reasonable level. 27 a. Control the water in such a way that it does not interfere with the proper 28 installation of the connection or create a discharge of chlorinated water. 29 4. If any discharge of chlorinated water occurs, discharged water shall be de- 30 chlorinated in accordance with Section 33 04 40 31 5. Cut and remove existing water main in order to make the connection. 32 6. Verify that the existing pipe line is suitable for the proposed connection. 33 7. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 10. 34 8. In the event that a tapping sleeve and valve is used, the coupon from the existing 35 water main shall be submitted to the City. 36 9. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water or other debris form entering the pipeline. 37 10. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 8 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 8 of 8 1 11. Clean and disinfect the pipeline associated with the connection in accordance with 2 Section 33 04 40. 3 12. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 4 13. Request that the City Valve Crew re -pressurize the pipeline. 5 14. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 6 15. Request that City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 7 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 8 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 9 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 11 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 12 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 16 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17 END OF SECTION 18 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 19 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2•C.3 and 4 — Added reference to Section 33 1105 and removed bolt, nut and gasket material specification 2/6/2013 D. Townsend 3.4.B.4 Modified to refer to Section 33 04040 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised February 6, 2013 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 33 12 40 FIRE HYDRANTS 331240-1 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 1 of 7 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Dry -barrel fire hydrants with 5'/4-inch main valve for use with potable water mains 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 9 2. Modified 1.2.A.2.b 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 13 3. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 14 4. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 15 5. Section 33 11 10 —Ductile Iron Pipe 16 6. Section 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 17 7. Section 33 11 14 — Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 18 8. Section 33 12 20 — Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Measurement 22 a. Fire Hydrant and Extension 23 1) Measurement for this item shall be by the hydrant, complete in place. 24 2. Payment 25 a. Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 26 this Item and measured under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit prices 27 bid per each "Fire Hydrant' installed. 28 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 29 accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be 30 included in the total lump sum price. 31 3. The price bid shall include: 32 a. Furnishing and installing Fire Hydrants with appurtenances as specified in the 33 Drawings 34 b. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant assembly from base to operating nut 35 c. Extension barrel and stem 36 d. Adjusting hydrant to the appropriate height 37 e. Painting 38 f. Pavement Removal 39 g. Excavation 40 h. Freight, loading, unloading and handling 41 i. Disposal of excess material CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 3, 2014 33 12 40 - 2 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 2 of 7 1 j. Furnish, placement and compaction of embedment 2 k. Furnish, placement and compaction of backfill 3 1. Blocking, Braces and Rest 4 in. Clean up 5 n. Disinfection 6 1.3 TESTINGREFERENCES 7 A. Definitions 8 1. Base: The lateral connection to the fire hydrant lead; also called a shoe 9 B. Reference Standards 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 11 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 12 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 13 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 14 a. C502, Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants 15 b. Manual of Water Supply Practices M17 (AWWA Manual M17) —Installation, 16 Field Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants 17 3. NSF International 18 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects 19 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 20 a. 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections 21 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 22 a. 246, Hydrants for Fire -Protection Service 23 6. Factory Mutual (FM) 24 a. Class Number 1510, Approval Standard for Fire Hydrant (Dry Barrel Type) for 25 Private Fire Service 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 27 1.5 SUBMITTALS 28 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 29 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Product Data 32 1. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant stating: 33 a. Main valve opening size 34 b. Nozzle arrangement and sizes 35 c. Operating nut size 36 d. Operating nut operating direction 37 e. Working pressure rating 38 f. Component assembly and materials 39 g. Coatings and Finishes 40 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41 L8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 3, 2014 331240-3 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 3 of 7 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 A. Qualifications 3 1. Manufacturers 4 a. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 5 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 6 manufacturer upon City approval. 7 2. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be in conformance with AWWA C502, UL 246 and 8 FM 1510. 9 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 10 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 11 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA C502 and 12 AWWA Manual M17. 13 2. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 14 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 15 equipment are ready for operation. 16 3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 17 site. 18 4. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, 19 strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 20 5. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 21 6. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 22 extremes in temperature. 23 7. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 24 6600. 25 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 26 1.12 WARRANTY 27 A. Manufacturer Warranty 28 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 32 A. Manufacturers 33 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 34 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 35 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 36 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 37 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 38 3. The Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 39 regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants having similar 40 service and size. 41 B. Description CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 3, 2014 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 33 12 40 - 4 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 4 of 7 1. Regulatory Requirements a. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C502 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. b. All Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Performance / Design Criteria 1. Capacities a. Rated working pressure of 250 psi or greater 2. Design Criteria a. Operating nut 1) Uniformly tapered square nut measuring: a) 1 inch at the base b) 7/8 inch at the top 2) Open by turning the operating nut to the right (clockwise) a) Provide operating direction clearly marked with an arrow and the word "OPEN". 3) Provide weather shield with operating nut. b. Main Valve 1) Minimum 5'/4-inch opening 2) Compression type a) Opening against pressure b) Closing with pressure c. Nozzles 1) `T' shape, 3 nozzle arrangement 2) Nozzle sizes, threads and configuration in accordance with NFPA 1963 a) Hose nozzles (1) 2 x 21/2-inch (nominal size of connection) (a) 180 degrees apart (b) Thread Designation 2.5-7.5 NH (NFPA 1963) b) Pump nozzle (1) 4-inch (nominal size of connection) (a) Thread Designation 4-4 NH (NFPA 1963) d. Hydrant Barrel Configuration 1) Upper barrel 2) Breakable flange and stem a) To be installed above ground at the connection to the upper barrel 3) Extension barrel (if needed) and lower barrel a) Extension barrel and stem (1) Lengthen in 6-inch increments e. Drain Valve 1) Non -corrodible material 2) Spring operated drain valves are not allowed. D. Function 1. Drain Valve a. Drain fire hydrant barrels when main valve is closed. E. Materials 1. Furnish materials in accordance with AWWA C502. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised January 3, 2014 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 331240-5 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 5 of 7 1 2. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant Assembly 2 a. Internal parts 3 1) Threads 4 a) Provide operating thread designed to avoid metal such as iron or steel 5 threads against iron or steel parts. 6 2) Stem 7 a) Stem Nuts 8 (1) Provide bronze stem nuts. 9 (a) Grades per AWWA C502 10 b) Where needed, stem shall be grooved and sealed with 0-rings. 11 3. Provide crushed rock for placement around base conforming to Section 33 05 10. 12 F. Finishes 13 1. Primer Materials 14 a. Furnish primer for Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA C502. 15 2. Finish Materials 16 a. Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant 17 1) Exterior 18 a) Above grade 19 (1) Furnish exterior coating for above grade Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant 20 assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. 21 (2) Coating shall be Flynt Aluminum Paint in Silver. 22 b) Below grade 23 (1) Furnish exterior coating for below grade Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant 24 assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. 25 2) Interior 26 a) Interior coating for Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants assemblies in accordance 27 with AWWA C502 28 2.3 ACCESSORIES 29 A. Polyethylene Encasement 30 1. Provide polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 31 B. Embedment 32 1. Provide crushed rock and filter fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 33 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 34 A. Tests and Inspections 35 1. Testing and inspection of Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA 36 C502. 37 B. Markings 38 1. Provide each Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant marked in accordance with AWWA C502. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 3, 2014 331240-6 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 6 of 7 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5 3.4 INSTALLATION 6 A. General 7 1. Install in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, 8 manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. 9 2. Provide vertical installation with braces, rest and blocking in accordance with City 10 Standard Details. 11 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 12 4. Embed Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant assemblies in accordance with 33 05 10. 13 a. At the location of the weep holes, wrap barrel with polyethylene encasement 14 and crushed rock with filter fabric to prevent dirt and debris from entering the 15 fire hydrant. 16 5. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with the applicable 17 portion of Section 33 11 10. 18 6. Install concrete blocking and rest in accordance with Section 03 30 00 as indicated 19 in the Drawings. 20 7. A minimum 1/3 cubic yard of crushed rock shall be placed around the base, in 21 accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, to allow drain 22 outlets to operate. 23 a. The crushed rock should extend 6 inches above the drain outlets and a 24 minimum of 1 foot on all sides of the fire hydrant base. 25 8. Fire hydrant lead line shall be installed with a maximum cover of 7 feet. 26 a. Cover is measured from the invert at the fire hydrant base, vertical to ground 27 elevation. 28 b. Fittings may be used along fire lead line to ensure minimum and maximum 29 cover requirements are met. 30 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 31 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32 3.7 FIELD CONTROL 33 A. Field Inspections 34 1. The Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant and assembly shall perform as intended with no 35 deformation, leaking or damage of any kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 36 2. City inspector will issue final inspection notice to City staff. 37 3. City Field Operations Staff and Fire Department Staff shall have the opportunity to 38 inspect and operate the hydrant, to ensure that the fire hydrant was installed in 39 accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice MIT This includes but 40 is not limited to: 41 a. Operation of Nozzles and operating nut are not obstructed. 42 b. Drain valve is not obstructed or plugged CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 3, 2014 331240-7 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 7 of 7 1 4. Keep fire hydrant wrapped or covered to identify that it is out of service until the 2 water line it's connected to is put in service. 3 B. Non -Conforming Work 4 1. If access and operation of the Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrant or its appurtenances do not 5 meet the criteria of the AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, the 6 Contractor will remedy the situation criteria, at the Contractor's expense. 7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 10 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 12 3.13 MAINTENANCE 13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS 14 15 DATE NAME 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 11/27/2013 D. Townsend 16 1/3/2014 D. Townsend 1040 1X17 W11 ocam 11130 Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2.2.F.2.a.1).a).(2) Added paint manufacturer specification 2.2.C.2.c Revised pumper nozzle nominal diameter and added NFPA 1963 Thread Designations Specification Modified to be in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) — All material s to be lead-free in accordance with this act. Sections modified are 1. LA. 1, 1.9.A.2, and 2.2.E.1 Sections added are 1.3.A.2, 1.33.7, 1.63.1, 2.23.l.c, 2.43.2 H.R. 3588 (P.L. 113-64) signed into law 1/2/2014 waived Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) requirement for fire hydrant. All previous revisions related to "lead-free" requirement are now deleted including those revisions made 11/27/2013, those being: Sections modified are 1.1.A.1, 1.9.A.2, and 2.2.E.1 Sections added are 1.3.A.2, 1.33.7, 1.6.B.1, 2.23.l.c, 2.4.B.2 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised January 3, 2014 3331 13 -1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 33 31 13 2 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Fiberglass Reinforced pipe 18-inch and larger for gravity sanitary sewer 7 applications 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 10 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract 14 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 15 3. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 16 4. Section 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 17 5. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 18 6. Section 33 05 26 — Utility Markers/Locators 19 7. Section 33 3150 — Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Measurement 23 a. Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the 24 manhole, or appurtenance 25 2. Payment 26 a. Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 27 this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at 28 the unit price bid per linear foot for "Fiberglass Sewer Pipe" installed for: 29 1) Various sizes 30 2) Various backfills 31 b. Lump Sum Price — The work performed and materials furnished in 32 accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 33 "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 34 3. The price bid shall include: 35 a. Furnishing and installing Fiberglass gravity pipe with joints as specified by the 36 Drawings 37 b. Mobilization 38 c. Pavement removal 39 d. Excavation 40 e. Hauling CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3331 13 -2 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Page 2 of 7 I f. Disposal of excess material 2 g. Gaskets 3 h. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 4 i. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 5 j. Trench water stops 6 k. Clean-up 7 1. Cleaning 8 in. Testing 9 1.3 REFERENCES 10 A. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 12 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 13 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 15 a. D3236, Standard Test Method for Apparent Viscoscity of Hot Melt Adhesives 16 and Coating Materials. 17 b. D3262, Standard Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber -Reinforced 18 Thermosetting -Resin) Sewer Pipe. 19 c. D3681, Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of "Fiberglass" (Glass- 20 Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition. 21 d. D4161, Standard Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber -Reinforced 22 Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 23 e. F477, Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic 24 Pipe. 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30 A. Product Data 31 1. Manufacturer 32 2. Manufacturer Number (identifies factory, location, and date manufactured.) 33 3. Nominal Diameter 34 4. Beam load 35 5. Laying lengths 36 6. ASTM designation 37 B. Shop Drawings 38 1. Pipe details 39 2. Joint details 40 3. Miscellaneous items to be furnished and fabricated for the pipe 41 4. Dimensions 42 5. Tolerances CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3331 13 -3 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Page 3 of 7 1 6. Wall thickness 2 7. Properties and strengths 3 8. Pipe calculations 4 a. Calculations confirming the pipe will handle anticipated loading signed and 5 sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas 6 C. Certificates 7 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe meets the 8 provisions of this Section and has been tested and meets the requirements of ASTM 9 D3262. 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Qualifications 14 1. Manufacturers 15 a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project. 16 b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 17 manufacturer. 18 c. All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with this specification and ASTM 19 D3262. 20 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21 A. Delivery 22 1. Provide adequate strutting during transport to prevent damage to the pipe, fittings 23 and appurtenances. 24 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 25 1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer's 26 guidelines. 27 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with 28 Section 0166 00. 29 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 34 A. Manufacturers 35 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be 36 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 37 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3331 13 -4 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Page 4 of 7 1 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 2 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 3 B. Performance / Design Criteria 4 1. Pipe 5 a. Design in accordance with ASTM D3262 6 b. Design pipe for service loads that include: 7 1) External groundwater and earth loads 8 2) Jacking/pushing loads 9 a) The allowable jacking/pushing capacity shall not exceed 40 percent of 10 the ultimate compressive strength or the maximum allowable 11 compressive strength recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is 12 less. 13 3) Traffic loads 14 4) Practical considerations for handling, shipping and other construction 15 operations 16 c. Design is to be conducted under the supervision of a Professional Engineer 17 licensed in the State of Texas, who shall seal and sign the design. 18 d. Standard lay length of 20 feet, except for special fittings or closure pieces 19 necessary to comply with the Drawings. 20 e. Stiffness class that satisfies design requirement on the Drawings, but not less 21 than 46 psi when used in direct bury operations. 22 f. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or 23 other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. 24 g. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 25 2. Dimensional Tolerances 26 a. Inside diameter 27 1) Pipe shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the nominal inside diameter. 28 b. Roundness 29 1) The difference between the major and minor outside diameters shall not 30 exceed 0.1 percent of the nominal outside or 1/4 inch, whichever is less. 31 c. Wall thickness 32 1) Provide minimum single point thickness no less than 98 percent of stated 33 design thickness. 34 d. End Squareness 35 1) Provide pipe ends square to pipe axis with maximum tolerance of 1/8 inch. 36 e. Fittings 37 1) Provide tolerance of angle of elbow and angle between main and leg of Wye 38 or tee to f2 degrees. 39 2) Provide tolerance of laying length of fitting to f2 inches. 40 C. Materials 41 1. Resin Systems 42 a. Only use polyester resin system with proven history of performance in this 43 particular application. 44 2. Glass Reinforcements 45 a. Use reinforcing glass fibers of highest quality commercial grade E-glass 46 filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnated resins to 47 manufacture components. 48 3. Fillers CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3331 13 -5 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Page 5 of 7 1 a. Silica sand or other suitable materials may be used. 2 b. Use 98 percent silica with maximum moisture contest of 0.2 percent. 3 4. Additives 4 a. Resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers, thixotropic 5 agents, etc., when used, shall not detrimentally affect the performance of the 6 product. 7 5. Internal liner resin 8 a. Suitable for service as sewer pipe 9 b. Highly resistant to exposure to sulfuric acid 10 c. Produced by biological activity from hydrogen sulfide gases 11 d. Meet or exceed requirements of ASTM D3681 12 6. Gaskets 13 a. Supply from approved gasket manufacturer in accordance with ASTM F477 14 and suitable for service intended. 15 b. Affix gaskets to pipe by means of suitable adhesive or install in a manner so as 16 to prevent gasket from rolling out of pre-cut groove in pipe or sleeve coupling. 17 c. Provide the following gaskets in potentially contaminated areas. 18 1) Petroleum (diesel, gasoline) — Viton 19 2) Other contaminants — Manufacturer recommendation 20 7. Couplings 21 a. Field connect pipe with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric 22 sealing gaskets as sole means to maintain joint water tightness. 23 8. Joints 24 a. Joints must meet requirements of ASTM D4161. 25 9. Pipe markings shall meet the minimum requirements of ASTM D3236. Minimum 26 pipe markings shall be as follows: 27 a. Manufacturer 28 b. Manufacturer Number (identifies factory, location, date manufactured, shift 29 and sequence) 30 c. Nominal diameter 31 d. Beam load 32 e. Laying length 33 f. ASTM designation 34 10. Connections 35 a. Use only manufactured fittings. 36 b. See Section 33 3150. 37 11. Detectable Metallic Tape 38 a. See Section 33 05 26. 39 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 41 PART 3 - EXECUTION 42 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 43 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3331 13 -6 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Page 6 of 7 1 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 2 3.4 INSTALLATION 3 A. General 4 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in 5 Section 33 05 10 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 6 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 7 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 8 4. Embed pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 9 5. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24. 10 B. Pipe Handling 11 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 12 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 13 a. Inspect each joint of pipe and rejector repair any damaged pipe prior to 14 lowering into the trench. 15 b. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the 16 surface of the pipe for handling pipe. 17 3. At the close of each operating day: 18 a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after 19 the laying operation. 20 b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 21 C. Pipe Joint Installation 22 a. Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. 23 b. Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell 24 end to the reference mark. 25 c. Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward 26 toward the trench opening. 27 d. When making connection to manhole, use an elastomeric seal or flexible boot 28 to facilitate a seal. 29 D. Connection Installation 30 1. See Section 33 3150. 31 E. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 32 1. See Section 33 05 26. 33 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 34 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 36 A. Field Tests and Inspections 37 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 38 a. Provide a CCTV inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 39 2. Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test 40 a. Perform test in accordance with Section 33 0130. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 3331 13 -7 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PIPE FOR GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS Page 7 of 7 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 0 10 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 333170-1 COMBINATION AIR VALVE FOR SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 33 3170 2 COMBINATION AIR VALVE FOR SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 A. Section Includes: 1. 3-inch through 8-inch Combination Air -Release and Air/Vacuum Valve Assemblies (Combination Air Valves) for sanitary sewer force mains to include: a. Combination air -release and air/vacuum valve b. Tap to force main c. Inlet piping and appurtenances d. Vent piping and appurtenances e. Vault enclosure and appurtenances B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.2.a 2. Added 1.2.A.2.b 3. Deleted 2.3.2.a 4. Added 2.3.2.b 5. Deleted 2.3.3.a & b 6. Added 2.3.3.c 7. Deleted 2.3.4 - 6 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 4. Section 33 05 14 — Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade 5. Section 33 11 10 —Ductile Iron Pipe 6. Section 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 7. Section 33 12 20 — Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 8. Section 33 39 20 — Precast Concrete Manholes 32 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 33 A. Measurement and Payment 34 1. Measurement 35 a. Measurement for Combination Air Valves shall be per each. 36 2. Payment 37 a. Unit Price — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 38 this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Sewer Air Release 39 Valve and Vault" installed for: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 33 31 70 - 2 COMBINATION AIR VALVE FOR SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 2 of 6 1 1) Various inlet sizes 2 b. Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 3 accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be 4 included in the total lump sum price. 5 3. The price bid shall include: 6 a. Furnishing and installing Combination Air Valves with appurtenances as 7 specified in the Drawings 8 b. Air valve vault and appurtenances 9 c. Tapping the main 10 d. Isolation valves 11 e. Fittings 12 f. Vent piping 13 g. Vent cover and/or enclosure 14 h. Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection, if required 15 1. Excavation and backfill 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Definitions 18 1. Combination Air Valve: A device having the features of both an air -release valve 19 and an air/vacuum valve 20 2. Inlet: The opening at the base of the Combination Air Valve mechanism through 21 which air from the force main enters 22 3. Inlet Piping: The piping and appurtenances between the force main and the valve 23 inlet 24 4. Orifice: The opening in the Combination Air Valve mechanism through which air is 25 expelled from or admitted into the force main 26 5. Outlet: The opening at the top of Combination Air Valve mechanism, including the 27 orifice, through which air enters or exits the force main 28 6. Vent Piping: The piping and appurtenances from the Combination Air Valve outlet 29 to its termination point outside the vault 30 B. Reference Standards 31 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 32 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 33 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 34 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 35 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Water Works Association 36 (AWWA): 37 a. ANSI/AWWA C512 — Air -Release, Air/Vacuum Valves, and Combination Air 38 Valves for Waterworks Service. 39 b. AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practices M51 (AWWA Manual M51) — Air- 40 Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves 41 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 42 1.5 SUBMITTALS 43 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 44 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 333170-3 COMBINATION AIR VALVE FOR SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 3 of 6 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2 A. Product Data 3 1. Combination Air Valves, air/vacuum valves, or combination air valves stating: 4 a. Application type 5 b. Working pressure rating 6 c. Test pressure rating 7 d. Surge pressure rating 8 e. Inlet size 9 f. Small orifice size 10 g. Large orifice size 11 h. Cleaning ports 12 2. Valve vault and appurtenances 13 3. Tapping appurtenances 14 4. Isolation valves 15 5. Fittings 16 6. Vent piping 17 7. Vent cover and/or enclosure 18 8. Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22 A. Qualifications 23 1. Manufacturers 24 a. Combination Air Valves of the same size shall be the product of 1 25 manufacturer. 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 27 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 28 1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 29 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 30 equipment are ready for operation. 31 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 32 site. 33 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, 34 strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 35 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 36 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 37 extremes in temperature. 38 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 39 6600. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 33 31 70 - 4 COMBINATION AIR VALVE FOR SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 4 of 6 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY 3 A. Manufacturer Warranty 4 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 5 PART2- PRODUCTS 6 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 8 A. Manufacturers 9 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 10 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. 11 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 12 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 13 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 14 3. The Combination Air Valve shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 15 regularly engaged in the manufacturing of air release/air vacuum valves having 16 similar service and size. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 B. Performance / Design Criteria 1. Capacities a. Application = Sanitary Sewer b. Working Pressure from 10 psi to 150 psi c. Test Pressure = 225 psi d. Surge Pressure = 100 psi minimum, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents e. Size 1) Each orifice size must be sufficient to meet the requirements set forth in AWWA Manual M51 and indicated on the Drawings. 2. Function a. High volume discharge during force main filling b. High volume intake through the large orifice c. Pressurized air discharge d. Surge Dampening/Controlled discharge rates 1) The valve shall have an integral surge alleviation mechanism which shall operate automatically to limit transient pressure rise or shock induced by closure due to high velocity air discharge or the subsequent rejoining of the separated water columns. The limitation of the pressure rise shall be achieved by decelerating the approaching water prior to valve closure. e. Must operate effectively with the presence of solids encountered in sanitary sewer C. Materials 1. Combination Air Valve a. Internal parts 1) Non -corroding material such as stainless steel or high density polyethylene CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 20, 2012 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333170-5 COMBINATION AIR VALVE FOR SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 5 of 6 1 b. Valve body 2 1) SAE 304 or SAE 316 stainless steel 3 2) Equipped with intake and discharge flanges 4 c. Inlet/Discharge orifice area 5 1) Equal to the nominal size of the valve or greater 6 2.3 ACCESSORIES 7 1. Inlet Piping 8 a. Shall be in accordance with Drawings 9 2. Isolation Valves 10 a Gate valve (flanged) in aeeerc` a-aee-`vPrchraccclon P- 12 2Q with: 11 1) 2 insh operating , Igor. rising stem with ene sod miter gearing for 3 13 b. Shall be in accordance with the Drawings 14 3. Vent Piping 15 a. 1 inah rsinirsum Duatile ir-e Pipe in aeeofdanee T 'ith Dm•r ngs 16 b. No galvanized piping allowed. 17 c. Shall be in accordance with the Drawings 18 4. :'e1}t Se een 19 a. &raiiiloss Stool (A IS! 304) 20 21 J1Z 1129 thefmoplastic anvlloxtro, a ea eqtffi4 22 6 23 a. Pw-;i e a rf.,t top fete manhole ; aeeer-danee with Seet; n 33 39 �n 24 b. Manhale difnerssh-all i.o ; aeeor-danee with Drawings-. 25 e. Pr-evi a 322 insh hinged ,over- with ffame and gr-a e aeeer-da-nee with 26 Seet; 33 05 i z 27 d. Seeufe Air- Valve to vault wall using a galva-mized or- stainless steel bf:p 28 „f ,.t, Fe by G -;fon, ,. approved oqud, in ozoar- a -nee . „ti, ti o D.wwings 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 30 A. Tests and Inspections 31 1. Testing and inspection of Combination Air Valves shall be in accordance with 32 AWWA C412. 33 PART 3 - EXECUTION 34 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 35 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 36 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 37 3.4 INSTALLATION 38 A. General 39 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the 40 Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 333170-6 COMBINATION AIR VALVE FOR SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 6 of 6 1 2. All ductile iron piping and valves above ground or within the vault interior shall be 2 painted in accordance with City requirements, unless otherwise stated in the 3 Drawings. 4 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 5 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 7 A. Field Inspections 8 1. The valve shall perform as intended with no deformation, leaking or damage of any 9 kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 10 2. Before acceptance of the installed valve, the City Field Operations Staff shall have 11 the opportunity to inspect and operate the valve. 12 3. The City will assess the ease of access to the operating nut and ease of operating the 13 corporation stop. 14 4. If access and operation of the valve and its appurtenances meet the City Standard 15 Detail, then the valve will be accepted as installed. 16 5. The Combination Air Valve assembly shall be free from any leaks. 17 B. Non -Conforming Work 18 1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City's 19 criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City's criteria, at 20 the Contractor's expense. 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson General: Modified specification to reflect materials and equipment in City Standard Detail; Removed cast -in -place manhole references 30 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 20, 2012 333910-1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 33 39 10 2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Sanitary Sewer Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2 5. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.1 6. Added 1.2.A.3.b.2 7. Modified 1.2.A.4.b.1 8. Modified 1.2.A.4.b.l.c 9. Added 1.2.A.4.b.2 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 4. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 5. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 6. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 7. Section 33 39 60 — Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 8. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. Manhole 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 32 b. Payment 33 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 34 with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole" 35 installed for: 36 a) Various sizes 37 b) Various types CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 13, 2024 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 3339 10-2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 2 of 8 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Concrete 5) Backfill (except where import CSS/CLSM is required around manhole/junction box in construction drawings) 6) Foundation 7) Drop pipe 8) Stubs 9) Frame 10) Cover 11) Grade rings 12) Pipe connections 13) Pavement removal 14) Hauling 15) Disposal of excess material 16) Placement and compaction of backfill 17) Clean-up 2. Extra Depth Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot for "Extra Depth Manhole" specified for: a) Various sizes 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 333910-3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 3 of 8 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each Sewer Junction Structure being installed. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the lump sum bid per each "Sewer Junction Structure" location. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. Price bid will include: 1) Junction Structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 4. Imported Embedment/Backfill - CSS/CLSM a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the City b. Payment 1) Unit Price - Imported CSS/CLSM backfill around manholes/junction boxes shall be paid when the following conditions exist: a) When depths are 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement b) When working in redevelopment areas where work is required in constrained spaces c) When required in the Construction Drawings CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 3339 10 - 4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 4 of 8 1 The . e -k per-fefmed and fnate -ials F,,... ishe,7 ; aeeefdanee ..i*. tk.*3 2 and measured as pfovided undef " » will be paid fef at the unit 3 pfiee bid per- „bw , .,f fccT lea 9 1.0.7m e tMaek f;11 GSS" , 4 "4Ryerc 'lccr rixv�c xix2lit ix 1'FEmiilrCLSM" fef m4efira laeed in a-Feas 5 . 6 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 7 accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be 8 included in the total lump sum price. 9 10 1.3 REFERENCES 11 A. Definitions 12 1. Manhole Type 13 a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 14 1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep 15 b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 16 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection (s) 17 c. Type "A" Manhole (See City Standard Details) 18 1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and 19 larger sewer pipe 20 d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 21 1) Less than 4 feet deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller 22 than 39-inch 23 2. Manhole Size 24 a. 4 foot diameter 25 1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch 26 b. 5 foot diameter 27 1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 28 c. See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. 29 B. Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 31 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 32 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 33 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 34 a. D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. 35 b. D4259, Standard Practice for Preparation if Concrete Abrasion Prior to Coating 36 Application. 37 c. ASTM D8530/D8530M Standard Guide for the Selection and Use of 38 Waterstops 39 3. OSHA 40 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 41 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations 42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43 1.5 SUBMITTALS 44 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 45 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 13, 2024 333910-5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 5 of 8 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2 A. Product Data 3 1. Drop connection materials 4 2. Pipe connections at manhole walls 5 3. Stubs and stub plugs 6 4. Admixtures 7 5. Concrete Mix Design 8 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 16 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 17 A. Manufacturers 18 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 19 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 20 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 21 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 22 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 23 B. Materials 24 1. Concrete - Conform to Section 03 30 00. 25 2. Reinforcing Steel - Conform to Section 03 2100. 26 3. Frame and Cover - Conform to Section 33 05 13. 27 4. Grade Ring - Conform to Section 33 05 13. 28 5. Backfill - CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) - Conform to 29 Section 33 05 10. 30 6. Pipe Connections 31 a. Pipe connections can be premolded pipe adapter, flexible locked -in boot 32 adapter, or integrally cast gasket channel and gasket. 33 7. Interior Coating or Liner - Conform to Section 33 39 60, if required. 34 8. Exterior Coating 35 a. Use Coal Tar Bitumastic for below grade damp proofing. 36 b. Dry film thickness shall be no less than12 mils and no greater than 30 mils. 37 c. Solids content is 68 percent by volume f 2 percent. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 13, 2024 333910-6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 6 of 8 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION 6 A. Evaluation and Assessment 7 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 8 3.3 PREPARATION 9 A. Foundation Preparation 10 1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 11 2. Replace excavated soil with course aggregate, creating a stable base for the 12 manhole construction. 13 a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of course aggregate base a 2-inch 14 mud slab may be substituted. 15 3.4 INSTALLATION 16 A. Manhole 17 1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 18 2. Cast manhole foundation and wall monolithically. 19 a. A cold joint with water stopper ASTM D8530/D8530M is allowed when the 20 manhole depth exceeds 12 feet. 21 b. No other joints are allowed unless shown on Drawings. 22 3. Place, finish and cure concrete according to Section 03 30 00. 23 a. Manholes must cure 3 days before backfilling around structure. 24 B. Pipe connection at Manhole 25 1. Do not construct joints of sewer pipe within wall sections of manhole. 26 C. Invert 27 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 28 at pipe -manhole connections. 29 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 30 possible radius of curvature. 31 a. Provide curves for side inlets. 32 3. Sewer pipe may be laid through the manhole and the top 1/2 of the pipe removed to 33 facilitate manhole construction. 34 4. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 35 5. For example, if 8-inch pipe is connected to manhole, construct the invert to full 8 36 inches in depth. 37 D. Drop Manhole Connection CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 13, 2024 333910-7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 7 of 8 1 1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches 2 above the invert. 3 E. Final Rim Elevation 4 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. 5 a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. 6 b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 7 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 8 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 9 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the 10 final surface elevation of the manhole frame. 11 F. Internal coating 12 1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by 13 Drawings. 14 G. External coating 15 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 16 the coating. 17 2. Cure for 3 days before backfilling around structure. 18 3. Coat the same date the forms are removed. 19 4. Prepare surface in accordance with ASTM D4258 and ASTM D4259. 20 5. Application will follow manufacturer's recommendation. 21 H. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 22 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 23 I. Junction Structures 24 1. All structures shall be installed as specified in Drawings. 25 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 26 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 28 A. Field Tests and Inspections 29 1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 30 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 31 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 32 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 33 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 34 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 35 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 36 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 13, 2024 1 2 3 333910-8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 8 of 8 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.1.e. — reinforcing steel removed from items to be included in price bid 1.1 C. —Referenced 33 05 10 1.3. B. — Updated reference standards 1.2 A. — Revised to add pay item when imported CSS/SLSM is required in 12/13/2024 M Owen Construction Drawings 2.2 B. — Referenced 33 05 10 for import CSS/CLSM material if required in Construction Drawings 3.4 A.2.a. — Clarified ASTM reference CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 333920-1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 33 39 20 2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast 7 Concrete Manholes 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1 10 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2 11 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1 12 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2 13 5. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.1 14 6. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.Ic 15 7. Added 1.2.A.3.b.2 16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 17 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18 Contract 19 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 20 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 21 4. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 22 5. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 23 6. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 24 7. Section 33 39 60 — Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 25 8. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 26 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. Manhole 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each concrete manhole installed. 32 b. Payment 33 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 34 with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole" 35 installed for: 36 a) Various sizes 37 b) Various types CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 333920-2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 2 of 8 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill (except where imported CSS/CLSM is required around manhole in construction drawings) 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 2. Extra Depth Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot for "Extra Depth Manhole" specified for: a) Various sizes 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item for various sizes and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 333920-3 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 3 of 8 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 3. Imported Embedment/Backfill - CSS/CLSM a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the City b. Payment 1) Unit Price - Imported CSS/CLSM backfill around manholes/junction boxes shall be paid when the following conditions exist: a) When depths are 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement b) When working in redevelopment areas where work is required in constrained spaces c) When required in the Construction Drawings The work perfofmed and materials fttmished in aeeer-daiiee with this item and cz provided " will be paid fef at the -unit v-axxicrr a mrorrrzvrTrras�/rlaareas afmr d Ymakales6tmefiea boxes. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item for various sizes and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. 29 1.3 REFERENCES 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 A. Definitions 1. Manhole Type a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s) c. Type "A" Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and larger sewer pipe. d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Less than four 4 deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller than 39-inch 2. Manhole Size a. 4 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch b. 5 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 2) See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. 48 B. Reference Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333920-4 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 4 of 8 1 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 2 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 3 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 4 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 5 a. C443, Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using 6 Rubber Gaskets 7 b. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 8 Sections. 9 c. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 10 Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 11 d. D 1187, Standard Specification for Asphalt -Base Emulsion for Use as Protective 12 Coatings for Metal 13 e. D 1227, Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective 14 Coating for Roofing 15 3. OSHA 16 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 17 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 21 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 23 A. Product Data 24 1. Precast Concrete Manhole 25 2. Drop connection materials 26 3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 27 4. Stubs and stub plugs 28 5. Admixtures 29 6. Concrete Mix Design 30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 34 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 35 1.12 WARRANTY 36 A. Manufacturer Warranty 37 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-5 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 5 of 8 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 4 A. Manufacturers 5 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 6 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 7 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 8 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 9 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 10 B. Materials 11 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections — Conform to ASTM C478. 12 2. Precast Joints 13 a. Provide gasketed joints in accordance with ASTM C443. 14 b. Minimize number of segments. 15 c. Use long joints at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 16 d. Include manufacturer's stamp on each section. 17 3. Lifting Devices 18 a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 19 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 20 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 21 installation. 22 4. Frame and Cover — Conform to Section 33 05 13. 23 5. Backfill — CSS/CLSM (when required in construction Drawings) — Conform to 24 Section 33 05 10. 25 6. Grade Ring — Conform to Section 33 05 13 and ASTM C478. 26 7. Pipe Connections 27 a. Utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector or a boot -type 28 connector installed in a circular block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 29 8. Steps 30 a. No steps are allowed. 31 9. Interior Coating or Liner — Conform to Section 33 39 60. 32 10. Exterior Coating 33 a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM D1187 34 Type I and ASTM D 1227 Type III Class 1. 35 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 36 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 333920-6 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 6 of 8 I PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION 4 A. Evaluation and Assessment 5 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 6 3.3 PREPARATION 7 A. Foundation Preparation 8 1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 9 2. Replace excavated soil with coarse aggregate; creating a stable base for manhole 10 construction. 11 a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of coarse aggregate base a 2-inch 12 mud slab may be substituted. 13 3.4 INSTALLATION 14 A. Manhole 15 1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 16 2. Precast Sections 17 a. Provide bell -and -spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing 18 compound for wastewater use. 19 b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate and join. 20 c. Minimize number of segments. 21 d. Use long joints used at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. 22 B. Invert 23 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 24 at pipe -manhole connections. 25 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 26 possible radius of curvature. 27 a. Provide curves for side inlets. 28 3. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 29 4. For example, if 8-inch pipe in connected to manhole construct the invert to full 8 30 inches in depth. 31 C. Drop Manhole Connection 32 1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches 33 above the invert. 34 D. Final Rim Elevation 35 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. 36 a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. 37 b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 38 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 39 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 333920-7 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 7 of 8 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the final surface elevation of the manhole frame. E. Internal coating 1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by Drawings. F. External coating 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of the coating. 2. Cure manhole for 3 days before backfilling around the structure. 3. Application will follow manufacturer's recommendation. G. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] DATE NAME 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 12/13/2024 M Owen END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.1.A.1 — Modified to include precast manholes for water and reclaimed water applications 1.3.13.2 — Modified to include ASTM C443, D1187 and D1227 as references 2.2.13.1-3 — Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 2.2.13.10 — Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 1.1 C. —Referenced 33 05 10 1.2 A. Revised to add pay item when imported CSS/LSM is required in Construction Drawings 1.3 B. — Updated reference standards 2.2 B. — Referenced 33 05 10 for import CSS/CLSM material if required in CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 13, 2024 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333920-8 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 8 of 8 Construction Drawings 3.3 A. 2. — Corrected typo - coarse CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised December 13, 2024 333921-1 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 33 39 21 2 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Acid resistant polymer manholes intended for use in sanitary sewers, storm sewers 7 and water lines, where corrosion resistance is required. 8 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 34 13 — Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 13 4. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 14 5. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing. 15 6. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 16 7. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 A.Measurement and Payment 1. Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Concrete Polymer Manhole b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole" or "Drop Manhole" installed for: a) Various sizes 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid will include: 1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Cast -in -Place footing (if required) 5) Reinforcing steel or fiberglass bars 6) Concrete 7) Backfill 8) Foundation 9) Drop pipe (if required) 10) Vent Piping (if required) 11) Stubs 12) Frame CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 39 21 -2 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 2 of 8 1 13) Cover 2 14) Grade rings 3 15) Pipe connections 4 16) Pavement removal 5 17) Hauling 6 18) Disposal of excess material 7 19) Placement and compaction of backfill 8 20) Clean-up 9 2. Extra Depth Manhole 10 a. Measurement 11 1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 12 to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 16 price bid per each "Extra Depth Manhole" installed for: 17 a) Various sizes. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 20 Drawings 21 2) Excavation 22 3) Forms 23 4) Reinforcing steel or fiberglass bars 24 5) Concrete 25 6) Foundation 26 7) Drop pipe, if required 27 8) Pipe stubs 28 9) Interior lining 29 10) Frame 30 11) Cover 31 12) Grade rings 32 13) Pipe connections 33 14) Pavement removal 34 15) Hauling 35 16) Disposal of excess material 36 17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 37 18) Clean-up 38 1.3 REFERENCES 39 A.Abbreviations and Acronyms 40 B. Definitions 41 1. Manhole Type 42 a. Standard Manhole 43 1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 44 b. Standard Drop Manhole 45 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 46 c. Extra Depth Manhole 47 1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 48 C. Reference Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333921-3 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 3 of 8 1 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 2 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 3 unless a date is specifically cited. 4 2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 5 a. C443 — Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using 6 Rubber Gaskets. 7 b. C478 — Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 8 Sections. 9 c. C497 — Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile. 10 d. C857 — Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for 11 Underground Utility Structures. 12 e. C923 — Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 13 Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 14 f. C990 — Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes and 15 Precast Box Sections using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 16 g. D648 — Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural 17 Load in Edgewise Position. 18 h. D1187 — Standard Specification for Asphalt -Base Emulsion for Use as 19 Protective Coatings for Metal. 20 i. D 1227 — Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective 21 Coating for Roofing. 22 j. D2584 — Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins. 23 k. D6783 — Standard Specification for Polymer Concrete Pipe. 24 D.AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28 B.All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 29 specials. 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Product Data 32 1. Frames, grates, rings and covers 33 2. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections 34 3. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls 35 4. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required 36 5. Proof of current (within the last 3-months) independent Chemical Resistance testing 37 conducted in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Work 38 Construction (California Greenbook) Section 211-2 or equal. Reactive material 39 shall not exceed 5%. 40 B. Shop Drawings 41 1. Shop drawings of manhole sections, base units and construction details, jointing 42 methods, materials and dimensions CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 33 39 21 -4 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 4 of 8 1 2. Summary of criteria used in manhole design including, as minimum, material 2 properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. Include 3 certification from manufacturer that acid resistant polymer manhole design meets or 4 exceeds the load and strength requirements of ASTM C 478 and ASTM C 857 5 3. Shop Drawings shall be sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of 6 Texas. 7 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 10 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 11 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12 1.12 WARRANTY 13 A. Manufacturer Warranty 14 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2 MATERIALS 18 A.Manufacturers 19 1. Manufacturer List 20 a. Armorock 21 b. U.S. Composite Pipe, Inc. 22 c. No other manufacturers shall be permitted. 23 B.Materials 24 1. Provide acid resistant polymer manhole sections, base sections and related 25 components conforming to ASTM C 478. ASTM C 478 material and 26 manufacturing is allowed compositional and dimensional differences required by a 27 polymer product. 28 2. Precast Joints 29 a. Provide gaskets in accordance with ASTM C443. 30 b. Provide external joint wrap — Infi-Shield Gator Wrap 31 c. Minimize number of joints. 32 d. Joint length to increase with manhole depth. 33 1) For example, use long joints at the bottom of manhole and shorter joints 34 toward the top. 35 e. Include manufacturer's stamp on each section. 36 3. Lifting Devices 37 a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 38 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 39 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 40 installation. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333921-5 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 5 of 8 1 4. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 13. 2 5. Pipe Connections 3 a. Utilize an elastomeric PVC or rubber boot -type connector installed in a circular 4 block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 5 6. Drop piping shall be the same material as sanitary sewer main. 6 7. Steps are not allowed. 7 C. General 8 1. Provide base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. 9 2. Provide riser sections joined with bell and spigot / ship -lap design seamed with 10 butyl mastic and/or rubber gaskets (ASTM C 990) so that on assembly, manhole 11 base, riser and top section make a continuous and uniform manhole structure. 12 3. Construct riser sections for polymer manholes from standard polymer manhole 13 sections of the diameter indicated on drawings. 14 4. Design wall sections for depth and loading conditions with wall thickness as 15 required by polymer manufacturer. 16 5. Provide tops to support HL-93 vehicle loading and receiving cast iron frame covers, 17 as indicated on drawings. 18 6. Where polymer transition slabs are required provide precast base sections with flat 19 polymer slab top sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access 20 riser sections. Transition shall be concentric unless otherwise shown on the 21 Drawings. Locate transition to provide minimum of 7-foot head clearance from 22 base to underside of transition unless otherwise approved by City. 23 D. Design Criteria 24 1. Manhole risers, transition slabs, conical tops, grade rings and manhole base sections 25 shall be designed, by manufacturer, to meet the intent of ASTM C 478 with 26 allowable compositional and sizing differences required by a polymer product. 27 a. AASHTO LRFD HL-93 design live loading applied to manhole cover and 28 transition and base slabs. 29 b. Polymer manholes will be designed based upon live and dead load criteria in 30 ASTM C 857. 31 c. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above portions of manhole, including base 32 slab projections. 33 d. Internal liquid pressure based on unit weight of 63 pcf. 34 e. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by transition and base slabs. 35 2. Manhole risers, transition slabs, conical tops, grade rings and manhole base sections 36 shall be designed, by manufacture, to requirements of ASTM C 478 and ASTM C 37 857 as modified to accept polymer construction in lieu of concrete as follows: 38 a. Polymer Mixture - the mixture shall consist solely of thermosetting resin sand 39 and aggregate. No cementitious materials shall be allowed as part of the mix 40 design matrix. All sand and aggregate shall be nonreactive in an acid 41 environment. 42 b. Required wall thickness for all members will be that stated by polymer manhole 43 manufacturer based upon loading conditions and material properties. The wall 44 thickness of risers and conical tops shall be not less than that prescribed by the 45 manufacturer's design by more than 5%. A wall greater than the prescribed 46 design shall not be cause for rejection. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333921-6 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 6 of 8 1 c. Thermosetting Resin - The resin shall have a minimum of deflection 2 temperature of 158°F when tested at 264 psi (1.820 mPa) following Test 3 Method D 648. The resin content shall not be less than 7% of the weight of the 4 sample as determined by test method D 2584. Resin selection shall be suitable 5 for applications in the corrosive conditions to which the structures will be 6 exposed. 7 d. Each manhole component shall be free of all defects, including indentations, 8 cracks, foreign inclusions and resin starved areas that, due to their nature and 9 degree or extent, detrimentally affect the strength and serviceability of the 10 component part. The internal diameter of manhole components shall not vary 11 more than 1 %. Variations in height of two opposite sides of risers and conical 12 tops shall not be more the 5/8 inch. The under run in height of a riser or conical 13 top shall not be more than 1/4in./ft of height with a maximum of %2 inch in any 14 one section. 15 e. Marketing and Identification - Each manhole shall be marked on the inside and 16 outside with the following information - Manufacturer's name or trademark, 17 Manufacturer's location and Production Date. 18 f. Manhole joints shall be assembled with a bell/spigot or shiplap butyl mastic 19 joint so that on assembly, manhole base, riser and top section make a 20 continuous and uniform manhole. Joint sealing surfaces shall be free of dents, 21 gouges and other surface irregularities that would affect joint integrity. 22 g. Minimum clear distance between two wall penetrations shall be a minimum of 23 6" on 48" to 72" diameter manholes and a minimum of 8" on larger diameter 24 manholes. A clearance of 3" is required between wall penetration and joint. 25 h. Construct invert channels to provide smooth flow transition waterway with no 26 disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. Invert slope through manhole 27 is as indicated on drawings. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert 28 fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. Polymer bench and channel are 29 to be constructed with all resin aggregate material — no alternative fill material 30 is allowed. Extended base footer requirements for buoyancy concerns can be 31 addressed with cementitious concrete material. 32 i. Provide resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923 or as 33 a required by owner. All connectors are to be water tight. Install approved 34 resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting manholes in accordance 35 with manufacturer's instructions. 36 j. Steel reinforcement shall be coated for acid resistance. Designs using non-streel 37 reinforcement are allowed. 38 k. Exceptions to ASTM C 478- components shall be designed for the intended 39 combinations of manufacturing materials. Component designs may be as non- 40 reinforced members or reinforced members as recommended by the 41 manufacturer. Steel reinforcement is not required for circumferential 42 reinforcement, joint reinforcement, base slab reinforcement or hoop 43 reinforcement, but may be placed for the purpose of product handling. 44 2.3 ACCESSORIES 45 A. All materials needed for grouting and patching will be a polyester mortar compound 46 provided by the manufacturer or an approved equivalent by the manufacture. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333921-7 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 7 of 8 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Facility Quality Control should be maintained by adhering to ISO 9001 for 3 manufacturing. All fabricators will be ISO 900 1 Certifiied. All fabrication will take 4 place in an all polymer concrete fabrication facility. At no time will the polymer 5 concrete fabrication facility share the facility with a cementitious precast product 6 production facility. 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 8 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9 3.2 EXAMINATION 10 A. Evaluation and Assessment 11 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 12 3.3 PREPARATION 13 A. Foundation Preparation 14 1. Excavate below manhole foundation in accordance with manufacturer's 15 recommendations, but at 12-inches at a minimum. 16 2. Replace excavated soil with course aggregate; creating a stable base for manhole 17 construction. 18 a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of course aggregate base a 4-inch 19 mud slab may be substituted. 20 3.4 INSTALLATION 21 A. Manhole 22 1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 23 2. Precast Sections 24 a. Provide bell -and -spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing 25 compound for wastewater use. 26 1) Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all precast joints. 27 b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate, and join. 28 c. Minimize number of segments. 29 d. Increase joint length with manhole depth. 30 B. Invert 31 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 32 at pipe -manhole connections. 33 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 34 possible radius of curvature. 35 a. Provide curves for side inlets. 36 3. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 37 largest pipe at manhole wall in accordance with the Drawings. 38 C. Drop Manhole Connection CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333921-8 POLYMER CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 8 of 8 1 1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 2 above the manhole invert and in accordance with the Drawings and City Standard 3 Details. 4 2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 5 material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 10 or 03 34 13, respectively. 6 D.Final Rim Elevation 7 1. Grade Rings 8 a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is as 9 close to 6-inches as practical to allow for future adjustments to no more than 10 12-inches of grade rings. 11 b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 12 c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 13. 13 1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 14 watertight seal. 15 d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 16 accordance with Section 33 05 13. 17 2. Frame and Cover 18 a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 19 with Section 33 05 81. 20 1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 21 rings to ensure a watertight seal. 22 E. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 23 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 24 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 25 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27 A. Site Tests and Inspections 28 1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 0130. 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 36 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333960-1 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 1 of 13 1 SECTION 33 39 60 2 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Application of a high -build epoxy coating system (or modified polymer liner 7 system, i.e. SpectraShield) to concrete utility structures such as manholes, lift 8 station wet wells, junction boxes or other concrete facilities that may need 9 protection from corrosive materials. This covers rehabilitation of existing sanitary 10 sewer structures and newly installed sanitary sewer structures. 11 2. For sanitary sewer mains 8-inch diameter and larger, use of a structural liner 12 system, Warren Environmental System 301, ARC SIFM by A.W. Chesterton 13 Company, is acceptable. 14 3. For sanitary sewer mains 8-inch diameter and smaller, and less than 6-feet in depth, 15 use of a liner system, SpectraShield, is acceptable. 16 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 17 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1) 18 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2) 19 3. Modified 1.2.A.2 20 4. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1) 21 5. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2) 22 6. Added 1.2.A.3 23 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 24 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 25 Contract 26 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 27 3. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 28 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 29 A. Measurement and Payment 30 1. Manholes 31 a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 333960-2 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 2 of 13 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per vertical foot of coating as measured from 2-inches below the bottom of the removable cover (not frame) to the top of the bench. This includes lining of all exposed concrete, the bench and invert, thru the use of flow control devices (i.e. temporary plugs, sand bags), to temporarily block flow. However, as a last resort and with prior written approval from Water Field Operations, if the flow cannot be blocked temporarily, then the lining would stop 3-inches from the edge of the water in the pipe. This item covers the total vertical footage for the specific bid items of various manhole sizes (i.e. 4 foot diameter, 5 foot diameter, Specific Manhole Designs for lines larger than 36-inch, etc.) and specific types (Standard Manhole, Drop Manhole, Type "A" Manhole, Shallow Manhole, including additional depth beyond 6 foot). b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot of "Manhole Liner" applied. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of roots 2) Removal of existing coatings 3) Eliminating any leaks 4) Removal of steps 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe 7) Surface cleaning 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 9) Hauling 10) Disposal of excess material 11) Site Clean-up 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 13) Testing 14) Re -Testing 2. Non -Manhole Structures (Excluding Wetwells) a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per square foot of area where the coating is applied. b. Payment 1) Unit Price — The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot of "Structure Liner" applied. 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Removal of roots 2) Removal of existing coatings 3) Eliminating any leaks CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 29, 2021 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 333960-3 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 3 of 13 1 4) Removal of steps 2 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 3 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 4 bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe 5 7) Surface cleaning 6 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 7 9) Hauling 8 10) Disposal of excess material 9 11) Site Clean-up 10 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 11 13) Testing 12 14) Re -Testing 13 3. Cast -in -Place Concrete Wetwells 14 a. Measurement and Payment 15 1) Measurement for this Item shall be subsidiary to the lump sum price 16 for the lift station wetwell. 17 b. The price bid shall include: 18 1) Surface preparation 19 2) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 20 3) Hauling 21 4) Disposal of excess material 22 5) Site Clean-up 23 6) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 24 7) Testing 25 8) Re -Testing 26 1.3 REFERENCES 27 A. Reference Standards 28 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 29 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 30 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 31 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 32 a. D543, Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical 33 Reagents. 34 b. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 35 c. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 36 d. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and 37 Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 38 e. D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by 39 the Taber Abraser. 40 f. D4414, Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch 41 Gages. 42 g. D7234, Stand Test Method for Pull -Off Adhesion strength of Coatings on 43 Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off Adhesion Testers. 44 3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 45 4. NACE International (NACE). Published standards from the National 46 Association of Corrosion Engineers CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-4 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 4 of 13 1 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Employ a trench 2 safety system in accordance with Section 3 6. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, (RCRA). 4 7. The Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE): 5 a. SP 13/NACE No. 6, Surface Preparation of Concrete. This includes 6 monitoring for hydrogen sulfide, methane, or low oxygen. Also includes 7 flow control equipment. Surface preparation equipment may include high 8 pressure water cleaning (3500 psi) and shall be suited to provide a surface 9 compatible for installation of the liner system. Surface preparation shall 10 produce a clean, abraded, and sound surface, with no evidence of loose 11 concrete, loose brick, loose mortar, oil, grease, rust, scale, other 12 contaminants or debris, and shall display a surface profile suitable for 13 application of the liner system. 14 b. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 15 Conductive Substrates 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 19 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Product Data 22 1. Technical data sheet on each product used 23 2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used 24 3. Copies of independent testing performed on the coating product indicating the 25 product meets the requirements as specified herein 26 4. Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be topcoated 27 with the coating product including application, cure time and surface preparation 28 procedures 29 5. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in the structure. This 30 applies to repair work on both existing structures, manholes and new installed 31 manholes (including Developer projects) that have been identified with cracks, 32 voids, signs of infiltration, other structural defects or other related 33 construction damage. 34 B. Contractor Data 35 1. Current documentation from coating product manufacturer certifying Contractor's 36 training (and/or licensed) as an approved installer and equipment complies with the 37 Quality Assurance requirements specified herein CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-5 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 5 of 13 1 2. 5 recent references of Contractor indicating successful application of coating 2 product(s) of the same material type as specified herein, applied by spray 3 application within the municipal wastewater environment. References shall include 4 at least the following: owner name, City inspector name and phone number, project 5 name/number, size and linear footage of sanitary sewer main, manhole diameter, 6 structure dimensions and number of each, square feet (or vertical feet) of product 7 installed, contract cost, and contract duration. Contractor must demonstrate a 8 successful history of installing the product in structures of similar size and scope 9 and update this each time the contractor applies for and renews its Prequalification 10 for the Water Department. 11 3. For Developer Projects — at the time of Contractor selection, the 12 Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12 shall be submitted to the City, 13 clearly indicating the contractor prequalified for installation of 14 structure/manhole liner. No other bid submittals shall be accepted that 15 include lining contractors whose prequalification term has expired or is not on 16 the active contractor list at the time of Contractor selection. If the submitted 17 forms for this project not acceptable, the City will refer to the current active 18 contractor prequalification list, and the Contractor shall select the appropriate 19 manhole lining subcontractor based on the project scope of work. The 20 Contractor shall then provide the revised Prequalification Statement Section 21 00 45 12 for review and acceptance. 22 4. This Specification (along with the CCTV Specification) and the associated 23 submittals including the work plan, QA/QC, testing, closeout documents, etc. 24 shall be discussed as part of the Pre -Construction Agenda for each project 25 (Developer projects included). 26 5. For any project, Developer projects included - If the Contractor proceeds with 27 application of an unapproved lining product and/or using an unqualified 28 subcontractor for lining, the City shall recommend either repair and/or 29 removal of any defective lining material and have the Contractor select an 30 approved subcontractor that can apply the approved lining materials. This 31 work shall be at no additional cost to the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-6 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 6 of 13 1 6. Schedule and Sequence of Construction — Considering this is a specialized 2 installation performed by only certified applicators, the schedule for this work 3 has a lead time that shall be included in the Contractor's schedule. If the 4 Contractor does not provide written notification and/or fails to schedule the 5 subcontractor in advance, the City shall not be responsible for any additional 6 costs and/or delays caused by the Contractor. Contractor shall provide the 7 updated construction schedule and work plan (including manhole preparation, 8 repairs, lining, testing, etc.) in accordance with Section 0132 16 at least 1 week 9 prior to start of lining activities to the City Inspector, City Project Manager, 10 Water Field Operations, and Water Capital Projects. Equipment shall be on- 11 site and in working order for the testing. If the Contractor is unable to have 12 equipment ready for testing, the test date shall be rescheduled accordingly 13 with the Inspector. The updated construction schedule shall clearly indicate 14 all related construction activities at the manholes before and after lining. All 15 paving activities, including any final grade adjustments for manholes outside 16 pavement, shall be completed before Contractor begins lining work. After 17 liner installation, Contractor shall wait a minimum of 48 hours to allow the 18 liner material to fully cure before returning the system to normal service. 19 CCTV per Section 33 0131 shall be scheduled after the lining has been 20 completed to document and confirm the manholes have been lined. 21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 22 A. Testing Documentation 23 1. Provide test results required in Section 2.4 and Section 3.7 to City. 24 a. Include the following manhole or structure location information: 25 1) Existing sanitary sewer main/lateral number. For Developer Projects, 26 provide proposed sanitary sewer line number as designated on the 27 plans and provide the existing sanitary sewer main/lateral number at 28 connection to the existing manhole (if applicable). 29 2) Station number 30 3) GIS ID number (if provided during construction). 31 b. Inspection report of each manhole/structure tested (See attached sample 32 reports to be used for Wet Film Thickness, Manhole Holiday/Spark 33 Detection, and Manhole Adhesion Test). 34 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 36 A. Qualifications 37 1. Contractor 38 a. Be trained by, or have training approved and certified by, the coating product 39 manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application and inspection of the coating 40 product(s) to be used as specified herein 41 b. Initiate and enforce quality control procedures consistent with the coating 42 product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC 43 standards as referenced herein 44 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 45 A. Keep materials dry, protected from weather and stored under cover. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-7 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 7 of 13 1 B. Store coating materials between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 2 C. Do not store near flame, heat or strong oxidants. 3 D. Handle coating materials according to their material safety data sheets. 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 5 A. Provide confined space entry, flow diversion and/or bypass plans as necessary to 6 perform the specified work. Active flows shall be diverted with flow through plugs as 7 required to ensure that flow is maintained off the surfaces to be lined. 8 1.12 WARRANTY 9 A. Contractor Warranty 10 1. Contractor's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 0. 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 14 A. Repair and Resurfacing Products 15 1. Compatible with the specified coating product(s) in order to bond effectively, thus 16 forming a composite system 17 2. Used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations 18 3. The repair and resurfacing products must meet the following: 19 a. 100 percent solids, solvent -free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy 20 topcoating compatibility 21 b. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non -shrink 22 repair mortar that can be toweled or pneumatically spray applied and 23 specifically formulated to be suitable for topcoating with the specified coating 24 product used 25 B. Coating Product 26 1. Capable of being installed and curing properly within a manhole or concrete utility 27 environment 28 2. Resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal 29 sanitary sewer systems; and, capable of adhering to typical manhole structure 30 substrates 31 3. The 100 percent solids, solvent -free ultra high -build epoxy system shall exhibit the 32 following characteristics: 33 a. Application Temperature — 50 degrees F, minimum 34 b. Thickness — 125 mils minimum for newly installed structures; 250 mils 35 minimum for rehabilitation of existing structures (Warren Environmental 36 System 301, ARC S1HB by A.W. Chesterton Company) 37 c. Color — White, Light Blue, or Beige 38 d. Compressive Strength (per ASTM D695) — 8,800 psi minimum 39 e. Tensile Strength (per ASTM D638) — 7,500 psi minimum 40 £ Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D4541) — 70 minimum CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-8 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 8 of 13 1 g. Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060 CS 17F Wheel) — 80 mg loss 2 maximum 3 h. Flexural Modulus (per ASTM D790) — 400,000 psi minimum 4 i. Flexural Strength (per ASTM D790) — 12,000 psi minimum 5 j. Adhesion to Concrete, mode of failure (ASTM D4541): Substrate (concrete) 6 failure 7 k. Chemical Resistance (per ASTM D543/G20) all types of service for: 8 1) Municipal sanitary sewer environment 9 2) Sulfuric acid, 70 percent 10 3) Sodium hydroxide, 20 percent 11 4. Or, the multi -layer modified polyurea and polyurethane shall exhibit the following 12 characteristics: 13 a. Application Temperature — 50 degrees F, minimum 14 b. Thickness — 500 mils minimum (SpectraShield) 15 c. Moisture Barrier and Final Corrosion Barrier 16 1) Color — Pink 17 2) Tensile Strength (per ASTM D412) — 2550 psi minimum 18 3) Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D2240) — 56 minimum 19 4) Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060) — 20 mg loss maximum 20 5) Percent Elongation (per ASTM D412) — 269 21 d. Surfacer 22 1) Compressive Strength (per ASTM D1621) — 100 psi minimum 23 2) Density (per ASTM D 1622) — 5 lbs/cu ft minimum 24 3) Shear Strength (per ASTM C273) — 230 psi minimum 25 4) Closed Cell Content (per ASTM D1940) —>95% 26 C. Coating Application Equipment 27 1. Manufacturer approved heated plural component spray equipment 28 2. Hard to reach areas, primer application and touch-up may be performed using hand 29 tools. 30 3. Applicator shall use approved specialty equipment that is adequate in size, capacity, 31 and number sufficient to accomplish the work in a timely manner. 32 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 34 A. Coating Thickness Testing 35 1. Film Thickness Testing for epoxy systems 36 a. Take wet film thickness gauge measurements per ASTM D4414 — Standard 37 Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch Gages at 3 locations 38 within the manhole, 2 spaced equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 39 1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City using the form 40 at the end of this specification. 41 2. Thickness testing for modified polymer liner system 42 a. Upon installation of the Final Corrosion Barrier insert probe into substrate for 43 depth of system measurement at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced 44 equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 45 3. Document all testing results and provide to the City using the form at the end of this 46 specification. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-9 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 9 of 13 1 B. Non -Conforming Work 2 1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 3 2. City will select testing locations. 4 C. Testing Frequency 5 1. Projects with 10 or less manholes and/or structures test all. 6 2. Projects with greater than 10 manholes and/or structures, test at least 10 and test 25 7 percent of manholes and/or structures after the first 10. 8 3. City will select the manholes and/or structures to be tested. 9 PART 3- EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS 11 A. All installers shall be certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. Applicator 12 shall use adequate number of skilled workmen that have been trained and experienced 13 for the approved product. 14 15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16 3.3 PREPARATION 17 A. Manhole Preparation 18 1. Stop active flows via damming, plugging or diverting as required to ensure all 19 liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. 20 2. Maintain temperature of the surface to be coated between 40 and 120 degrees F. 21 3. Shield specified surfaces to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat 22 source. 23 a. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be 24 scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. 25 B. Surface Preparation 26 1. Remove oils, roots, grease, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, 27 curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts or other contaminants which may 28 affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. Remove any 29 steps found in the structure. 30 2. Remove concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other 31 means of degradation so that only sound substrate remains. 32 3. Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, that may be used include 33 high pressure water cleaning, high pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting, 34 shotblasting, grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting and 35 others as described in SSPC SP 13/NACE No. 6. 36 4. All methods used shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound, 37 clean, neutralized, surface suitable for the specified coating product. 38 5. After completion of surface preparation, inspect for leaks, cracks, holes, exposed 39 rebar, ring and cover condition, invert condition, and inlet/outlet pipe condition. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-10 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 10 of 13 1 6. After defects in the structure have been identified, seal cracks, repair exposed rebar 2 with new rebar to match existing, repair leaks and cracks with grout or other 3 methods approved by the Manufacturer and the City. All new rebar shall be 4 embedded in 1 '/2 inch epoxy mastic. Replace/seal connection between existing 5 frame and chimney if it is found loose or not attached. 6 7. The repair materials shall be trowel or spray applied by the lining Contractor 7 utilizing proper equipment on to specified surfaces. The equipment shall be 8 specially designed to accurately ratio and apply the specified materials and 9 shall be regularly maintained and in proper working order. The repair 10 mortar and epoxy topcoat must share the same epoxy matrix to ensure a 11 bonded weld. No cementitious repair material, quick setting high strength 12 concrete with latex or curing agent additives, or quick set mortars will be 13 allowed. Proper surface preparation procedures must be followed to ensure 14 adequate bond strength to any surface to be coated. New cement cure time is 15 at least 30 days prior to coating. The repair materials as specified in this 16 Section shall apply to both existing structures and new installed structures. 17 This includes Developer projects, in which new installed structures/manholes 18 have been identified with either cracks, voids, signs of infiltration, other 19 structural defects or other related construction damage. 20 3.4 INSTALLATION 21 A. General 22 1. Perform coating after the sewer line replacement/repairs, grade adjustments and 23 grouting are complete. 24 2. Perform application procedures per recommendations of the coating product 25 manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, mixing and 26 application. 27 B. Temperature 28 1. Only perform application if surface temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F. 29 2. Make no application if freezing is expected to occur inside the manhole within 24 30 hours after application. 31 C. Coating 32 1. Spray apply per manufacturer's recommendation at a minimum film thickness as 33 noted in Section 2.2.13. 34 2. Apply coating from bottom of manhole frame to the bench/trough, including the 35 bench/trough. 36 3. After walls are coated, remove bench covers and spray bench/trough to at least the 37 same thickness as the walls. 38 4. Apply any topcoat or additional coats within the product's recoat window. 39 a. Additional surface preparation is required if the recoat window is exceeded. 40 5. Allow a minimum of 48 hours of cure time or be set hard to touch before 41 reactivating flow. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-11 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 11 of 13 1 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A. Each structure will be visually inspected by the City the same day following the 5 application. 6 B. Groundwater infiltration of the system shall be zero. 7 C. All pipe connections shall be open and clear. 8 D. The inspector will check for deficiencies, pinholes, voids, cracks, uncured spots, 9 delamination, and thin spots. Any deficiencies in the liner shall be marked and repaired 10 according to the procedures outlined by the Manufacturer. 11 E. If leaks are detected they will be chipped back, plugged and coated immediately with 12 protective epoxy resin coating. 13 1. Make repair 24 hours after leak detection. 14 F. Post Installation Coating Tests 15 1. Wet Film Testing 16 2. Adhesion Testing 17 a. Adhesion test the liner at a minimum of three locations (cone area, mid -section, 18 and bottom of the structure). For structures exceeding 6-feet add one additional 19 test for every additional 6-feet. For example: 6-foot manhole — 3 tests. 6-feet, 20 1-inch manhole thru 11-feet, 11-inch manhole — 4 tests, 12-foot manhole — 5 21 tests. Etc... Tests performed per ASTM D7234 — Standard Test Method for 22 Pull -Off Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off 23 Adhesion Testers. 24 1) Document and attest all test results repairs made and provide to the City 25 (see structure/manhole report form for adhesion testing at the end of this 26 specification). 27 2) The adhesive used to attach the dollies shall have a tensile strength greater 28 that the liner. 29 3) Failure of the dolly adhesive is deemed a non -test and requires retesting. 30 4) All the pull tests shall exceed 300 psi or concrete failure with more than 31 50% of the subsurface adhered to the coating. If over 1/3rd fail, additional 32 tests may be required by the City. If additional tests fail the City may 33 require removal and replacement of the liner at the contractor's expense. 34 3. Holiday Detection Testing 35 a. Holiday Detection test the liner per NACE SP0188 — Discontinuity (Holiday) 36 Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates. Mark all 37 detected holidays. Repair all holidays in accordance to coating manufacturer's 38 recommendations. 39 1) Document and attest all test results repairs made and provide to the 40 City (see structure/manhole report for holiday detection testing at the 41 end of this specification). CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 333960-12 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 12 of 13 1 2) For example, the typical testing requirements are 100 volts per mil to 2 12,500 volts to test 125 mils. Contractor shall mark any location that 3 shows a spark or potential for a pinhole and repair these locations per 4 manufacturer recommendations. 5 4. CCTV 6 a. Post Construction CCTV recordings shall be made after all other testing is 7 completed, including the repairs that are made to the lining following any test 8 failures. 9 b. After liner installation, conduct post -CCTV in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 10 Video camera shall be lowered from the top of the manhole to the invert, to video 11 all lined surfaces, prior to beginning post -CCTV of the main. Payment for this 12 work is subsidiary to the cost for the post -CCTV of the main. 13 c. A bonded third -party testing company shall perform the testing. 14 d. Or Contractor may perform tests if witnessed by representative of the coating 15 manufacturer. Coating manufacturer representative to provide certification that 16 Contractor performed tests in accordance with noted standards. 17 G. Non -Conforming Work 18 1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 19 2. City will select testing locations. 20 3. Repair all defects according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 21 H. Testing Frequency 22 1. Projects with 10 or less manholes and/or structures test all. 23 2. Projects with greater than 10 manholes and/or structures, test at least 10 and test 25 24 percent of manholes and/or structures after the first 10. 25 3. City will select the manholes and/or structures to be tested. 26 I. Test manhole for final acceptance according to Section 33 0130. 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 31 A. Provide all test results from testing per Section 2.4 and applicator certifications per 32 Section 3.1 and in accordance with Section 1.7. In addition, perform vacuum test and 33 provide results using the test form per Section 33 0130, Sewer and Manhole Testing. 34 B. Upon final completion of the work, the manufacturer and/or the testing firm will 35 provide a written certification of proper application to the City. 36 C. The certification will confirm that the deficient areas were repaired in accordance with 37 the procedure set forth in this Specification. The final report will detail the location of 38 the repairs in the structure and description of the repairs. See attached testing forms. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 DATE NAME 09-23-2020 J. Kasavich 4-21-2021 J. Kasavich 5 333960-13 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 13 of 13 END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE Further clarification on the sizes and types of manholes under Part 1.2. Removal of Raven Lining system and inclusion of SpectraShield and Warren Environmental System 301, and ARC S1HB by A.W. Chesterton Company. Additional source quality control and field quality control test requirements. Added testing forms for Wet Film Thickness, Manhole Holiday/Spark Detection, and Manhole Adhesion Test. Provided minor revisions to clarify how testing is to be recorded and order of testing. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised April 29, 2021 3471 13-1 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 34 71 13 2 TRAFFIC CONTROL 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices and preparation of Traffic Control Plans 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1) 9 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2) 10 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1) 11 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2) 12 5. Modified 1.2.A.3.b.1) 13 6. Added 1.2.A.3.b.2) 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices a. Measurement 1) Measurement for Traffic Control Devices shall be per month for the Project duration. a) A month is defined as 30 calendar days. b. Payment 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid for "Traffic Control". 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be included in the total lump sum price. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Traffic Control implementation 2) Installation 3) Maintenance 4) Adjustments 5) Replacements 6) Removal 7) Police assistance during peak hours 2. Portable Message Signs a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per week for the duration of use. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 3471 13 - 2 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 6 I b. Payment 2 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to 3 this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for 4 at the unit price bid per week for "Portable Message Sign" rental. 5 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 6 accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be 7 included in the total lump sum price. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Delivery of Portable Message Sign to Site 10 2) Message updating 11 3) Sign movement throughout construction 12 4) Return of the Portable Message Sign post -construction 13 3. Preparation of Traffic Control Plan Details 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measurement for this Item be per each Traffic Control Detail prepared. 16 b. Payment 17 1) Unit Price - The work performed and materials furnished in accordance 18 with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Traffic 19 Control Detail" prepared. 20 2) Lump Sum Price - The work performed and materials furnished in 21 accordance with this Item and measured under "Measurement" will be 22 included in the total lump sum price. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Preparing the Traffic Control Plan Details for closures of 24 hours or 25 longer 26 2) Adherence to City and Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 27 (TMUTCD) 28 3) Obtaining the signature and seal of a licensed Texas Professional Engineer 29 4) Incorporation of City comments 30 1.3 REFERENCES 31 A. Reference Standards 32 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 33 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 34 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 35 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 36 3. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling of the Texas Department of 37 Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 38 Highways, Streets, and Bridges. 39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40 A. General 41 1. Contractor shall minimize lane closures and impact to vehicular/pedestrian traffic. 42 B. Coordination 43 1. Contact Traffic Services Division (817-392-7738) a minimum of 48 hours prior to 44 implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal. 45 C. Sequencing CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 3471 13 -3 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 6 1 1. Any deviations to the Traffic Control Plan included in the Drawings must be first 2 approved by the City and design Engineer before implementation. 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS 4 A. Provide the City with a current list of qualified flaggers before beginning flagging 5 activities. Use only flaggers on the qualified list. 6 B. Obtain a Street Use Permit from the Street Management Section of the Traffic 7 Engineering Division, 311 W. 10 ' Street. The Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the 8 Project shall be as detailed on the Traffic Control Plan Detail sheets of the Drawing set. 9 A copy of this Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted with the Street Use Permit. 10 C. Traffic Control Plans shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Texas Professional 11 Engineer. 12 D. Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans if required by the Drawings or 13 Specifications. The Contractor will be responsible for having a licensed Texas 14 Professional Engineer sign and seal the Traffic Control Plan sheets. A traffic control 15 "Typical" published by City of Fort Worth, the Texas Manual Unified Traffic Control 16 Devices (TMUTCD) or Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) can be used as 17 an alternative to preparing project/site specific traffic control plan if the typical is 18 applicable to the specific project/site. 19 E. Lane closures 24 hours or longer shall require a site -specific traffic control plan. 20 F. Contractor responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional Engineer sign and seal 21 changes to the Traffic Control Plan(s) developed by the Design Engineer. 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31 2.2 ASSEMBLIES AND MATERIALS 32 A. Description 33 1. Regulatory Requirements 34 a. Provide Traffic Control Devices that conform to details shown on the 35 Drawings, the TMUTCD, and TxDOT's Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control 36 Device List (CWZTCDL). 37 2. Materials CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 3471 13 - 4 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 4 of 6 1 a. Traffic Control Devices must meet all reflectivity requirements included in the 2 TMUTCD and TxDOT Specifications — Item 502 at all times during 3 construction. 4 b. Electronic message boards shall be provided in accordance with the TMUTCD. 5 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 8 3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.2 PREPARATION 10 A. Protection of In -Place Conditions 11 1. Protect existing traffic signal equipment. 12 3.3 INSTALLATION 13 A. Follow the Traffic Control Plan (TCP) and install Traffic Control Devices as shown on 14 the Drawings and as directed. 15 B. Install Traffic Control Devices straight and plumb. 16 C. Do not make changes to the location of any device or implement any other changes to 17 the Traffic Control Plan without the approval of the Engineer. 18 1. Minor adjustments to meet field constructability and visibility are allowed. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 D. Maintain Traffic Control Devices by taking corrective action as soon as possible. 1. Corrective action includes but is not limited to cleaning, replacing, straightening, covering, or removing Devices. 2. Maintain the Devices such that they are properly positioned, spaced, and legible, and that retroreflective characteristics meet requirements during darkness and rain. E. If the Inspector discovers that the Contractor has failed to comply with applicable federal and state laws (by failing to furnish the necessary flagmen, warning devices, barricades, lights, signs, or other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property), the Inspector may order such additional precautionary measures be taken to protect persons and property. F. Subject to the approval of the Inspector, portions of this Project, which are not affected by or in conflict with the proposed method of handling traffic or utility adjustments, can be constructed during any phase. G. Barricades and signs shall be placed in such a manner as to not interfere with the sight distance of drivers entering the highway from driveways or side streets. H. To facilitate shifting, barricades and signs used in lane closures or traffic staging may be erected and mounted on portable supports. 1. The support design is subject to the approval of the Engineer. I. Lane closures shall be in accordance with the approved Traffic Control Plans. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 22, 2021 SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 3471 13 -5 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 5 of 6 1 J. If at any time the existing traffic signals become inoperable as a result of construction 2 operations, the Contractor shall provide portable stop signs with 2 orange flags, as 3 approved by the Engineer, to be used for Traffic Control. 4 K. Contractor shall make arrangements for police assistance to direct traffic if traffic signal 5 turn-ons, street light pole installation, or other construction will be done during peak traffic 6 times (AM: 7 am — 9 am, PM: 4 pm - 6 pm). 7 L. Flaggers 8 1. Provide a Contractor representative who has been certified as a flagging instructor 9 through courses offered by the Texas Engineering Extension Service, the American 10 Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Council, or other approved 11 organizations. 12 a. Provide the certificate indicating course completion when requested. 13 b. This representative is responsible for training and assuring that all flaggers are 14 qualified to perform flagging duties. 15 2. A qualified flagger must be independently certified by 1 of the organizations listed 16 above or trained by the Contractor's certified flagging instructor. 17 3. Flaggers must be courteous and able to effectively communicate with the public. 18 4. When directing traffic, flaggers must use standard attire, flags, signs, and signals 19 and follow the flagging procedures set forth in the TMUTCD. 20 5. Provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of time as may be 21 required to provide for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor's 22 personnel, and as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 23 a. These flaggers shall be located at each end of the lane closure. 24 M. Removal 25 1. Upon completion of Work, remove from the Site all barricades, signs, cones, lights 26 and other Traffic Control Devices used for work -zone traffic handling as soon as 27 practical in a timely manner, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 28 3.4 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 29 3.5 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30 3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31 3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32 3.8 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33 3.9 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34 3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35 3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36 3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 37 3.13 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 38 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 3471 13 - 6 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 6 of 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/13 S. Arnold Added police assistance, requirement for when a site specific TCP is required 1.4 A. Added language to emphasize minimizing of lane closures and impact to traffic. 3/22/2021 M Owen 1.5 Clarified submittal requirements 3.3 M. Clarified removal requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised March 22, 2021 40 05 00 - 1 LIFT STATION ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 4 1 SECTION 40 05 00 2 LIFT STATION ACCESSORIES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. This section includes miscellaneous appurtenances and accessories necessary for 7 complete installation of the lift station, including hatches, climbing devices, grates, 8 pipe supports, duckbill check valves, quick connects and wall sleeves with modular 9 pipe seals. 10 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 21 B. All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 22 specials. 23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 24 A. Product Data 25 1. Hatches 26 2. Grates 27 3. Pipe Supports 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32 A. Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's latest published 33 requirements and specifications. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 400500-2 LIFT STATION ACCESSORIES Page 2 of 4 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART2- PRODUCTS 4 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. Access Hatches 7 1. The contractor shall furnish and install access hatches as manufactured by Bilco, 8 Inc. or approved equal, as shown on the plans. 9 2. Door leaf shall be 1/4" stainless steel diamond pattern plate to withstand a 10 AASHTO H-20 wheel load with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span. 11 3. Drop handle shall be cast aluminum and flush with door leaf 12 4. Channel frame shall be 1/4" stainless steel with an anchor flange around the 13 perimeter and shall have a minimum cross -sectional area of 7-1/2 sq. in. to allow 14 for proper water drainage. Door shall be equipped with Type 316 stainless steel 15 hinge having 3/8" minimum diameter stainless steel pins and pivot so that the cover 16 does not protrude into the channel frame. 17 5. Compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes shall be provided for 18 smooth, easy and controlled door operation throughout the entire arc of opening and 19 closing. Operation shall not be affected by temperature. The door shall 20 automatically lock in the vertical position by means of a heavy steel hold -open arm 21 with release handle. A Type 316 stainless steel snap lock with a gasketed cover 22 plug and removable turn handle shall be provided. A 1-1/2" drainage coupling 23 shall be located in the front right corner of the channel frame. Hardware and all 24 fasteners shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 25 6. Factory finish shall be mill -finish aluminum with a bituminous coating applied to 26 the exterior of the frame. 27 7. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 28 a. For wetwell installation the drains shall be directed into the wetwell. 29 b. For meter vault installation the drains shall be directed to adjacent vegetated 30 areas or pavement. 31 8. All access hatches shall be equipped with aluminum fall protection grates. 32 a. Netting shall not be an acceptable substitute. 33 B. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Support 34 1. The contractor shall furnish and install adjustable cast iron pipe saddle supports in 35 accordance with these specifications and in the locations shown on the plans. 36 2. Pipe supports shall be Anvil International Fig. 264 or approved equal. 37 3. Saddle shall be cast iron with locknut nipple and special cast iron reducer, 38 assembled. 39 4. Finish can be plain or zinc plated. 40 5. Support shall be stanchion type, sized to the supported pipe outer diameter, with 41 vertical adjustment of at least 4 inches. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 400500-3 LIFT STATION ACCESSORIES Page 3 of 4 1 6. Complies with Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 38), WW-H-171-E (Type 2 39), ASNI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-58 (Type 38). 3 C. Safe Climbing Device 4 1. Stainless steel, rigid rail safe climbing devices shall be provided on all ladders. Pole 5 or cable devices will not be accepted. Rails shall be center mounted and extend 6 from 3 ft. above the ladder bottom to the top of the ladder section. Mounting 7 brackets, fasteners and splice bars shall be provided as required for a rigid 8 installation. 9 2. Three trolleys with snap hooks shall be provided that are designed to be operated 10 with the aluminum rail. A safety body harness with front and side rings shall be 11 supplied for each trolley. 12 3. Safe climbing system shall be stainless steel DBI/SALA Railok 90 or equal, as 13 approved by the Owner. 14 4. A caution sign shall be provided at the lowest point of access to the ladder requiring 15 safe climbing devices. The sign shall read "CAUTION -Safety Equipment Required 16 when Climbing Ladder". The sign shall be secured to the wall. 17 5. Contractor shall provide the Owner with three (3) harnesses for safety climb system 18 in sizes determined by the Owner. 19 D. LadderUP Safety Posts shall be provided for all access hatch ladders. 20 E. Duckbill Check Valve 21 1. Provide TF-2 Tideflex check valves. 22 F. Quick Connects 23 1. Provide Cam-Lok style flange by male end quick connects as indicated in the 24 Drawings. 25 2. Quick connects shall be 316 stainless steel and installed with flange isolation kits in 26 accordance with Section 33 04 10. 27 G. Wall Sleeves and Modular Pipe Seals 28 1. Where indicated in the Drawings, provide stainless steel wall sleeves and Link -Seal 29 modular pipe seals (by Garlock) with 316 stainless steel hardware for pipe 30 penetrations in concrete structures. 31 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 32 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 33 PART 3 - EXECUTION 34 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 35 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 36 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 37 3.4 INSTALLATION 38 A. Install proposed lift station accessories discussed in this section in accordance with 39 manufacturer's recommendations. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 400500-4 LIFT STATION ACCESSORIES Page 4 of 4 1 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 05 62 PLUG VALVES Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 40 05 62 2 PLUG VALVES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install and put 7 into operation, plug valves for wastewater service as specified herein and shown on 8 the drawings. 9 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 20 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 22 a. C111: Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings 23 b. C517: Resilient -Seated Cast -Iron Eccentric Plug Valves 24 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 25 a. A48: Gray Iron Castings 26 b. A126: Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings 27 c. A436: Austenitic Gray Iron Casting 28 d. A536: Ductile Iron Castings 29 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 30 a. 1336.10M: Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe 31 b. B 16.1: Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33 1.5 SUBMITTALS 34 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 35 B. All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 36 specials. 37 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2 A. Product Data 3 1. Plug Valve 4 2. Manual Actuator 5 3. Internal Lining 6 4. External Coating 7 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 40 05 62 PLUG VALVES Page 2 of 6 A. The valve shall be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of plug valves having similar service and size. The valves covered by the specifications are intended to be standard equipment of that which has proven ability. B. The Contractor shall cause all equipment specified under this section to be furnished by the valve manufacturer who shall be responsible for the adequacy and compatibility of all unit components including but not limited to the valve, actuator and extension stems. Valve and actuator shall be shipped assembled. C. Any component of each complete unit not provided by the valve manufacturer shall be designed, fabricated, tested, and installed by factory -authorized representatives experienced in the design and manufacture of the equipment. This requirement, however, shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of the overall responsibility for this portion of the work 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. a. All equipment and parts must be properly protected against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. b. The finished surfaces of all exposed flanges shall be protected by wooden blank flanges, strongly built and securely bolted thereto. c. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion. B. Take special care to prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to the sun, or exposed to extremes in temperature, preventing any deformation. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 05 62 PLUG VALVES Page 3 of 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY 3 PART2- PRODUCTS 4 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 A. Plug Valves 1. Manufacturers a. Manufacturer List 1) DeZurik 2) Pratt b. The listing above does not imply that the valve or the manufacturer's standard product is acceptable. The successful manufacturer will be required to conform to all specifications. c. Any product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 2. Description a. Plug valves shall work without damage to the valve over the entire range of operating conditions. b. Valve shall be for wastewater service, of the 1/4 turn, eccentric non -lubricated type, serviceable under full line pressure, and capable of sealing in both directions at the rated pressure. c. Plug valves shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C-517 d. The valve port area shall meet or exceed standard pipe area per ASME/ANSI B36.1 OM. 3. Performance / Design Criteria a. Ports shall be rectangular, eccentric, and 100% port. b. Valve Seating 1) The valve seating design shall be resilient and of the continuous interface type having consistent opening/closing torques, and shall be non jamming in the closed position. 2) Closure shall be accomplished by means of an offset plug design with a resilient seating face that achieves full 360 degree seating contact. 3) Valves shall be of the bolted bonnet design. The resilient faced plug shall be replaceable without removing the valve body from the line. c. Valve bearings shall be replaceable. d. Valves shall be designed such that they can be repacked without removing the bonnet. e. Joint Type 1) Valves shall be mechanical joint unless otherwise shown in the Drawings. 2) Mechanical joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 3) Flanges shall be ANSI B16.1, Class 125 when required f. Pressure Ratings 1) Valves 12" and Smaller —175 psi 2) Valves 14" and Larger — 150 psi CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 40 05 62 PLUG VALVES Page 4 of 6 4. Materials a. Valve Body 1) Ductile iron, ASTM 536 grade 65-45-12 b. Valve Plug 1) Ductile iron ASTM 536 grade 65-45-12 with Chloroprene (CR) resistant facing. c. Valve Seat 1) Welded -in overlay of not less than 95% pure nickel. Sprayed or plated seating surfaces will not be acceptable. d. Bearings 1) Permanently lubricated Type 316 stainless steel bearings on the upper and lower plug stem journal. e. Packing 1) Buna N (Vee Type). f. Bolts and Nuts 1) Flange bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 33 1105. 2) T-bolts and nuts for buried service mechanical joint connections shall be in accordance with Section 33 1105. g. Finishes 1) Plug valve internal and external coatings shall provide a corrosion resistant barrier due to service conditions. 2) External Coating a) Manufacturer's standard prime coat. Final coatings shall be in accordance with Section 09 9100. 3) Internal Coating a) TNEMEC Series 431 Permashield PL (1) Millage shall be per the manufacturer's recommendations. Coating manufacturer shall coordinate with valve and piping manufacturer to confirm allowable millage. b) Or approved equal 4) For buried valves, the valve in its entirety (including valve body, nuts, and bolts) shall be wrapped in petrolatum tape system. Petrolatum tape system shall consist of Densyl Mastic, Densyl Paste, and Densyl Tape, as manufactured by Denso. B. Manual Actuators 1. Manufacturers a. Manufacturer List 1) AUMA Type GS 2) EIM Type WB 3) Limitorque Type HBC 4) No others will be allowed 2. Description a. Regulatory Requirements 1) Worm gear manual operator shall comply fully with AWWA C-517, latest edition. 3. Performance / Design Criteria a. Valves shall be provided with manual actuators unless otherwise specified or indicated on the plans. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 40 05 62 PLUG VALVES Page 5 of 6 b. Valves shall be opened by turning the actuator left (counter -clockwise) and close right (clockwise). c. Manual actuators shall be fully greased, packed and have stops in the open and closed position. The actuator shall have a mechanical stop which will withstand an input torque of 300 ft. lbs. against the stop. The actuator shall have a built in packing leak bypass to eliminate possible packing leakage into the actuator housing. d. Plug valves for buried service shall be furnished with a 2" operating nut. The actuator shall be placed in a vault as indicated on the plans and have extension to the top of the vault. e. Actuator shall be worm -gear type, as follows: 1) Worm gear drive sleeve and worm shaft shall be of solid, one-piece design; bolted segments or pinned worms will not be acceptable. Drive sleeve shall include an integral spline to accept a removable bottom -entry spline bushing for valve shaft connection. 2) If required for torque purposes, spur gear reducers may be provided for increased torque outputs and to reduce handwheel diameter. 3) Worm gear operator shall include handwheel with maximum 80# rim pull. f. Manual gears shall be capable of being field retrofit with an electric motor operator in the future without major modifications. With spur gear removed, splined worm gear input shaft and motor adapter flange shall be easily added to accept a multi -turn "torque -only" electric valve actuator. g. Supplier shall include the number of turns required to complete on Open -to - Close stroke in the Equipment Submittal. 4. Materials a. Housing 1) Ductile iron b. Drive Sleeve 1) Steel c. Worm 1) Bronze with splined input drive connection d. Bearings 1) Heavy duty tapered roller bearings e. Fasteners 1) Stainless Steel 5. Finishes a. Finish Materials 1) Thermostatically applied polyester powdercoat CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 ON 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 40 05 62 PLUG VALVES Page 6 of 6 A. General 1. All work shall be performed by skilled craftsmen qualified to perform the required work in a manner comparable with the best standards of practice. 2. The Contractor and all workmen employed by him shall conduct all operations in a clean and sanitary manner and in conformance with all aspects of the contract documents. B. Installation 1. For valves installed in a vertical pipeline, or where the possibility of overhead drain -back exists, install the valve with the seat at the top to prevent drain -back solids from settling into the valve body. 2. For valves installed in a horizontal pipeline, install the valve so the plug rotates up when opened. a. Where drain -back does not exist, install the valve with the higher pressure, when closed, against the end opposite the seat. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH END OF SECTION SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 05 97 IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 40 05 97 2 IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Equipment and pipe labels for process piping. 7 2. Valve tags for process piping. 8 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 19 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 22 B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each 23 identification material and device. 24 C. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the 25 proposed content for each label. 26 D. Valve numbering scheme. 27 E. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32 A. Storage and Handling Requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 05 97 IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 5 1 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 2 6600. 3 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5 PART2- PRODUCTS 6 2.1 CITY -FURNISHED [OR] CITY -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 A. Equipment Labels 1. Metal Labels for Equipment a. Manufacturers 1) Brady Corporation 2) Brimar Industries, Inc. 3) Craftmark Pipe Markers 4) Seton Identification Products b. Material and Thickness: stainless steel 0.025-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. c. Letter Color: Black. d. Background Color: White. e. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. f. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. g. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. h. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. 2. Plastic Labels for Equipment a. Manufacturers 1) Brady Corporation 2) Brimar Industries, Inc. 3) Craftmark Pipe Markers 4) Seton Identification Products b. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. c. Letter Color: Black. d. Background Color: White. e. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. f. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. g. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 40 05 97 IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 5 h. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. i. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. 3. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. 4. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by- 11-inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number, and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules) and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. B. Pipe Labels 1. Manufacturers a. Brady Corporation b. Brimar Industries, Inc. c. Craftmark Pipe Markers d. Seton Identification Products 2. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, size of pipe, and showing flow direction. 3. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. 4. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include pipe size and an arrow indicating flow direction. a. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping -system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. b. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping. C. Valve Tags 1. Manufacturers a. Brady Corporation b. Brimar Industries, Inc. c. Craftmark Pipe Markers d. Seton Identification Products 2. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers. a. Tag Material: Brass 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. b. Fasteners: Brass wire -link chain or S-hook. 3. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-1 1 -inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal -operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. a. Valve -tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 05 97 IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 5 2.3 ACCESSORIES 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION 7 A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of 8 identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible 9 primers, paints, and encapsulants. 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. General Installation Requirements 12 1. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and 13 painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. 14 2. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and 15 doors. 16 3. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar 17 concealment. 18 B. Equipment Label Installation 19 1. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment 20 (i.e. pumps, control valves, surge valves, etc.). 21 2. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 22 C. Pipe Label Installation 23 1. Pipe Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above 24 accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance 25 spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as 26 follows: 27 a. Near each valve and control device. 28 b. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal 29 units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 30 c. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 31 d. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of 32 concealed piping. 33 e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 34 f. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 35 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 36 g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced 37 labels. 38 2. Directional Flow Arrows: Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of flow in 39 pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. 40 3. Pipe Label Color Schedule: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 05 97 IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 5 of 5 1 a. Domestic Water Piping 2 1) Background: Safety blue. 3 2) Letter Colors: White. 4 b. Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Piping 5 1) Background Color: Safety green. 6 2) Letter Color: White. 7 D. Valve -Tag Installation 8 1. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, 9 valves within factory -fabricated equipment units, shutoff valves, faucets, 10 convenience and lawn -watering hose connections, and similar roughing -in 11 connections of end -use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. 12 2. Valve -Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color 13 scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs: 14 a. Valve -Tag Size and Shape 15 1) Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches round. 16 2) Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches round. 17 b. Valve -Tag Colors 18 1) Cold Water: Natural. 19 2) Hot Water: Natural. 20 c. Letter Colors 21 1) Cold Water: White. 22 2) Hot Water: White. 23 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] [NOT USED] 24 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 30 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 33 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 40 06 65 SWING CHECK VALVES 40 06 65 - 1 SWING CHECK VALVES Page 1 of 6 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Materials, equipment and installation of swing check valves. 7 B.Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 8 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 9 Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 3. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 12 4. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 13 5. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets. 14 6. Section 33 11 10 —Ductile Iron Pipe. 15 7. Section 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings. 16 8. Section 33 12 20 — Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 17 9. Section 33 39 21 — Polymer Concrete Manholes. 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Measurement 21 a. Measurement for this Item shall be per each "Gate Valve and Swing Check w/ 22 Vault". 23 b. Measurement includes valves, vault, piping, and appurtenances located inside 24 the vault. 25 1) Piping and fittings located outside of the proposed vault is measured and 26 paid separately pipe, by size and as ductile iron fittings, by ton. 27 2. Payment 28 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Gate Valve and Swing Check w/ 30 Vault" installed for: 31 1) Various valve sizes 32 3. The price bid shall include: 33 a. Excavation 34 b. Pre -cast polymer concrete manhole 35 c. Grade rings 36 d. Composite frame and cover 37 e. Crushed rock foundation 38 f. Piping and appurtenances 39 g. Piping supports 40 h. Nuts, bolts and gaskets 41 i. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 400665-2 SWING CHECK VALVES Page 2 of 6 1 j. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 2 k. Ductile Iron Fittings 3 1. Resilient seated gate valve 4 m. Swing check valve 5 n. Drain piping and valve 6 o. Backfill 7 p. Pavement removal 8 q. Hauling 9 r. Disposal of excess material 10 s. Placement and compaction of backfill 11 t. Clean-up 12 u. Cleaning 13 v. Testing 14 1.3 REFERENCES 15 A.Abbreviations and Acronyms 16 B.Definitions 17 C.Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 20 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 22 a. C508, Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2-In. through 24-In. 23 b. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 24 3. NSF International (NSF): 25 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 1.5 SUBMITTALS 28 A.Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 29 B.All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 30 specials. 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32 A.Product Data 33 1. Swing Check Valve 34 a. Pressure rating 35 b. Coating system 36 c. Dimensions, weights, material list, detailed drawings 37 d. Joint type 38 e. Maximum torque recommended by manufacturer for the valve size 39 2. Instructions for field repair of fusion bonded epoxy coating 40 3. Gaskets 41 B.Certificates CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 400665-3 SWING CHECK VALVES Page 3 of 6 1 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all Swing Check Valves meet the provisions of this 2 Section, all inspections have been made and that all tests have been performed in 3 accordance with AWWA C508. 4 2. Furnish an affidavit certifying Swing Check Valve manufacturer has 5 years 5 experience manufacturing Swing Check Valves of similar service and size with 6 experience record. 7 3. Furnish an affidavit certifying Swing Check Valve manufacturer owns or controls 8 any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can certify that the 9 Swing Check Valve manufacturer is in control of quality control at the foreign 10 factory/foundry. 11 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 12 A.Operation and Maintenance Data 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15 A. Qualifications 16 1. Manufacturers 17 a. Valves shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 18 b. Valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C508. 19 c. Swing check valves shall be new. 20 d. Valve manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years of successful experience 21 making Swing Check Valves of similar size and service and be able to 22 demonstrate an experience record that is satisfactory to the City. 23 e. Casings for Swing Check Valve, such as valve body, and plug, that are not 24 manufactured within the United States of America, shall be manufactured by 25 factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial ownership) such that 26 the Valve Manufacturer can control and guarantee quality at the foreign 27 factory/foundry. 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 31 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 32 equipment are ready for operation. 33 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 34 site. 35 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges with wooden blank flanges. 36 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 37 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 38 extremes in temperature. 39 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 40 6600. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 400665-4 SWING CHECK VALVES Page 4 of 6 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART2- PRODUCTS 4 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. Swing Check Valves 7 1. Manufacturer List 8 a. Crispin SWC, outside weight and lever, air cushioned 9 b. Any product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be 10 submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 11 2. Description 12 a. Regulatory Requirements 13 b. Sustainability Characteristics 14 3. Performance / Design Criteria 15 a. Capacities 16 4. Operation 17 a. Operators 18 b. Controls 19 c. Operation Sequences 20 5. Materials 21 a. Valve Body 22 1) Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 23 b. Disc 24 1) Buna-N (NBR) ASTM D 2000-B6 25 c. Nuts, Bolts, and Studs 26 1) Type 316 Stainless Steel 27 d. The check valves shall work without damage to the check valve over the entire 28 range of operating conditions. Slamming shut of the check valve will not be 29 allowed. If slamming occurs the contractor shall adjust the valve accordingly. 30 e. Valve closure shall be dampened by means of air cushion. 31 f. The valve disc shall be of one piece construction, precision molded with an 32 integral o-ring type sealing surface and contain alloy steel and nylon 33 reinforcement in the flexible hinge area. 34 g. The valve body shall have full flow equal to nominal pipe diameter at all points 35 through the valve. The seating surface shall be on a 45' angle to minimize disc 36 travel. The top access point shall be full size, allowing removal of the disc 37 without removing the valve from the pipeline. The access cover shall be domed 38 in shape, to allow the disc to be fully operational in lines containing high solids 39 content. 40 h. Backflow capabilities shall be available by means of a screw type backflow 41 actuator. The actuator shall be factory installed. 42 i. The valve shall be cycle tested 1,000,000 times with no signs of wear or 43 distortion to the valve disc or seat and shall remain drop tight at both high and 44 low pressures. The test results shall be independently certified. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 400665-5 SWING CHECK VALVES Page 5 of 6 1 6. Finishes 2 a. The exterior and interior of the valve shall be coated with a fusion bonded 3 epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550, ANSI/NSF 61, Section 09 91 4 00, and in a color selected by City. 5 B.Polymer Concrete Manhole 6 1. In accordance with Section 33 39 21. 7 C.Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 8 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 13. 9 D.Ductile Iron Piping and Fittings 10 1. In accordance with Sections 33 11 10 and 33 11 11. 11 E. Nuts, Bolts, and Gaskets 12 1. In accordance with Section 33 1105. 13 F. Resilient Seated Gate Valve 14 1. In accordance with Section 33 12 20. 15 G.Drain Piping and Ball Valve 16 1. 316 stainless steel schedule 80 threaded piping. 17 2. 316 stainless steel quarter turn threaded ball valve. 18 H.Crushed Rock Gravel Bed 19 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 10. 20 I. Backfill and Embedment 21 1. Same as pipeline backfill and embedment in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 27 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 28 3.4 INSTALLATION 29 A.All work shall be performed by skilled craftsmen qualified to perform the required work 30 in a manner comparable with the best standards of practice and in accordance with 31 manufacturer's recommendations. 32 B.Assemble vault, piping, valves, and appurtenances as indicated in the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 400665-6 SWING CHECK VALVES Page 6 of 6 1 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-1 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 1 of 14 t SECTION 40 6100 2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to provide, install, test and make 6 operational, a Process Instrumentation and Control System as specified herein and 7 related specifications, and as shown on the Drawings. 8 B. The work shall include furnishing, installing and testing the equipment and materials 9 detailed in each Section of Division 40 Process Control System Sections. Cordinate 10 with the Owner for the purchase of the HSQ RTU equipment as specified. 11 C. Throughout the Process Control System Sections of Division 40, the term Contractor 12 shall refer to the General Contractor. 13 D. Equipment furnished as a part of other Divisions and shown on the Instrumentation 14 and/or Electrical Drawings shall be integrated into the overall Instrumentation System 15 under the Process Control System Sections of this Division. Instrumentation specified 16 in other Divisions shall meet the Specification requirements of the Process Control 17 System Sections of this Division. 18 E. The Contractor shall provide the services of specialized personnel that meet all of the 19 qualifications of a Process Control Systems Integrator (PCSI) who shall perform all 20 work necessary to select, furnish, configure, customize, debug, install, connect, 21 calibrate, and place into operation all process control system instrumentation hardware 22 specified within this Division, except for application software programming, which is 23 specified for Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), as described in Section 40 68 60 24 Application Services Provider. The PCSI shall coordinate with the Owner/ Engineer 25 and ASP, for all scheduling, installation, and startup services. The PCSI shall have 26 qualifications as described herein. The personnel meeting these qualifications shall be 27 submitted as part of the project plan submittal as described below. The personnel need 28 not be direct employees of the contractor but shall be employed by a firm with a direct 29 subcontract to the contractor. 30 F. The Contractor shall provide the services of an Application Services Provider (ASP) for 31 all work as specified in Section 40 68 60. The ASP shall have qualifications as 32 described herein. 33 G. The Contractor shall coordinate, and schedule all required testing with the General 34 Contractor, Owner, Engineer, PCSI and ASP. 35 H. The work shall include the following: 36 1. Make connections, including field connections and interfacing between 37 instrumentation, controllers, control devices, control panels and instrumentation 38 furnished under other Divisions. The Contractor shall coordinate his construction 39 schedule and instrumentation and control interface with the supplier of 40 instrumentation and control equipment specified under other Divisions. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 2 of 14 1 2. Make wiring terminations for all field -mounted instruments furnished and mounted 2 under other Divisions, including process instrumentation primary elements, 3 transmitters, local indicators and control panels. Install vendors furnished cables 4 specified under other Divisions. 5 3. Auxiliary and accessory devices necessary for system operation or performance to 6 interface with existing equipment or equipment provided by other suppliers under 7 other Sections of these specifications, shall be included whether they are shown on 8 the Drawings. These devices include, but are not limited to, transducers, current 9 isolators, and signal conditioners, interposing relays or protocol converters. 10 4. System design shall allow the removal of individual devices from service without 11 disrupting other unrelated devices in service. 12 5. Equipment shall be fabricated, assembled, installed, and placed in proper operating 13 condition in full conformity with detail drawings, specifications, engineering data, 14 instructions, and recommendations by the equipment manufacturer as approved by 15 the Engineer. 16 6. Actual installation of the system need not be performed by the Contractor s PCSI 17 employees; however, the PCSI shall provide the on -site technical supervision of the 18 installation. 19 7. The PCSI shall furnish equipment which is the product of one manufacturer to the 20 maximum practical extent. Where this is not practical, all equipment of a given type 21 shall be the product of one manufacturer. 22 8. All materials, equipment, labor, and services necessary to achieve the monitoring 23 and control functions described herein shall be provided in a timely manner so that 24 the monitoring and control functions are available when the equipment is ready to 25 be placed into service. 26 1.2 RELATED WORK 27 A. Wherever references are made to Related Work in other Specification Sections of the 28 Specifications, the Contractor is to provide such information or work as may be 29 required in those references and include such information or work as may be specified. 30 B. All Instrumentation work related to Process and Mechanical Divisions equipment that is 31 shown on the Instrumentation Drawings shall be provided under Division 40 Process 32 Control System Sections unless otherwise explicitly shown. 33 C. All instrumentation Equipment and work provided under any Division of the 34 Specifications shall fully comply with the requirements of Division 40 Process Control 35 Systems Sections. 36 D. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 37 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole, with every section 38 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 39 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 40 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 41 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 42 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 43 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 44 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 45 specified. 46 E. Other Divisions CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-3 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 3 of 14 1 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the Specifications 2 and Drawings and shall determine the power and wiring requirements and shall 3 provide appurtenances, as required to provide a fully functioning process control 4 system. If the equipment requires added options, due to different equipment being 5 supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional appurtenances and/or wiring, 6 with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in Contract Time. 7 1.3 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Submittal Process 9 1. Submit Shop Drawings, in accordance with Division 1 s requirements, for 10 equipment, materials and all other equipment specified under each Instrumentation 11 Section of Division 40, except where specifically stated otherwise. An individually 12 packaged submittal shall be made for each Section and shall contain all the 13 information required by that Section, unless specifically directed otherwise by the 14 submittal requirements of that section. Partial submittals will not be accepted and 15 will be returned un-reviewed. 16 B. No submittals will be accepted for Section 40 6100, except for the qualifications of the 17 Contractor s PCSI and the Contractor s ASP, as specified herein, and the Project Plan, 18 Schedule and Deviation List Submittal. 19 C. Each Section submittal shall be complete, contain all the items listed in the 20 Specification Section, and shall be clearly marked to indicate which items are 21 applicable on each cut sheet page. The Submittal shall list any exceptions to the 22 Specifications and Drawings, and the reason for such deviation. Shop drawings, not so 23 checked and noted, will be returned un-reviewed. 24 D. The Contractor shall check shop drawings for accuracy and Contract Requirements 25 prior to submittal to the Engineer. Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings 26 shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of providing materials and 27 workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings shall be 28 stamped with the date checked and a Statement indicating that the shop drawings 29 conform to Specifications and Drawings. Only one Specification Section submittals will 30 be allowed per transmittal unless sections are indicated for grouping in the individual 31 sections. 32 E. Material shall not be ordered or shipped until the shop drawings have been approved. 33 No material shall be ordered, or shop work started if shop drawings are marked 34 "APPROVED AS NOTED CONFIRM", "APPROVED AS NOTED RESUBMIT" or 35 "NOT APPROVED". 36 F. Shop Drawings, O&M Manuals, and other documentation shall be submitted as listed in 37 each of the individual Instrumentation Specification Sections. 38 1. Submit operations and maintenance data for equipment furnished under this 39 Division, in accordance with Division 1. The manuals shall be prepared specifically 40 for this installation and shall include catalog data sheets, drawings, equipment lists, 41 descriptions, parts lists and operating and maintenance instructions. 42 2. Manuals shall include the following as a minimum: 43 a. A comprehensive index. 44 b. A complete "As -Built" set of approved shop drawings. 45 c. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges and 46 pertinent data. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-4 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 4 of 14 1 d. A table listing of the "as left" settings for all timing relays and alarm and trip 2 setpoints. 3 e. System schematic drawings "As -Built", illustrating all components, piping and 4 electric connections of the systems supplied under this Division. 5 f. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. 6 g. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly 7 defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. 8 h. The operating instructions shall also incorporate a functional description of the 9 entire system, with references to the system s schematic drawings and 10 instructions. 11 i. Complete parts list with stock numbers, including spare parts. 12 G. Record Drawings shall be promptly furnished when the equipment installation is 13 complete. Payment will be withheld until Record Drawings have been furnished and 14 approved. The PCSI shall provide markups on all Process and Instrumentation Contract 15 Drawings. 16 H. At the time of delivery of the equipment, the Contractor shall have an approved shop 17 drawing in his possession for the Owner s Inspector and Owner s Engineer s 18 verifications. 19 I. Project Plan, Schedule and Deviation List Submittal 20 1. Submit, as soon as possible following PCSI s receipt of Notice to Proceed, a Project 21 Plan, Schedule and Deviation List Submittal. The Project Plan, Schedule and 22 Deviation List Submittal shall be made and approved before any further submittals 23 will be accepted and prior to scheduling of the first PCSI coordination meeting. The 24 Project Plan, Schedule and Deviation List Submittal shall, as a minimum, contain 25 the following: 26 a. Overview of the Process Control System, clearly describing the PCSI s 27 understanding of the project work and interfaces to other systems; and 28 including a preliminary system architecture drawing and proposed project work 29 schedule detailing all PCSI s work activities. Description of PCSI s 30 understanding of the work shall be an original write-up authored by the PCSI. 31 Copying of the Scope of Work included herein or utilizing contract drawings in 32 any form shall not be acceptable. 33 b. Approach to work clearly describing how the PCSI intends to execute the work, 34 including detailed discussion of switchover, startup, replacement of existing 35 equipment with new, and other tasks as required by these specifications as 36 applicable. 37 c. Preliminary HMI software, PLC software, and PLC hardware list submittal 38 information shall be included solely for determining compliance with the 39 requirements of the Contract Documents prior to beginning development of 40 application programming. Review and approval of software and hardware 41 systems as part of this Project Plan stage shall not relieve the PCSI of meeting 42 all the functional and performance requirements of the system as specified 43 herein. Substitution of manufacturer or model of these systems after the 44 submittal is approved shall not be permitted without prior Engineer approval. 45 d. Details of personnel assigned to the project and organizational structure 46 including the PCSI s project manager, project engineer, and lead project 47 technicians. Include resumes of each key individual and specify in writing their 48 commitment to this project. 49 e. Preliminary coordination meeting agendas as specified herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 5 of 14 1 £ Preliminary training plan 2 g. Samples of shop drawings to be submitted in conformance with the 3 requirements of the Specifications shall be submitted. At a minimum include 4 samples of panel fabrication drawings, loop, and I/O wiring diagrams. 5 2. Exceptions to the Specifications or Drawings shall be clearly defined in a separate 6 Deviation List. The Deviation List shall consist of a paragraph -by -paragraph review 7 of the Specifications indicating acceptance or any proposed deviations, the reason 8 for exception, the exact nature of the exception and the proposed substitution so 9 that an evaluation may be made by the Engineer. The acceptability of any device or 10 methodology submitted as an "equal' or "exception" to the specifications shall be at 11 the sole discretion of the Engineer. If no exceptions are taken to the Specifications 12 or Drawings, the PCSI shall make a statement indicating so. If there is no statement 13 included by the PCSI, it shall be interpreted by the Engineer to mean that no 14 exceptions are taken. 15 3. A Project Schedule shall be prepared and submitted using an ISO/IEC 26300:2006 16 formatted file. The schedule shall be prepared in Gantt chart format clearly showing 17 task linkages for all tasks and identifying critical path elements. The PCSI s 18 schedule shall be based on and coordinated with the Contractor s and ASP s 19 schedules and must meet all field installation, testing, and startup milestones in 20 those schedules. Updates to this schedule when approved shall be resubmitted for 21 record before each construction milestone, or every month whichever is greater 22 4. The PCSI schedule shall illustrate all major project milestones including the 23 following: 24 a. Schedule for all subsequent project submittals: include in the time allotment, 25 the time required for Contractor submittal preparation, Engineer's review, and a 26 minimum of two complete review cycles. 27 b. Proposed dates for all required project Coordination Meetings. 28 c. Hardware purchasing, fabrication, and assembly (following approval of related 29 submittals) 30 d. Software purchasing and configuration (following approval of related 31 submittals) 32 e. Shipment of all instrumentation and control system equipment 33 f. Installation of all instrumentation and control system equipment 34 g. Duration and dates for all required testing activities. The test schedule shall 35 include submittal of test procedures a minimum of 30 days prior to 36 commencement of testing. Schedule shall also include submittal of completed 37 documentation of testing activities for review and approval by the Engineer 38 prior to equipment shipment, startup, or subsequent project work. 39 h. The PCSI shall arrange the schedule to accommodate the requirements of the 40 ASP to develop, test, troubleshoot, and train the Owner s staff on the PLC and 41 HMI application and systems. The timing of these coordination efforts shall be 42 jointly determined by the ASP and PCSI; however, the PCSI shall include all 43 necessary costs to accommodate the minimum time slots in their overall project 44 schedule. All time allotments shall exclude any legal holidays, or days lost due 45 to delays caused by the Contractor or PCSI. 46 i. Include a schedule for system cutover, startup, and/or placing in service for 47 each major system. At a minimum, include the schedule for each process 48 controller and HMI server/workstation provided under this Contract. 49 j. Schedule for all training including submittal and approval of O&M manuals, 50 factory training, and field training CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-6 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 6 of 14 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 2 A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National 3 Electrical Code (NEC and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 4 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 5 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 6 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 7 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 8 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 9 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ILEA) 10 7. The International Society of Automation (ISA) 11 8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 12 9. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment 13 10. UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels 14 11. UL 50, the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 15 12. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 16 13. Factory Mutual (FM) 17 14. All equipment and installations shall satisfy applicable Federal, State, and local 18 codes. 19 B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time 20 of bid opening shall apply. 21 C. All material and equipment, for which a UL standard exists, shall bear a UL label. No 22 such material or equipment shall be brought onsite without the UL label affixed. 23 D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the 24 Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society, 25 organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take 26 precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of 27 performance. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or 28 codes of any technical society, organization or association, or between Laws and 29 Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the Contractor, 30 unless otherwise directed by the Owner/Engineer. 31 E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor accepts the fact 32 that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract 33 Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, the Contractor's 34 responsibility to comply with all Laws and Regulations at all times 35 F. All control panels shall be constructed, and the labeling shall be affixed in a UL 508 36 facility. 37 1.5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR (PCSI) 38 A. The Contractor shall provide the services of a City of Fort Worth pre -approved Process 39 Control Systems Integrator (PCSI) for all work under the instrumentation sections of 40 this and related Divisions, as described in this section and related sections. 41 B. Where shown on the Bid Documents, the Contractor shall name the proposed PCSI. 42 Only approved suppliers, as listed herein, will be accepted. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-7 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 7 of 14 1 C. Qualifications 2 1. The PCSI shall be a "systems house," regularly engaged in the design and 3 installation of control and instrumentation systems and their associated subsystems 4 as they apply to the municipal water or wastewater industry. For the purposes of 5 this and other applicable Divisions, a "systems house" shall be interpreted to mean 6 an organization that complies with all the following criteria: 7 2. Employs a registered professional Control Systems Engineer or Electrical Engineer 8 in the state of Texas to supervise or perform the work required by this Specification 9 Section. 10 3. Employs personnel on this project who have successfully completed a 11 manufacturer s training course on the hardware configuration and implementation 12 of the specific programmable controllers, computers, and software proposed for this 13 project. This software includes but is not limited to Schneider Electric Control 14 Expert, Rockwell Automation Studio 5000, Ignition HMI and Schneider Electric 15 Viejo. 16 4. Has been in the water/wastewater industry performing the type of work specified in 17 this specification section for a minimum of five (5) continuous years. 18 5. The PCSI shall maintain a fully equipped office/production facility with full-time 19 employees capable of fabricating, configuring, installing, calibrating, 20 troubleshooting, and testing the system specified herein. Qualified repair personnel 21 shall be available and capable of reaching the facility within 24 hours. 22 6. PCSI shall have an Electrical Contractor s license in the State of Texas. 23 D. The PCSI shall be one of the following: 24 1. Prime Controls 25 815 Office Park Circle 26 Lewisville, Texas 75057 27 Attn: Brian Poarch 28 Phone: 972.221.4849 29 2. Richardson Logic Control 30 8115 Hicks Hollow 31 McKinney, Texas 75071 32 Attn: Michel Cunningham 33 Phone: 972.542.7375 34 E. The listing of specific PCSI organizations above does not imply acceptance of their 35 products and capabilities that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. 36 PCSI s listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 37 1.6 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER (ASP) 38 A. The Contractor shall provide an Application Services Provider (ASP) for application 39 software programming for Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) and Human 40 Machine Interface (HMI) computers and other equipment as specified. The ASP may be 41 drawn from within one of the listed PSCI s forces. 42 B. All other programming, configuration, and integration, including but not limited to, 43 loading software for process devices, Ethernet configuration and communications shall 44 be by the PCSI as specified in other Sections. 45 C. Qualifications CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-8 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 8 of 14 1 1. The ASP shall perform all work necessary to configure, customize, debug, install, 2 connect, and place into operation all HMI and PLC software specified within this 3 Division and other related divisions. The ASP shall coordinate with the PCSI all 4 scheduling, installation, and startup services. 5 2. The ASP shall meet the following qualification and/or submit the following 6 documentation as specified: 7 a. Shall secure an independent performance bond and provide documentation of 8 same from a bonding agency. 9 b. Shall present an adequate Certificate of Insurance. 10 c. Shall submit resumes of team members with completed training and 11 certifications. 12 d. Shall submit a team organization chart. 13 e. Shall have completed five projects of this size or larger in dollar value and shall 14 provide project names, client name, and reference contacts of same. 15 f. Shall demonstrate five years of experience working on projects in water or 16 wastewater plant work. 17 g. Shall provide project names, client names, time period of work and reference 18 contacts 19 h. Staff proposed shall have all certifications as provided from the manufactures 20 of the equipment supplied. This software includes but is not limited to 21 Schneider Electric Control Expert, Rockwell Automation Studio 5000, Ignition 22 HMI and Schneider Electric Viejo. 23 i. ASP shall have an electrical or control systems professional engineer, licensed 24 in the State of Texas, on staff or under contract for this project. 25 j. ASP shall provide 24-hour Service Contract for the length of the warranty 26 period. The service contract requirements shall include telephone support as far 27 as possible. If necessary, ASP shall provide on -site support for correction of 28 any errors and/or omissions in order to fully meet all requirements of the 29 Contract Documents. 30 1.7 HAZARDOUS AREAS 31 A. Equipment, materials and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings 32 shall comply with NEC Articles 500, 501, 502 and 503. 33 B. Equipment and materials installed in hazardous areas shall be UL listed for the 34 appropriate hazardous area classification. 35 1.8 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES 36 A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local 37 authority having jurisdiction. 38 B. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 39 1.9 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT 40 A. Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its 41 final location. Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling 42 and passage through restricted areas in the structure. 43 B. The equipment shall always be kept upright during storage and handling. When 44 equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas, brace the equipment to 45 ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406100-9 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 9 of 14 1 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS 2 A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract 3 Drawings, hereinafter called the "Record Drawings". The Record Drawings and 4 Specifications shall be kept up to date throughout the project. 5 B. Record Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items: 6 1. One -line Diagram(s). 7 2. Raceways and pull boxes. 8 3. Conductor sizes. 9 4. Panel Schedule(s). 10 5. Control Wiring Diagram(s) including all wire tags. 11 6. Process Instrumentation Diagram(s) 12 7. Mounting Details 13 C. Submit a typical example of a schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers, 14 including the following information: 15 1. Circuit origin, destination and wire numbers. 16 2. Field wiring terminal strip names and numbers with field connection wire color. 17 D. As an alternate, submit a typical example of point-to-point connection diagrams 18 showing the same information, may be submitted in place of the schedule of control 19 wiring raceways and wire numbers. 20 E. Submit the record drawings and the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire 21 numbers (or the point-to-point connection diagram) to the Owner/Engineer. 22 F. The Contractor s retainage shall not be paid until the point-to-point connection 23 diagrams have been furnished to the Owner/Engineer. 24 1.11 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS 25 A. Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under other related Divisions and 26 prepare coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables. Submit copies of 27 wiring diagrams or tables with Record Drawings. 28 B. Furnish and install all equipment interconnections. 29 1.12 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 30 A. Materials and equipment shall be new, except where specifically identified on the 31 Drawings to be re -used. 32 B. The Contractor shall not bring onsite, material or equipment from a manufacturer, not 33 submitted and approved for this project. Use of any such material or equipment, will be 34 rejected, removed and replaced by the Contractor, with the approved material and 35 equipment, at his own expense. 36 C. Material and equipment shall be UL listed, where such listing exists. 37 D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material, product, equipment and 38 workmanship being furnished by him for the duration of the project. He shall replace 39 the equipment if it does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 00 - 10 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 10 of 14 1 1.13 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 2 A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3 Two (2) copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of 4 shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner. 5 B. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups 6 shall be bolted to skids. Accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. 7 C. Equipment shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available, 8 equipment shall be suitable for skidding in place on rollers using jacks to raise and 9 lower the groups. 10 D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent, finished location shown on the Drawings 11 within seven (7) calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed 12 within seven (7) calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but 13 stored offsite, at the Contractor s expense, until such time that the site is ready for 14 permanent installation of the equipment. 15 E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment or control panels, provide temporary 16 electrical power and operate space heaters during jobsite storage and after equipment is 17 installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 18 1.14 WARRANTIES 19 A. Manufacturer s warranties shall be as specified in each of the Specification Sections. 20 1.15 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 21 A. Identify equipment (control panels, control stations, instruments, etc) furnished under 22 instrumentation sections of Division 40 with the name of the equipment it serves. 23 Control panels, Instruments, meters junction or terminal boxes, etc, shall have 24 nameplate designations as shown on the Drawings. 25 B. Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, black lettering on a white 26 background, matte finish, not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in, Rowmark 27 322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 28 4 and 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double 29 faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X '/z , no equal. Prior to installing 30 the nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, with a 70% alcohol 31 solution, until the metal surface residue has been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam 32 tape is not acceptable. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 00 - 11 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 11 of 14 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 COORDINATION MEETINGS 4 A. The PCSI shall schedule and administer a minimum of one mandatory Coordination 5 Meetings. The PCSI shall make arrangements for meetings; prepare agendas and 6 distribute copies to participants at least one (1) week before scheduled meetings. The 7 meetings shall be held at the Contractor s field office at the site and shall include, as a 8 minimum, attendance by the Owner, Engineer, Contractor s Project Engineer, ASP s 9 Project Engineer, PCSI s Project Engineer, and the Electrical Subcontractor. 10 1. The first coordination meeting shall be held in advance of the first PCSI shop 11 drawing submittals (Project Plan and I/O List). The purpose of the first meeting 12 shall be for the PCSI to: 13 a. Summarize their understanding of the project 14 b. Discuss any proposed substitutions or alternatives 15 c. Schedule testing and delivery milestone dates 16 d. Provide a forum for the PCSI and Owner to coordinate hardware and software 17 related issues 18 e. Request any additional information required from the Owner and/or Engineer. 19 f. The PCSI shall bring a draft version of shop drawings to the meeting to provide 20 the basis for the Owner s and Engineer's input into their development. 21 3.2 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS 22 A. Raceways and conductors for instrumentation, communications and other 23 miscellaneous low voltage power and signal systems as specified not shown on the 24 Drawings shall be provided as required for a complete and operating system. 25 B. The PCSI shall terminate all conductors of instrumentation systems to RTU and/or PLC 26 Termination Cabinets, where designated on the Drawings. The conduit and wire, as 27 shown on the electrical interface drawings, may not necessarily be shown on the floor 28 plan. 29 C. Install conductors carrying low voltage signals (typically twisted shielded pair cables) 30 in raceways totally separate from all other raceways containing power or 120 volt 31 control conductors, Refer to NEC article 725. DC and AC control wiring shall be 32 installed in separate raceways. 33 D. Redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the Contractor's use 34 of a pre -approved alternate instrumentation or control item, or arrangement of 35 equipment and/or layout other than specified herein, shall be done by the Contractor at 36 his/her own expense. Redesign and detailed plans shall be submitted to the 37 Owner/Engineer for approval. No additional compensation will be provided for changes 38 in the work, either his/her own or others, caused by such redesign. 39 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT PADS AND SUPPORTS 40 A. Equipment pads and supports, of concrete or steel including structural reinforcing and 41 foundations, are shown on the Structural Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 00 - 12 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 12 of 14 3.4 INSTALLATION 2 A. Any work not installed according to the Drawings and this Section shall be subject to 3 change as directed by the Owner/Engineer. No extra compensation will be allowed for 4 making these changes. 5 B. All dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinated with the work of all 6 other trades. 7 C. Equipment shall always be protected against mechanical injury or damage by water. 8 Equipment shall not be stored outdoors. Equipment shall be stored in dry permanent 9 shelters as required by each Specification Section. Do not install equipment in its 10 permanent location until structures are weather -tight. If any apparatus has been subject 11 to possible injury by water, Equipment shall be thoroughly dried out and tested as 12 directed by the Owner/Engineer or shall be replaced at no additional cost at the 13 Owner/Engineer's discretion. 14 D. Equipment that has been damaged shall be replaced or repaired by the equipment 15 manufacturer, at the Owner/Engineer's discretion. 16 E. Repaint any damage to the factory applied paint finish using touch-up paint furnished 17 by the equipment manufacturer. If the metallic portion of the panel or section is 18 damaged, the entire panel or section shall be replaced, at no additional cost to the 19 Owner. 20 3.5 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE 21 A. Provide manufacturer's services for testing and start-up of the equipment as listed in 22 each individual Specification Section. 23 B. Testing and startup shall not be combined with training. Testing and start-up time shall 24 not be used for manufacturer s warranty repairs. 25 C. Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a 26 system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematics, 27 wiring diagrams and Control Descriptions. 28 D. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks 29 in advance. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment. 30 E. Refer to the individual Instrumentation Equipment Sections for additional specific 31 testing requirements. 32 F. Make all adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper 33 operation of the systems. 34 3.6 TESTING 35 A. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 40 Process Control System 36 Sections and repair or replace all defective work. Make any adjustments to the systems 37 and instruct the Owner s personnel in the proper operation of the systems. 38 B. Make the tests and checks prior to energizing instrumentation equipment in accordance 39 with Section 40 61 21, and the individual Specification sections. 40 C. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks 41 in advance. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment, including 42 manufacturer s services, as specified in the individual Specification sections. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 00 - 13 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 13 of 14 1 D. Where test reports show unsatisfactory results, the Owner/Engineer will require the 2 removal of all defective or suspected materials, equipment and/or apparatus, and their 3 replacement with new items, all at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all 4 cost for any retesting. 5 3.7 TRAINING 6 A. The Contractor shall provide training as specified in Section 40 6160. 7 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 00 - 14 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS Page 14 of 14 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 96 - 1 PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS Page 1 of 6 I SECTION 40 6196 2 PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. This Section provides the detailed requirements for the programming of the Process 6 Control System Application (both HSQ HMI and PLC programming) by the 7 Applications Services Providers (PLC ASP and HMI ASP) for the Lift Station. 8 B. Refer to specification section 40 68 60 for additional information. 9 1.2 RELATED WORK 10 A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 11 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole, with every section 12 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 13 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 14 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 15 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 16 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 17 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 18 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 19 specified. 20 1.3 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Refer to Specification Sections 40 6100 Process control Systems General Provisions 22 and 40 68 60 Application Services. 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND DEFINITIONS 26 A. The following represent the general "performance" requirements for all control loops. 27 These Process Control Descriptions shall be used in conjunction with all project 28 drawings and the required ASP workshops in determining the specific controls required. 29 B. Alarms 30 1. The alarms described herein shall be provided for all devices described below 31 whether the alarm described herein is shown on the Process and Instrumentation 32 Diagrams (P&IDs) or not. 33 a. For all controlled devices such as pumps, motorized equipment, or any device, 34 currently under control by the PLC, that generates a start/stop, or on/off, and has 35 one or two discrete feedback state signals, provide an equipment discrepancy 36 alarm. 37 b. The discrepancy alarm shall be generated in the PLC when a device receives a 38 change of state discrete command signal from the PLC, and the device feedback 39 state does not match the commanded state within a preset time frame. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 96 - 2 PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS Page 2 of 6 1 c. The equipment discrepancy alarm generated by the PLC shall be displayed and 2 alarmed at the HMI. 3 d. If, after attaining the commanded change of state, a device feedback state does 4 not match the commanded state, an equipment deviation alarm shall be generated 5 by the PLC. 6 e. The equipment deviation alarm generated by the PLC shall be displayed and 7 alarmed at the HMI. 8 £ After a deviation alarm occurs, the device cannot be restarted by the PLC until 9 the user has issued a reset at the HMI. 10 2. For all controlled valves or gates, currently under control by the PLC, that generate 11 an open/close and have one or two discrete open/closed feedback signals, provide an 12 equipment discrepancy alarm. 13 a. The discrepancy alarm shall be generated in the PLC when a device receives an 14 open/close discrete command signal from the PLC and the device feedback state 15 does not match the commanded state within a preset time. 16 b. The equipment discrepancy alarm generated by the PLC shall be displayed and 17 alarmed at the HMI. 18 c. If a device feedback state does not match the commanded state, after attaining 19 the commanded state, an equipment deviation alarm shall be generated by the 20 PLC. 21 d. The equipment deviation alarm generated by the PLC shall be displayed and 22 alarmed at the HMI. 23 e. After a deviation alarm occurs, the device cannot be restarted by the PLC until 24 the user has issued a reset at the HMI. 25 3. For all analog modulating valves, currently under control by the PLC, that generate 26 an analog state request and have a position feedback signal, provide an equipment 27 discrepancy alarm. 28 a. The discrepancy alarm shall be generated in the PLC when a valve receives a 29 signal to open or close to a specific position and the position feedback signal does 30 not indicate the desired position, plus or minus a dead band, within a preset time 31 period. 32 b. The equipment discrepancy alarm generated by the PLC shall be displayed and 33 alarmed at the HMI. 34 c. If a device feedback position does not match the commanded position, after 35 attaining the commanded position, plus or minus a dead band, a deviation alarm 36 shall be generated by the PLC. 37 d. The equipment deviation alarm shall be displayed and alarmed at the HMI. 38 e. After a deviation alarm occurs, the valve cannot be moved again by the PLC until 39 the Operator has issued a reset at the HMI. 40 4. For all variable speed pumps, currently under control by the PLC, that generate an 41 analog speed request and have a speed feedback signal, provide an equipment 42 discrepancy alarm. 43 a. The discrepancy alarm shall be generated in the PLC when a Variable Frequency 44 Drive (VFD) receives a signal to increase or decrease speed, and the speed 45 feedback signal does not indicate the requested speed, plus or minus a dead band, 46 within a preset time period. 47 b. The equipment discrepancy alarm generated by the PLC shall be displayed and 48 alarmed at the HMI. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 96 - 3 PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS Page 3 of 6 1 c. If a pump is off, and the pump is requested to run, and the pump does not start 2 within a preset time delay period after the request has been made, a pump 3 discrepancy alarm shall be generated by the PLC. 4 d. If a device feedback speed does not match the commanded speed, plus or minus 5 a dead band, after attaining the commanded speed, a deviation alarm is generated. 6 e. After a deviation alarm occurs, the pump cannot be controlled again by the PLC 7 until the user has issued a reset at the HMI. 8 5. Provide at least two high alarms and two low alarms for each analog input. The 9 quantities and types of alarms shall be configured for each input as appropriate. The 10 alarms generated by the PLC shall be displayed and alarmed at the HMI. To eliminate 11 excessive alarm reporting, the analog point shall remain in alarm until its value 12 returns to its alarm limit, plus or minus its alarm limit dead band. 13 6. All alarms shall be generated by the PLC. No alarms shall be calculated within the 14 HMI. 15 7. For each analog point, an alarm shall be generated in the PLC and displayed at the 16 HMI if the PLC detects a loss of signal. For analog points that are used for automatic 17 control, the last "good value" shall be used as the process variable until the alarm is 18 cleared. 19 8. For each analog point, if the value of the analog point is above or below the 20 instrument range, an out -of -range alarm shall be generated in the PLC and displayed 21 and alarmed at the HMI. 22 C. Interlocks 23 1. Interlocks described below are intended to detail hardware interlocks between 24 processes or sub -processes. The discussion below is not intended to detail the 25 interlocks associated within MCCs, VFDs, etc. For those details, please see the 26 manufacturer supplied information. 27 D. Tuning Parameters 28 1. All tuning parameters for each PID in the PLC shall be available at the server/ 29 workstations for monitoring and adjustment even if not shown on the P&IDs. Tuning 30 trends shall be provided to monitor the PID functions. However, these parameter 31 settings shall be password protected to allow access only to users who are given 32 clearance by the Owner. 33 E. Equipment Runtimes 34 1. Runtimes for all motorized equipment shall be totaled in the PLC and indicated at the 35 HMI with one -hour resolution even if not shown on the drawings. 36 2. The total runtime shall be reset from the HMI; however, this reset shall be password 37 protected to allow access only to users who are given clearance by the Owner. 38 3. A second accumulated runtime shall also be provided. The Operator shall not have 39 the capability to reset this accumulated runtime. 40 F. Historical Recording 41 1. All analog inputs shall be recorded historically even if not shown on the P&IDs. 42 G. Flow Totalization 43 1. All flows shall be totalized in the PLC. Yesterday's total flow and today's total flow 44 shall be indicated at the HMI even if not shown on the P&IDs. To eliminate errors 45 due to noise or calibration issues, flows will not be totalized when an associated valve 46 or pump is in the closed or off state. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 96 - 4 PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS Page 4 of 6 1 2. The total flows shall have the ability to be reset from the HMI. However, this reset 2 shall be password protected to allow access only to users who are given clearance by 3 the Owner. 4 3.2 INDIVIDUAL CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 A. The Lift station will consist of three pumps in a common wet well. The pump controls are via Reduced Voltage Soft Starters 1. Overview a. The Wet Well will have three submersible pumps with a common effluent header. A common influent channel is connected to the incoming wastewater manhole. All level instrumentation is installed within the wet well. 2. Control a. All pumps can be operated in Local Manual, Remote (Computer) Manual, and Remote (Computer) Auto as described above. When operating in Remote (Computer) Auto the system will be programmed to provide Automatic Wet - well Level Control. Additionally, a flushing mode is to be incorporated that will operate regardless of level as further described below. b. Automatic Wet -well Level Control: 1) When the level in the wet -well reaches the start setpoint the Lead Pump will start. If the level continues to rise to six inches above start level, then the lag pump will be called to run. If a pump fails to start or fails to run, the next pump in the sequence is started. 2) On a falling wet well level, at the stop setpoint all pumps are called to stop. 3. Automatic Lead Lag selection b. When all pumps are off, the PLC will perform an automatic Lead/Lag rotation. The criteria for the rotation are: 1) The pump is in Remote Automatic mode. 2) The pump has no fault alarms indicated. 3) If a pump starter indicates a fault or is not in remote automatic it shall not be included as an available pump. 2. At no time should more than two pumps be called to run. However, all pumps should be included in the selection process if available. 3. The Lead/Lag rotation occurs when all pumps are confirmed stopped: a. The pump that was the LEAD pump becomes the last LAG pump. b. The pump that was the first LAG pump becomes the LEAD pump. c. The other LAG pumps move up in the sequence. 4. Software Permissive a. There are no software interlocks associated with this control description. 5. Hardwired Interlocks a. The wet well level must be above five feet indication as per the low-level float as hardwired interlock associated with this control description. If the wet well has set the low-level alarm, then the level must rise to the next float set approximately one foot above the low level to clear via the level control panel. 6. Calculated Alarms and Variables a. No additional calculated alarms or variables are associated with this control description. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 96 - 5 PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS Page 5 of 6 1 7. Field Alarms 2 a. Refer to the P&IDs for field alarms associated with this control description. 3 8. Field Inputs and Outputs 4 a. Refer to the P&IDs for field input and output points associated with this control 5 description. 6 B. Flushing Sequence Control: 7 1. Twice each day at operator settable times a flushing sequence will be called to 8 execute. The sequence will call the Lead Pump to start and once confirmed that it is 9 running then the lag pump will be called to run. If a pump fails to start or fails to 10 run, the next pump in the sequence is started. The pumps will continue to run until 11 the level has dropped to below the stop level or a flushing timer has expired with an 12 initial setpoint of 15 minutes. 13 2. If the flushing the flushing shutoff level is reached before the flushing timer has 14 expired the timer will reset and end the flushing sequence. 15 3. If a level control sequence has occurred 12 hours or less from the time of a flushing 16 sequence then the flushing sequence maybe skipped 17 18 END OF SECTION 19 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 40 61 96 - 6 PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS Page 6 of 6 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406300-1 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 40 63 00 2 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for Programmable Logic 6 Controllers (PLCs) to be furnished under other Sections of the Specifications as listed 7 in the Related Work paragraph of this Section. 8 B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of 9 equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 10 1.2 RELATED WORK 11 A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 12 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section 13 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 14 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 15 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 16 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 17 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 18 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 19 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 20 specified. 21 1.3 SUBMITTALS 22 A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment 23 furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein 24 will not be accepted and will be returned un-reviewed. 25 B. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable. 26 Submittals shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., 27 sufficiently to confirm that the equipment provides every specified requirement. Any 28 options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated. 29 C. Submit catalog data sheets for all software licenses provided under this Specification 30 Section. 31 D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 32 1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include the following information: 33 a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service. 34 b. Instruction books and/or leaflets 35 c. Recommended renewal parts list 36 d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above. 37 e. Copy of the software license data including serial numbers, license key, etc. 38 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 39 A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National 40 Electrical Code (NEC and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 406300-2 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER Page 2 of 6 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. NEMA ICS 1-101 Diagrams, Designations and Symbols 4. ANSI/ISA-5.06.01-2007 - Functional Requirements Documentation for Control Software Applications. 5. ISA-TR20.00.01-2001 - Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments Part 1: General Considerations Updated with 27 New Specification Forms in 2004-2005. 6. ISA-5.4-1991 Instrument Loop Diagrams. 7. ISA-5.5-1985 Graphic Symbols for Process Displays. 8. ISA-5.1-1984 (R1992) Instrumentation Symbols and Identification. 9. ISA-5.3-1983 Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display Instrumentation, Logic, and Computer Systems. 10. ISA-20-1981 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, Primary Elements, and Control Valves. 11. ISA-5.2-1976 (R1992) Binary Logic Diagrams For Process Operations. 12. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems 13. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 14. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 15. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 16. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 17. The International Society of Automation (ISA) 18. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 19. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment 20. UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels 21. UL 50, the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 22. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 23. Factory Mutual (FM) 24. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 25. NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 26. ANSI C37.90.2 Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers. 27. NEMA ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use. 28. NEMA LS 1 Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices. 29. UL 1283 Standard for Safety -Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 30. UL 1449 Third Edition Surge Protective Devices 31. IEEE 1815-2012 - IEEE Standard for Electric Power Systems Communications - Distributed Network Protocol (DNP3) 32. All equipment and installations shall conform to applicable Federal, State, and local codes. B. All equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406300-3 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER Page 3 of 6 1 C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the 2 individual device paragraphs. 3 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a 5 minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an 6 acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating 7 compliance with this requirement. 8 B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings. 9 Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable. 10 C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. 11 1.6 WARRANTY 12 A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and 13 workmanship for 2 years from date of acceptance of the equipment containing the items 14 specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall 15 promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new 16 operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the 17 equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. 18 1.7 COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL REQUIREMENTS 19 A. The PLC systems must communicate as shown on the plans and as described else ware 20 within the contract documents. The systems are to utilize and support the protocols as 21 described within this section. 22 1. Where shown or otherwise indicated Modbus TCP Protocol to have the following 23 as minimum capabilities as a minimum: 24 a. All data shall be available and/or mirrored within the Modbus 4x or "Holding 25 Register" memory area. The other areas can be optionally supported, but all Ox, 26 lx, and 3x data shall be readable and writable in the 4x memory area. For 27 digital writes, supports of single -bit writes (function 5) to the Ox area are 28 acceptable on a case by case basis. Products that require access to the Ix and 3x 29 area to operate are not acceptable; access to lx/3x area shall be optional. 30 b. Register 4x00001 shall exist and be readable to allow simple, predictable 31 "communications tests". 32 c. Software tools shall function properly with slaves' only supporting Modbus 33 functions 3, 4 and 16. Requiring support of diagnostic function 8 is not 34 acceptable. 35 d. Software tools shall be configurable to write a single register as either function 36 6 or 16. 37 e. Software tools shall allow setting the Modbus/TCP "Unit Id" to be a value other 38 than zero. This is required for Ethernet -to -Serial bridging. 39 2. Where indicated the PLC System shall communicate utilizing Ethernet/IP Protocol 40 with the following as minimum capabilities: 41 a. Transfer of basic I/O data via User Datagram Protocol (UDP)-based implicit 42 messaging 43 b. Uploading and downloading of parameters, setpoints, programs and recipes via 44 TCP (i.e., explicit messaging.) 45 c. Polled, cyclic and change -of -state monitoring via UDP, such as RPI and COS 46 in Allen Bradley's ControlLogix control systems. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406300-4 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER Page 4 of 6 1 d. One-to-one (unicast), one -to -many (multicast), and one -to -all (broadcast) 2 communication via TCP 3 e. Use of well-known TCP port number 44818 for explicit messaging and UDP 4 port number 2222 for implicit messaging. 5 3. For communications links indicated to use DNP3 provide the minimum of level 2 6 implementation for all devices. 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 8 2.1 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER 9 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 10 acceptable: 11 1. Schneider Electric M340 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 2. No Equal B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions as specified. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. The following table indicates the PLC used as the basis of design for each location indicated. PLC LOCATION PLC TYPE CONTROL PANEL ID Lift Station M340 RTU C. Where an existing PLC is to be modified or expanded as a part of this Contract, as specified in Specification Section Process System Control Panels or as indicated on the plans, the modified PLC is to meet the requirements and functionality of this Section. D. Programming Languages 1. Each PLC shall support IEC Standard 61131-3 with all of the following programming languages unless explicitly excluded within this section: a. Ladder (LD) b. Function Block Diagram (FBD) c. Structured Text (ST) 2. Processor shall have a minimum IEC Program Memory size of 2048 KB. E. Input / Output Capacity 1. Total Configurable Input / Output Capacity within the manufactures software package for the device shall not be less than 1024. 2. Installed minimum physical Input / Output capacity shall not be less than the following: a. Analog Inputs — 8 b. Analog Outputs — 4 c. Discrete Inputs — 16 d. Discrete Outputs — 8 F. Physical Construction CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406300-5 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER Page 5 of 6 1 1. The PLC shall be of a modular construction, consisting of a back plane or buss, 2 plug in modules for the processor, communication modules, I/O modules and 3 expansion modules. 4 2. The power supply shall be 24 Volt DC and shall be sized for the total of all installed 5 I/O fully loaded including the power requirement any spare I/O slots. 6 3. Analog inputs and outputs shall be isolated physically and electronically from each 7 other and shall be of the 4-20ma type. 8 4. Discrete inputs shall be 24VDC and individually buffered with external single poll 9 form C relays. 10 5. Discrete outputs shall be individually buffered with external form C relays with the 11 number of polls as required. 12 6. Systems shall include as a minimum 1 Ethernet, 1 RS-485/232, or 1 USB 13 programming ports. 14 7. A separate Ethernet module shall be include for connection to the SCADA network. 15 This port should include distributed/remote I/O scanning capability utilizing the 16 protocol specified on the plans without the use of high-level logic programming. 17 G. Spare Equipment 18 1. Provide minimum of 20 percent wired spare I/O channels of each type provided. 19 2. Provide 1 spare card/module of each type provided, including CPU and power 20 supplies. 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLATION 23 A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed, programmed, field adjusted, 24 tested and cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these 25 Specifications. 26 END OF SECTION 27 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406300-6 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER Page 6 of 6 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406600-1 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT Pagel of 8 t SECTION 40 66 00 2 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for Communications 6 Interface Equipment and Systems to be furnished under other Sections of the 7 Specifications as listed in the Related Work paragraph of this Section. 8 B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of 9 equipment specified elsewhere in the Related Work Specifications. 10 1.2 RELATED WORK 11 A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 12 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section 13 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 14 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 15 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 16 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 17 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 18 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 19 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 20 specified. 21 1.3 SUBMITTALS 22 A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment 23 furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein 24 will not be accepted and will be returned un-reviewed. 25 B. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable. 26 Submittals include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., 27 sufficient to confirm that the equipment provides every specified requirement. Any 28 options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated. 29 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 30 A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National 31 Electrical Code (NEC and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 32 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 33 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 34 3. NEMA ICS 1-101 Diagrams, Designations and Symbols 35 4. ANSFISA-5.06.01-2007 - Functional Requirements Documentation for Control 36 Software Applications. 37 5. ISA-5.2-1976 (R1992) Binary Logic Diagrams For Process Operations. 38 6. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems 39 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 40 8. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406600-2 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 8 1 9. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2 10. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 3 11. The International Society of Automation (ISA) 4 12. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 5 13. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment 6 14. UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels 7 15. UL 50, the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 8 16. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Control Panels and Industrial Machinery 9 17. Factory Mutual (FM) 10 18. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 11 19. NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 12 20. ANSI C37.90.2 Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated 13 Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers. 14 21. NEMA ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use. 15 22. NEMA LS 1 Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices. 16 23. UL 1283 Standard for Safety -Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 17 24. UL 1449 Third Edition Surge Protective Devices 18 25. All equipment and installations shall conform to applicable Federal, State, and local 19 codes. 20 B. All equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and 21 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable. 22 C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the 23 individual device paragraphs. 24 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25 A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a 26 minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an 27 acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating 28 compliance with this requirement. 29 B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings. 30 Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable. 31 C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. 32 1.6 WARRANTY 33 A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and 34 workmanship for 2 years from date of acceptance of the equipment containing the items 35 specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall 36 promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new 37 operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the 38 equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406600-3 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 8 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 INDUSTRIAL ETHERNET SWITCH LAYER 3 MODULAR (TYPE A) 3 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 4 acceptable: 5 1. Extreme Networks 1600 Series 6 2. No Equal 7 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 8 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 9 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 10 C. Environmental 11 1. Operating temperature: -40 Deg F to 167 Deg F 12 2. Operating humidity: 10 95% non -condensing 13 3. Storage Temperature: -13 to 185 Deg F 14 4. Electrical Classification: Intrinsically safe for UL 1602 Class I Division 2 A-D 15 locations 16 D. Physical 17 1. Enclosure: NEMA TS-2. Fully Modular construction 18 2. Power Supply: 120VAC from UPS source 19 2. Microprocessor based managed type. 20 3. Din rail mountable capability. 21 4. 19-inch rack mountable were shown in plans 22 E. Functional Performance 23 1. Per Port status LED indication. 24 2. Port based Ethernet MAC security individually port configurable. 25 3. Wire Speed switching, 16 Gigabit Switching Fabric. 26 4. HSRP Protocol Support. 27 5. Cisco Express Forwarding Hardware Routing Architecture. 28 6. SNMPvI, SNMPv2c, and SNMPv3 Support 29 7. 802.1d Spanning Tree Protocol Support 30 8. HTTPS accessible. 31 9. Common Industrial Protocol (CIP) Management Objects Support. 32 10 Smart Templates for Ethernet/IP 33 11. PROFINET v2 certification. 34 12. Alarm Contacts for external fault notification. 35 13. 10/100 BaseT ports with RJ-45 connectors for Category 5 cabling. 36 14. Switch Configuration on removable/ configurable via Flash Memory module. 37 15. LC type Fiber Optic Connectors for 100BaseFX, 1000BaseSX for Multimode Fiber 38 and 100013aseLX for Single Mode Fiber as shown on the drawings 39 16. Fully managed switch capability. 40 F. Options and Accessories Required: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406600-4 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 8 1 1. Provide maximum installation space for additional future modules for each switch 2 location. 3 2. Provide twenty (20) percent spare port capacity for each port type. 4 2.2 HSQ RTU 5 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 6 acceptable: 7 1. HSQ 8 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 9 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 10 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 11 C. Part Numbers 12 1. HSQ 8600-3343F-25x86 Logic Processor 13 2. HSQ 22592 Communication Board (4 Serial Ports and 1 Ethernet Port) 14 3. HSQ 22585 RTU Battery Backup Controller 15 2.3 REMOTE SITE LICENSED RADIO (NARROW BAND) 16 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 17 acceptable: 18 1. GE MDS Orbit MCR radio MXNCL9CN4GYNNSIFISUNN 900MHz 19 2. No Equal 20 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 21 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 22 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 23 C. Environmental 24 1. Operating temperature: -40 Deg C to 70 Deg C 25 2. Operating humidity: 10 95% non -condensing 26 D. Physical 27 1. Power Supply: 10 to 30 VDC input 28 2. Microprocessor based unmanaged type. 29 3. DIN Rail mountable. 30 4. Class 1 Division 2 groups A, B, C and D rated 31 5. Interface connections: TIA-232-E Serial interface implemented in a DB-9 32 connection, Ethernet 10/100 BaseT implemented in a RJ45 and Antenna connection 33 utilizing a TNC Female connector 34 E. Functional Performance 35 1. RF data rate 9,600 to 19,200 bps @ 12.5 KHz channel size. 36 2. Licensed Frequency bands: 820-870 MHz, 880-915 MHz, 850-860/926-936 MHZ, 37 and 928-960 MHz 38 3. Aluminum case. 39 4. Receiver type: double conversion super heterodynes with selectivity >70 dB, 40 Sensitivity-1000m. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406600-5 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT Page 5 of 8 1 5. Transmitter with programmable carrier power from 0.1 to 5 Watts, Continuous duty 2 cycle. 3 6. Operating mode: Simplex, half -duplex 4 7. Modulation: Digital, CPFSK 5 F. Options and Accessories Required: 6 1. Provide minimum 2-year warranty. 7 2.4 ANTENNA TOWER (LADDER TYPE) 8 A. Subject to compliance with the contract documents, the following manufacturers are 9 acceptable: 10 1. Rohn 11 2. Sabre 12 3. Approved equal 13 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 14 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 15 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 16 C. Provide radio towers as shown on the drawings. At a minimum, the towers provided 17 shall be as follows: 18 1. Each section shall be double bolted constructed of ASTM 123 hot dipped 19 galvanized steel. 20 2. Free standing and self-supporting type. 21 3. Tower sections shall have a minimum 12-'/z face. 22 4. Tower shall be made up of a base section, midsection and top sections. 23 5. Heights of towers shall be a minimum of 40 feet tall from ground level. Final 24 Height shall be verified with a physical path test from the proposed tower location 25 by the contractor. 26 D. The radio tower shall be a self-supporting structure. The final tower and base design 27 shall be furnished by the contractor. Each individual tower installation shall be certified 28 and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas to be compliant in 29 all respects with TIA-222-H, Structural Standard for Antenna Supporting Structures and 30 Antennas. The installation design, along with this certification, shall be submitted by 31 the contractor. No general or manufacturers reference designs are acceptable for this 32 purpose. The material submitted shall take into consideration the specific site location 33 and geotechnical information. A separate drawing for each tower installation, including 34 all furnished accessories, including but not limited to grounding system, safety system, 35 etc., shall be submitted. 36 2.5 YAGI DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA 37 A. Subject to compliance with the contract documents, the following manufacturers are 38 acceptable: 39 1. Laird 40 2. Approved Equal 41 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 42 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 43 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406600-6 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 8 1 C. Environmental 2 1. Operating temperature: -40 degrees F to 176 degrees F 3 2. Operating humidity: 95% non -condensing for indoor applications 4 D. Physical 5 1. Number of Elements as required balancing gain and output power. 6 2. Impedance 50 ohms 7 3. Max Power 10 watts 8 4. Radiation Directional 9 5. Polarization Vertical 10 6. ConnectorN-Female 11 7. Material Aluminum 12 8. Mount Mounts on pipe with 0.5 inch to 1.5-inch diameter 13 2.6 ETHERNET SURGE PROTECTOR 14 A. Subject to compliance with the contract documents, the following manufacturers are 15 acceptable: 16 1. Phoenix Contact 17 2. PolyPhaser 18 3. Cooper Bussman 19 4. Approved Equal 20 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 21 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 22 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 23 C. Environmental 24 1. Operating temperature: -40 degrees F to 176 degrees F 25 2. Operating humidity: 95% non -condensing for indoor applications 26 3. Storage Temperature: -40 to 176 degrees F 27 D. Physical 28 1. DIN Mountable Rail indoors and pole mountable outdoors applications 29 2. I/O connectors: RJ-45 30 3. Power over Ethernet POE+ to IEEE802.3 at up to 57VDC 31 E. Functional Performance 32 1. Protection: handles 100 or more lightning strikes at surge levels of 8/20uSec at 33 6kV/3kA 34 2. Standard: Compliant to IEC61000-4-5. 35 2.7 RADIO SYSTEM SURGE PROTECTOR 36 A. Subject to compliance with the contract documents, the following manufacturers are 37 acceptable: 38 1. Phoenix Contact 39 2. PolyPhaser 40 3. Cooper Bussman CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406600-7 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT Page 7 of 8 1 4. Approved Equal 2 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 3 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 4 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 5 C. Environmental 6 1. Operating temperature: -40 degrees F to 176 degrees F 7 2. Operating humidity: 95% non -condensing for indoor applications 8 3. Storage Temperature: -40 to 176 degrees F 9 D. Physical 10 1. Barrel configuration for control panel applications 11 2. TNC type connectors 12 E. Functional Performance 13 1. Protection: handles 100 or more lightning strikes at surge levels of 8/20uSec at 14 6kV/3kA 15 2. Standard: Compliant to IEC61000-4-5. 16 2.8 RADIO ANTENNA CABLES 17 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 18 acceptable: 19 1. Times Microwave LMR-600 runs under 75 feet 20 2. CommScope AVA7-50 HELIAX runs 75 feet and greater 21 3. Approved Equal 22 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 23 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 24 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 25 C. General 26 1. Provide sufficient lengths of cables for installation for connection to all Radio 27 Equipment with no splices. 28 D. Cable Construction 29 1. Inner Conductor Solid BCCAI 30 2. Dielectric Foam PE 31 3. Outer Conductor Aluminum Tape 32 4. Overall Braid Tinned Copper 33 5. Jacket Black PE. 34 E. Function/Performance: 35 1. Max Operating Frequency GHz 2.5 36 2. Minimum Operating Frequency 800 MHz 37 3. Velocity of Propagation % 87 38 4. Dielectric Constant NA 1.32 39 5. Time Delay nS/ft (nS/m) 1.17 (3.83) 40 6. Impedance ohms 50 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406600-8 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT Page 8 of 8 1 7. Capacitance pF/ft (pF/m) 15.6 (51.1) 2 8. Inductance uH/ft (uH/m) 0.088 (0.29) 3 9. Shielding Effectiveness dB >90 4 10. DC Resistance 5 a. Inner Conductor ohms/ 1000ft (/km) 1.39 (4.56) 6 b. Outer Conductor ohms/1000ft (/km) 1.2 (3.9) 7 11. Peak Power kW 40 8 F. Required Options/Accessories 9 1. Provide Surge Arrestors at the antenna connection and the entrance to the 10 equipment per the NEC 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 12 3.1 INSTALLATION 13 A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed in an overall assembly, field 14 adjusted, tested and cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in 15 these Specifications. 16 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-1 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 1 of 15 1 SECTION 40 67 00 2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. Furnish and install functional control panels to manually or automatically operate 6 control systems as specified in the detailed requirements of this Section, and logic and 7 schematics as shown on the Electrical and Instrumentation Drawings. 8 B. Control panels as specified in the Process Equipment Division, Electrical Equipment 9 Division or Mechanical Equipment Divisions, except as specifically stated herein, shall 10 not be submitted under this Section. 11 1.2 RELATED WORK 12 A. Wherever references are made to Related Work in other Specification Sections of the 13 Specifications, the Contractor is to provide such information or work as may be 14 required in those references and include such information or work as may be specified. 15 B. All Instrumentation work related to Process and Mechanical Divisions equipment that is 16 shown on the Instrumentation Drawings shall be provided under Division 40 Process 17 Control System Sections unless otherwise explicitly shown. 18 C. All Control Panels and work provided under any Division of the Specifications shall 19 fully comply with the requirements of Division 40 Process Control System Sections. 20 D. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 21 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole, with every section 22 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 23 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 24 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 25 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 26 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 27 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 28 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 29 specified. 30 E. Other Divisions 31 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Sections of the Specifications 32 and Drawings and shall determine the power and wiring requirements and shall 33 provide appurtenances, as required to provide a fully functioning process control 34 system. If the equipment requires added options, due to different equipment being 35 supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional appurtenances and/or wiring, 36 with no change in the Contract Price, and with no increase in Contract Time. 37 1.3 SUBMITTALS 38 A. Submittal Process 39 1. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, 40 Section 40 6100, and as specified herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 2 of 15 1 2. Submittals require information on related equipment to be furnished under this 2 Specification and described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work 3 paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on 4 the related equipment will be returned un-reviewed. 5 3. Equipment specified in Process, Mechanical, or Electrical Equipment Divisions, 6 and supplied as an integral part of a process equipment manufacturer s package 7 shall be submitted with the manufacturer s submittals, in those Divisions. 8 B. Submittal Content 9 1. The original equipment manufacturer shall create all equipment shop drawings, 10 including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer s Engineering department. All 11 equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturers logo, 12 drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the original equipment 13 manufacturer s archive file system. Photocopies of the Engineer s ladder 14 schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings. 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 C. Required Submittals 1. Copies of previously Approved Related Work submittals. 2. Documentation confirming that the Panel Assembly Facility is a UL-508 certified panel shop. 3. Facsimile of the UL label that is to be applied to the completed panels. 4. Shop Drawings a. Shop Drawings shall include the following: 1) Drawings shall be to scale and shall show the location of panel mounted devices, including doors, louvers, and sub panels. 2) Equipment outline drawings showing elevation, plan and interior views, front panel arrangement, dimensions, weight, shipping splits, conduit entrances and anchor bolt pattern. Indicate all options, special features, ratings and deviations from this Section s requirements. 3) The first sheet of each Panel Drawing Packet shall contain a Bill of Materials for that panel. The Bill of Materials shall list all devices mounted within the panel, and shall include the tag number, description, manufacturer, and model number of each item. 4) Following the Bill of Material shall be a listing, uniquely identifying each component of the Panel, and a description of the item used, i.e. devices by their assigned tag numbers, nameplate inscriptions, service legend, and annunciator inscriptions. 5) Power and control schematics including external connections. Show wire and terminal numbers and color -coding. b. Interconnecting Wiring Diagrams 1) Provide interconnecting wiring diagrams showing electrical connections between equipment, consoles, panels, terminal junction boxes, and field mounted components. 2) Diagrams shall show component and panel terminal board identification numbers, and external wire and cable numbers. 3) Circuit names corresponding to the Circuit and Raceway Schedule shall be shown. The diagram shall include intermediate terminations between field elements and panels (e.g., terminal junction boxes, pull boxes, etc.). 5. Factory Tests. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-3 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 3 of 15 1 a. Submittals shall be made for factory tests as specified herein. Owner/Engineer 2 approval of required factory tests is required prior to shipment of the 3 equipment. 4 6. Field Tests. 5 a. Submittals shall be made for field tests as specified herein. 6 7. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 7 a. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: 8 1) Manufacturer s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. 9 2) Instruction books and/or leaflets 10 3) Recommended renewal parts list 11 4) Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals 12 paragraph above. 13 D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 14 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: 15 a. Manufacturer s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. 16 b. Instruction books and/or leaflets 17 c. Recommended renewal parts list 18 d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph 19 above. 20 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 21 A. Instrumentation equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National 22 Electrical Code (NEC and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 23 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 24 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 25 3. NEMA ICS 1-101 Diagrams, Designations and Symbols 26 4. ANSI/ISA-5.06.01-2007 - Functional Requirements Documentation for Control 27 Software Applications 28 5. ISA-TR20.00.01-2001 - Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control 29 Instruments Part 1: General Considerations Updated with 27 New Specification 30 Forms in 2004-2005. 31 6. ISA-5.4-1991 Instrument Loop Diagrams. 32 7. ISA-5.5-1985 Graphic Symbols for Process Displays. 33 8. ISA-5.1-1984 (R1992) Instrumentation Symbols and Identification. 34 9. ISA-5.3-1983 Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display 35 Instrumentation, Logic, and Computer Systems. 36 10. ISA-20-1981 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control 37 Instruments, Primary Elements, and Control Valves. 38 11. ISA-5.2-1976 (R1992) Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations. 39 12. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems 40 13. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 41 14. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 42 15. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 43 16. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 44 17. The International Society of Automation (ISA) CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-4 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 4 of 15 1 18. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 2 19. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment 3 20. UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels 4 21. UL 50, the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 5 22. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 6 23. Factory Mutual (FM) 7 24. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 8 25. NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 9 26. ANSI C37.90.2 Standard Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated 10 Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers. 11 27. NEMA ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use. 12 28. NEMA LS 1 Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices. 13 29. UL 1283 Standard for Safety -Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 14 30. UL 1449 Third Edition Surge Protective Devices 15 31. All equipment and installations shall conform to applicable Federal, State, and local 16 codes. 17 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a 19 minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an 20 acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating 21 compliance with this requirement. 22 B. The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-certified panel shop, experienced in the 23 assembling of control panels for wastewater and water treatment systems. A submittal 24 of the documentation, that certifies the panel fabrication shop is a UL-certified shop, is 25 required. 26 C. Equipment components and devices shall be UL labeled wherever UL standards exist 27 for such equipment. The completed control panel shall be UL Labeled in accordance 28 with UL 508, 508A or UL 698A, whichever is the applicable UL standard for the 29 installed location of the panel where indicated on the drawings. The panel shall also be 30 UL labeled for the environment in which it is to be placed. A UL label shall be affixed 31 to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile 32 of the UL label in the submittal information. 33 D. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment 34 which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. 35 1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 36 A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 37 Two (2) copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of 38 shipment and shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer. 39 B. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups 40 shall be bolted to skids. Accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 5 of 15 1 C. Within (5) five days after shipment of all equipment, Manufacturer shall ship all 2 software, supplied under this Section of the Specifications, by Registered Mail or 3 Approved Courier, to the Owner s Representative, with a copy of the Shipment 4 Manifest. 5 D. Visible shipping damage to any portion of a shipment shall be assumed to have also 6 damaged the surrounding portion. The visibly damaged and the surrounding panels 7 shall be returned to the Manufacturer s UL 508 facility, for examination and damaged 8 equipment replaced, followed by a Witnessed Test of the returned portion, as specified 9 in Paragraph 2.07, at no expense to the Owner. 10 E. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings 11 within seven (7) calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed 12 within seven (7) calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but 13 stored offsite, at the Contractor s expense, until such time that the site is ready for 14 permanent installation of the equipment. 15 F. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and 16 operate space heaters during storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent 17 location, until equipment is placed in service. 18 1.7 WARRANTY 19 A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and 20 workmanship for 2 years from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such 21 period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor 22 necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work 23 requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the 24 Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner. 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 2.1 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS 27 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following electrical material 28 manufacturers are acceptable for all materials not otherwise specifically specified 29 within the contract documents. 30 1. General Electric Co. 31 2. Schneider Electric / Square D Co. 32 3. Rockwell Automation / Allen Bradley 33 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 34 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Materials listed above are 35 not relieved from meeting these Specifications in their entirety. 36 C. Manufactures of all related devices and components shall be as specified elsewhere in 37 the contract documents. 38 2.2 RATINGS 39 A. The complete control panel assembly shall be UL certified and carry a UL 508A listing 40 for "Industrial Control Panels". 41 B. The control panel shall meet all applicable requirements of the National Electrical 42 Code. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 406700-6 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 6 of 15 C. Motor controllers, including associated devices, shall be designed for continuous operation at rated current in a 40-degree C ambient temperature. D. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the Drawings. E. The service voltage shall be as specified and as shown on the Drawings. The overall short circuit withstand, and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the Control Panel, but not less than 10,000amperes at 120 volts single phase. 9 2.3 CONSTRUCTION 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 A. General 1. Refer to the Drawings for: schematics, actual layout and location of equipment and components; current ratings of devices, bus bars, components; protective relays, voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies; and other required details. B. Enclosures 1. General a. Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel, on which control components shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured to the enclosure with collar studs for wall mounted enclosures, and 316 SS hardware for free standing enclosures. b. All floor -mounted enclosures shall be provided with floor stands of the same materials of construction as the enclosure. c. The enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker by a panel mounted cable driven operating mechanism. d. Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self -tapping screws shall not be used to mount any components. e. All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs. The enclosure interior shall have a bonding stud. f. Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner door. g. Enclosures shall not have factory holes or knockouts, and all mounting tabs are to be welded as part of the enclosure manufacturing process. h. Provide manufacturer s window kits were shown on the Drawings. i. All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and final coat of weatherproof white paint. All stainless -steel panels installed outdoors shall be of 304 or 316 grade materials when painted white unless otherwise shown on the drawings. j. All enclosures shall include provisions for a padlock on doors. k. Overload tables shall be laminated and adhered to the inside of the door. 1. Each enclosure shall have one, UPS powered, 150-watt receptacle labeled COMPUTER ONLY . m. All enclosures shall be lockable, and keyed alike. n. Were indicated or specified, provide a minimum 18x18-inch foldable shelf mounted no more than 40 inches above finished floor. The shelf to be constructed of the same material and finishes as the control panel. Shelves, as manufactured by Saginaw Control and Engineering, Hofftnan or approved equal are acceptable. 2. NEMA 4X for all panels not otherwise defined CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-7 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 7 of 15 1 a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing 2 1) NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel 3 2) Type 316 stainless steel, body and door 4 3) Stainless steel continuously hinged 5 4) Foam in -place gasket 6 5) Single point quarter turn latches (20 x24 and below). All others 3-point 7 latch 8 b. Manufacturers 9 1) Rittal WM Series 10 2) EMF Company 11 3) NEMA Enclosures Company 12 4) Hammond Company 13 5) Saginaw Control and Engineering 14 6) Approved Equal 15 3. NEMA 1 or NEMA lA boxes shall not be used. 16 4. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used. 17 C. Environmental Controls 18 1. Enclosure Condensate Heaters 19 a. A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan shall be 20 mounted inside the control panel, if the panel is mounted outdoors or in a non- 21 air-conditioned space. 22 1) Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120-volt, single-phase power 23 supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure. 24 2) Locate enclosure heaters to avoid overheating electronic hardware or 25 producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware. 26 3) Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and shall 27 be controlled with adjustable thermostats. The thermostat shall have an 28 adjustment range of 40 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 29 Provide a circuit breaker or fused disconnect switch within the enclosure. 30 4) Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH or equal. 31 b. Strip heaters may be provided if they are 240 volts rated, powered at 120 volts 32 AC and do not have a surface temperature higher than 60°C. Strip heaters and 33 thermostats shall be as manufactured by Chromalox or equal. 34 1) Strip heaters shall be Chromalox, Type OT, 1.5-in wide, 240 Volts, single 35 phase, 150 watts, energized at 120 volts, with rust resisting iron sheath, 36 Catalog No. OT-715, Product Code No. 129314. Provide sufficient 37 wattage rated heaters to prevent condensation should the interior 38 temperature of the enclosure drop below the dew point. 39 2) A control thermostat mounted inside the control Panel shall be Chromalox, 40 Type WR, single stage, Catalog No. WR-80, Product Code No.263177. 41 3) The strip heater terminals shall be guarded by a protective terminal cover. 42 4) High temperature connecting lead wire shall be used between the 43 thermostat and the heater terminals. Wire shall be No. 12 AWG stranded 44 nickel -plated copper with Teflon glass insulation and shall be the product 45 of Chromalox, Catalog No. 6-CFI-12, and Product Code No. 263783. 46 2. Enclosure Air Conditioner 47 a. Enclosures containing electronic devices or electrical equipment shall have air 48 conditioners that will maintain the internal temperature at or below the 49 equipment rating without violating the NEMA rating of the enclosure. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-8 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 8 of 15 1 b. The panel builder shall provide panel internal heat rise calculations to show that 2 the panel internal temperatures will be maintained below the maximum 3 operating temperatures of the panel components. 4 1) For enclosures mounted indoors in non -air-conditioned spaces, include an 5 ambient air temperature of 40-degree C and a humidity of 100% non- 6 condensing. 7 2) For enclosures mounted in direct sunlight, add the appropriate solar heat 8 gain component to the calculation and raise the ambient temperature to 60 9 degrees Celsius. 10 3) The calculation shall show all the internal and external heat gain loads and 11 the expected internal temperature rise, in degrees Celsius, above the 12 specified ambient without the air conditioner. Provide a calculation 13 showing the expected temperature rise in degrees C above the specified 14 ambient with the air conditioner running. 15 c. The air conditioner shall have the following features: 16 1) Use CFC-free R134a refrigerant. 17 2) Have fully gasketed flanges on all four mounting edges for a watertight seal 18 that maintains NEMA rating of the panel. 19 3) Thermostatic low temperature control to provide energy efficient operation 20 and prevent over -cooling. 21 4) EMI/RFI suppressor to minimize transient spikes during compressor on/off 22 cycling. 23 5) Separated blower -driven evaporator and condenser air systems for closed 24 loop cooling. 25 6) UL listed. 26 7) Stainless steel enclosure rated NEMA 4X. 27 8) Internal corrosion resistant coating and/or galvanized steel components. 28 9) Low ambient kit. 29 10) Short cycle protector. 30 d. Manufactures 31 1) Rittal 32 2) Cooper B-Line 33 3) ICE Cube 34 4) Approved Equal 35 3. Enclosure Fans 36 a. Fans shall be furnished for all soft starters and AFD sNFD s, as required by 37 the manufacturer, to provide air circulation and cooling. Fans shall be 38 controlled by a temperature switch. The fan shall operate only when the drive is 39 ON and for a cool -down period after the drive has stopped. Otherwise, the 40 fan shall not run when the drive is OFF . Louvers, if provided, shall have 41 externally removable filters. The filter shall be metallic and washable type. 42 b. Fan motors shall be protected by an input circuit breaker. Metal squirrel cage 43 ball bearing, three phase fan motors with 10-year design life shall be used in the 44 drive design. Plastic muffin fans are not acceptable. Fan power shall be 45 obtained from a tap on the main control power transformer. 46 c. A loss of cooling fault shall be furnished. In the event of clogged filters or 47 fan failure, the drive shall produce an alarm and then, at a predetermined time, 48 be shut down safely without electronic component failure by the temperature 49 switch. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-9 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 9of15 1 d. Redundant fans shall be provided in the drive design as backup in the event of 2 fan failure. 3 4. Corrosion Protection 4 a. Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosion -Inhibiting 5 vapor capsule as manufactured by Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC, or 6 Hoffman Engineering; Model A-HCI. 7 2.4 PANEL EQUIPMENT 8 A. Equipment Requirements 9 1. The requirements for equipment, controls, meters, converters, etc, for each Control 10 Panel, shall be as shown on the Panel Schedule herein, the Drawings, panel 11 schematics, and the functions specified in the Loop Descriptions. 12 2. Where a programmable logic controller is designed as a part of the control panel, 13 the PLC shall be as specified in Section 40 63 00 Programmable Logic Controller 14 System. 15 3. Where communications equipment is designed as part of the control panel, the 16 equipment shall be as specified in Section 40 66 00 Communications Interface 17 Equipment. 18 4. All other equipment, controls, meters, converters that are designed as a part of the 19 control panel, shall be as specified in Section 40 78 00 Panel Mounted Control 20 Devices, the Related Work Sections specified herein, as shown on the Drawings, 21 panel schematics, and the functions specified in the Control Descriptions. 22 5. Furnish installed in the Control Panel, a dedicated Surge Protective Device (SPD) 23 (Type 3), permanently connected, on the load side of the power entrance, as 24 specified in Section 26 43 13 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs). 25 6. Provide a main circuit protective device, DIN rail mounted, to protect the panel 26 equipment. 27 7. Provide an enclosure intrusion switch for all enclosures containing communications 28 equipment or Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) and related equipment. 29 B. Panel Control Device Requirements 30 1. Control Devices and Indicators 31 a. All operating control devices, indicators, and instruments shall be securely 32 mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30mm, 33 corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13, anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic. 34 Booted control devices are not acceptable. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided 35 for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. 36 Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the 37 detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements. 38 b. Indicator lamps shall be LED type. For all control applications, indicator lamps 39 shall incorporate a push -to -test feature. Lens colors shall be as follows: 40 1) Red for ON, Valve OPEN, and Breaker CLOSED. 41 2) Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN. 42 3) Amber for FAIL. 43 4) Blue for READY 44 5) White for POWER ON. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-10 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 10 of 15 1 c. Mode selector switches (HAND -OFF -AUTO, LOCAL -OFF -REMOTE, etc) 2 shall be as shown on the Drawings. Units shall have the number of positions 3 and contact arrangements, as required. Each switch shall have an extra dry 4 contact for remote monitoring. 5 d. Pushbuttons shall be as follows: 6 1) Red for STOP, Valve OPEN, Breaker CLOSE and mushroom Red for 7 EMERGENCY STOP. 8 2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker OPEN. 9 3) Black for RESET. 10 e. Furnish nameplates for each device. All nameplates shall be laminated plastic, 11 black lettering on a white background, attached with stainless steel screws. 12 Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable. 13 2. A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided when required or 14 specified. Silence and reset buttons shall be furnished. Alarm horn and beacon shall 15 be by Federal Signal; Crouse -Hinds, or equal, NEMA 4X for all areas except for 16 NEMA 7 areas, which shall be NEMA 7/4X cast aluminum. 17 3. Control and Instrument Power Transformers 18 a. Control power transformers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. 19 Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including space heaters, plus 20 25% spare capacity, and shall be not less than 100VA. 21 b. Control power transformers shall be 120 volts grounded secondary. The 22 primary side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the 23 transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be 24 fused. 25 2.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 26 A. Equipment Mounting 27 1. The location of the installed equipment shall be as shown on the Panel Layouts on 28 the Drawings. 29 2. Each piece of equipment shall be securely mounted to the backplate in accordance 30 with the manufacturer s installation instructions. All mounting hardware shall be 31 from the front of the backplate or side plate with threaded screws. Attaching 32 hardware shall not be installed from the rear of the backplate or side plate. Removal 33 of any piece of equipment shall not require the removal or loosening of any other 34 piece of equipment. 35 3. Operator interface equipment installed on the door shall be arranged as shown on 36 the Drawings in accordance with the manufacturer s installation instructions. No 37 penetration of the door shall be made except for equipment mounting. Provide 38 adequate clearance between pieces of equipment and door latching mechanisms. 39 B. Nameplates 40 1. Nameplates 41 a. External CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-11 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 11 of 15 1 1) Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, matte finish, not 2 less than 1/1 6-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in, Rowmark 322402. Nameplates 3 shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4 4X. Nameplates for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with 5 double faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X'/2 , or 6 equal. Prior to installing the adhesive nameplates, the metal surface shall be 7 thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residue has been removed. 8 Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable. 9 2) There shall be a master nameplate that indicates supply voltage equipment 10 ratings, short circuit current rating, manufacturer's name, shop order 11 number and general information. Cubicle nameplates shall be mounted on 12 the front face, on the rear panel and inside the assembly, visible when the 13 rear panel is removed. 14 3) Provide permanent warning signs as follows: 15 a) "Danger- High Voltage- Keep Out" on all doors. 16 b) "Warning- Hazard of Electric Shock - Disconnect Power Before 17 Opening or Working on This Unit" on main power disconnect or 18 disconnects. 19 b. Internal 20 1) Provide the panel with a UL 508A label. 21 2) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, 22 relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for 23 identification, corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's 24 wiring diagrams. 25 3) Front of each PLC 1/0 module shall have label identifying each individual 26 point interfaced to the module. 27 c. Special 28 1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters, caution 29 nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates shall 30 be red with white letters. 31 C. Wiring Trough and Terminal Block Installation 32 1. Space between wiring troughs and equipment shall be such that space for terminal 33 blocks is provided for termination of each conductor or group of conductors before 34 connection to the equipment. Removal of equipment for service shall not leave any 35 exposed conductors hanging unconnected. 36 2. Install the wiring troughs such that one may be removed without interference from 37 the other. Troughs shall be installed such that trough covers may be removed 38 without cover interference. 39 3. Install terminal blocks on DIN rail with adequate space for access to the terminal 40 with clear view of the wire identification label. All incoming or outgoing wiring 41 shall enter or leave the panel on terminal blocks. Terminal blocks or wiring troughs 42 shall not be installed on the doors. Provide terminal blocks on side plates / 43 backplates for all door mounted equipment. 44 4. In no case shall internal and external wiring share a wiring trough. 45 5. Provide 600 volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over 46 120 volts to ground. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-12 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 12 of 15 1 6. Provide 600 volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors 2 carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and 3 supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. 4 7. Power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage shall be terminated to 5 strap -screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, pre -insulated, ring -tongue lugs. 6 Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the 7 number and size of the wires terminated. Do not terminate more than one 8 conductor in any lug, and do not land more than two conductors under any strap- 9 screw terminal point. 10 8. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the 11 protective cover removed. Each terminal block shall have 20 percent spare 12 terminals, but not less than two spare terminals. 13 9. Do not land more than two conductors per terminal point. Use the manufacturer s 14 provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating common or 15 ground conductors. 16 10. Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and 17 shield drain wire landed on individual terminal blocks. Use the manufacturer s 18 provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield 19 drain wire conductors. 20 11. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure, if metal, with 20 percent 21 spare terminals. 22 12. Provided ground terminal blocks for each twisted -shielded pair drain wire. 23 D. Internal Panel Wiring 24 1. Power and control wiring shall be tinned stranded copper, minimum size No. 14 25 AWG, with 600-volt, 90-degree C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic 26 insulation. Line side power wiring shall be sized for the full fault current rating or 27 frame size of the connected device, and as shown on the Drawings. 28 2. Analog signal wires shall be 600 Volt Class, insulated stranded tinned copper, 29 twisted shielded #16 AWG pair. 30 3. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external 31 equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks. Field wiring shall not 32 be terminated directly on any panel -mounted device. 33 4. All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the 34 Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end 35 showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent, 36 non -smearing, solvent -resistant type similar too Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal. 37 5. All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and 38 removable cover. Plan wire routing such that no low twisted shielded pair cable 39 conducting analog 4-20 mA signals or low voltage analog signals are routed in the 40 same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power. 41 6. All control panel wiring shall use the following color code. 42 a. Black: AC power at line voltage 43 b. Red: switched AC power 44 c. Orange: May be energized while the main disconnect is in the off position 45 d. White: AC neutral 46 e. Orange/white stripe or white/orange stripe: separate derived neutral 47 e. Red/white stripe or white/red stripe: switched neutral CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-13 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 13 of 15 1 £ Green or green w/ yellow tracer: ground/earth ground 2 g. Blue: Ungrounded DC power 3 h. Blue/white stripe or white/blue stripe: DC grounded common 4 i. Brown: 480V AC 3 phase - phase A 5 j. Orange: 480V AC 3 phase - phase B 6 k. Yellow: 480V AC 3 Phase - phase C 7 1. Purple: common for analog signal wiring 8 In. Brown: positive leg of an analog signal 9 E. Field Entrance Internal Wiring 10 1. Field entrance internal wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by 11 plastic tie wraps. Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are 12 not stressed. In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle 13 separately from the rest of the control wiring. 14 2. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding 15 shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire. The 16 marking shall be a permanent, non -smearing, solvent -resistant type similar to 17 Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal 18 3. All conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be coordinated, in advance with the 19 panel installer, so that the conduit entrances to the enclosure are directly below the 20 termination area for immediate termination. Conduits shall not enter the top or side 21 of the panel unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer. 22 F. PLC / RTU Inputs and Outputs 23 1. All PLC and RTU Analog inputs and outputs shall be individually fused for each 24 channel. All Discrete inputs and outputs shall be buffered with relays from the field 25 connections. Discrete points shall be fused for each circuit group with no less than 26 one fuse per card. 27 2.6 PCSI SHOP TESTING 28 A. The entire control panel shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the 29 PCSI s shop and shall be given the manufacturer s routine shop tests and any other 30 additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the 31 equipment. 32 B. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage 33 and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall 34 be fed into the boards to check for proper operation. 35 C. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable 36 requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the 37 Owner/Engineer s approval. 38 PART 3 - EXECUTION 39 3.1 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS 40 A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years 41 documented experience. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval 42 prior to beginning work on this project. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-14 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 14 of 15 1 3.2 EXAMINATION 2 A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. 3 B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted panels as detailed on the 4 Drawings. 5 C Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface. 6 D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. 7 E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer. 8 3.3 INSTALLATION 9 A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and 10 Contract Drawings. 11 B. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight, 12 threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured 13 by T&B H150GRA Series, or equal. 14 C. Conduits entering a control Panel or box containing electrical equipment shall not enter 15 the enclosure through the top. 16 D. Install required safety labels. 17 3.4 RACEWAY SEALING 18 A. Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or 19 instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight 20 Sealant or approved equal. 21 B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system. 22 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 23 A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. 24 B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are 25 specified in manufacturer's instructions. 26 C. Provide laminated copies of the Control schematics in each enclosure door pocket. 27 3.6 FIELD ADJUSTING 28 A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free 29 mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions. 30 3.7 FIELD TESTING 31 A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all 32 connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing. 33 B. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning. 34 C. Test all control logic before energizing the equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406700-15 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS Page 15 of 15 1 3.8 CLEANING 2 A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the panel. Remove dirt, dust, or 3 concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum 4 cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. 5 3.9 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION 6 A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the 7 manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the 8 surface shall be replaced. 9 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406860-1 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Pagel of 8 1 SECTION 40 68 60 2 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of qualified personnel to perform the work as 6 defined herein, in the Related Work Paragraph of this Section, and other Specification 7 Sections as specified herein. The service personnel shall be referred to as the 8 Application Services Programmer (ASP). 9 B. The ASP shall contract with HSQ for all City of Fort Worth HMI and RTU 10 programming to meet the minimum requirements as set forth herein 11 C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain and provide any and all 12 information required from other Divisions, as listed in the related work below, to 13 complete the work under this Section. 14 D. The Contractors ASP shall perform all the work necessary to configure, customize, 15 debug, install, connect, and place into operation all HMI and PLC software specified 16 within this Division and other related divisions. 17 E. The Contractors ASP shall coordinate with the PCSI all scheduling, installation, and 18 startup services. 19 F. All Application development shall utilize the Owners Programming Standards. All Tag 20 Names used shall follow the Tag Naming Standard and as approved by the 21 Owner/Engineer. 22 1.2 RELATED WORK 23 A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 24 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section 25 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 26 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 27 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 28 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 29 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 30 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 31 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 32 specified. 33 1.3 SUBMITTALS 34 A. Prior to any Pre -Submittal Conferences or Work Submittals as defined in section 40 61 35 00 Process Control Systems General Provisions, the Contractor shall submit the 36 qualifications of the Application Service Provider. No Work Submittals will be 37 accepted until the ASP has been approved by the owner. Submittals received prior to 38 that Approval will be returned un-reviewed. 39 B. Submittal Process 40 1. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, 41 Section 40 6100, and as specified herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406860-2 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 2 of 8 1 2. All electronic submittals shall be submitted in an ISO/IEC 26300:2006 or Comma 2 Separated Values (CSV) readable electronic file format on a CD-ROM and an 8 'h- 3 inch by 11-inch hard copy. PLC Programs shall be submitted in the native export 4 format of the PLC as suggested by the manufacture and as a fully annotated PDF 5 file. 6 C. Submittal Content 7 1. Submittals shall contain the following: 8 a. Programming Standards 9 1) Programming standards to be used for both process graphics and PLC logic 10 conventions shall be submitted after the standards workshop. 11 b. Programmable Logic Controller Programming 12 1) I/O List with register assignments. 13 2) Diagrams of the process control functions by each strategy. 14 3) Listing of inputs to the control function. 15 4) A short narrative of each control strategy. 16 5) Listing of all Operator inputs and outputs to and from the control function. 17 Any special displays related to the function shall be illustrated. A 18 description of the operation of any display shall be described as it relates to 19 the control function. 20 6) Cross references of all I/O, showing to which VO modules or software 21 modules, they are in. 22 7) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail. 23 8) An annotated program submitted in both hard copy and electronic format. 24 c. Operation Interface Terminal Programming 25 1) 1/0 List with register assignments. 26 2) Listing of all Operator displays with inputs and outputs to and from the 27 control function. Displays shall be illustrated to show data presentation. 28 3) Cross references of all 1/0, showing to which I/O modules or software 29 modules, they are in. 30 4) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail. 31 d. Human Machine Interface Programming 32 1) I/O List with register assignments. 33 2) Displays for each process area including all necessary pop ups. 34 3) Listing of data points on each display. 35 4) A short narrative of each control usage. 36 5) Listing of all Operator inputs and outputs to and from the control function. 37 Any special displays related to the function shall be illustrated. A 38 description of the operation of any display shall be described as it relates to 39 the control function. 40 6) Cross references of all I/O, showing which software module at each point 41 used. 42 7) Failure contingencies shall be described in detail. 43 8) A complete listing of all historical points. 44 9) Listing of all required configuration files for each SCADA client. 45 2. Submit a proposed Schedule of Work following the PCSI pre -submittal 46 conference. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406860-3 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 3 of 8 1 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 2 A. Instrumentation equipment and HMI programming shall comply with the following 3 codes and standards: 4 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 5 2. NEMA ICS 1-101 Diagrams, Designations and Symbols 6 3. ANSI/ISA-5.06.01-2007 - Functional Requirements Documentation for Control 7 Software Applications 8 4. ISA-TR20.00.01-2001 - Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control 9 Instruments Part 1: General Considerations Updated with 27 New Specification 10 Forms in 2004-2005. 11 5. ISA-5.4-1991 Instrument Loop Diagrams. 12 6. ISA-5.5-1985 Graphic Symbols for Process Displays. 13 7. ISA-5.1-1984 (R1992) Instrumentation Symbols and Identification. 14 8. ISA-5.3-1983 Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display 15 Instrumentation, Logic, and Computer Systems. 16 9. ISA-20-1981 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control 17 Instruments, Primary Elements, and Control Valves. 18 10. ISA-5.2-1976 (R1992) Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations. 19 11. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 20 12. The International Society of Automation (ISA) 21 13. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 22 14. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 23 15. Factory Mutual (FM) 24 16. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 25 17. All equipment and installations shall conform to applicable Federal, State, and local 26 codes. 27 B. All work associated with PLC and HMI programming services shall comply with the 28 requirements set forth within the contract documents and as agreed and approved from 29 the standards submittal. All programming is to follow the Owners standards as 30 developed at time of Bid. 31 C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time 32 of bid opening shall apply. 33 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 34 A. The Contractor shall provide verifiable documentation supporting the ASP s 35 qualifications and work history as defined in Section 140 6100 Process Control 36 Systems General Provisions. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406860-4 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 4 of 8 1 1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 2 A. The Contractors ASP is responsible for providing all applications programming and 3 configuration services to accomplish the control and monitoring functions as described 4 in the contract specifications and drawings. The Contractors ASP shall provide all 5 programming functions including, but not limited to, control strategies and 6 communications for the Plant PCS PLCs and HMI. The Equipment manufacturer 7 supplied PLC systems programming is the respective suppliers responsibility. The 8 Contractors ASP will obtain from the OWNER copies of all existing HMI and PLC 9 configurations. The Contractors ASP shall also provide all applications programming 10 and configuration services necessary to produce the HMI (graphic displays, reports, 11 trends, historical archive, etc.) as described in the contract specifications and drawings. 12 1.7 WARRANTY 13 A. Provide programming logic warranty as defined in division 1. 14 1.8 SYSTEM FINAL DOCUMENTATION 15 A. Prior to final acceptance of the system and owner training, operating and maintenance 16 manuals covering instruction and maintenance on each type of equipment shall be 17 furnished in accordance with the Division 1 and Section 40 6100. 18 B. The instructions shall be bound in three-ring binders with Drawings reduced or folded 19 for inclusion. As a minimum, the following information shall be provided: 20 1. A comprehensive index. 21 2. A complete "As Constructed" set of approved shop Drawings. 22 3. A complete list of the programming furnished. 23 4. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. 24 5. Operating instructions which incorporate a functional description of the entire 25 system with references to the systems schematic Drawings and instructions. 26 C. The final documentation shall be new documentation written specifically for this 27 project but may include standard and modified standard documentation. Modifications 28 to existing hardware or software manuals shall be made on the respective pages or 29 inserted adjacent to the modified pages. All standard documentation furnished shall 30 have all portions that apply clearly indicated. All portions that do not apply shall be 31 lined out. 32 D. The manuals shall contain all illustrations, detailed displays, and instructions necessary 33 for installing, operating, and maintaining the equipment. The illustrated parts shall be 34 numbered for identification. All information contained therein shall apply specifically 35 to the equipment furnished and shall only include instructions that are applicable. All 36 such illustrations shall be incorporated within the printing of the page to form a durable 37 and permanent reference book. 38 E. If the Contractors ASP transmits any documentation or other technical information 39 which he considers proprietary, such information shall be designated. Documentation or 40 technical information which is designated as being proprietary will be used only for the 41 design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the System and, to the extent 42 permitted by law, will not be published or otherwise disclosed. 43 F. The requirements for the final documentation are as follows: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406860-5 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 5 of 8 1 1. As built documentation shall include all previous submittals, as described in this 2 Specification, updated to reflect the as -built system as well as any corrections or 3 modifications to the System resulting from the Factory and/or Field Demonstration 4 Tests. 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT WORKSHOPS AND COORDINATION 8 MEETINGS 9 A. The ASP shall schedule and administer a minimum of one Workshops and Coordination 10 Meetings for the purpose of discussing progress of the work under this Section. The 11 ASP shall fully coordinate with the PCSI and be present for coordination meetings as 12 defined in Section 40 6100. 13 B. The ASP shall make arrangements for workshops; prepare an agenda of discussion 14 items. Notify participants at least one (1) week before scheduled meetings. The 15 meetings shall be held at a location chosen by the owner and shall include, as a 16 minimum, attendance by the Owner, Engineer, General Contractor s project engineer, 17 ASP, and PCSI. 18 1. The first workshop shall be held in advance of the ASP programming standards 19 Shop Drawing submittal. The purpose of the workshop shall be for the ASP to: 20 a. Summarize their understanding of the project 21 b. Discuss any proposed substitutions or alternatives 22 c. Schedule testing and delivery milestone dates 23 d. Provide a forum for the ASP and Owner to coordinate hardware and software 24 related issues 25 e. Request any additional information required from the Owner and/or Engineer. 26 f. The ASP shall bring a draft version of proposed standards shop drawings to the 27 meeting to provide the basis for the Owner/Engineer's input into their 28 development. 29 g. All aspects of the programming effort shall be discussed including but not 30 limited to: 31 1) PLC and HMI Variable naming conventions 32 2) PLC memory map conventions 33 3) Any and all customized or user defined function blocks (DFB) and 34 subroutines. 35 4) Displays naming for each process area including all necessary pop ups. 36 5) Display color conventions and overall owner expectations 37 3.2 TESTS -GENERAL 38 Refer to Section 40 61 21. 39 3.3 OPERATIONAL READINESS TEST (ORT) 40 Refer to Section 40 61 21. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406860-6 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 6 of 8 1 A. Each active Analog Subsystem element and each I/O module shall have a Component 2 Calibration Sheet. These sheets shall have spaces for data entry, space for sign off by 3 the Contractors ASP and the PCSI, and the following information: 4 1. Project Name 5 2. Loop Number 6 3. Component Tag Number of I/O Module Number 7 4. Component Code Number Analog System 8 5. Manufacturer (for Analog system element) 9 6. Model Number/Serial Number (for Analog system) 10 7. Summary of Functional Requirements: 11 a. Indicators and Recorders: Scale and chart ranges 12 b. Transmitters/Converters: Scale and chart ranges 13 c. Computing Elements: Function 14 d. Controllers: Action (direct/reverse) control Modes (PID) 15 e. Switching Elements: Unit range, differential (FIXED/ADJUSTABLE), Preset 16 (AUTO/MANUAL) 17 f. 1/0 Modules: Input or output 18 8. Calibrations: 19 a. Analog Devices: Required and actual inputs and outputs at 0, 10, 50, and 100 20 percent of span, rising and falling 21 b. Discrete Devices: Required and actual trip points and reset points 22 c. Controllers: Mode settings (PID) 23 d. I/O Modules: Required and actual inputs or outputs for 0, 10, 50, and 100 24 percent of span, rising and falling 25 9. Space for comments 26 10. Space for signing off by the General Contractor 27 28 3.4 FUNCTIONAL DEMONSTRATION TEST (FDT) 29 Refer to Section 40 61 21. 30 3.5 10-DAY SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT) 31 Refer to Section 40 61 21. 32 3.6 TRAINING 33 A. General 34 1. The cost of Owner training programs shall be included in the Contract price. The 35 training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the 36 System being supplied. The training program shall represent a comprehensive 37 program covering all aspects of the operation and maintenance of the system. 38 2. All instructors shall be intimately familiar with the operation and control of the 39 Owner s facilities. 40 B. Maintenance Training 41 Refer to Section 40 61 21. 42 1. PLC/RTU Software CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406860-7 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 7 of 8 1 a. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related the 2 System being supplied. The training shall include a field training program 3 consisting of hands-on instruction utilizing the Owners System. 4 b. One 4-hour training session shall be provided for four (4) members of the 5 Owner s personnel on software and hardware operation and maintenance at the 6 Owner s facility. Software training shall provide classroom and hands-on 7 instruction such that a student with experience in process instrumentation can 8 configure the system with no guidance or with only minimal supervision when 9 attempting complex problems. The training shall cover the following subjects 10 as a minimum: 11 1) System overview covering the basic system design and purpose 12 2) System hardware covering the specific hardware elements and specific 13 equipment arrangements provided are covered. 14 3) Equipment orientation in which the student becomes familiar with the 15 operational procedures (e.g., tape load, clear, keyboard, start/stop, and disk 16 load). 17 4) Specific application configuration instruction shall cover the overall design 18 and implementation of the applications as provided under this Contract. 19 The intent shall be to make the student fully knowledgeable in all aspects of 20 the system provided, along with methods for making additions, 21 modifications, and deletions to the process system. 22 5) Development of new control loops and strategies. 23 6) Complete system backup and reload procedures. 24 c. These courses shall not be concurrent with those offered by the PCSI. The 25 above listing is only a guide and is not intended to be complete. 26 3.7 CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS 27 Refer to Section 40 6196 and contract drawings. 28 29 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 406860-8 APPLICATION SERVICES PROVIDER Page 8 of 8 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407050-1 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE Pagel of 8 1 SECTION 40 70 50 2 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. Furnish and install instrumentation mounting and support hardware, as shown on the 6 Drawings and as specified herein. 7 B. Hardware shall include anchor systems, adhesive anchor systems, metal framing 8 systems, and other instrumentation installation mounting and support systems as 9 specified herein with additional requirements as shown on the Drawings or specified 10 within related sections. 11 1.2 RELATED WORK 12 A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 13 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section 14 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 15 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 16 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 17 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 18 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 19 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 20 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 21 specified. 22 1.3 SUBMITTALS 23 A. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' 24 names and product designation or catalog numbers for each of the types of materials 25 specified and were shown on the Drawings. 26 B. The submittal information, for anchor systems, shall contain manufacturer's 27 specifications and technical data including. 28 1. Acceptable base material conditions (i.e. cracked, un-cracked concrete) 29 2. Acceptable drilling methods 30 3. Acceptable bore hole conditions (dry, water saturated, water filled, under water) 31 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions including bore hole cleaning procedures and 32 adhesive injection. 33 5. Cure and gel timetables 34 6. Temperature ranges (storage, installation and in-service). 35 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 36 A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification 37 shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following 38 standards (unless otherwise noted): 39 1. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 40 2. NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407050-2 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE Page 2 of 8 1 3. ASTM E 488-96 (2003); Standard Test Method for Strength of Anchors in 2 Concrete and Masonry Elements, ASTM International. 3 4. ASTM E 1512-93, Standard Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of 4 Adhesive -Bonded Anchors, ASTM International 5 5. AC308; Acceptance Criteria for Post -Installed Anchors in Concrete Elements, 6 Latest revision. 7 6. SAE 316 Stainless Steel Grades 8 B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the 9 Specifications, having a UL standard, shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters 10 Laboratories. 11 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and 13 equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the 14 Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be 15 provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 16 1.6 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 17 A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal 18 requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment an 19 approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, 20 onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. 21 B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's 22 instructions. 23 C. Adhesive Anchor Systems. 24 1. Deliver materials undamaged in Manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened 25 containers, identified with brand, type, and ICC-ES Evaluation Report number. 26 2. Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date, minimizing 27 storage time at jobsite. 28 3. Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance 29 with Manufacturer's requirements, including temperature restrictions. 30 4. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in 31 material safety data sheets as applicable. 32 5. Do not use damaged or expired materials. 33 6. Storage restrictions (temperature range) and expiration date must be supplied with 34 product 35 D. Metal Framing Systems 36 1. Material shall be new and unused, with no signs of damage from handling. 37 1.7 WARRANTY 38 A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and 39 workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such 40 period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor 41 necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407050-3 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE Page 3 of 8 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2 2.1 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 3 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 4 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers 5 are acceptable: 6 a. HILTI Kwik Bolt 3 7 b. Approved equal 8 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their 9 products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. 10 Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in I I their entirety. 12 B. Product Description 13 1. Torque controlled expansion anchor consisting of anchor body, expansion element 14 (wedges), washer and nut. Anchor shall be used for anchor sizes less than 3/8 inch. 15 2. All parts and materials shall be manufactured of 316 stainless steel and conform to 16 SAE 316 standards. 17 3. UL 203 Rated. 18 2.2 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEMS 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. HILTI HIT-RTZ with HIT-HY 200 MAX. b. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Anchor body with helical cone shaped thread on the embedded end and standard threads on the exposed end, with washer and nut, inserted into Injection adhesive. Anchor shall be used for anchor sizes 3/8 inch and larger. 2. All parts and material shall be manufactured of 316 Stainless Steel and shall conform to SAE 316 standards. 34 2.3 U-CHANNEL SUPPORT SYSTEMS 35 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 36 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers 37 are acceptable: 38 a. Tyco Unistrut 39 b. B-Line 40 c. Super -Strut 41 d. Approved equal CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407050-4 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE Page 4 of 8 1 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their 2 products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. 3 Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in 4 their entirety. 5 B. Product Description 6 1. Metal framing system for use in the mounting or support of electrical systems, 7 panels and enclosures, and including lighting fixture supports, trapeze hangers and 8 conduit supports. 9 2. Components shall consist of telescoping channels, slotted back-to-back channels, 10 end clamps all -threads and conduit clamps. 11 3. Minimum sizes shall be 13/16" through 3-1/4" 12 4. Components shall be assembled by means of flat plate fittings, 90-degree angle 13 fittings, braces, clevis fittings, U-fittings, Z-fittings, Wing -fittings, Post Bases, 14 channel nuts, washers, etc. 15 5. Field welding of components will not be permitted. 16 6. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, all parts shall be 17 manufactured of 316 stainless steel and conform to SAE 316 standards. 18 7. Framing systems for chlorine and ammonia rooms shall be manufactured of 19 structural fiberglass. 20 2.4 INSTRUMENT FLOOR STANDS 21 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 22 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers 23 are acceptable: 24 a. O'Brien Saddlepak 25 b. Channel Track 26 c. Techline Manufacturing 27 d. Approved equal 28 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their 29 products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. 30 Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in 31 their entirety. 32 B. Product Description 33 1. Floor mount pipe stands for use in the mounting or support of Instrumentation 34 Transmitters. 35 2. Stand shall consist of a 10 by 10-inch base plate of 1/4 inch steel with a minimum 36 40-inch-long 2-inch steel tube center welded with a minimum of two 8 inch long 37 gussets fully welded for maximum strength. The base plate shall have slotted 38 mounting holes near all four corners. 39 3. The stand shall be fully zinc metallized or hot dip galvanize coated. 40 4. Field welding of components will not be permitted. 41 2.5 INSTRUMENT SUNSHIELD 42 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 43 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers 44 are acceptable: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 407050-5 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE Page 5 of 8 a. International Metal Engineering Pte. Ltd b. O'BRIEN VIPAK c. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Pipe stand or structure mounted sunshield for use in the protection of instrumentation from direct sunlight. 2. Sunshield shall consist of a minimum 10-inch overhang with a clear view of the instrument display and working space for service of the instrumentation without removal. The sunshield shall be made of 316 Stainless Steel unless otherwise shown on the drawings. All mounting hardware shall be furnished from 316 Stainless steel materials. Alternate materials if shown shall be Aluminum or fiberglass reinforced plastic with UV inhibitors. 3. All aluminum or stainless -steel Sunshields shall have all edges ground smooth without burs or sharp edges. 19 2.6 INSTRUMENT HEATTRACED ENCLOSURE 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. O'BRIEN HEATPAK b. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Pipe stand or structure mounted heat traced enclosure for use in the protection of instrumentation from freezing. 2. Freeze protection shall consist of a nonmetallic insulated enclosure specifically designed for instrumentation transmitters and related appurtenances. 3. Enclosure will have easy opening luggage style latches made of stainless steel for easy access to the instrument. The internal portion of the enclosure will have an integral heater with thermostat and hat traced sensing tubing to the process connection. 38 2.7 INSTRUMENT TUBING AND FITTINGS 39 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 40 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers 41 are acceptable: 42 a. Tubing 43 1) Swagelok 44 2) Parker 45 3) Approved equal CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 407050-6 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE Page 6 of 8 b. Fittings 1) Swagelok 2) Parker 3) Approved equal c. Valves 1) Whitney 2) Parker 3) Approved Equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. All instrument air header and branch connections shall be 316 stainless steel materials. 2. All instruments shut-off valves and associated fittings shall be supplied in accordance with the piping specifications and all instrument installation details. Fittings shall be 316 stainless -steel. Valves shall be 316 stainless steel. 3. All instrument tubing shall be fully annealed ASTM A269 Seamless 316 grade free of O.D. scratches and having the following dimensional characteristics as required to fit the specific installation: a. 1/4-in to 1/2-in O.D. x 0.035 wall thickness b. 5/8-in to 1-in O.D. x 0.049 wall thickness c. 1-in O.D. x 0.065 wall thickness d. 1-1/4-in O.D. x 0.065 wall thickness e. 1-1/2-in O.D. x 0.083 wall thickness f. 2-in O.D. x 0.095 wall thickness 4. All process connections to instruments shall be annealed 1/2-in O.D. stainless steel tubing, Type 316. 30 5. All mounting hardware shall be provided of 316 Stainless steel. 31 6. All tubing shall be supported by stainless steel and installed as per manufacturer's 32 installation instructions. 33 2.8 STAINLESS TIES 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. PANDUIT b. PHONIX CONTACT c. Gardner Bender d. Approved Equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Cable Ties for securing and supporting of flexible raceway and conductors. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407050-7 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE Page 7 of 8 1 2. Self-locking mechanism. 2 3. Material shall be 304 Stainless Steel unless otherwise directed as shown on the 3 drawings. 4 C. Locations for Use 5 1. Cable Ties of stainless steel to be used in wet environments, where exposed to 6 process, or when exposed to sunlight 7 2. Self-locking mechanism. 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 3.1 GENERAL 10 A. The Contractor shall install all equipment strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's 11 instructions and the Contract Drawings. 12 B. The location of all devices is shown, in general, on the Drawings and may be varied 13 within reasonable limits so as to avoid any piping or other obstruction without extra 14 cost, subject to the approval of the Owner. Coordinate the installation of the devices for 15 piping and equipment clearance. 16 C. No electrical equipment, Instrumentation or raceways shall be attached to or supported 17 from, sheet metal walls. 18 D. Install required safety labels. 19 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 20 A. Inspect equipment installed for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. 21 B. Check the tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values 22 are specified in manufacturer's instructions. 23 3.3 POST INSTALLED ANCHOR SYSTEMS 24 A. Prior to installation of the anchor systems, the hole shall be clean and dry in accordance 25 with the manufacturer's instructions. 26 3.4 CLEANING 27 A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the installation. Remove dirt, 28 dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, 29 vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. 30 END OF SECTION 31 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407050-8 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE Page 8 of 8 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407100-1 FLOW MEASUREMENT Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 40 7100 2 FLOW MEASUREMENT DEVICES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. Furnish, install and test all flow measurement, flow control devices and appurtenances, 6 as shown on the Drawings, specified in the Related Work Sections and Divisions, and 7 as specified herein. 8 B. Flow equipment, specified in other Divisions, shall be manufactured in accordance with 9 this Section and submitted as a part of the equipment specified in other Divisions. 10 1.2 RELATED WORK 11 A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 12 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section 13 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 14 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 15 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 16 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 17 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 18 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 19 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 20 specified. 21 1.3 SUBMITTALS 22 A. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable. 23 Submittal shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., 24 sufficient to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any 25 options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated. 26 B. Submittals for equipment specified herein, for other Sections or Divisions, shall be 27 made as a part of equipment submittals furnished under other Sections or Divisions. 28 C. Installation experience documentation shall be submitted for approval with the Section 29 Equipment Submittal 30 D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 31 1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be constructed in accordance with 32 Division 1 and shall include the following information: 33 a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service. 34 b. Instruction books and/or leaflets 35 c. Recommended renewal parts list 36 d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above. 37 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 38 A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to 39 latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 40 1. ISO 2975NII liquids and BS 5857-2.4 for gases. Transit Time Meters CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407100-2 FLOW MEASUREMENT Page 2 of 6 1 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 1971. Fluid meters: Their 2 theory and application. 3 3. ASME PTC 19.2 Pressure Measurement 4 4. ANSI B88.1 Pressure Transducers Calibration 5 5. ISA S37.6 Strain Gage Transducers Potentiometric 6 6. Calibration AVS 6.2, 6.4, 6.5 Hazardous Areas 7 7. IEC 79-10 Intrinsically Safe Circuits 8 8. ANSI 913 Electrical Instruments in Hazardous Atmospheres 9 B. All meters, relays and associated equipment shall comply with the requirements of the 10 National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable. 11 C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the 12 individual device paragraphs. 13 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 14 A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar instrumentation 15 equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the 16 Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be 17 provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 18 B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings. 19 Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable. 20 C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. 21 1.6 WARRANTY 22 A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and 23 workmanship for two (2) years from date of acceptance of the equipment containing the 24 items specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall 25 promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new 26 operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the 27 equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 2.1 ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER 30 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 31 acceptable: 32 1. Siemens 33 2. Endress & Hauser 34 3. Approved Equal 35 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 36 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 37 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 38 C. General 39 1. Provide sufficient lengths of Manufacturer's specialty cables for installation of 40 power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 407100-3 FLOW MEASUREMENT Page 3 of 6 2. Provide a hand-held programmer, for each transmitter, where full setup is not available for the instrument directly. D. Type 1. Microprocessor based intelligent type. E. Function/Performance: 1. Output: 4-20 mA DC. Output shall be linear for pressure applications. 2. Accuracy: 0.5 percent of span (linear output). 3. Stability: Combined temperature effects shall be less than 0.2 percent of maximum span per 50 degrees F temperature change. Effect on accuracy, due to static pressure changes, shall be negligible. 4. RFI Protection: 0.1 percent error between 27 and 500 MHZ at 30 v/m field intensity. 5. Drift: 0.10 percent per six months for 4-20 mA output. 6. Temperature rating: Suitable for process liquid temperature up to 70 degrees C and an ambient of 65 degrees C. 7 Pressure rating: 240 PSI if 150 lb flanges are used; 700 PSI if 300 lb flanges are used. 8. Meter shall be capable of running empty indefinitely without damage to any component. F. Physical: 1. Metering Tube a. Carbon steel with 304 Stainless interiors unless otherwise indicated. b. Electrical Classification: Rating shall be FM approved for the location shown on the Drawings c. Tube Flanges: Match piping AWWA rating of the pipe. Minimum AWWA 150# Flange. d. Tube Liner: Polyurethane or EDPM unless noted otherwise. e. Tube Electrodes: ANSI 316 stainless steel or Hastelloy C, bullet nosed or elliptical self-cleaning type unless otherwise noted. f. Tube Housing: Meters in below grade, vaults, basements, etc., shall be designed for accidental submergence in 10 feet of water for 24 hours. Meters above grade shall be of splash proof/drip proof design unless otherwise noted. g. Painting: All external surfaces shall be painted with a chemical and corrosion resistant epoxy finish. 2. Transmitter a. Transmitter Enclosure: NEMA 4X. b. Electrical Classification: Rating shall be FM approved for the location shown on the Drawings G. Power Requirements 1. As shown on the Drawings. H. Options/ Accessories 1. Factory calibration: Each meter shall be factory calibrated, with a copy of the Report delivered with the device and in the O&M manual. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407100-4 FLOW MEASUREMENT Page 4 of 6 1 2. Grounding: Meter shall be grounded with rings. All materials shall be suitable and 2 not effected buy for the liquid being measured Provide 316 Stainless Steel ground 3 rings unless otherwise recommended in writing from the meter manufacture, 4 electrical bonding wires/straps, and gaskets, etc. 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS 7 A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years 8 documented experience 9 3.2 EXAMINATION 10 A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. 11 B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. 12 C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer. 13 3.3 INSTALLATION 14 A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and 15 Contract Drawings. 16 B. All process connections shall be 316 stainless steel tubing, 3/8" minimum, unless 17 otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be of the compression type, 316 18 stainless steel. 19 C. All conduit entries into the instruments shall use hubs of watertight, threaded 20 aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B 21 H150GRA Series, or equal. 22 D. Install stainless steel instrument labels with instrument ID, secured with safety wire. 23 E. All non -loop powered instrument transmitters shall have an approved disconnecting 24 means for power mounted within reach of the transmitter. 25 3.4 RACEWAY SEALING 26 A. Where raceways enter terminal boxes, junction boxes, or instrumentation equipment, all 27 entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. 28 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 29 A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. 30 B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values 31 shall be specified in the manufacturer's instructions. 32 3.6 FIELD ADJUSTING 33 A. Adjust all equipment for proper range and field conditions, as described in the 34 manufacturer's instructions. 35 B. Any field adjustments, required for proper system operation, shall be included in the 36 Final O&M. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407100-5 FLOW MEASUREMENT Page 5 of 6 1 3.7 FIELD TESTING 2 A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. 3 B. Test each interlock system for proper functioning. 4 C. Test all control logic for proper operation. 5 3.8 CLEANING 6 A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt, 7 dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, 8 vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. 9 3.9 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION 10 A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the 11 manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the 12 surface shall be replaced. 13 14 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407100-6 FLOW MEASUREMENT Page 6 of 6 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407200-1 LEVEL MEASUREMENT DEVICES Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 40 72 00 2 LEVEL MEASUREMENT DEVICES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. Furnish, install and test all level measurement, level control devices and appurtenances, 6 as shown on the Drawings, specified in the Related Work Sections and Divisions, and 7 as specified herein. 8 B. Level equipment, specified in other Divisions, shall be manufactured in accordance 9 with this Section, and submitted as a part of the equipment specified in other Divisions. 10 1.2 RELATED WORK 11 A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 12 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section 13 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 14 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 15 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 16 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 17 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 18 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 19 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 20 specified. 21 1.3 SUBMITTALS 22 A. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable. 23 Submittal shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., 24 sufficient to confirm that the meter or relay provides every specified requirement. Any 25 options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated. 26 B. Submittals for equipment specified herein, for other Sections or Divisions, shall be 27 made as a part of equipment submittals furnished under other Sections or Divisions. 28 C. Installation experience documentation shall be submitted for approval with the Section 29 Equipment Submittal 30 D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 31 1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be constructed in accordance with 32 Division 1 and shall include the following information: 33 a. Manufacturer s contact address and telephone number for parts and service. 34 b. Instruction books and/or leaflets 35 c. Recommended renewal parts list 36 d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above. 37 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 38 A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to 39 latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 40 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) CITY OF FORT WORTH FORCE MAIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 407200-2 LEVEL MEASUREMENT DEVICES Page 2 of 6 1 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 2 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 4 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 5 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 6 7. Instrumentation Society of Automation (ISA) 7 8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 8 9. UL 508, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Equipment 9 10. UL 508A, the Standard of Safety for Industrial Control Panels 10 11. UL 50, the Standard of Safety for Enclosures for Electrical Equipment. 11 12. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 12 13. Factory Mutual (FM) 13 14. All equipment and installations shall satisfy applicable Federal, State, and local 14 codes. 15 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar instrumentation 17 equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the 18 Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be 19 provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 20 B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings. 21 Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable. 22 C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. 23 1.6 WARRANTY 24 A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and 25 workmanship for two (2) years from date of acceptance of the equipment containing the 26 items specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the Manufacturer shall 27 promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new 28 operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the 29 equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 FLOAT TYPE LEVEL SWITCHES 32 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 33 acceptable: 34 1. Contegra FS-90 35 2. Flygt Model ENM-10. 36 3. Endress+Hauser FTS20 37 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 38 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 39 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 40 C. General CITY OF FORT WORTH FORCE MAIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 407200-3 LEVEL MEASUREMENT DEVICES Page 3 of 6 1 1. Provide sufficient lengths of Manufacturer s specialty cables for installation of 2 power and signal conductors as provided with each instrument. 3 D. Type: 4 1. The switch assembly shall be weighed and suspended on the stainless cable as per 5 the detail within the plans. 6 E. Function/Performance: 7 1. Temperature Rating: 0-50 degrees C. 8 2. Contact Rating: Up to 150V AC/DC and 1 amps AC, 1 amps DC. 9 3. Contact Arrangement: Form C contact which is field selectable normally open or 10 closed. 11 F. Physical: 12 1. Contact: Sealed mercury free switch housed in a chemical -resistant polypropylene 13 or Stainless -Steel casing. 14 2. Switch shall have a rating for the area in which it is installed. 15 3. Flexible Support Cable: Synthetic four wire cable, minimum 19 AWG wire. 16 4. Specific Gravity: Match to fluid being measured. 17 G. Power Requirements 18 1. None 19 H. Required Options/Accessories 20 1. Provide flexible support cables of sufficient length to ensure no splice or 21 connection is required in the wet well. 22 2. Provide junction box rated for the area in which it is installed. 23 3. Provide stainless steel support/mounting accessories as required. 24 I. Installation 25 1. Provide All Hardware from the manufacture for the installation as described and 26 shown on the plans. 27 2. Provide stainless steel wire ties for all cables within the wet well area or exposed to 28 outdoor environments. 29 2.2 RADAR LEVEL TRANSMITTERS 30 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 31 acceptable: 32 1. Siemens SITRANS LR110 S6ries. 33 3. Endress+Hauser FMR20 34 4. No Equal 35 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 36 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 37 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 38 C. General 39 1. Principle: To pulse K Band signals form the transducer toward the liquid and 40 receive the echo measuring the time between sending and receiving the pulse signal 41 and proportioning that to the measured liquid depth. CITY OF FORT WORTH FORCE MAIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 407200-4 LEVEL MEASUREMENT DEVICES Page 4 of 6 1 D. Type: 2 1. Bluetooth setup 3 2. Class 1 Division 1 rated 4 E. Function Performance 5 1. Function: To sense variable liquid level. 6 2. Input Power: From transmitter signal wire 4 20 mA 24 VDC. 7 3. Range Capability: 1 foot to 50 feet minimum 8 4. Beam Angle: 10 degrees or less 9 5. Shall have integral temperature compensation unit. 10 6. Accuracy. Current output 1 percent of selected full-scale range. 11 7. Repeatability. 0.25 percent full scale. 12 F. Physical 13 1. Mounting: Pipe thread. 14 2. Antennae shall be shaped to optimize reading accuracy and desired location. 15 G. Options/Accessories 16 1. Provide stainless steel hardware. 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 18 3.1 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS 19 A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years 20 documented experience 21 3.2 EXAMINATION 22 A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. 23 B. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. 24 C. Verify field measurements are as instructed by the manufacturer. 25 3.3 INSTALLATION 26 A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and 27 Contract Drawings. 28 B. All process connections shall be 316 stainless steel tubing, 3/8 minimum, unless 29 otherwise shown on the Drawings. Fittings shall be of the compression type, 316 30 stainless steel. 31 C. All conduit entries into the instruments shall use hubs of watertight, threaded 32 aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B 33 H150GRA Series, or equal. 34 D. Install stainless steel instrument labels with instrument ID, secured with safety wire. 35 E. All non -loop powered instrument transmitters shall have an approved disconnecting 36 means for power mounted within reach of the transmitter. CITY OF FORT WORTH FORCE MAIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 407200-5 LEVEL MEASUREMENT DEVICES Page 5 of 6 1 3.4 RACEWAY SEALING 2 A. Where raceways enter terminal boxes, junction boxes, or instrumentation equipment, all 3 entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant or approved equal. 4 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5 A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. 6 B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values 7 shall be specified in the manufacturer's instructions. 8 3.6 FIELD ADJUSTING 9 A. Adjust all equipment for proper range and field conditions, as described in the 10 manufacturer's instructions. 11 B. Any field adjustments, required for proper system operation, shall be included in the 12 Final O&M. 13 3.7 FIELD TESTING 14 A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. 15 B. Test each interlock system for proper fimctioning. 16 C. Test all control logic for proper operation. 17 3.8 CLEANING 18 A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the equipment. Remove dirt, 19 dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, 20 vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. 21 3.9 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION 22 A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the 23 manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the 24 surface shall be replaced. 25 END OF SECTION 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH FORCE MAIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 407200-6 LEVEL MEASUREMENT DEVICES Page 6 of 6 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH FORCE MAIN STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 407800-1 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 1 of 12 1 SECTION 40 78 00 2 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for panel mounted 6 equipment to be furnished under other Sections of the Specifications as listed in the 7 Related Work paragraph of this Section. 8 B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of 9 equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 10 1.2 RELATED WORK 11 A. No references are made to any other section which may contain work related to any 12 other section. The Contract Documents shall be taken as a whole with every section 13 related to every other section as required to meet the requirements specified. The 14 organization of the Contract Documents into specification divisions and sections is for 15 organization of the documents themselves and does not relate to the division of 16 suppliers or labor which the Contractor may choose to employ in the execution of the 17 Contract. Where references are made to other Sections and other Divisions of the 18 Specifications, the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may 19 be required in those references and include such information or work as may be 20 specified. 21 1.3 SUBMITTALS 22 A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment 23 furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein 24 will not be accepted and will be returned un-reviewed. 25 B. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification section as applicable 26 with the control panel submittal as referenced in the related work paragraph. Submittal 27 shall include catalog data, functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., sufficient to 28 confirm that the devices provide every specified requirement. Any options or 29 exceptions shall be clearly indicated. 30 1.4 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 31 A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to 32 the latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 33 1. NEMA/ISCI 109 Transient Over Voltage Withstand Test 34 2. IEEE Std. 472/ANSI C37.90.2 Withstand Capability of Relay Systems to Radiated 35 Electromagnetic Interference from Transceivers. 36 3. IEC 255.4 Surge Withstand Capability Tests 37 4. NEMA/ICS 1 General Standard for Industrial Control Systems. 38 5. NEMA/ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use. 39 6. NEMA/ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Control Systems. 40 7. NEMA LS 1 Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-2 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 2 of 12 1 8. UL 1449 Forth Edition Surge Protective Devices 2 B. All equipment shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and 3 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) where applicable. 4 C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the 5 individual device paragraphs. 6 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 7 A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment 8 for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an 9 acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating 10 compliance with this requirement. 11 B. Equipment submitted shall fit within the space or location shown on the Drawings. 12 Equipment which does not fit within the space or location is not acceptable. 13 C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. 14 1.6 WARRANTY 15 A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the specified equipment to be free from defects in 16 material and workmanship for one (1) year from date of acceptance of the assembly 17 containing the items specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the 18 Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the 19 equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or 20 transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the 21 Owner. 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 MODE SELECTOR SWITCHES, PUSHBUTTONS AND INDICATING LAMPS 24 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 25 acceptable: 26 1. Allen Bradley 27 2. Cutler Hammer 28 3. GE 29 4. Square D 30 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 31 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 32 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 33 C. Construction 34 1. 30mm Diameter 35 2. Corrosion resistant 36 3. NEMA 4/4X/13 without booted covers 37 4. Finger safe contact blocks, IOA rating 38 5. Function indicating colors per NFPA 79 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 39 6. Engraved corrosion resistant nameplates 40 7. LED lamps CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-3 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 3 of 12 1 8. Mode selector switches shall have 1 spare set auxiliary contacts. 2 9. Indicator lights to be Push -to -Test 3 10. Potentiometer ratings to match I/O devices connected 4 2.2 TERMINAL BLOCKS 5 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 6 acceptable: 7 1. Phoenix Contact 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 2. Entrelec 3. Weidmuller 4. Allen Bradley B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. C. Terminal Blocks 1. Terminal blocks shall be DIN -rail -mounted one-piece molded plastic blocks with tubular -clamp -screw type, with end barriers, dual side terminal block numbers and terminal group identifiers. Terminal blocks shall be rated for 600 volts except for control and instrumentation circuits, or 4-20 mA analog signal conductors. 2. Provide 600 volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over 120 volts to ground. 3. Provide 600 volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. 4. Power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage shall be terminated to strap -screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, pre -insulated, ring -tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. Do not terminate more than one conductor in any lug, and do not land more than two conductors under any strap - screw terminal point. 5. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protective cover removed. Each terminal block shall have 20 percent spare terminals, but not less than two spare terminals. 6. Do not land more than two conductors per terminal point. Use the manufacturer s provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating common or ground conductors. 7. Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and shield drain wire landed on individual terminal blocks. Use the manufacturer s provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield drain wire conductors. 8. Control circuits, 120 volts and below, and 4-20 mA analog signal conductors shall be terminated with manufacturer s recommended ferrules. Ferrules shall be provided with plastic sleeves. 9. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure, if metal, with 20 percent spare terminals. 10. Provided ground terminal blocks for each twisted -shielded pair drain wire. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-4 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 4 of 12 1 2.3 WIRE TROUGHS 2 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 3 acceptable: 4 1. Panduit 5 2. Taylor 6 3. Approved equal 7 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 8 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 9 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 10 C. All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and 11 removable cover. Plan wire routing such that no low voltage twisted shielded pair cable 12 conducting analog 4-20 mA signals or communications low voltage analog signals are 13 routed in the same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power 14 2.4 DIN RAILS 15 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 16 acceptable: 17 1. Phoenix Contact 18 2. Entrelec 19 3. Weidmuller 20 4. Allen Bradley 21 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 22 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 23 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 24 C. Standard 35 mm rails shall be made of steel zinc -plated and chromated. Rails shall be 25 7.5 mm tall minimum and meet standard EN 60715: 2001. 26 2.5 SIGNAL ISOLATORS, BOOSTERS, CONVERTERS 27 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 28 acceptable: 29 1. Phoenix Contact 30 2. Acromag Inc. 31 3. Moore Industries 32 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 33 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 34 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 35 1. Type: 36 a. Externally powered solid-state electronic type. Loop powered devices are not 37 acceptable. 38 2. Functional/Performance: 39 a. Accuracy - 0.15 percent. 40 b. Inputs - Current, voltage, frequency, temperature, or resistance as required. 41 c. Outputs - Current or voltage as required. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-5 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 5 of 12 1 d. Isolation - There shall be complete isolation between input circuitry, output 2 circuitry, and the power supply. 3 e. Adjustments - Zero and span adjustment shall be provided. 4 f. Protection - Provide RFI protection. 5 g. 24 Volt DC power input. 6 3. Physical: 7 a. Mounting - Suitable for DIN Rail mounting in an enclosure or instrument rack. 8 When shown indoors. NEMA 4X Class 1 Div 2 rated enclosure when shown 9 outdoors or in a wet location. 10 4. Options/Accessories Required: 11 a. Mounting rack, NEMA 4X enclosure or general-purpose enclosure as required. 12 2.6 PANEL DISPLAYS 13 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 14 acceptable: 15 1. Precision Digital 16 2. Red Lion 17 3. Moore Industries 18 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 19 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 20 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 21 C. Displays shall be as shown on the Drawings or where otherwise specified. 22 D. Design and fabrication: 23 1. 4-20 mA, 110 V, TC & RTD Inputs 24 2. Rating: NEMA 4X, IP65 without the use of a separate cover. 25 3. Shallow Depth Case 3.6" Behind Panel 26 4. Power Supply: 85-265 VAC 27 5. Optional features to be supplied: two relays providing form A contacts, software 28 settable at independent values. 29 6. Output: analog 4-20 mA 30 7. Display: minimum digit height of 2.5 inches; sunlight readable 31 2.7 RELAYS AND TIMERS 32 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 33 acceptable: 34 1. Square D 35 2. IDEC 36 3. Potter -Broomfield. 37 4. Allen-Bradley 38 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 39 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 40 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 41 C. Type: CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-6 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 6 of 12 1 1. Relays shall be double pole, double throw (form C) except PLC/RTU I/O buffer 2 relays which shall be single pole, (form C), spade plug in type with a transparent 3 dust cover. 4 2. Units shall be of the general-purpose plug-in type. 5 D. Functional/Performance: 6 1. Coil voltage shall match supply voltage. 7 2. Contact arrangement/function shall be as required to meet the specified control 8 function. 9 3. Mechanical life expectancy shall be more than 10,000,000 cycles. 10 4. Duty cycle shall be rated for continuous operation. 11 6. Solid state time delays when specified and/or required for intended functionality to 12 be provided with polarity protection (DC units) and transient protection. 13 7. Time delay units shall be adjustable and available in ranges from .1 second to 4.5 14 hours. 15 8. Plug-in general-purpose relay. 16 9. Blade connector type. 17 11. Relay sockets are DIN rail mounted. 18 12. Internal neon or LED indicator is lit when coil is energized. 19 13. Clear polycarbonate dust cover with clip fastener. 20 14. Operating temperature: -20 to +150 Deg F. 21 15. UL listed or recognized. 22 E. Ratings: 23 1. For 120VAC service provide contacts rated 10 amps at 120VAC, for 24VDC 24 service provide contacts rated 5 amps at 28VDC, for electronic (milliamp/ 25 millivolt) switching applicator provide gold plated contacts rated for electronic 26 service. 27 2. For PLC/RTU input buffer relays, provided a minimum of 5-amp contact rating. 28 For all PLC/RTU output buffer relays, provided minimum 8 amps inductive load 29 rated contacts. 30 3. Where PLC/RTU input/output buffer relays are a space constraint Crydom Series 31 One DR optically isolated solid-state relays can be proposed. 32 F. Physical 33 1. DIN Rail mounting base 34 2. Screw Terminals 35 G. Options/Accessories Required: 36 1. Provide mounting sockets with pressure type terminal blocks rated 300 volts and 10 37 amps minimum. 38 2. Provide mounting rails/holders as required. 39 2.8 ANALOG SIGNAL SURGE PROTECTORS (SPDS) 40 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 41 acceptable: 42 1. AGM Electronics CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2. 2 3. 3 4. 4 5. Acromag Inc. Moore Industries Phoenix Contact Emerson EDCO 407800-7 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 7of12 5 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 6 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 7 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 8 C. Type: 9 1. DIN Rail mounting for control and termination panels. 10 2. For loop powered transmitters provided pipe nipple style mounting at the 11 transmitter. 12 D. Minimum Ratings: 13 1. Peak Surge Current 10 kA 14 2. Response Time <5 Nanoseconds 15 3. Voltage Clamp >26 Volts 16 2.9 POWER SUPPLIES 17 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 18 acceptable: 19 1. Phoenix Contact 20 3. No Equal 21 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 22 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 23 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 24 C. Design and fabrication 25 1. Converts 120 VAC input to DC power at required voltage. 26 2. Sized as required by the load. Minimum 2.4 Amp output 27 3. AC input: 120 VAC +10 percent -13 percent; 47 to 63 HZ. 28 4. Provision for output failure alarm contact. 29 5. DIN rail mounting. 30 6. All Power Supplies shall be redundant pairs. 31 2.10 CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS 32 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 33 acceptable: 34 1. Allen Bradley 35 2. General Electric 36 3. Cutler Hammer 37 4. Square D 38 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 39 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 40 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-8 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 8 of 12 1 C. Control Power Transformers 2 1. Control power transformers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. 3 Transformers shall be sized for all the load, including space heaters, plus 25% spare 4 capacity, and shall be not less than 100VA. 5 2. Transformer mechanical ratings shall equal the short circuit rating of the circuit 6 breaker or MCP. 7 3. Control power transformers shall be 120 volts grounded secondary. Primary side of 8 the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the transformer secondary 9 shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be fused. 10 4. All control power transformers shall have vacuum cast primary and secondary coils 11 using epoxy resin. 12 2.11 DC UPS 13 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 14 acceptable: 15 1. Phoenix Contact 16 2. No Equal 17 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 18 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 19 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 20 C. Design and fabrication 21 1. Rating: 24VDC, 60 hertz, minimum sized to provide power while fully loaded 22 conditions for 30 minutes. 23 2. Operating Temperature: located in indoor conditioned spaces 0 degrees to +40 24 degrees Centigrade. All other locations -20 to 55 degrees Centigrade 25 8. Relative Humidity: 5% 90% without condensation. 26 9. Input Protection: DC fuses. 27 10. Output Protection: Current limited. 28 11. Provide an external maintenance bypass switch with an auxiliary contact for each 29 UPS supplied. The switch shall transfer power without interrupting the load 30 utilizing make before brake contacts. The switch shall provide auxiliary contact to 31 monitor switch position. 32 a. Maintenance switch as manufactured by Control Switches International N 33 series, Electroswitch, or approved equal. 34 b. Contacts rated for 120 volts AC and 10 amperes minimum. 35 2.12 TEMPERATURE SWITCH DIN RAIL MOUNTED 36 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 37 acceptable: 38 1. Pentair 39 2. Hammond 40 3. Mean Well 41 4. Approved Equal CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-9 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 9 of 12 1 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 2 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 3 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 4 C. Design and fabrication 5 1. Contact Rating: 120VAC, 10 Amp normally closed for high temperature detection 6 use, normally open for heating/condensate control use 7 2. Adjustable range minimum 32 100 degrees F 8 3. Terminals for 14 AWG conductors. 9 4. DIN rail mounting 10 2.13 PANEL INTRUSION SWITCH 11 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 12 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers 13 are acceptable: 14 a. Invent Hoffinan ALFSWD 15 b. Approved equal 16 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their 17 products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. 18 Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in 19 their entirety. 20 B. Product Description 21 1. The contact rated a minimum of 1-amp 24VDC / 120 VAC. 22 2. Mounting hardware shall be stainless or galvanized steel for attachment to the inner 23 lip of the panel door frame. 24 3. Contact opens when door is not fully closed. 25 2.14 NAMEPLATES 26 A. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated in Drawings. Nameplates shall be 27 engraved, laminated impact acrylic, matte finish, black lettering on a white background, 28 not less than 1/16-in thick by 1/2-in by 1-1/2-in, Rowmark NoMark Plus or equal, 29 Nameplates shall be attached to the backplate with double faced adhesive strips, TESA 30 TUFF TAPE 4970, .009 X'/2 , no equal. Prior to installing the nameplates, the metal 31 surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residues has been 32 removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not acceptable. 33 2.15 PANEL INTERFACE CONNECTOR (PIC) 34 A. Subject to compliance with the contract documents, the following manufacturers are 35 acceptable: 36 1. Automation Direct 37 a. Model: Zip Port Series 38 2. Grace Engineered Products, Inc. 39 a. Model: GracePort Series 40 3. Saginaw Control Engineering. 41 a. Programming Ports CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-10 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 10 of 12 1 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 2 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 3 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 4 C. For all PLC control panels, provide a Panel Interface Connector (PIC) pass -through unit 5 that will mount to the outside of the control panel to give the capability to interface with 6 the PLC without the need to open the enclosure door. 7 D. Design and fabrication: 8 1. Interface shall include the following: 9 a. UL Recognized and RoHS compliant 10 b. Housing rating shall match or be of higher NEMA rating than control panel 11 c. Gasket: thermo-plastic (TPE) 12 d. One GFCI power outlet with rating of 120 VAC 13 e. One Ethernet RJ-45 type 10/100 port connected to control panel switch. 14 f. Cover shall be attached with a continuous hinge and lockable. Provide locks for 15 all interfaces keyed alike 16 2.16 OPERATION INTERFACE TERMINAL 17 A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are 18 acceptable: 19 1. Modicon Magelis GTU Series] 20 2. No Equal 21 B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products 22 that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed 23 above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 24 C. Environmental 25 1. Operating Temperature 32 113 Degrees F 26 2. Relative Humidity 10% - 90% Non -condensing 27 3. Shock (Operating) 15G for I Ims. 28 4. NEMA 4 29 D. Physical 30 1. Sizes 15 , 12 31 2. ColorTFT LCD Touch screen 32 3. Cooling fans as required 33 4. Embedded Operating System 34 5. Two serial and USB ports 35 6. Minimum 64mb of battery backed memory 36 7. Programmable keys as required. 37 8. Power Supply 120VAC 38 E. Protocol Interfaces 39 1. Allen Bradley Ethernet/IP 40 2. Modbus TCP 41 3. Allen Bradley DF 1 42 4. Modbus RTU 43 F. Minimum Programming Capability CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-11 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 11 of 12 1 1. Provide Manufacturer s software package for programming the OIT. 2 2. Alarm and event management. 3 3. Bar graphs. 4 4. Multicolored background and objects. 5 5. Multi -level password security. 6 6. Communicate with a minimum of 4 PLCs simultaneously 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 8 3.1 INSTALLATION 9 A. All equipment specified herein shall be installed, field adjusted, tested and cleaned as 10 an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 11 12 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 407800-12 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES Page 12 of 12 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 408000-1 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING Pagel of 8 t SECTION 40 80 00 2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 5 A. Provide all testing and commissioning equipment, materials, incidentals and labor, 6 necessary to perform and coordinate the system check-out and startup, commissioning, 7 field testing and overall training for the Instrumentation and Controls System. 8 B. The Contractor's Process Control Systems Integrator (PCSI) shall supervise and/or 9 fulfil the requirements of this Section. As part of these services, the PCSI shall include, 10 for those equipment items not manufactured by him, the services of an authorized 11 manufacturer's representative to check the equipment installation and place that portion 12 of the equipment in operation. The manufacturer's representative shall be thoroughly 13 knowledgeable about the installation, operation, and maintenance of the manufacturer's 14 equipment. 15 1.2 SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND START-UP 16 A. The Contractor, PCSI, and Instrument Suppliers, as applicable, shall perform the 17 following: 18 1. Check and confirm the proper installation of all instrumentation and control 19 components and all cable and wiring connections between the various system 20 components prior to placing the various processes and equipment into operation. 21 2. Conduct a complete system checkout and adjustment, including calibration of all 22 existing instruments, tuning of control loops, checking operation functions, and 23 testing of final control actions. All problems encountered shall be promptly 24 corrected to prevent any delays in the startup of the various unit processes. 25 B. Contractor shall provide all test equipment necessary to perform the test during System 26 checkout and startup. 27 C. Contractor and/or system supplier shall be responsible for initial operation of the 28 instrumentation and control system and shall make any required changes, adjustments 29 or replacements for operation, monitoring, and control of the various processes and 30 equipment necessary to perform the functions intended. 31 D. Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer certified calibration/recalibration (for existing 32 Instruments) reports for field instruments and devices specified herein as soon as 33 calibration is completed. 34 1. Receipt of any calibration/recalibration certificates shall in no way imply 35 acceptance of any work or instrument. 36 2. Each calibration/recalibration certificates shall be signed and dated by an authorized 37 representative of Contractor. Three copies of each completed certificate shall be 38 submitted to Engineer. 39 3. A typical form shall be as attached. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 408000-2 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING Page 2 of 8 1 E. Contractor shall furnish to Engineer two copies of an installation inspection report 2 certifying that all equipment has been installed correctly and are operating properly. 3 The report shall be signed by authorized representatives of both Contractor and the 4 system supplier. 5 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 6 A. The PCSI shall test all equipment as a system at the PSCI facility prior to shipment. 7 Unless otherwise specified in the individual specification sections, all equipment 8 provided by the PCSI shall be tested as a single fully integrated system. 9 B. As a minimum, the testing shall include the following: 10 1. Un-witnessed Factory Test (UFT) 11 2. Witnessed Factory Test (WFT) 12 3. Operational Readiness Tests (ORT) 13 4. Functional Demonstration Tests (FDT) 14 5. 10-Day Site Acceptance Tests (SAT) 15 C. Each test shall be in the cause -and -effect format. The person conducting the test shall 16 initiate an input (cause) and, upon the system's or subsystem's producing the correct 17 result (effect), the specific test requirement shall be satisfied. 18 D. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with prior Engineer -approved procedures, 19 forms, and check lists. Each specific test shall be described and followed by a section 20 for signing off by the appropriate party after its completion. 21 E. Copies of all the signed off test procedures, forms, and check lists will constitute the 22 required test documentation. 23 F. Provide all special testing materials and equipment. Wherever possible, perform tests 24 using actual process variables, equipment, and data. Where it is not practical to test with 25 real process variables, equipment, and data, provides suitable means of simulation. 26 Define these simulation techniques in the test procedures. 27 G. The General Contractor shall require the Integration Subcontractor to coordinate all 28 testing with the Engineer, all affected Subcontractors, and the Owner. 29 H. The Engineer reserves the right to test or retest all specified functions whether or not 30 explicitly stated in the prior approved Test Procedures. 31 1. The Engineer's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and completeness of 32 all testing. 33 J. No equipment shall be shipped to the Project Site until the Engineer has received all test 34 results and approved the system as ready for shipment. 35 K. The PCSI shall furnish the services of servicemen, all special calibration and test 36 equipment and labor to perform the field tests. 37 L. Correction of Deficiencies 38 1. All deficiencies in workmanship and/or items not meeting specified testing 39 requirements shall be corrected to meet specification requirements at no additional 40 cost to the Owner. 41 2. Testing, as specified herein, shall be repeated after correction of deficiencies is 42 made until the specified requirements are met. This work shall be performed at no 43 additional cost to the Owner. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 408000-3 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING Page 3 of 8 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 UNWITNESSED FACTORY TEST (UFT) 4 A. The entire system, except primary elements, final control elements, and field mounted 5 transmitters, shall be interconnected and tested to ensure the system operates as 6 specified. All analog and discrete input/output points not interconnected at this time 7 shall be simulated to ensure proper operation of all alarms, monitoring 8 devices/functions, and control devices/functions. 9 B. All panels and assemblies shall be inspected and tested to verify that they are in 10 conformance with related submittals, specifications, and Contract Drawings. 11 C. During the tests all digital system hardware and software shall have operated 12 continuously or five days without a failure to verify the system is capable of continuous 13 operation. The un-Witnessed Factory Test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for 14 approval prior to the start of the Witnessed Factory Test (WFT). 15 3.2 WITNESSED FACTORY TEST (WFT) 16 A. Before scheduling the Witnessed Factory Test, the PCSI must determine through his 17 own test and quality assurance program that the equipment is ready for shipment to the 18 j obsite. 19 B. All system tests specified for the Un-Witnessed Factory Test shall be repeated. 20 C. The WFT will be a joint test by the PCSI and the ASP conducted at the PCSI facility. 21 D. After receiving Un-witnessed Test approval, the PCSI shall notify the Engineer and 22 Owner in writing that the system is ready for the Witnessed Test. The Engineer and/or 23 Owner shall schedule a test date within 30 days of receipt of the Ready to Test letter. At 24 the time of notification, the PCSI shall submit any revisions to the detailed test 25 procedure previously approved by the Engineer. 26 E. This test shall verify the functionality, performance, and stability of the hardware and 27 software. The system must operate continuously for 100 hours without failure before 28 the test shall be judged successful. Successful completion of this test, as determined by 29 the Engineer, shall be the basis for approval of the system to be shipped to the site. 30 F. The various tests performed during the Witnessed Factory Test shall be designed to 31 demonstrate that hardware and software fulfill all the requirements of the Specifications 32 and Contract drawings. The test conditions shall resemble, as closely as possible, the 33 actual installed conditions. Any additional hardware or software that may be required to 34 successfully verify system operation shall be supplied at no cost to the Owner. 35 G. The ASP shall be responsible to simulate the I/O signals for any equipment or device 36 communicating with any new or existing PLC through peer -to -peer network by using a 37 computer system with appropriate simulation software to implement the memory map 38 in the protocol as specified elsewhere. Simulating the VO signals by forcing them from 39 the PLC programming software will not be acceptable. 40 H. Tests to be performed shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 41 1. Demonstrate operability of all equipment CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 408000-4 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING Page 4 of 8 1 2. Demonstrate operability of the control data communication network under 2 anticipated full load conditions 3 3. 100 percent point check of I/O, including wiring 4 4. Demonstrate the ability to monitor and change at least 20 pieces of digital and 5 analog data in each PLC/RIO from the HMI software at all operator workstations 6 5. Demonstrate the ability to share data between operator workstations and servers 7 6. Demonstrate the ability of each workstation to print reports on all network printers 8 7. Demonstrate the ability for each workstation to read and write to and from 9 designated files from other workstations on the LAN 10 8. Demonstrate the operability of all mass storage equipment 11 9. Demonstrate communication failure and system restart 12 10. Demonstrate total power failure and recovery. NOTE: The UPS shall call for server 13 shutdown and on power restoration the servers shall restart. 14 11. Demonstrate a catastrophic failure and recovery of a server, workstation, and PLC. 15 12. Demonstrate procedure for backing up the computer system (including PC and 16 PLC); reload using a backup; and completely restoring a PC and/or PLC from a 17 backup. 18 13. Demonstrate the ability of each workstation to print alarm/events on the local 19 printer. During the test for a period of time equal to at least 20 percent of the test 20 duration, the Engineer's and/or Owner's representative shall have unrestricted 21 access to the system. 22 I. All analog control panels shall be included in these tests. 23 J. All deficiencies identified during these tests shall be corrected and retested prior to 24 completing the Witnessed Test as determined by the Owner/Engineer. 25 K. The following documentation shall be made available to the Engineer at the test site 26 both before and during the Witnessed Factory Test: 27 1. All Contract Drawings and Specifications, addenda, and change orders 28 2. Master copy of the test procedure 29 3. List of the equipment to be tested including make, model, and serial number 30 4. Design -related hardware submittal applicable to the equipment being tested 31 5. Software license 32 L. The daily schedule during these tests shall be as follows: 33 1. Morning meeting to review the day's test schedule 34 2. Scheduled tests and signoffs 35 3. Evening meetings to review the day's test results and to review or revise the next 36 day's test schedule 37 4. Unstructured testing period by the witnesses 38 M. All test data and procedures followed during testing shall be logged and certified copies 39 of the logs shall be provided to the Engineer and Owner. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 408000-5 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING Page 5 of 8 1 3.3 OPERATIONAL READINESS TESTS (ORT) 2 A. Prior to startup and the Functional Demonstration Test, the entire system shall be 3 certified (inspected, tested, and documented) that it is ready for operation. The ORT 4 may be witnessed by the Owner/Engineer, fully or partially, at their discretion. 5 B. Loop/Component Inspections and Tests: The entire system shall be checked for proper 6 installation, calibrated, and adjusted on a loop -by -loop and component -by -component 7 basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related submittal's and these 8 Specifications. 9 1. The Loop/Component Inspections and Input / Output Tests shall be implemented 10 using Engineer -approved forms and check lists. 11 a. Each loop shall have a Loop Status Report to organize and track its inspection, 12 adjustment, and calibration. These reports shall include the following 13 information and check off items with space for sign off by the PCSI. 14 1) Project Name 15 2) Loop Number 16 3) Tag Number for each component 17 4) Check offs/sign offs for each component 18 b. Tag/identification 19 c. Installation 20 d. Termination — wiring 21 e. Termination — tubing 22 f. Calibration/adjustment — Check offs/sign offs for the loop 23 g. Panel interface terminations 24 h. 1/0 interface terminations 25 i. 1/0 signal operation 26 j. Inputs/outputs operational: received/sent, processed, and adjusted. 27 k. Total loop operation — Provide space for comments 28 1. Each active Analog Subsystem element and each 1/0 module shall have a 29 Component Calibration Sheet. These sheets shall have the following 30 information, spaces for data entry, and a space for sign off by the PCSI: 31 1) Project Name 32 2) Loop Number 33 3) Component Tag Number of I/O Module Number 34 4) Component Code Number Analog System 35 5) Manufacturer (for Analog system element) 36 6) Model Number/Serial Number (for Analog system) 37 7) Summary of Functional Requirements: 38 a) Indicators and Recorders: Scale and chart ranges 39 b) Transmitters/Converters: Scale and chart ranges 40 c) Computing Elements: Function 41 d) Controllers: Action (direct/reverse) control Modes (PID) 42 e) Switching Elements: Unit range, differential 43 f) (FIXED/ADJUSTABLE), Preset (AUTO/MANUAL) 44 g) 1/0 Modules: Input or output 45 2. Calibrations: 46 a. Analog Devices: Required and actual inputs and outputs at 0, 25, 50, 75, and 47 100 percent of span, rising and falling 48 b. Discrete Devices: Required and actual trip points and reset points 49 c. Controllers: Mode settings (PID) CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 408000-6 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING Page 6 of 8 1 d. I/O Modules: Required an actual inputs or outputs for 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100 2 percent of span, rising and falling. 3 1) Provide space for comments 4 2) Space for sign off by the PCSI. 5 3. The General Contractor shall require the PCSI to maintain the Loop Status Reports 6 and Component Calibration Sheets at the job -site and make them available to the 7 Engineer/Owner at any time. 8 4. These tests do not require witnessing by the Owner/Engineer; however, the 9 Owner/Engineer reserve the right to request the Loop Status Sheets and Component 10 Calibration Sheets and spot-check their entries periodically when on site and upon 11 completion of the Operational Readiness Test, all documentation shall be submitted 12 as required herein. 13 3.4 FUNCTIONAL DEMONSTRATION TEST (FDT) 14 A. Prior to startup and the 10 Day Site Acceptance Test, the entire installed instrument and 15 control system shall be certified that it is ready for operation. All preliminary testing, 16 inspection, and calibration shall be complete as defined in the Operational Readiness 17 Tests. The FDT will be a joint test by the PCSI and the Equipment suppliers. 18 B. Once the facility has been started up and is operating, a witnessed Functional 19 Demonstration Test shall be performed on the complete system to demonstrate that it is 20 operating and in compliance with these Specifications. Each specified function shall be 21 demonstrated on a paragraph -by -paragraph, loop -by -loop, and site -by -site basis. 22 C. Loop -specific and non -loop -specific tests shall be the same as specified under 23 Functional Demonstration Tests except that the entire installed system shall be tested 24 and all functionality demonstrated. 25 D. Updated versions of the documentation specified to be provided during testing and 26 shall be made available to the Engineer at the job -site both before and during the tests. 27 In addition, one copy of all O&M Manuals shall be made available to the Engineer at 28 the jobsite both before and during testing. 29 E. The daily schedule specified to be followed during the tests shall also be followed 30 during the Functional Demonstration Test. 31 F. The system shall operate for 100 continuous hours without failure before this test shall 32 be considered successful. 33 G. Demonstrate communication failure and recovery 34 3.5 10-DAY SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT) 35 A. After completion of the Operational Readiness and Functional Demonstration Tests, the 36 PCSI shall be responsible for operation of the entire system for a period of 10 37 consecutive days, under conditions of full plant process operation, without a single non- 38 field repairable malfunction. 39 B. During this test, plant operating and PCSI personnel shall be present as required. For 40 this test, the PCSI is expected to provide personnel who have an intimate knowledge of 41 the system hardware and software. 42 C. While this test is proceeding, the Owner shall have full use of the system. Only plant 43 operating personnel shall be allowed to operate equipment associated with live plant 44 processes. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 408000-7 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING Page 7 of 8 1 D. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed and corrected by the PCSI. The 2 Engineer and/or Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently 3 serious to warrant a repeat of this test. 4 E. During this 10 consecutive day test period, any malfunction which cannot be corrected 5 within 24 hours of occurrence by PCSI personnel, or more than two similar failures of 6 any duration, will be considered a non -field -repairable malfunction. 7 F. Upon completion of repairs by the PCSI, the test shall be repeated as specified herein. 8 G. In the event of rejection of any part or function, the PCSI shall perform repairs or 9 replacement within 5 days. 10 H. The total availability of the system shall be greater than 99.5 percent (99.5%) during 11 this test period. Availability shall be defined as: 12 Availability = (Total Testing - Time -Down Time) / Total Testing Time 13 I. Down times due to power outages or other factors outside the normal protection devices 14 or back-up power supplies provided shall not contribute to the availability test times 15 above. 16 J. Upon successful completion of the 30-day site acceptance test and subsequent review 17 and approval of complete system final documentation, the system shall be considered 18 substantially complete, and the one-year warranty period shall commence. 19 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 408000-8 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING Page 8 of 8 1 CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE Tag Number/Loop Number: Loop Description Instrument Location Manufacturer Model Number Adjustable Range Calibrated Range Remarks Installation Per Manufacturer's Requirements? Installation Per Contract Documents? If "No", explain Calibration Test: 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% Switch Test Setpoint 1 Setpoint 2 Setpoint 3 Input (Units) Switch Point Upscale Yes Yes Output (Units) Switch Point Downscale No No Accuracy Setting Deadband I hereby certify that the above information is correct and accurate, to the best of my knowledge, and that the instrument indicated above has been supplied, installed, calibrated, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents, unless otherwise noted. Receipt of this Calibration Certification shall in no way imply acceptance of any work or instrument supplied as a part of this Contract. Contractor's Signature: Date: 2 3 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-1 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 1 of 14 I SECTION 43 25 00 2 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Requirements to provide, install, put in operation, and field test three (3) Non -Clog 7 Submersible Centrifugal Sewage Pumps with three (3) base elbow discharge 8 assemblies, guide rails, lifting chains, power cables, motors, and other items 9 specified herein and shown in the Drawings. Contractor shall provide services of 10 manufacturer's representative for a complete start-up supervision and operation and 11 maintenance instruction. 12 2. Each pump unit shall include all necessary appurtenances to provide a complete 13 pumping system. Provide the complete pumping unit assemblies specified, not 14 including the variable frequency drives (VFD's), supplied by a single manufacturer. 15 VFD's may be supplied by separate manufacturer. 16 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18 Contract. 19 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Measurement 23 a. Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 24 2. Payment 25 a. Unit Price — The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance 26 with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Non -Clog 27 Submersible Pump" installed. 28 b. Lump Sum — The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with 29 this Item for various sizes and measured as provided under "Measurement" 30 shall be included in the total lump sum price. 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 35 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) International: 37 a. A48/48M, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 38 b. A276/276M, Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes 39 c. A532, Standard Specification for Abrasion -Resistant Cast Irons. 40 3. NEMA-NG1-1253a: Test Standards for Determining Motor Efficiency. 41 4. ANSI/Hydraulic Institute Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-2 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 2 of 14 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2 A. Unit Responsibility and Coordination 3 1. The Contractor shall cause all equipment (pumping unit) specified under this 4 section to be furnished by a single pump manufacturer who shall be responsible for 5 the adequacy and compatibility of all pumping unit components including but not 6 limited to the pump and motor. 7 2. Any component of each complete pumping unit not provided by the pump 8 manufacturer shall be designed, fabricated, tested, and installed by factory- 9 authorized representatives experienced in the design and manufacture of pumping 10 equipment. This requirement, however, shall not be construed as relieving the 11 Contractor of the overall responsibility for this portion of the work. 12 1.5 SUBMITTALS 13 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 14 B. All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 15 specials. 16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 17 A. Submittals Required Prior to Fabrication 18 1. Completed Questionnaire (Part 3.14 of this Section) 19 2. Performance curves (head -capacity, BHP (brake horsepower), NPSH, pump 20 efficiency covering full operating range from shutoff to run out. 21 3. Complete materials specifications for each part of unit to be furnished. 22 4. Dry weight of pump, weight of motor and assembled weight. 23 5. Technical bulletins and brochures on pumping unit. 24 6. Statement of equipment warranty. 25 7. Drawing of pumping unit showing parts and their materials of construction. 26 8. Statement of guarantee of pump efficiency, speed (rpm), capacity, head, BHP, and 27 motor horsepower at design point. 28 9. Guarantees of motor efficiency and power factor at one-half, three -fourths, and full 29 load at 890 rpm for the motors to be furnished. 30 10. Provide a schedule that includes manufacturing of the pump and motor, 31 performance testing of pump, performance testing of motor, delivery date for the 32 equipment (which shall be stated as number of calendar days after release date to 33 Manufacturer). Once the order has been placed, the Manufacturer shall notify the 34 City and Engineer in writing that the pump and motor order has been placed. 35 Notification shall include test date. 36 11. Two (2) year guarantee from the date of pump start up by the City which shall 37 cover both replacement parts and service of the units in the event of failure of the 38 equipment caused by workmanship and materials. Also included shall be the terms 39 and conditions of the warranty. 40 a. Failure to submit the above data as set forth for the pumping equipment shall be 41 cause for rejection of the quotation at the City's sole option. 42 12. Shipping instructions in accordance with Part 1.10. 43 13. Pump and motor name plate layout. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-3 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 3 of 14 1 14. Name, address and phone number for mechanical seal manufacturer representative. 2 15. RTD temperature settings for motor windings. 3 16. Certification of full compliance with these Specifications. 4 17. Pump protection module product data sheets. 5 B. Submittals Required Prior to Tests 6 1. Test book for the non -witnessed test containing the following information in bound 7 form minus the actual test data: 8 a. Description of factory test to be conducted. 9 b. Description of factory test procedures. 10 c. Copy of Test Standards. 11 d. Sample calibration certifications of test equipment. 12 e. Dimensional layout of test assembly and reservoir. 13 f. Example of presentation of test data. 14 C. Submittals Required Prior to Shipping 15 1. Certified copies of all witnessed tests on the pumps. 16 2. Calibration certifications of test equipment. 17 3. Manufacturer's certification that pump and motor conform to the specifications. 18 4. Operation and maintenance manual. 19 5. Shipping information, including shipping company, type of transport and shipping 20 schedule. 21 6. Site Storage Plan 22 7. Lifting instructions. 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 27 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 28 1. No shipment shall be shipped until approved by the Engineer in writing. 29 2. Pump and motor shall be shipped as one unit. Separate shipments are not allowed. 30 3. Manufacturer shall provide lifting instructions. 31 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 32 1. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur 33 during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed 34 and the units and equipment are ready for operation. Units shall be shipped per the 35 manufacturer's recommendation. Prior to shipping the manufacturer shall provide 36 written shipping instructions to the Engineer. 37 2. All equipment and parts must be stored to properly to protect against any weather 38 or damage during a prolonged period at the site. 39 3. The finished surfaces of all exposed flanges shall be protected by wooden blank 40 flanges, strongly built and securely bolted. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-4 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 4 of 14 1 4. Finished iron steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust 2 and corrosion. 3 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4 1.12 WARRANTY 5 A. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and 6 materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the warranty period, it shall be 7 replaced, and the unit(s) restored to service at no expense to the City including shipping 8 and installation costs for repairs. Warranty shall be for a period of two (2) years and 9 shall not begin prior to pump start up or pump vendor/manufacturer submitting 10 official warrantv documentation, whichever occurs last. 11 B. Should manufacturer be unable to provide full warrantv as indicated, pump 12 suDDlier/vendor shall provide an extended warranty on official companv 13 letterhead and signed by suDDlier/vendor president, or someone authorized to 14 execute contracts on behalf of supplier/vendor. 15 C. Manufacturer and/or supplier/vendor shall also warrant submersible pump / 16 cooling iacket combination (if required) when subiected to fluid temperatures as 17 indicated in in Part 2.2.C.4 of this Section. 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. Manufacturers 22 1. Manufacturer List 23 a. Xylem-Flygt Model NP 3231/775 3-480, 420 mm Impeller Trim 24 b. KSB Model KRT K 200-505/2504XNG-S, 433 mm Impeller Trim 25 2. Any product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be 26 submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 27 B. Description 28 1. Each pump shall be a non -clog, solids handling, submersible, explosion -proof, 29 wastewater type with media cooled motor, or shall be equipped with a closed 30 looped cooling iacket if available motor is unable to meet ambient temperature 31 requirements as outlined in this section. 32 C. Performance / Design Criteria 33 1. Flow and Head Duty Points 34 a. Xylem-Flygt 35 1) 1 Pump at Full Speed 36 a) 4,500 gpm at 205 feet TDH 37 b) Minimum Pump (hydraulic) Efficiency = 78.9% 38 2) 2 Pumps at Full Speed 39 a) 7,000 gpm at 235 feet TDH 40 b) Minimum Pump (hydraulic) Efficiency = 79.5% 41 b. KSB 42 1) 1 Pump at Full Speed CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 432500-5 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 5 of 14 a) 4,000 gpm at 190 feet TDH b) Minimum Pump (hydraulic) Efficiency = 74% 2) 2 Pumps at Full Speed a) 6,900 gpm at 220 feet TDH b) Minimum Pump (hydraulic) Efficiency = 78.5% 2. Each pump shall be rated 335 HP or less, 460 volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz, 1790 rpm or less. 3. The pump shall be non -overloading throughout the entire normal range of operation specified in the Drawings without employing a service factor. The pump shall reserve a minimum service factor of 1.10. 4. Motor a. Motor shall be capable of continuous operation (and warranted for this type of application) when submerged in fluids with temperatures up to 40 °C (104 OF). 1) Should motor not be capable of continuous operation when submerged in fluids reaching temperatures as indicated above, submersible pump shall be equipped with a closed loop system cooling iacket. a) Cooling iacket shall be designed to permit the submersible pump to operate continuouslv in fluids with temperatures as indicated above b) Manufacturer (or vendor/supplier) shall provide documentation guaranteeing/warranting submersible pump and cooling iacket combination for continuous operation in fluids up to the temperature listed above. b. Horsepower rating of motors shall be equal to or greater than the total horsepower requirements of the pump when operating at any point on the curve. The horsepower of the pump should not exceed 100% of the horsepower rating of the motor at any point on the pump curve. 1) Motors for proposed pumps shall be 335 HP minimum. c. The stator, rotor, and bearings shall be mounted in a sealed submersible type housing. d. The stator windings shall have at a minimum Class H insulation (180 °C or 356 OF) e. Motors shall be designed for continuous duty and capable of a minimum of 10 starts per hour. f. The pump and motor shall be specifically designed so that they may be operated partially dry or completely submerged in the liquid being pumped. g. Pump shall be equipped with low resistance, bi-metal disc, temperature sensitive heat sensors mounted directly in the stator and sized to open at 120 °C or 130 °C and automatically reset at 30-35 °C differential. h. Heat sensors shall have an electronics unit that is mounted in the motor starter. i. Heat sensor system shall be intrinsically safe to meet the area classification and shall be integrated into the seal fail system specified herein. j. Heat sensor electronics output shall be connected in series with the motor starter coil so that the starter shall be equipped with 3 leg overload heaters so all normal overloads are protected by the starter. k. Motor shall be explosion proof for use in NEC Class 1, Division 1, Group C, D hazardous locations. 5. Bearings and Shaft CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-6 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 6 of 14 1 a. An upper radial bearing and a lower thrust bearing is which utilize heavy-duty 2 ball bearings are required. 3 1) Bearings which require lubrication according to a prescribed schedule shall 4 not be acceptable. 5 b. The upper radial bearing shall have a minimum B-10 life at the specified 6 condition of 40,000 hours and the lower thrust bearing shall have a minimum 7 B-10 life at the specified condition of 40,000 hours. 8 c. Bearings shall be locally available. 9 d. The shaft shall have minimum overhang to reduce shaft deflection and prolong 10 bearing life. 11 6. Seals 12 a. The pump shall have two stainless steel, tungsten carbide, or silicon carbide 13 mechanical seals, mounted in tandem. 14 b. The lower seal shall be replaceable without disassembly of the seal chamber 15 and without the use of special tools. 16 c. Seals shall be locally available. 17 d. The pump shall be equipped with a seal leak detection probe and warning 18 system. This system shall be integrated into the heat detection system and the 19 assembly shall be intrinsically safe to meet the area classification specified 20 herein. The heat detection and seal assembly shall be mounted in the starter in 21 the motor control center. Coordinate with motor control center manufacturer. 22 7. Impeller 23 a. Impeller shall be two -vane or multiple -vane, semi -open non -clogging design, 24 and capable of passing 3-inch diameter spherical solids. Efficiency and other 25 performance data submitted shall be based on performance with an uncoated 26 impeller. 27 1) Attempts to improve efficiency by coating impeller shall not be acceptable. 28 b. Impellers shall be hydraulically and dynamically balanced. 29 c. Impeller shall have a slip fit onto the motor shaft and drive key and shall be 30 fastened using the manufacturer's standard technique. 31 8. Casing 32 a. The casing shall be of the end suction volute type having sufficient strength and 33 thickness to withstand all stress and strain from service at full operating 34 pressure and load. 35 b. The casing shall be of the centerline discharge type equipped with an automatic 36 pipe coupling arrangement for ease of installation and piping alignment. 37 c. The design shall be such that the pumps will be automatically connected to the 38 discharge piping when lowered into position with the guide rails. 39 d. The casing shall be accurately machined and bored for register fits with the 40 suction and casing covers. 41 e. Provide a volute case wearing ring or wearing plate to minimize impeller wear. 42 The wear ring shall be alloy 230 brass, ASTMB-43 and held by 300 series 43 stainless steel fasteners or shall be stainless steel. The wear ring shall be easily 44 replaceable in the field. 45 D. Materials 46 1. Pump Casing 47 a. High Quality Gray Cast Iron Class 35B in accordance with ASTM A48. 48 2. Motor and Seal Housing 49 a. High Quality Gray Cast Iron Class 35B in accordance with ASTM A48. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-7 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 7 of 14 1 3. External Mating Parts 2 a. Machined with Buna N Rubber 0-ring sealed on a beveled edge. 3 b. Gaskets are not permitted. 4 4. External Bolts, Nuts, and Fastening Hardware 5 a. Type 304 or 316 stainless steel in accordance with ASTM A276. 6 5. Shaft 7 a. Type 420 Stainless Steel in accordance with ASTM A276. 8 6. Impeller 9 a. Cast iron, ductile iron or bronze. 10 1) Wear ring shall be the same material as the impeller. 11 7. Lifting Chain 12 a. Each pump shall be supplied with 60 feet of 316 SS lifting chain. The working 13 load of the lifting system shall be 50% greater than the pump unit weight. 14 8. Electrical Power Cable 15 a. Water resistant to 600V, 60 °C 16 b. UL and CSA approved and applied dependent on amp draw for size 17 c. Sized in accordance with NEC standards. 18 E. Finishes 19 1. The pump shall be painted after assembly, but before testing with an alkyd air dried 20 enamel. The paint shall be applied in one coat with a minimum mil thickness of 5 21 mils. 22 2.3 ACCESSORIES 23 A. Pump Protection Modules 24 1. Modules shall be provided as separate components to be installed by Contractor in 25 VFD cabinets. 26 2. Provide stator temperature, leakage, vibration, and main bearing temperature 27 sensors. 28 B. Shielded Cable 29 1. Provide a minimum of 65-feet of shielded cable for each pump assembly. Should 30 proposed termination cabinets be required to be relocated during the course of 31 construction, Contractor shall provide sufficiently long shielded cables at their own 32 cost. 33 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 34 A. Tests and Inspections 35 1. Commercial testing shall be required and include the following: 36 a. The pump shall be visually inspected to confirm that it is built in accordance 37 with the specification as to HP, voltage, phase and hertz. 38 b. The motor and seal housing chambers shall be meggered for infinity to test for 39 moisture content and/or insulation defects. 40 c. Pump shall be allowed to run dry to check for proper rotation. 41 d. Discharge piping shall be attached, the pump submerged in water and amp 42 readings shall be taken in each leg to check for an unbalanced stator winding. If 43 there is a significant difference in readings, the stator windings shall be checked 44 with a bridge to determine if an unbalanced resistance exists. If so, the stator 45 shall be replaced. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-8 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 8 of 14 1 2. A non -witnessed certified Hydraulic Institute performance test shall be performed. 2 This shall include the following: 3 a. The pump with motor shall be tested at the design point as well as at least 7 4 other points to develop a curve. Data shall be collected to plot the head -capacity 5 curve as well as a KW input and amperage curve. 6 b. In making these tests, no minus tolerance or margin shall be allowed with 7 respect to capacity, total head, or efficiency at the specified design condition. 8 Pump shall be held within a tolerance of +10% of rated capacity or at rated 9 capacity with a tolerance of +5% of rated head. The pump shall be tested at 10 shut-off but shall not be plotted and only used as a reference point when 11 plotting the performance curve. 12 c. Complete records shall be kept of all information relevant to the test as well as 13 the manufacturer's serial number, type and size of pump as well as any impeller 14 modifications made to meet the design conditions. 15 d. A written test report shall be prepared, signed and dated by the test engineer 16 incorporating 3 curves (head -capacity, KW input, and amperage) along with the 17 pump serial number, test number, date, speed, volts, phase, and impeller 18 diameter. This report shall then be submitted to the Engineer for approval. iTf7171stm*114XOLN11130 20 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 21 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 22 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 23 3.4 INSTALLATION 24 A. General 25 1. All pumps shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer 26 and as shown on the drawings. 27 2. Field test shall not be conducted until such time that the entire installation is 28 complete and ready for testing. 29 3. A certificate from each equipment manufacturer stating that the installation of his 30 equipment is satisfactory, that the equipment is ready for operation, and that the 31 operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication and 32 care of each unit shall be submitted. 33 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 37 A. The Contractor shall provide services of the manufacturer's representative as needed to 38 ensure proper installation of equipment and to provide start-up supervision and O&M 39 instruction. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-9 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 9 of 14 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 4 A. Operating Instructions 5 1. A factory representative of all major component manufacturers, who has complete 6 knowledge of proper operation and maintenance, shall be provided for one day to 7 instruct representatives of the City on proper operation and maintenance. If there 8 are difficulties in operation of the equipment during instruction sessions, additional 9 sessions shall be provided at no cost to the City. 10 2. Prior to scheduling instructions, submit outline of instructions to Engineer for 11 approval. 12 3. Operating and maintenance manual shall be explained during these instructions. 13 B. Spare Parts and Tools 14 1. Furnish one set of special tools required for the proper servicing of all equipment 15 supplied under these Specifications, packed in a suitable steel tool chest with a lock. 16 2. Furnish all required lubricants in sufficient quantities for startup and testing and for 17 the warranty period. 18 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20 3.14 ATTACHMENTS 21 A. Pump Questionnaire 22 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 432500-10 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 10 of 14 Iall UTIWNIMI17u[013e]► N/ IN$ INSTRUCTIONS: Complete the following questionnaire for each size of pumping unit. A. MANUFACTURER L:11 OIu I7:hI D7u [0130:Z81►I ON 1. Model 2. Operating Conditions at Normal System Curve (Rated Point) a. Capacity (gpm b. Head (feet c. Pump Efficiency (percent d. NPSH required at runout (feet e. Minimum Continuous Flow (gpm 3. Shutoff Head (feet 4. Run out Conditions a. Capacity (gpm b. Head (feet C. PUMP 1. Manufacturer 2. Model Number 3. Total (Pump Only) Wet Weight (pounds 4. Total (Pump Only) Dry Weight (pounds 5. Total Wet Weight (Pump and Motor) (pounds D. CASING 1. Material 2. Pressure Rating 3. Nominal Casing Thickness CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 432500-11 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 11 of 14 IMIU1991040-51 1. Material 2. Diameter/Weight at full trim (inches (pounds 3. Diameter/Weight at design trim (inches ()ounds F. SHAFT 1. Material 2. Diameter at: Impeller (inches Sleeve (inches Coupling (inches Ratio at Center of Impeller to Center of Bearing G. PUMP BEARING 1. Material 2. Manufacturer 3. Life (hours 4. Lubrication 5. Normal Operating Temperature 6. Maximum Operating Temperature H. WEAR RINGS 1. Casing Wear Ring Material 2. Impeller Wear Ring Material A. SEAL 1. Mechanical Seal Type and Model Number 2. Seal Face Materials J. MOTOR 1. Manufacturer CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-12 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 12 of 14 1 2. Model Number 2 3 3. Rated Horsepower 4 5 4. Speed (rpm 6 7 5. Enclosure 8 9 6. Frame Size 10 11 7. Total Weight (pounds 12 13 7. Service Factor 14 15 8. Maximum Fluid Temperature Rating (with cooling jacket, if required) 16 17 18 9. Guaranteed Horsepower and Efficiency @ 890 rpm 19 20 a. At 1/2 Load 21 22 b. At 3/4 Load 23 24 c. At Full Load 25 26 10. Power Factor @ 890 rpm 27 28 a. At 1/2 Load 29 30 b. At 3/4 Load 31 32 c. At Full Load 33 34 11. Starting Current (% Full Load 35 36 12. Full Load Current (Amps 37 38 13. Locked Rotor Current (Amps 39 40 14. Noise Level (A Scale 41 42 15. Resonant Frequency 43 44 16. Bearings 45 46 a. Manufacturer and Model 47 48 b. Lubrication 49 50 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-13 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 13 of 14 1 E. DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFICATIONS (If none, state "NONE") 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 432500-14 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS Page 14 of 14 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-1 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 11 1 SECTION 44 3116 2 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Provision, Installation, and Testing of a complete activated carbon adsorption odor 7 control equipment system for the control of hydrogen sulfide gas and other organic 8 sewer odors, with all appurtenances to make it operable, as indicated and specified 9 in this Section. 10 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. B. ASTM International 1. D2563, Standard Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Glass Reinforced Plastic Laminate Parts. 2. D2584, Standard Test Method for Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins. 3. D2854, Standard Test Method for Apparent Density of Activated Carbon. 4. D2867, Standard Test Methods for Moisture in Activated Carbon. 5. D3299, Standard Specifications for Filament -Wound Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermoset Resin Corrosion -Resistant Tanks. 6. D3467, Standard Test Method for Carbon Tetrachloride Activity of Activated Carbon. 7. D3802, Standard Test Method for Ball -Pan Hardness for Activated Carbon. 8. D4097, Standard Specification for contact -molded glass -fiber -reinforced Thermoset Resin Corrosion -Resistant Tanks. 9. D3982, flanges. C. National Bureau of Standards (NBS) PS 15-69, Custom molded reinforced polyester for chemical resistant process equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-2 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 11 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [ NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 5 specials. 6 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 A. Submittals shall include: 1. Vessel fabrication details and materials of the components shall be included in shop drawings and submitted for approval before fabrication. 2. Details of secondary skin and insulation system designed to prevent condensation inside the carbon vessel. 3. Catalog information, descriptions, specifications layouts, sketches and other information sufficient to clearly and readily demonstrate compliance with all parts of the specifications and drawings. 4. Dimensional and weight information. Include empty weight and operating weight with carbon. 5. A list of twenty recent installations where similar equipment by the manufacturer is currently in service; include contact name, telephone number, mailing address, and the names of the engineer, owner, and installation contractor. One reference shall have been in operation for over five years and one reference shall utilize the condensation barrier. 6. Resin manufacturer's certificate listing the nomenclature, composition, and characteristics of the resin shall be furnished with the vessel if the vessel is constructed of fiberglass -reinforced plastic (FRP). 7. Letter from the resin manufacturer stating recommended corrosion liner for service outlined in this specification. 8. Activated carbon data sheets and certificate of origin. 9. Vessel fabricator's certificate of compliance with fabrication requirements. 10. Copy of fabricator's quality assurance (QA) program. 11. Special shipping, storage, and protection, and handling instructions. 12. Suggested spare parts list to maintain the equipment in service for a period of 1 year. 13. Certified sound test results from an NVLAP accredited laboratory. 14. List of references to satisfy the requirements of 1.9, A. 15. Location of the vendors local service center. 35 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 36 A. Manufacturer shall submit the following in accordance with the Execution requirements 37 of this section. 38 1. System Balancing Report. 39 2. System Startup Report documenting Manufacturer's observations, test results, and 40 field adjustments. 41 3. Performance Testing Report. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-3 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 2 A. The Manufacturer shall submit a list of recommended spare parts to keep on hand. 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 A. The system supplier shall have process design experience in carbon adsorption systems 5 for wastewater, demonstrating at least 10 years' experience. At least five systems shall 6 have been in operation for over 5 years. Experience should be specific to process design 7 and not component (FRP Vessel) fabrication. 8 B. Fabricator's QA Supervisor: Minimum of 10 years' experience in fabrication of 9 fiberglass structures. 10 C. Designer: Registered professional engineer. 11 D. Vendor shall have a local service center with 100 miles of the system location. 12 E. The Manufacturer shall provide an installation report prior to final acceptance. In addition 13 to the requirements of Performance Testing 3.3, the equipment installation report shall 14 state that the treatment system is achieving the specified removal efficiencies. Test data 15 on the installed system shall be included in the report. 16 F. Upon completion of the installation, each piece of equipment and each system shall be 17 tested for satisfactory operation without excessive noise, vibration, overheating, etc. 18 Compliance shall be based on the equipment manufacturer's specifications and all 19 applicable codes and standards. All equipment must be adjusted and checked, for 20 misalignment, clearances, supports, and adherence to safety standards. 21 G. All pieces of equipment shall have a stainless -steel manufacturer's nameplate securely 22 affixed in a conspicuous place on the equipment showing the ratings, serial number, 23 model number, manufacturer and other pertinent nameplate data. 24 H. Manufacturer shall maintain a complete stock of spare parts commonly needed for the 25 equipment specified at a location within the State of Texas or shall be able to deliver the 26 spare parts within 48 hours of notification. 27 I. The performance of the system shall be verified by a 24 hour performance test conducted 28 by the Manufacturer. Manufacturer shall provide a field representative to complete the 29 testing. All manpower and other consumables shall be furnished by the Contractor. At 30 the conclusion of the test, the Manufacturer shall submit a complete test report to the 31 Engineer, which shall include summaries of the 24 hour average and daily maximum inlet 32 and outlet H2S concentrations, test methods, any unusual occurrences, and any other 33 useful information. The test report will be reviewed and accepted by the Engineer prior 34 to the final acceptance of any of the odor control systems. 35 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 36 A. Delivery, storage, and handling shall be in full accordance with manufacturer's 37 instructions. Fabricated assemblies shall be shipped in the largest sections permitted by 38 carrier regulations, properly match -marked for ease of field erection. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-4 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 11 1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [ NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY 3 A. The Manufacturer shall guarantee that the system will perform as described in these 4 Specifications. The Manufacturer shall warrant the system, complete, to be free from 5 defects in materials or workmanship for a period twenty-four (24) months from 6 acceptance or thirty (30) months from shipment, whichever occurs first. The 7 Manufacturer shall repair or provide replacement for any defective components under 8 this warranty. In addition, the adsorber vessel shall be warranted for a period of five (5) 9 years from warranty start date. 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 GENERAL 12 A. The system supplier shall furnish all of the items required to provide a properly 13 functioning system for the service conditions listed herein. 14 B. Basis of design is the ECS 60-Series V1-90-2600. 15 2.2 SYSTEM SUPPLIERS 16 A. Manufacturers List 17 1. ECS 18 2. Approved Equal 19 2.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS 20 A. The odor control system shall be designed to remove the odorous constituents from the 21 process air stream under the following operating conditions: 22 23 24 25 Process Parameter Duty Elevation Above Sea Level Location Inlet Air Temp Inlet Relative Humidity Total Air Volume H2S Loading Removal Required Value Continuous 611 feet Outdoors 40 to 120 degrees F 30% to 99% 2,500 cfm Avg 2 ppm / Peak 5 ppm H2S: 99% removal or a maximum outlet of 0.1 ppm whichever is less stringent. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-5 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT The carbon vessel shall conform to the following parameters: Process Parameter Vessel Type Vessel Material of Construction Pressure Drop (Max) Carbon contact time (Minimum) Vessel Dimensions Pressure Rating 4 2.4 ADSORBER VESSEL Value Single Bed FRP Vessel (Inlet to Outlet): 5" w.c. 133 cult, or a 3-foot bed depth whichever is greater Inside diameter (min): 90" +/- 10" W.C. Page 5 of 11 5 A. Vessel shall be dimensionally stable with internal pressure in direct sunlight and not 6 become brittle in extreme cold conditions. Unreinforced plastic (PVC, HDPE, LDPE, PP) 7 construction is not acceptable. Construction method shall provide a naturally insulated 8 internal surface. The FRP adsorber vessel shall be filament -wound, manufactured in 9 accordance with ASTM D3299. The visual defects, per ASTM D2563, shall not exceed 10 Level II on the vessel interior and Level III on the vessel exterior. The resin used shall be 11 Dow 510, AOC K022, or approved equal suitable for continuous exposure to saturated 12 water vapor, hydrogen sulfide gas, and their associated acidic products. The resin system 13 should provide a class 1 flame spread rating. Antimony, Nyacol or any other additives 14 are not allowed. A permanent wax containing resin coating, formulated according to the 15 resin manufacturer's most recent recommendations (or other Engineer -approved method) 16 shall be used for surface protection and to prevent air inhibition of resin curing. Contact 17 molded accessories shall be manufactured in accordance with NB PS 15. The completed 18 vessel shall be translucent until it is gel coated. The final gel coat color shall be selected 19 by the owner or engineer. A certificate from the resin manufacturer listing the 20 nomenclature, composition, and characteristics of the resin shall be furnished with the 21 vessel. 22 1. An inner corrosion barrier shall be provided consisting of no less than three laminated 23 layers. The inner corrosion layer shall be resin rich, not to exceed 20 percent plus or 24 minus 5 percent glass by weight, and a minimum thickness of 10 to 15 mils. The 25 inner corrosion layer shall be followed by at least two layers of chopped -strand mat 26 or two passes of chopped roving to a total of 3 ounces per foot. Should the chopped 27 roving technique be employed, the chopped fibers shall be 1/2 inch to 2 inches in 28 length. The total corrosion barrier shall total 100 mils minimum and be 27 percent 29 plus or minus 5 percent glass by weight. 30 2. The structural aspects of the vessel shall be sufficient to meet recommended 31 requirements, including seismic requirements for all conditions during the design life. 32 Manufacturer shall include with the shop drawings, detailed calculations illustrating 33 the seismic characteristics of the proposed vessels. Calculations shall be signed and 34 stamped by a registered engineer. 35 3. In addition to the above requirements, the adsorber vessel shall have an average glass 36 content of 55 percent plus or minus 5 percent by weight per ASTM D2584. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-6 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 11 1 4. Tie down lugs and lifting lugs shall be 316 stainless steel. Quantity and design shall 2 be determined in the PE stamped vessel calculations. 3 5. The adsorber vessel shall be complete with integral carbon screen support structure, 4 access manways, air inlet connection, air outlet, no -loss discharge stack, pressure 5 differential assembly, a fill connection, a drain connection, sample port nozzles, 316 6 stainless steel grounding rod, and all necessary accessories as shown on the Drawings 7 and/or specified within. All exhaust air shall leave the vessel at the top. Provide 8 sufficient access manway so that all internal parts can be easily removed from the 9 vessel. All metal parts shall be Type 316 stainless steel with no metallic parts 10 contacting the carbon except for grounding purposes. 11 6. Access manway covers shall be airtight at the pressure equal to or higher than the 12 corresponding fan static pressure. The fabrication details and materials of the 13 components shall be included in shop drawings, and submitted for approval before 14 fabrication. 15 7. Vessel design and airflow configuration shall be furnished to accommodate a single 16 bed activated carbon layer. 17 a. Single Bed Requirements: 18 i. The bed and vessel configuration shall be conducive to easy carbon 19 replacement. 20 ii. The bed shall be supported on a polypropylene screen and fiberglass 21 grating. 22 iii. Screen and grating must be removable through access and manway. 23 iv. The grating and its support ledge shall be capable of supporting the load 24 imposed by the depth of activated carbon specified, plus a person load of 25 200 pounds located anywhere on the grating. 26 v. No Dultruded Darts are allowed on the interior of the vessel. Carbon 27 support beams, structure or otherwise shall all be manufactured using the 28 same resin as specified in the vessel construction. All components shall 29 have a 100-mil corrosion barrier applied to any surfaces exposed to the 30 corrosive airstream. 31 8. Each activated carbon bed shall be grounded with a 316 stainless steel rod to prevent 32 static electricity from accumulating. Connection to grounding system will be by 33 others. 34 9. All cut -walls from tank wall nozzle cutouts shall be reinforced as required by service 35 conditions. Press molded or compression molded flanged nozzles are not acceptable. 36 10. Add ultraviolet absorbers to surfacing to improve weather resistance. 37 11. No dyes, pigments or colorants except in exterior gel coating. 38 12. Acceptable vendors for the FRP vessel are Belco Manufacturing, Ershigs, Design 39 Tank or Engineered Composite Systems. 40 13. Carbon vessel must be manufactured in a facility located in the United States of 41 America. 42 2.5 TYPE 43 A. Product shall be ECS-LC/G.O4C type carbon, or approved equal. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-7 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 7 of 11 B. Sufficient activated carbon shall be provided to fill the reactor vessel to the height of the 2 vessel. The activated carbon shall be virgin granular activated carbon. The activated 3 carbon shall be suitable for the vapor phase adsorption of sewage treatment odors. No 4 chemical impregnation of the activated carbon is permitted. The activated carbon shall 5 have the following specifications: 6 1. Iodine Number, mg/g 1,200 minimum 7 2. Moisture, weight % as packed 5% max 8 3. Hardness No. 99 minimum 9 4. Apparent Density, g/ml 0.45 minimum 10 5. Screen Size by Weight, US Sieve Series 5% on 4 mesh 11 6. H2S Breakthrough Capacity, g H2S removed/cc Carbon' 0.04 minimum 12 7. CTC by Weight 60% minimum 13 14 ' The determination of H2S breakthrough capacity will be made by passing a moist (85% 15 R.H.) air stream containing 1% H2S at a rate of 1,450 cc/min. through a 1-inch diameter 16 by 9-inch-deep bed of uniformly packed activated carbon and monitored to 50 ppm 17 breakthrough. Results are expressed in grams H2S removed per cc of carbon. Test shall 18 be performed per ASTM Test method D-6646, without modification or addition. 19 2.6 FAN 20 A. The fan shall be a centrifugal industrial FRP fan that meets AMCA requirements. All 21 parts of the fan that are exposed to the airstream shall be encapsulated in FRP with 22 graphite impregnation to insure corrosion resistance and spark proof operation. 23 B. All fans shall be equipped with the following features and accessories: 24 1. Flanged inlet/outlet 25 2. PVC coupling drain 26 3. Teflon Shaft Seal 27 4. Shaft and Belt Guards 28 5. Constant -speed V-belt drive 29 C. Fan shall be manufactured by New York Blower, KCH, or equal. 30 D. The fan shall be rated for 2600 cfm @ 10" w.c. 31 E. The fan shall be equipped with a unified base with neoprene vibrations isolators. 32 F. The motor shall be TEFC heavy duty, with a 1.15 SF, 10 hp, 3-60-230/480 volt. 33 G. Fan shall be manufactured in the United States of America. 34 2.7 SOUND ATTENUATION, WEATHER ENCLOSURE, STACK AND OUTLET 35 SILENCER 36 A. FRP fan enclosure shall be provided by the system supplier. Construction and 37 performance shall be as follows: 38 1. Walls shall be vacuum -formed construction with two layers of FRP over a honey- 39 comb core. 40 2. Resin, liner, color and exterior coating system shall be the same as specified for the 41 adsorber vessel. 42 3. Enclosure shall have four ventilation louvers installed. 43 4. Enclosure shall be manufactured so that it can be easily removed for maintenance. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-8 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 8 of 11 1 5. Enclosure shall be single -piece construction. No seams or joints are allowed. Bolt- 2 together kit enclosures are not acceptable. 3 6. Enclosure shall have 2" of ECS Sound -adsorb lining all internal surfaces. 4 7. Enclosure shall reduce fan noise contribution to 3 db at a distance of 5 feet. 5 8. Enclosure system shall have been tested in an NVLAP certified laboratory within the 6 prior 12-months. 7 2.8 INSTRUMENTATION 8 A. Pressure differential instruments shall be provided and include Magnehelic style pressure 9 gauges allowing determination of the pressure loss in inches of water column across the 10 carbon. The range shall be 0-10 inches of water. Tubing shall be bonded to a solid acrylic 11 plastic block that contains safety traps. Magnehelic shall be Dwyer or equal. 12 B. Sampling Ports: Each adsorption unit shall have three 2-inch diameter sample ports which 13 extend into the carbon bed 1 foot minimum, suitable for extracting carbon samples. 14 Provide one grain thief that is capable of extracting a core sample of the in -place carbon 15 through the sample ports. Ports shall be adequate to provide suitable extraction of air 16 samples from the carbon bed and be nonbinding. Each port nozzle shall extend outside 17 the vessel wall and be blocked off with a 2-inch ball valve. One additional air sampling 18 port shall be provided above the carbon bed. 19 C. A visual H2S breakthrough indicator should be supplied on the outlet of the fan. Indicator 20 shall change color when trace amounts of sulfide being breaking through the carbon and 21 provide at least three -months warning prior to detectable breakthrough. Indicator system 22 shall not require calibration or have any complex electronic components. 23 2.9 CONTROLS 24 A. Control Panel / Motor Starter — The system shall be furnished with a Local Control Panel. 25 The panel shall be housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure. The Local Control Panel shall 26 control the exhaust fan and be mounted a minimum of 3' away from the system. 27 a. NEMA 4X SST enclosure with: 28 b. 480v main circuit breaker 29 c. Control transformer — 120v 30 d. Controls/Contacts/Alarms 31 1) HOA switch for fan 32 2) Main power disconnect 33 3) Red "On" pilot light' 34 4) Motor Starter for Exhaust Fan 35 5) Dry Contacts for: 36 (1) Exhaust Fan Run 37 (2) Fan Fail 38 2.10 PRE -FILTER 39 A. Housing: Housing shall be manufactured using fiberglass reinforced plastic. Stainless or 40 alternate plastic materials are not acceptable. Manufacture shall have a minimum of 10 41 years' experience in the design and supply of similar equipment. Manufacturer shall 42 retain the services of an independent inspector who is responsible to confirm the prefilter 43 has been manufactured in accordance with this specification and all FRP work meets or 44 exceeds ASME RTP-1 level 2 visual inspection criteria. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 443116-9 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 9 of 11 1 1. Resin system shall be a corrosion resistant vinyl ester with a class 1 flame spread 2 rating. Acceptable products are AOC K022-AC or Dow Derakane 510-B series. 3 Resin system shall not require any additives such as nyacol or antimony to achieve 4 the class 1 flame spread rating. Finished laminate including liner and structure shall 5 be translucent. 6 2. All internal surfaces shall have a 100-mil corrosion liner made up of a single nexus 7 veil followed by two layers of 1.5 oz chopped strand matt. 8 3. All exterior surfaces shall have gelcoat applied. This coating shall contain UV 9 inhibitors, color to be selected by the owner. 10 4. Housing shall have machined UMHW guides to prevent stainless frame on filter pad 11 from scratching or damaging the corrosion liner. 12 5. Filter housing shall be designed for 12" positive and negative pressure with a 13 maximum of 1/8" deflection. 14 6. Housing shall have an access door for pad removal complete with EPDM gasket and 15 316 Stainless hinges / quick latches. For filter housings larger than 3' across, two 16 access doors shall be provided. Access doors shall have stainless toggle clamps for 17 easy pad access. Bolt -on access doors are not acceptable. 18 7. Housing shall have a 2" deep, 2" wide sump that runs the width of the housing with 19 FNPT located in the bottom center. 20 B. Filter Pad 21 1. Pad shall have 2" of stainless mesh followed by 4" of poly mesh. Mesh shall be held 22 together by a stainless steel frame. Total pad width including pads and frame shall be 23 8". 24 2. Maximum pad segment width of pads is 24". Pads larger than 24" wide must be 25 segmented to allow easy removal by the owner. Segment width should not exceed 26 24". 27 C. Dimensions / Design 28 1. End connections shall be sized for a maximum air velocity of 2500 ft/min. Flange 29 dimensions shall match the connecting ductwork. Flange thickness shall not be less 30 than that listed in ASTM 3982. 31 2. Inlet cone shall be designed so that the airstream can spread evenly over the pad 32 surface. Cone angle shall be no less than 60 deg. 33 3. Housing shall be sized so that air velocity through the filter pad is 400 ft/min. 34 4. Particle removal efficiency shall be 99% of particles 10 microns or larger. 35 2.11 ADSORBER VESSEL ACCESSORIES 36 A. 16 gauge SST name plate with die -stamped equipment tag number securely mounted 37 in a readily visible location. 38 B. 316 SST lifting lugs. 39 C. 316 SST anchor bolts sized by the equipment manufacturer (1/2" minimum) and supplied 40 by contractor. 41 42 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 4431 16 - 10 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 10 of 11 1 2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Manufacturer Services 3 1. The Manufacturer shall provide the services of a trained, qualified representative of 4 the manufacturer for the installation and startup of the carbon system. Said 5 representative shall be at the jobsite for a minimum of 1 working day to inspect the 6 installation, direct the startup of the system and provide system training. The 7 Manufacturer shall have the representative provide written certification that each 8 system is correctly installed, with all specified and required components, and that 9 each is capable of meeting the specified performance requirements. This written 10 certification shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the startup of any system. 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 12 3.1 INSTALLERS 13 A. General: 14 1. Obtain all permits. 15 2. Install equipment and appurtenances in accordance with manufacturer's 16 recommendations. 17 3. Provide all materials and equipment required. 18 3.2 FUNCTIONAL TESTING 19 A. Functional testing shall be conducted after the installation of the carbon vessels and all 20 appurtenances and the equipment has been operated for a sufficient period to make any 21 corrections or adjustments. Each carbon vessel shall be subject to field functional tests 22 under actual operating conditions to determine that operation is satisfactory and in 23 compliance with the Specifications. 24 B. The Contractor will provide, calibrate, and install all temporary gauges and meters, and 25 install all temporary piping and wiring required for the functional tests. 26 C. The functional tests shall include the following: 27 1. Alignment: Test complete assemblies for correct and proper alignment and 28 connection, and quite operation. 29 2. Flow Throughput: Measured by system or temporary instrumentation. 30 3. Discharge and Inlet Static Pressure: Measured by system instrumentation or 31 temporary measurement devices. 32 4. Test all system components for proper adjustment and operation in both manual and 33 automatic operating modes. 34 D. System Start -Up 35 1. Shall be performed by qualified representative of the manufacturer. 36 E. System Training 37 1. Training shall be provided by qualified representative of the manufacturer during 38 system start-up. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 4431 16 - 11 ACTIVATED CARBON ADSORPTION ODOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT Page 11 of 11 1 3.3 ADJUSTING 2 A. Adjust manual control devices to balance air flows so they perform as design and 3 specified. System shall be balanced within 5% of the design airflow before proceeding 4 with the Performance Testing. 5 6 B. Submit certified report outlining balancing procedures used; report to include: 7 1. Type of measuring devices used. 8 2. Air quantities at each outlet, damper and fan. 9 3. Fan speeds. 10 4. Fan suction and discharge pressures. 11 5. Air quantities through fan, by test and by summation of air quantities at outlets. 12 3.4 PERFORMANCE TESTING 13 A. The hydrogen sulfide and odor removal performance shall be tested and verified by the 14 Manufacturer. The testing shall be conducted over a 24 hour period. 15 B. Inlet hydrogen sulfide shall be continuously monitored using an Odalog Hydrogen 16 Sulfide Gas Logger by Detection Instruments with a range of 0 to 1000 ppm. Outlet 17 hydrogen sulfide shall be continuously monitored using a Low Range Odalog Hydrogen 18 Sulfide Gas Logger by Detection Instruments with a range of 0.001 to 2.0 ppm. 19 C. Following successful completion of the performance testing, the Manufacturer shall 20 submit a report certifying the system meets the performance requirements. Should the 21 system not meet the performance requirements, the Manufacturer shall repeat the 22 performance testing at no additional cost to the Owner. The Owner, at its sole discretion, 23 may accept the results of a failed performance test if sufficient justification is provided 24 showing an operational anomaly that led to the failed test. 25 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 46 41 00 - 1 AIR POWERED WETWELL MIXERS Page 1 of 3 1 SECTION 46 4100 2 AIR POWERED WETWELL MIXERS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Requirements to provide, install, and place into operation, two (2) complete units of 7 air powered circulation equipment for a sanitary sewer lift station wetwell. 8 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 19 B. All submittals shall be accepted by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 20 specials. 21 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 22 A. Product Data 23 1. Air powered wetwell mixer technical data stating quantity and model number of 24 proposed equipment. 25 2. Copy of circulation equipment warranty in accordance with Paragraph 1.12. 26 3. Manufacturer's literature, illustrations, and specification sheets for proposed 27 equipment 28 4. Manufactures illustration instructions for proposed equipment. 29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 32 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 33 A. Storage and Handling Requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 46 41 00 - 2 AIR POWERED WETWELL MIXERS Page 2 of 3 1 1. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur 2 during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed 3 and the units and equipment are ready for operation. 4 2. All equipment and parts must be stored to properly to protect against any weather 5 or damage during a prolonged period at the site. 6 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY 8 A. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, design and 9 materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the warranty period, it shall be 10 replaced, and the unit(s) restored to service at no expense to the City. Warranty shall be 11 for a period of two (2) years after Final Acceptance. 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 2.2 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Manufacturer List a. Medora — Gridbee AP-500 2. Any product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Performance / Design Criteria 1. The mixing equipment metal housing, intake plate and air manifold shall be constructed primarily of Type 316 stainless steel, it shall also undergo a passivation bath, also known as stainless steel pickling, to restore corrosion resistance to the welds and other areas of imperfections. The air distribution system shall be constructed primarily of glass filled polypropylene and EPDM. 2. The circulation equipment shall be driven by an air supply unit with the following features: a. 1/2 HP rated air pump capable of producing 6.0 cubic feet per minute (0.17 cubic meters per minute) @ 4 psi (27.6 kiloPascal) consuming 1/2 HP (375 Watt) power. Includes weatherproof housing and contains 120vAC cord and plug. Requires 120vAC, 20 Amp, receptacle for power source. 3. The circulation equipment shall be capable of passing up to 4 inch spherical solids. 4. The circulation equipment shall have an optional flotation system designed to support mixer when required. C. Maintenance Requirements 1. The circulation equipment shall operate normally with the following maintenance features: a. No scheduled lubrication is required of any system components. b. No spare parts shall be required to be kept on hand. c. No tools beyond normal cleaning supplies and a few common hand tools shall be required for scheduled maintenance. CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 46 41 00 - 3 AIR POWERED WETWELL MIXERS Page 3 of 3 1 D. All nuts, bolts, and fasteners intended to connect proposed mixer to wetwell top slab 2 shall be Stainless Steel 316. 3 E. Provide and install custom weatherproof and durable motor housing enclosure. 4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. Mixer shall be hung from the wetwell as indicated in the Drawings and in accordance 12 with manufacturer's recommendations for installation. 13 B. Motor location shall be as indicated in the Electrical Drawings. 14 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 END OF SECTION 25 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 APPENDIX GC-4.01 Availability of Lands GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions GC-6.06.D Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance GC-6.07 Wage Rates GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 GC-4.01 Availability of Lands THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 LEGAL DESCRIPTION SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT BEING a 0.5109 acre (22,256 square foot) tract of land situated in the Jacob Wilcox #2 Survey, Abstract No. 1725, City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas; said tract being a portion of Freeman's Park, Tract A, Lake Worth Leases, an addition to the City of Fort Worth according to the plat recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 7635 of the Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas (P.R.T.C.T.); said tract also being part of a tract of land described as First Tract in Deed to the City of Fort Worth recorded in Volume 519, Page 622 of the Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas (D.R.T.C.T.); said tract being more particularly described as follows: BEGINNING at a point for corner in the northwest right-of-way line of Heron Drive (a 60 foot right-of-way); said point being the east end of a right-of-way corner clip at the intersection of said northwest right-of-way line of Heron Drive and the northeast right-of-way line of Silver Creek Road (a variable width right-of-way), from which a 5/8" iron rod set with a cap stamped "KHA" in the said northwest right-of-way line of Heron Drive bears North 48°51'06" East, a distance of 20.02 feet; THENCE North 83°24'58" West, along said right-of-way corner clip, a distance of 28.14 feet to a point for corner in the northeast right-of-way line of Silver Creek Road, said point being the west end of said corner clip; THENCE North 38007'26" West, along the said northeast right-of-way line of Silver Creek Road, a distance of 51.77 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 16°07'09" West, departing the said northeast right-of-way line of Silver Creek Road, a distance of 12.62 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 37'18'59" West, a distance of 471.32 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 24001'55" West, a distance of 174.11 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 00020'37" West, a distance of 102.82 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 45°00'00" East, a distance of 84.80 feet to a point for corner, from which a 5/8" iron rod set with a cap stamped "KHA" bears North 32°56'28" West, a distance of 156.03 feet; said iron rod being the southeast right-of-way corner of Silver Creek Road (a variable width right-of-way) and the southwest corner of Park, Lake Worth Lease Blocks, an addition to the City of Fort Worth according to the plat recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 7417, P.R.T.C.T.; SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, ABSTRACT No. 1725 CITY OF FORT WORTH TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS Kimlev*Horn 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 1 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 wwwAimley-horn.com Scale I Drawn by Checked by Date Project No. Sheet No. N/A MKK SCR 01/14/2025 1 061018452 1 1 OF KENT, MASON 1/14/2025 12:01 PM K:\FTW_SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-G _NE SSE UPDATE.DWG LEGAL DESCRIPTION SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT THENCE North 90°00'00" East, a distance of 35.36 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 45°00'00" West, a distance of 99.36 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 00°20'39" East, a distance of 87.13 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 24001'34" East, a distance of 165.97 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 37°19'08" East, a distance of 473.08 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 16007'09" East, a distance of 26.95 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 38035'41" East, a distance of 53.25 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 22,256 square feet or 0.5109 acres of land, more or less. NOTES Bearing system and coordinates based on the Texas Coordinate System of 1983 (2011 adjustment), Texas North Central (4202) with an applied combined scale factor of 1.00012. A survey plat of even survey date herewith accompanies this metes and bounds description. The undersigned, Registered Professional Land Surveyor, hereby certifies that the foregoing description accurately sets out the metes and bounds of the easement tract. SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT r JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, oFE ABSTRACT No. 1725 MICHAEL CLEO BILLINGSLEY y:'Q�`G * RFo :.N CITY OF FORT WORTH REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS LAND SURVEYOR NO. 6558 MICHAEL CLEO BILLINGSLEY ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••�•• 801 CHERRY STREET, UNIT 11 SUITE 1300 'O 6558 �• `9�% Kimlev*Horn FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 .... Sp: °��1� 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # t300 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 PH. 817-335-6511 S 00 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 wwwAimley-horn.com michael.billingsley@kimley-horn.com Scale Drawn by Checked by 1 Date 1 Project No. Sheet No. 1 N/A MKK SCR 01/14/2025 061018452 2OF5 KENT, MASON 1/14/2025 12:01 PM K:\FTW SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-G NE SSE UPDATE.DWG MATCH LINE (SEE SHEET 4) SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 0.5109 ACRES �o 22,256 SQ. FT. o FIRST TRACT � `sg,, 70 CITY OF FORT WORTH O� (VOL. 519, PG. 622) Q NOTES i 1 / 1 / FREEMAN'S PARK / TRACT A / LAKE WORTH LEASES / (CAB. A, SL. 7635) / FIRST TRACT / CITY OF FORT WORTH / (VOL. 519, PG. 622) �Q L3 �y 9Il �A,cy •� \ \ a L1 LINE TABLE '01 0 NO. BEARING LENGTH �9J� L1 N83°24'58"W 28.14' \ L2 N38°07'26"W 51.77' \ \ \ L3 N16°07'09"W 12.62' L4 S16°07'09"E 26.96' L5 S38°35'41"E 53.25' 10' UTILITY EASEMENT O h\ Off. ^O^� 1A, Cv C9 / IRSC N48°51'06"E 20.02' / 1"-1 n 0 / NORTH 0 30 60 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET Bearing system and coordinates based on the Texas Coordinate S�stem\of 1983 (2011 adjustment), Texas North Central (4202) with an applied combined scale factor of 1.00012. A survey plat of even survey date herewith accompanies this metes and bounds description. The undersigned, Registered Professional Land Surveyor, hereby certifies that the foregoing description accurately sets out the metes and bounds of the easement tract. SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT r JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, oFE ABSTRACT No. 1725 MICHAEL CLEO BILLINGSLEY y:'QRFo :.N CITY OF FORT WORTH REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS LAND SURVEYOR NO. 6558 MICHAEL CLEO BILLINGSLEY ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••�•• 801 CHERRY STREET, UNIT 11 SUITE 1300 ° 6558 �• `9�% Kimlev*Horn FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 .... Sp: 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 PH. 817-335-6511 S URv Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 wwwAimley-horn.com michael.billingsley@kimley-horn.com Scale Drawn by Checked by Date 1 Project No. Sheet No. 1 1"=60' MKK SCR 01/14/2025 061018452 3OF5 KENT, MASON 1/14/2025 12:01 PM K:\FTW SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-G NE SSE UPDATE.DWG MATCHLINE (SEE SHEET 5) NORTH 0 30 60 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET kt, �o 7(9 o ,7 FIRST TRACT O� CITY OF FORT WORTH (VOL. 519, PG. 622) j FIRST TRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH (VOL. 519, PG. 622) SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 0.5109 ACRES 22,256 SQ. FT. MATCHLINE (SEE SHEET 3) SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, ABSTRACT No. 1725 CITY OF FORT WORTH TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS Kimlev)))Horn 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 1 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 wwwAimley-horn.com Scale I Drawn by Checked by Date Project No. Sheet No. 1" = 60' MKK SCR 01/14/2025 1 061018452 1 4 OF 5 KENT, MASON 1/14/2025 12:01 PM K:\FTW_SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-G _NE SSE UPDATE.DWG I / 0 PARK / 0 < LAKE WORTH LEASE BLOCKS / j NORTH I? I (CAB. A, SL. 7417) Y = CITY OF FORT WORTH 0 30 60 W (VOL. 519, PG. 622) / W LEGEND GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET U � I 10' UTILITY Lu of P.O.B. =POINT OF BEGINNING m EASEMENT W a I / IRSC = 5/8" IRON ROD W/ "KHA" CAP SET U) I / IRSC \ FIRST TRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH (VOL. 519, PG. 622) _ N:6974501.47 E:2278125.94 N90°00'00"E 35.36' o%J SANITARY SEWER / EASEMENT 0.5109 ACRES 22,256 SQ. FT. N00o20'37"W / S00°20'39"E 102.82' 87.13' MATCHLINE (SEE SHEET 4) SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, ABSTRACT No. 1725 CITY OF FORT WORTH TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS Kimlev)))Horn 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 1 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 wwwAimley-horn.com Scale I Drawn by Checked by Date Project No. Sheet No. 1" = 60' MKK SCR 01/14/2025 1 061018452 1 5 OF 5 KENT, MASON 1/14/2025 12:01 PM K:\FTW_SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-G _NE SSE UPDATE.DWG LEGAL DESCRIPTION TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT BEING a 0.2100 acre (9,147 square foot) tract of land situated in the Jacob Wilcox #2 Survey, Abstract No. 1725, City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas; said tract being a portion of Freeman's Park, Tract A, Lake Worth Leases, an addition to the City of Fort Worth according to the plat recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 7635 of the Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas (P.R.T.C.T.); said tract also being part of a tract of land described as First Tract in Deed to the City of Fort Worth recorded in Volume 519, Page 622 of the Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas (D.R.T.C.T.); said tract being more particularly described as follows: BEGINNING at a 5/8" iron rod set with a cap stamped "KHA" in the southeast line of said Tract A and the northwest right-of-way line of Heron Drive (a variable width right-of-way) THENCE North 38°35'41" West, departing said southeast line of Tract A and said northwest right-of-way line of Heron Drive, a distance of 48.38 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 16007'09" West, a distance of 21.44 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 73°52'51" West, a distance of 20.00 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 16°07'09" West, a distance of 1.54 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 37019'08" West, a distance of 473.08 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 24°01'34" West, a distance of 165.97 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 00020'39" West, a distance of 87.13 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 45°00'00" East, a distance of 99.36 feet to a point for corner from which a 5/8" iron rod set with a cap stamped "KHA" bears North 42°33'02" West, a distance of 177.75 feet; said iron rod being the southwest corner of Park, Lake Worth Lease Blocks, an addition to the City of Fort Worth according to the plat recorded in Cabinet A, Slide 7417 of the said P.R.T.C.T.; THENCE North 90oOO'00" East, a distance of 14.14 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 45000'00" West, a distance of 105.18 feet to a point for corner; TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, ABSTRACT No. 1725 CITY OF FORT WORTH TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS Kimlev*Horn 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 1 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 w Aimley-horn.conn Scale Drawn by Checked by Date Project No. Sheet No. N/A MKK SCR 01/13/2025 061018452 1 OF KENT, MASON 1/13/2025 1:13 PM K:\FTW_SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018412-SILVER Ch �K LS-FM-G _NE TCE UPDI TE.DWG LEGAL DESCRIPTION TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT THENCE South 00°20'39" East, a distance of 80.86 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 24°01'34" East, a distance of 162.71 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 37019'08" East, a distance of 466.72 feet to a point for corner; THENCE North 73°52'51" East, a distance of 22.55 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 16°07'09" East, a distance of 29.45 feet to a point for corner; THENCE South 38035'41" East, a distance of 45.61 feet to a point for corner in the said southeast line of Tract A and the said northwest right-of-way line of Heron Drive; said point being the beginning of a non -tangent curve to the right with a radius of 445.00 feet, a central angle of 01'17'30", and a chord bearing and distance of South 46°55'01" West, 10.03 feet; THENCE in a southwesterly direction, along said southeast line of Tract A and said northwest right-of-way line of Heron Drive, with said non -tangent curve to the right, and an arc distance of 10.03 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 9,148 square feet or 0.2100 acres of land, more or less. NOTES Bearing system based on the Texas Coordinate System of 1983 (2011 adjustment), Texas North Central (4202). A survey plat of even survey date herewith accompanies this metes and bounds description. The undersigned, Registered Professional Land Surveyor, hereby certifies that the foregoing description accurately sets out the metes and bounds of the easement tract. PEE DE ` ER ... MICHAEL CLEO BILLINGSLEY REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• LAND SURVEYOR NO 6558 MICHAEL CLEO BILLINGSLEY TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, ABSTRACT No. 1725 CITY OF FORT WORTH TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS .................................. UN CHERRY STREET, 0 6558 Kimlev*Horn UNIT 11 SUITE 1300' '.. e s s % ... O FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 �%•..•, •p... 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 PH. 817-335-6511 $ URv Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 w .kimley-horn.conn Scale Drawn by Checked by Date Project No. I Sheet No. michael.billingsley@kimley-horn.com N/A MKK SCR 01/13/2025 1 061018452 2OF5 KENT, MASON 1/13/2025 1:13 PM K:\FTW SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018412-SILVER CK LS-FM-G NE TCE UPDI TE.DWG MATCHLINE (SEE SHEET 4) NOR/ y TH TEMPORARY � 0 � �30 60 CONSTRUCTION o jig, / EASEMENT 7CSCALE j ��'-- 0.2100 ACRES FIRSTTRACT `gp� 9,148 SQ. FT. CITY OF FORT WORTH (VOL. 519, PG. 622) mod: FREEMAN'S PARK TRACT A LAKE WORTH LEASES / (CAB. A, SL. 7635) / CITY OF FORT WORTH \ (VOL. 325, PG. 390) / \ (VOL. 23, PG. 376) / \ \ 1c9 \ \ \ L4 L3 n \ \ \ \ L2 GN \ P.O.B. IRSC , NOTES Bearing system based on the Texas Coordinate System of 1983 (2011 adjustment), Texas North Central (4202). A metes and bounds description of even survey date herewith accompanies this survey plat. The undersigned, Registered Professional Land Surveyor, hereby certifies that this survey plat accurately sets out the metes and bounds of the easement tract. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, oFE r ABSTRACT No. 1725 MICHAEL CLEO BILLINGSLEY y:'QRFo :.N CITY OF FORT WORTH REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL .................................. TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS LAND SURVEYOR NO. 6558 MICHAEL CLEO BILLINGSLEY 801 CHERRY STREET, ...... ��...............�� Kimle >>> Horn UNIT 11 SUITE 1300 ° 6558 FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 `9�% .°��1 e s s %0 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 Ar Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 PH. 817-335-6511 $ URv Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 w .kimley-horn.conn Scale Drawn by Checked by Date Project No. Sheet No. michael.billingsley@kimley-horn.com 1"=60' MKK SCR 01/13/2025 061018452 3OF5 KENT, MASON 1/13/2025 1:13 PM K:\FTW SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\0610184s2-SILVER Ch �K LS-FM-G NE TCE UPDI TE.DWG MATCHLINE (SEE SHEET 5) LINE TABLE NO. BEARING LENGTH L1 N38°35'41"W 48.38' L2 N16007'09"W 21.44' L3 S73°52'51"W 20.00' L4 N16°07'09"W 1.54' L5 N00020'39"W 87.13' L6 N90000'00"E 14.14' L7 S00°20'39"E 80.86' L8 N73052'51"E 22.55' L9 S16007'09"E 29.45' L10 S38035'41"E 45.61' CURVE TABLE NO, I RADIUS I DELTA I CHORD BEARING CHORD I LENGTH C1 445.00' 1°17'30" S46°55'01"W 10.03' 10.03' TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT 0.2100 ACRES 9,148 SQ. FT. FIRST TRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH (VOL. 519, PG. 622) NORTH 0 30 60 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET MATCHLINE (SEE SHEET 3) TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, ABSTRACT No. 1725 CITY OF FORT WORTH TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS Kimlev)))Horn 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 1 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 w .kimley-horn.conn Scale Drawn by Checked by Date Project No. Sheet No. 1" = 60' MKK SCR 01/13/2025 061018452 4 OF 5 KENT, MASON 1/13/2025 1:13 PM K:\FTW_SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018412-SILVER Ch �K LS-FM-G _NE TCE UPDI TE.DWG NORTH 0 30 60 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET I c/) r- I I PARK n m I LAKE WORTH LEASE BLOCKS W I (CAB. A, SL. 7417) m I /� g � CITY OF FORT WORTH / o I (VOL. 519, PG. 622) / A m I m IRSC J i y O I // { D IRSC �\ \ \ FIRST TRACT \ CITY OF FORT WORTH \ (VOL. 519, PG. 622) \ .ems\ L6_ TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT 0111nn ACRES J J 9,148 SQ. FT. LEGEND MATCHLINE (SEE SHEET 4) P.O.B. = POINT OF BEGINNING IRSC = 5/8" IRON ROD W/ "KHA" CAP SET TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT JACOB WILCOX #2 SURVEY, ABSTRACT No. 1725 CITY OF FORT WORTH TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS Kimlev)))Horn 801 Cherry Street, Unit 11, # 1300 1 Tel. No. (817) 335-6511 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 FIRM # 10194040 w .kimley-horn.conn Scale Drawn by Checked by Date Project No. Sheet No. 1" = 60' MKK SCR 01/13/2025 061018452 5 OF 5 KENT, MASON 1/13/2025 1:13 PM K:\FTW_SURVEY\061018452-SILVER CREEK LS-FM-GM\DWG\061018412-SILVER Ch �K LS-FM-G _NE TCE UPDI TE.DWG GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION, FORCE MAIN, AND GRAVITY MAIN SILVER CREEK ROAD FORT WORTH, TEXAS Presented To: Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. August 2024 PROJECT NO. 103-23-486 C�I� J Engineering August 20, 2024 Report No. 103-23-486 Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. 801 Cherry Street, Suite 1300, Unit 11 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 Attn: Mr. Josh Kercho, P.E. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING STUDY SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION, FORCE MAIN, AND GRAVITY MAIN SILVER CREEK ROAD FORT WORTH, TEXAS Dear Mr. Kercho: Submitted here are the results of a geotechnical engineering study for the referenced project. This study was performed in general accordance with our Proposal No. 23-8986 dated January 23, 2023. The geotechnical services were authorized via Kimsey -Horn and Associates, Inc. IPO Number 061018452-01 dated July 12, 2023 and executed on July 19, 2023 by Mr. Chris Igo, P.E. of Kimsey -Horn and Associates, Inc. Engineering analyses and recommendations are contained in the text section of the report. The results of our field and laboratory services are included in the appendix of the report. We would appreciate the opportunity to be considered for providing construction material testing services during the construction phase of this project. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. Please contact US if you have any questions or if we may be of further service at this time. Respectfully submitted, CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. T FIRM RmI5TRATIm No. F-9177 J. Daniel R. Green, Ph.D., E.I.T. Graduate Engineer Texas No. 54428 '00 . * 00 r JAMES P. SAPPINGTON, IV � /' ......... I-* ................ 1 p'• 97402 �, • % ANAL e 4 4 q�ie appington IV, P.E. Texas No. 97402 copies submitted: (2) Mr. Josh Kercho, P.E.; Kimley-Worn and Associates, Inc. (mail and email) CMI Engineering 7636 Pebble Drive p: 817,284.9400 Fort Worth, TX 76118 f: 817.589,9993 www.Cmjengr.com TABLE OF CONTENTS Paqe 1.0 INTRODUCTION------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 2.0 FIELD EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING ------------------------------------------------------ 2 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 4.0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 5.0 BELOW GRADE AREAS--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------13 6.0 UTILITY EXCAVATIONS--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------16 7.0 ADDITIONAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ------------------------------------------------------------------- 22 8.0 SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 9.0 EARTHWORK ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23 10.0 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 26 11.0 REPORT CLOSURE-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------26 APPENDIX A Plate Planof Borings --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A. 1 Unified Soil Classification System --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A.2 Key to Classification and Symbols-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A.3 Logsof Borings-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------A.4 — A.19 Particle Size Distribution Reports----------------------------------------------------------------------------- A.20 — A.23 Free Swell Test Results-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A.24 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 General The project, as currently planned, consists of a lift station located on the east side of Silver Creek Road approximately 900 feet north of Heron Drive in Fort Worth, Texas. The station will incorporate a wet well with a depth on the order of 30 feet, electrical building, and other equipment pads. In addition, approximately 1.08 miles of gravity sanitary sewer line and 2.02 miles of force main will be installed, extending from the proposed lift station to the southwest and south, respectively. The project vicinity and approximate locations of the exploration borings are illustrated on Plate A. 1, Plan of Borings. 1.2 Purpose and Scope The purpose of this geotechnical engineering study has been to determine the general subsurface conditions, evaluate the engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials encountered, develop comments on general excavation, develop recommendations for the type or types of foundations suitable for the project, and provide earthwork recommendations. To accomplish its intended purposes, the study has been conducted in the following phases: (1) drilling sample borings to determine the general subsurface conditions and to obtain samples for testing; (2) performing laboratory tests on appropriate samples to determine pertinent engineering properties of the subsurface materials; and (3) performing engineering analyses, using the field and laboratory data to develop geotechnical recommendations for the proposed construction. The design is currently in progress and the locations and/or elevations of the proposed structures and pipelines could change. The recommendations contained in this report are based on the design development documents Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main dated November 2023 and Silver Creek Lift Station dated September 2024, supplied by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. Once the final design is near completion (80-percent to 90-percent stage), it is recommended that CMJ Engineering, Inc. be retained to review those portions of the construction documents pertaining to the geotechnical recommendations, as a means to determine that our recommendations have been interpreted as intended. Report No. 103-23-486 1 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 1.3 Report Format The text of the report is contained in Sections 1 through 11. All plates and large tables are contained in Appendix A. The alpha -numeric plate and table numbers identify the appendix in which they appear. Small tables of less than one page in length may appear in the body of the text and are numbered according to the section in which they occur. Units used in the report are based on the English system and may include tons per square foot (tsf), kips (1 kip = 1,000 pounds), kips per square foot (ksf), pounds per square foot (psf), pounds per cubic foot (pcf), and pounds per square inch (psi). 2.0 FIELD EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING 2.1 Field Exploration Subsurface materials along the various project alignments were explored by sixteen (16) vertical soil borings. Boring B-8 was drilled to a depth of 50 feet below existing grade in the area of the proposed lift station. Borings B-1 through B-7 were drilled to depths of 20 to 45 feet along the proposed gravity main alignment, and Borings B-9 through B-14 were drilled to depths of 15 to 25 feet along the proposed force main alignment. Boring B-6 was terminated at a depth of 25 feet due to refusal atop an extremely hard sandstone layer. The borings were drilled using truck -mounted drilling equipment with continuous flight augers at the approximate locations shown on the Plan of Borings, Plate A.1. The boring logs are included on Plates A.4 through A.19 and keys to classifications and symbols used on the logs are provided on Plates A.2 and A.3. Ground surface elevations shown on the logs are approximate, as interpreted from plan and profile data as depicted on design development document Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Exhibits FM-1, FM-2, and GM-1 dated November 2023 as provided by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. Undisturbed samples of cohesive soils were obtained with nominal 3-inch diameter thin -walled (Shelby) tube samplers at the locations shown on the logs of borings. The Shelby tube sampler consists of a thin -walled steel tube with a sharp cutting edge connected to a head equipped with a ball valve threaded for rod connection. The tube is pushed into the soil by the hydraulic pulldown of the drilling rig. The soil specimens were extruded from the tube in the field, logged, tested for consistency with a hand penetrometer, sealed, and packaged to limit loss of moisture. Report No. 103-23-486 2 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. The consistency of cohesive soil samples was evaluated in the field using a calibrated hand penetrometer. In this test, a 0.25-inch diameter piston is pushed into the relatively undisturbed sample at a constant rate to a depth of 0.25 inch. The results of these tests, in tsf, are tabulated at respective sample depths on the logs. When the capacity of the penetrometer is exceeded, the value is tabulated as 4.5+. Disturbed samples of the noncohesive granular or stiff to hard cohesive materials were obtained utilizing a nominal 2-inch O.D. split -barrel (split -spoon) sampler in conjunction with the Standard Penetration Test (ASTM D1586). This test employs a 140-pound hammer that drops a free fall vertical distance of 30 inches, driving the split -spoon sampler into the material. The number of blows required for 18 inches of penetration is recorded and the value for the last 12 inches, or the penetration obtained from 50 blows, is reported as the Standard Penetration Value (N) at the appropriate depth on the logs of borings. To evaluate the relative density and consistency of the harder formations, a modified version of the Texas Cone Penetration test was performed at selected locations. Texas Department of Transportation (TXDOT) Test Method Tex-132-E specifies driving a 3-inch diameter cone with a 170- pound hammer freely falling 24 inches. This results in 340 foot-pounds of energy for each blow. This method was modified by utilizing a 140-pound hammer freely falling 30 inches. This results in 350 foot-pounds of energy for each hammer blow. In relatively soft materials, the penetrometer cone is driven 1 foot and the number of blows required for each 6-inch penetration is tabulated at respective test depths, as blows per 6 inches on the log. In hard materials (rock or rock -like), the penetrometer cone is driven with the resulting penetrations, in inches, recorded for the first and second 50 blows, a total of 100 blows. The penetration for the total 100 blows is recorded at the respective testing depths on the boring log. Groundwater observations during and after completion of the borings are shown on the upper right of the boring log. Upon completion of the borings, the boreholes were backfilled with soil cuttings and plugged at the surface by hand tamping. 2.2 Laboratory Testing Laboratory soil tests were performed on selected representative samples recovered from the borings. In addition to the classification tests (liquid limits, plastic limits, and particle size analyses), moisture content, unconfined compressive strength, and unit weight tests were performed. Results Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 3 of the laboratory classification tests, moisture content, unconfined compressive strength, and unit weight tests conducted for this project are included on the boring logs. The particle size analyses are presented on Plates A.20 through A.23, Particle Size Distribution Reports. A swell test was performed on a specimen from a selected sample of the clays. The test was performed to help in evaluating the swell potential of near -surface soils in the area of the proposed lift station. The results of the swell test are presented on Plate A.24. The above laboratory tests were performed in general accordance with applicable ASTM procedures or generally accepted practice. 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1 Site Geology According to the Dallas Sheet of the Geologic Atlas of Texas, three geological surface outcrops occur along the project alignment. Considering elevation from highest to lowest, the following formations occur in order: Goodland and Walnut Formations underlain by the Paluxy Formation, all of the Lower Cretaceous age. The eastern portion of the alignment is located within the Goodland Limestone and Walnut Clay. These formations consist primarily of active to highly active clays overlying limestone. Some thin shale seams occur near the base of the Walnut formation overlying the Paluxy Sand. Typical residual soils are active to highly active but are relatively shallow. The western and northern portions of the alignment are located within the mapped outcropping of the Paluxy Sand. In full section, the Paluxy Formation is approximately 200 feet thick and is composed primarily of sands, mostly unconsolidated and cross bedded; clays and sandy clays, normally in lenses; and thin calcareous clays. The Paluxy is an important aquifer in the area and large amounts of groundwater can be found at relatively shallow depths in the formation. 3.2 Soil Conditions Specific types and depths of subsurface strata encountered at the boring locations are shown on the boring logs in Appendix A. The generalized subsurface stratigraphy encountered in the borings is discussed below. Note that depths on the borings refer to the depth from the existing grade or ground Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 4 surface present at the time of the investigation, and the boundaries between the various soil types are approximate. Possible fill soils were present at the surface in Borings B-1 and B-5, extending to depths of 3 to 10 feet. The possible fill soils consist of brown, tan, and gray silty clay and limestone gravel containing limestone fragments, clay pockets, clay seams, iron stains, ironstone nodules, calcareous nodules, and calcareous deposits. Natural soils encountered consist of various dark brown, brown, light brown, reddish brown, light reddish brown, and gray clays, silty clays, sandy silty clays, sandy clays, silty sandy clays, shaly clays, and clayey sands. The various natural soils contain calcareous seams, calcareous nodules, iron seams, ironstone nodules, and occasional calcareous deposits, gravel, and limestone fragments. Fractured limestone seams are noted within the silty clays and silty sandy clays in Boring B-9 above a depth of 2 feet, and in Borings B-11 and B-14 below depths of 3 to 11 feet. The various clayey soils encountered had tested Liquid Limits (LL) of 24 to 83 with Plasticity Indices (PI) of 12 to 61, and classify as SC, CL, and CH according to the USCS. The various clayey soils encountered were generally stiff to hard (soil basis) with pocket penetrometer values ranging from 1.75 to over 4.5 tsf. Tested unit weights were 98 to 122 pcf and unconfined compressive strength values were 3,200 to 16,810 psf. Select lower pocket penetrometer values reflect more granular materials. Tan and gray sands were encountered in Borings B-3 and B-10 at depths of 8 to 21 feet, extending through boring termination at a depth of 25 feet notwithstanding a cemented sand stratum within the sand from 18 to 22 feet in Boring B-10. The sands occasionally contain iron seams and sandy clay seams and layers and are considered medium dense to dense with Standard Penetration (N) values of 27 to 42 hammer blows per foot of penetration. The sands in Boring B-10 are lightly cemented above a depth of 18 feet and are considered dense to very dense with Standard Penetration (SPT) values of 49 hammer blows per foot of penetration to 5 inches of penetration for 50 hammer blows. Tan, light reddish brown, and gray cemented sands were encountered in Borings B-2, B-4 through B-6, B-8, and B-10 at depths of 1 to 18 feet, extending through termination in Borings B-2 and B-4 through B-6 at depths of 20 to 45 feet. The cemented sands occasionally contain gravel and are very dense with Standard Penetration (SPT) values of 1'/2 to 5'/4 inches of penetration for 50 hammer Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 5 blows. Extremely hard sandstone layers were present within the cemented sands in Borings B-6 and B-8 at a depth of 25 feet. Gray sandy shale was next encountered in Boring B-8 at a depth of 33 feet, extending through boring termination at a depth of 50 feet. The gray sandy shale contains sand seams and layers and is considered soft to moderately hard with Texas Cone Penetrometer (THD) test values of 4 to 7'/2 inches of penetration for 100 hammer blows Tan limestone was next encountered in Boring B-12 at the surface and in Borings B-11.1 and B-12.1 through B-14 at depths of 1 to 13 feet. The tan limestone occasionally contains clay seams and layers and is considered very hard to extremely hard (rock basis), with Texas Cone Penetrometer (THD) test values of 0 to inch of penetration for 100 hammer blows. The tan limestone in Borings B-12 and B-12.1 occurs fractured above depths of 1 to 7 feet and is considered hard (rock basis), with a Texas Cone Penetrometer (THD) test value of 1% inches of penetration for 100 hammer blows. Gray limestone seams and layers are noted within the tan limestone in Boring B-12 below a depth of 9 feet. Gray limestone was next encountered in Borings B-11.1 through B-14 at depths of 7 to 17 feet, extending through boring termination at depths of 15 to 25 feet. The gray limestone is considered very hard (rock basis), with Texas Cone Penetrometer (THD) test values of to 3/4 inch of penetration for 100 hammer blows. The Atterberg Limits tests indicate the various clayey soils encountered at this site vary from slightly active to highly active with respect to moisture -induced volume changes. Active clays can experience volume changes (expansion or contraction) with fluctuations in their moisture content. 3.3 Groundwater Observations The borings were drilled using continuous flight augers in order to observe groundwater seepage during drilling. Groundwater seepage was encountered during drilling in Borings B-1 through B-10 at depths of 10 to 37 feet, with subsequent water level readings of 8 to 30 feet measured at drilling completion. In addition, borehole cave-in was observed during drilling in Boring B-5 at depths of 2 to 3 feet. The remaining borings were dry during drilling and at drilling completion. Table 3.3-1 summarizes water level data as encountered in the borings. Report No. 103-23-486 9 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. TABLE 3.3-1 Groundwater Observations Boring Seepage During Water at No. Drilling (ft.) Completion (ft.) B-1 25 26 B-2 10 8 B-3 17 12 B-4 30 30 B-5 37 w/ cave-in at 2, 3 27 B-6 18 17 B-7 16 14 B-8 17 14 B-9 17 18 B-10 16 13 B-11 Dry Dry B-11.1 Dry Dry B-12 Dry Dry 13-12.1 Dry Dry B-13 Dry Dry B-14 Dry Dry While it is not possible to accurately predict the magnitude of subsurface water fluctuation that might occur based upon these short-term observations, it should be recognized that groundwater conditions will vary with fluctuations in rainfall. Seepage near the observed levels should be anticipated throughout the year. Fluctuations of the groundwater level can occur due to seasonal variations in the amount of rainfall; site topography and runoff; hydraulic conductivity of soil strata; and other factors not evident at the time the borings were performed. During wet periods of the year seepage can occur in joints in the clays, via the more permeable strata, or atop/within the gray sandy shale and tan limestones. The possibility of groundwater level fluctuations should be considered when developing the design and construction plans for the project. 4.0 FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 General Foundation Considerations Two independent design criteria must be satisfied in the selection of the type of foundation to support the proposed lift station. First, the ultimate bearing capacity, reduced by a sufficient factor of safety, Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 7 must not be exceeded by the bearing pressure transferred to the foundation soils. Second, due to consolidation or expansion of the underlying soils during the operating life of the structure, total and differential vertical movements must be within tolerable limits. Lift station foundation recommendations are based on design development document Silver Creek Lift Station — Mechanical Sections Exhibit Y2 dated September 2024 as provided by Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. The proposed lift station floor is anticipated to be situated in the very dense, tan cemented sand as encountered in Boring B-8. This foundation is planned to be a mat/slab foundation. 4.2 Mat Foundation 4.2.1 Lift Station Foundation Design Criteria A reinforced concrete mat/slab foundation may be used to support structural loads for the lift station. The mat foundation is anticipated to be founded at approximately 32 feet below existing grade in very dense, tan cemented sand. The mat/slab foundation may be designed for an allowable bearing capacity of 8.0 ksf. The mat design should incorporate the potential for hydrostatic uplift effects of a shallow water table. For purposes of hydrostatic uplift design we recommend a groundwater level at the surface. Excavation for the lift station base will need to incorporate dewatering to keep the excavation free of excess water. In addition, the water table should be lowered to a depth of 2 feet below the excavation bottom to prevent sands from becoming a "quick" condition. Depending on the time of year and the general weather conditions, the excavation and placement of the mat/slab foundation may be in a saturated soil condition. If the construction occurs in a wet condition, issues of dewatering of excavations, strength/stability of side slopes, and disturbance of bearing materials become important. Due to the great variability of moisture condition, the presence of excess moisture in soils cannot be predicted. Mat foundations proportioned for this value should experience a total settlement of 3/4 inch or less, and a differential settlement of inch or less, after construction. Report No. 103-23-486 E3 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 4.2.2 Spread/Mat Foundation Construction Spread foundation construction should be monitored by a representative of the geotechnical engineer to observe, among other things, the following items: • Identification of bearing material • Adequate penetration of the foundation excavation into the bearing layer • The base and sides of the excavation are clean of loose cuttings • If seepage is encountered, whether it is of sufficient amount to require the use of excavation dewatering methods Precautions should be taken during the placement of reinforcing steel and concrete to prevent loose, excavated soil from falling into the excavation. Concrete should be placed as soon as practical after completion of the excavating, cleaning, reinforcing steel placement and observation. Excavation for a spread foundation should be filled with concrete before the end of the workday, or sooner if required, to prevent deterioration of the bearing material. Prolonged exposure or inundation of the bearing surface with water will result in changes in strength and compressibility characteristics. If delays occur, the excavation should be deepened as necessary and cleaned, in order to provide a fresh bearing surface. If more than 24 hours of exposure of the bearing surface is anticipated in the excavation, a mud slab should be used to protect the bearing surfaces. If a mud slab is used, the foundation excavations should initially be over -excavated by approximately 4 inches and a lean concrete mud slab of approximately 4 inches in thickness should be placed in the bottom of the excavations immediately following exposure of the bearing surface by excavation. The mud slab will protect the bearing surface, maintain more uniform moisture in the subgrade, facilitate dewatering of excavations if required, and provide a working surface for placement of formwork and reinforcing steel. The concrete should be placed in a manner that will prevent the concrete from striking the reinforcing steel or the sides of the excavation in a manner that would cause segregation of the concrete. 4.3 Ancillary Structures — Slab -on -Grade Foundations 4.3.1 Expansive Soil Movements The expansive soils encountered at the lift station site can shrink and swell as the soil moisture content fluctuates during seasonal wet and dry cycles. Additionally, the site environment is impacted Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 9 by grading and drainage, landscaping, groundwater conditions, paving and many other factors which affect the structures during and after construction. Therefore, the amount of soil movement is difficult to determine due to the many unpredictable variables involved. As seasonal moisture changes occur, these soils will shrink or swell considerably. Estimates of soil movements for the lift station site have been performed using data from the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) procedure TEX-124-E for estimating Potential Vertical Rise (PVR), swell testing, and engineering judgment and experience. Vertical soil movements on the order of 2% inches have been estimated for the clay soils in a dry condition for structures placed near existing ground at the lift station site. The greatest movements will occur where the greater thicknesses of dryer, more highly plastic clays are present. The actual amount of movement will depend greatly on the moisture content of the soils prior to construction. In other words, where a ground -supported element is placed upon moist soils, the future expansive soil movement of these soils will be limited since these soils exist in a pre -swelled state, and additional moisture will not cause significant additional heaving of the soils. Conversely, when onsite soils are extremely dry, moisture will cause significant swelling of these soils. Upward differential movements due to heaving tend to cause the greatest undue cracking of slabs and superstructures. Therefore, slabs placed on moist subgrade soils or subgrade soils which are preconditioned to moist states will exhibit lower movements, more tolerable to slab -on -ground foundations. The estimated soil movements are based on the subsurface conditions revealed by the boring and on seasonal moisture fluctuations. Soil movements, significantly larger than estimated, could occur due to inadequate site grading, poor drainage, ponding of rainfall, and/or leaking pipelines. 4.3.2 Stiffened, Monolithic Slab -On -Grade A stiffened, monolithically placed slab -on -grade foundation, either rebar or post -tensioned, used at the lift station site must be designed with exterior and interior grade beams to provide sufficient rigidity to tolerate the differential soil movements. These differential movements typically will occur between the periphery and interior of the slab -on -grade system. Foundation movements are anticipated to occur primarily due to post construction heave of the underlying soils but also can occur due to shrinkage of the clays around the perimeter of the slab. It is recommended that all fill Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. M soils be properly placed and compacted in accordance with this report section and Section 9.0 prior to foundation installation. Reductions in anticipated movements can be achieved by using methods developed in this area to reduce on -grade slab movements. A more commonly used method consists of moisture conditioning the soils and placing a 1-foot select fill pad atop 4 feet of moisture conditioned soils. A horizontal moisture barrier from the foundation out for a distance of 5 feet also will greatly restrict moisture mitigation and differential moisture change below the slab. The use of these methods will not eliminate the risk of unacceptable movements. Moisture conditioning is recommended to be achieved by mechanically reworking the clays as discussed below. These recommendations should be reviewed once grading plans have been finalized. The moisture conditioning process should extend beyond the building lines to include pipe works, entrances or any other areas sensitive to movement as previously discussed. Along any pipe works, the full depth remove/replace or moisture conditioned pad should extend the full depth at least 5 feet past the building line and transitioned upward and outward on a maximum slope of 1H:1V. This transition may occur at a distance beyond the minimum 5-foot recommendation at the discretion of the project civil engineer. Outside the buildings, a single lift of select fill (6 to 8 inches) is recommended to minimize drying during construction. Soil treatments presented in this section are referenced as an alternative to the use of a pier and structurally suspended grade beam and floor slab. The owner must fully understand that if the floor slab is placed on -grade, some movement and resultant cracking within the floor and interior wall partitions may occur. This upward slab movement and cracking usually is difficult and costly to repair and may require continued maintenance expense. A greater risk of unsatisfactory foundation performance exists with a slab -on -grade design than for a drilled shaft design. The foundation should be designed by a structural engineer familiar with stiffened slabs -on -grade subject to differential movement. Design parameters are presented below for PVR and differential swell using the Post -Tensioning Institute's (PTI) slab -on -grade design method, 3rd Edition. Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. With Moisture - Conditioned Pad Design Potential Vertical Rise 1 inch Edge Moisture Variation - Approximate Center Lift (Edge Drop): 7.8 feet Approximate Edge Lift: 4.1 feet Differential Swell - Approximate Center Lift (Edge Drop): 0.7 inch Approximate Edge Lift: 1.1 inches 0) (1) Valid only after 4 feet of moisture conditioning with the installation of a 1-foot select fill cap, per Section 4.3.3. It should be recognized that a post tensioned or conventionally reinforced slab -on -grade foundation system placed at this site will be subject to differential movements as indicated above. If slab stiffness is not sufficient to resist the ground movements, these movements can cause cracking of interior sheet rock walls and exterior brick walls. Poor drainage, water leaks, free water sources, long-term percolation in recessed planter areas and/or trees can result in greater differential movements. For example, should leaks develop in underground water or sewer lines or the grades around the structures are changed and cause ponding of water, unacceptable slab movements could develop. Beams may be designed based on an allowable soil bearing pressure of 1,800 pounds per square foot or less within the shallow soils. The beams should extend at least 12 inches into compacted and tested fill. The beam depth is given in regard to bearing capacity and is not intended to be a structural recommendation. The key to the success of this foundation is proper design/construction, and providing control of the below -slab water. Providing excellent drainage away from the structures, preventing ponding water aside the slab, and using relatively impermeable backfill to prevent water intrusion via utility line backfill enhance the slab performance. 4.3.3 Mechanical Reworkina of Near -Surface Clays with 1' Select Fill Cap In general, the procedure is performed as follows: 1. Remove all existing pavements, surface vegetation, trees and associated root mats, organic topsoil and any other deleterious material. Report No. 103-23-486 12 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 2. Excavate to a minimum of 4.5 feet below finished grade. Scarify the exposed subgrade at the base of the excavation to a depth of 8 inches, adjust the moisture, and compact at a minimum of 3 percentage points above optimum moisture to between 93 and 98 percent of Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Over -compaction should not be allowed. 3. Fill pad to 1 foot below final grade using site excavated or similar clay soils with no rock fragments greater than 4 inches in maximum dimension. Compact in maximum 9-inch loose lifts at a minimum of 3 percentage points above optimum moisture to between 93 and 98 percent of Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Field density tests should be taken as each lift of fill material is placed. Each lift should be compacted, tested, and approved before another lift is added. Over -compaction should not be allowed. 4. Complete pad fill using a minimum of 1 foot of sandy clay/clayey sand, non -expansive select fill with a Liquid Limit less than 35 and a Plasticity Index (PI) between 5 and 16. The select fill should be compacted in maximum 9-inch loose lifts at -2 to +3 percentage points of the soil's optimum moisture content at a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). The select fill should be placed within 48 hours of completing the installation of the moisture conditioned soils. The earthwork operations should be observed and tested on a continuing basis by an experienced geotechnician working in conjunction with the project geotechnical engineer. A properly engineered and constructed moisture barrier should be provided beneath the slab -on - grade. 5.0 BELOW GRADE AREAS 5.1 Lateral Earth Pressures 5.1.1 General The below -grade walls must be designed for lateral pressures including, but not necessarily limited to, earth, water, surcharge, swelling, and vibration. In addition, the lateral pressures will be influenced by whether the backfill is drained or undrained, and above or below the groundwater table. 5.1.2 Equivalent Fluid Pressures Lateral earth pressures on the below -grade walls will depend on a variety of factors, including the type of soils behind the wall, the condition of the soils, and the drainage conditions behind the wall. Recommended lateral earth pressures expressed as equivalent fluid pressures, per foot of wall height, are presented in Table 5.1.2-1 for a wall with a level backfill behind the top of the wall. The equivalent fluid pressure for an undrained condition should be used if a drainage system is not present to remove water trapped in the backfill and behind the wall. Report No. 103-23-486 13 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. Pressures are provided for at -rest earth pressure conditions. In order to allow for an active condition the top of the wall(s) must deflect on the order of 0.4 percent. The below -grade walls associated with the lift station are anticipated to be rigid and subject to at -rest pressures. TABLE 5.1.2-1 — Equivalent Fluid Pressures At -Rest Equivalent Backfill Material Fluid Pressure (pcf) Drained Undrained Excavated on -site clay or clay 100 110 fill material Select fill, flowable fill, flexible base, or on -site soils meeting 65 90 material specifications Free draining granular backfill 50 90 material or crushed stone For the select fill or free draining granular backfill, these values assume that a "full" wedge of the material is present behind the wall. The wedge is defined where the wall backfill limits extend outward at least 2 feet from the base of the wall and then upward on a 1 H:2V slope. For narrower backfill widths of granular or select fill soils, the equivalent fluid pressures for the on -site soils should be used. 5.1.3 Additional Lateral Pressures The location and magnitude of permanent surcharge loads (if present) should be determined, and the additional pressure generated by these loads such as the weight of construction equipment and vehicular loads that are used at the time the structures are being built must also be considered in the design. The effect of this or any other surcharge loading may be accounted for by adding an additional uniform load to the full depth of the side walls equivalent to one-half of the expected vertical surcharge intensity for select backfill materials, or equal to the full vertical surcharge intensity for clay backfill. The equivalent fluid pressures, given here, do not include a safety factor. Analysis of surcharge loads (if any) should be performed on a case -by -case basis. This is not included in the scope of this study. These services can be provided as additional services upon request. 5.2 Wall Backfill Material Requirements Excavated On -Site Claw For wall backfill areas with site -excavated materials or similar imported materials, all oversized fragments larger than four inches in maximum dimension should be removed Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 14 from the backfill materials prior to placement. The backfill should be free of all organic and deleterious materials and should be placed in maximum 8-inch compacted lifts at a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) within a moisture range of plus to minus 3 percentage points of optimum moisture. Compaction within five feet of the walls should be accomplished using hand compaction equipment and should be between 90 and 95 percent of the Standard Proctor density. Select Fill: All wall select backfill should consist of clayey sand and/or sandy clay material with a Plasticity Index of 16 or less, with a Liquid Limit not exceeding 35. The select fill should be placed in maximum 8-inch lifts and compacted to between 95 and 100 percent of Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) within a moisture range of plus to minus 3 percentage points of the optimum moisture. Compaction within five feet of the walls should be accomplished using hand compaction equipment and should be compacted between 90 and 95 percent of the Standard Proctor density. Flowable Backfill: Item 401, Excavatable Mix, Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, 2014 Edition. Flexible Base Backfill: Crushed Stone Flexible Base — Item 247, Type A, Grade 1/2, Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, 2014 Edition Free Draininq Granular Wall Backfill: All free draining granular wall backfill material should be a crushed stone, sand/gravel mixture, or sand/crushed stone mixture. The material should have less than 3 percent passing the No. 200 sieve and less than 30 percent passing the No. 40 sieve. The minus No. 40 sieve material should be non -plastic. Granular wall backfill should not be water jetted during installation. Crushed Stone Backfill: Meeting quality and gradation requirements of ASTM D448: No. 467, 57, 67, or similar gradation. 5.3 Below -Grade Drainage Requirements In order to achieve the "drained" condition for lateral earth pressure for low -permeability walls (concrete, masonry, etc.), a vertical drainage blanket or geocomposite drainage member must be installed adjacent to the wall on the backfill side. The drainage must be connected to an outlet drain Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 15 at the base of the wall, or to the sump/pump system. Drains should be properly filtered to minimize the potential for erosion through these drains, and/or the plugging of drain lines. Design or specific recommendations for drainage members is beyond the scope for this study. These services can be provided as an additional service upon request. 5.4 Buoyancy Effects Buoyant effects must be considered. Unless a permanent drainage system is provided, the below - grade structures should be designed to withstand full hydrostatic pressure below the groundwater table (undrained condition). We recommend a water table at the surface be assumed for these calculations. For buoyancy calculations, the unit weight of submerged soils can be assumed as 65 pcf. 6.0 UTILITY EXCAVATIONS 6.1 Expected Subsurface Conditions Conventional earth moving equipment is expected to be suitable for excavating the various clayey and sandy soils and possible fills encountered in the borings. Possible fills consisting of silty clay and limestone gravel are present at the surface in Borings B-1 and B-5 extending to depths of 3 to 10 feet below existing grades. Heavy-duty excavation equipment will be necessary within the sandy shale in Boring B-8 below a depth of 33 feet and tan and gray limestones in Borings B-11.1 through B-14 below depths of 1 to 13 feet and at the surface in Boring B-12. Select clay soil zones contain fractured limestone seams and extremely hard and abrasive sandstone layers were encountered in Borings B-6 and B-8 at a depth of 25 feet, which will likely require similar heavy-duty machines. Where more granular clayey sands, sands, cemented sands, gravels, and possible fills are present, caving may occur due to the low -plasticity nature of these materials and presence of groundwater encountered in select borings. Notably, bore -hole caving was observed during drilling in Boring B-5 at depths of 2 to 3 feet. The gray sandy shale is soft to moderately (rock basis), and the tan and gray limestones are hard to extremely hard (rock basis) and will present difficulty with rippability using normal excavation equipment. Special techniques for ripping/rock removal can be expected through the sandy shale and tan and gray limestones, in addition to zones of soils containing sandstone seams and layers as Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. IN previously discussed. In addition, overexcavation should be anticipated within the sandy shale and tan and gray limestones. Overexcavation may result from large blocks or chunks breaking along sand, clay, or weathered seams beyond the planned excavation. 6.2 Open Excavation Considerations The trench excavations should be performed in accordance with OSHA Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR 1926/1919), Subpart P. For excavations less than 5 feet deep through the various clayey soils, it is expected that near vertical excavation walls will be possible. However, in the case that excavations occur through soft clays, granular soils, non -compacted fill, submerged soils, or caving soils (as observed in Boring B-5), it will be necessary to either slope the excavation sidewalls or provide temporary bracing to control excavation wall instability. In addition, for excavations deeper than 5 feet, the excavation sidewalls must be sloped or temporary bracing must be provided, regardless of the soil conditions encountered. The design of any trench or excavation safety plans required is the contractor's responsibility. If open trench cuts are performed within 1.25 times the trench depth of any surface structure, trench shoring (not trench boxes) should be used within open trench cuts performed within this distance. Hydraulic shoring struts should be used and installed during excavation as needed to provide full lateral support to vertical trench sidewalls and thereby help reduce lateral ground movements near existing structures. A pre -construction condition survey should be performed prior to beginning excavation near any structure that could be affected by the trench excavation to verify existing conditions (existing distress) prior to construction. Construction monitoring should be performed to verify that existing structures are not impacted or damaged by construction operations. If sufficient clearance is not available, then a braced excavation will most likely be required. The appropriate bracing system or shield should be selected by the contractor and should be configured to withstand the expected lateral earth pressures, and hydrostatic pressures if groundwater is present. Trench shoring should be used for excavation to support open cuts located where existing utilities are within a zone extending from the base of the excavation upward at a 1 H:1 V slope. Surcharge loads, such as those resulting from excavation spoils and/or equipment, should be placed no closer than two feet from the crest of the slope, in accordance with OSHA regulations. All vehicle traffic should be prohibited from at least five feet of the crest of the excavation. Excavations should take into account any utilities to avoid undermining these features. Report No. 103-23-486 17 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. The following guidelines are presented to aid in the development of the excavation plans: 1. Surface areas behind the crest of the excavations should be graded so that surface water does not pond within 15 feet of the crest, nor drain into the excavation. 2. Heavy material stockpiles should not be placed near the crest of slopes. Similarly, heavy construction equipment should not pass over or be parked within 10 feet of the crest. 3. The crest of slopes should be continually monitored for evidence of movement or potential problems. Freestanding slopes will become less stable than influenced by groundwater or saturation by rain. 6.3 Trench / Bore Pit Dewatering Groundwater seepage was encountered in Borings B-1 through B-10 at depths of 10 to 37 feet during drilling. As discussed in Section 3.3, Groundwater Observations, groundwater conditions can vary with seasonal fluctuations in rainfall. Controlling the groundwater is essential to construction of the wastewater line and lift station structure. Furthermore, the more granular, sandy soils can act like a "quick" condition, in which soil strength reduces to a very small magnitude when vibratory construction equipment traverses this soil, particularly if not properly dewatered. In additional to proper dewatering, care must be taken to cause as minimal disturbance as possible on sandy soils in the excavation. Failure to control any encountered groundwater could result in excavation collapse, excavation bottom heave, an unstable bottom and detrimental pipeline or structure settlement and deflections after backfilling. Groundwater levels should be maintained at two feet below the base of the excavation for the full term of construction. Protection of the open excavations should be provided during periods of moderate to heavy rainfall, as surface water will most likely channel and collect in the excavations. The water level should be lowered prior to excavating and should be maintained at this lowered level until the pipe trench/excavation is backfilled. In select areas, seepage may be controlled by means of collection ditches, sumps, and pumping. However, in the event that water infiltration rates are high, it may be necessary to install a more elaborate dewatering system. The design of any dewatering system required is the contractor's responsibility. 6.4 Soft/Loose Trench Bottom Conditions Soft or loose trench bottom conditions are unlikely where the trench bottom is situated in stiff to hard (soil basis) natural clay soils above the groundwater table, soft to moderately hard (rock basis) sandy shale, or hard to extremely hard (rock basis) tan and gray limestones; however, such conditions can exist in areas of possible fills or more granular materials as encountered in select borings. Control Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 18 of groundwater as discussed above is the key to avoiding an unstable trench bottom in more granular soils, as well as cohesive soils. Unstable trench bottoms are considered to be unsuitable for support of the proposed pipelines. Soft clays or loose sands and gravels could occur where groundwater is present. In any areas where unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at the planned invert elevation, the trench bottom can be prepared using the following method: • Under -cut to a suitable bearing subgrade and replace it with a structural compacted fill. The over -excavation should extend laterally a distance of at least 1 foot beyond the edges of the pipe, and then at least 1 foot laterally for every 1.5 feet of fill required beneath the pipe. The over -excavation backfill should be surrounded with a geotextile consisting of Mirafi 140N, Amoco ProPex 4545, or equivalent. The backfill should consist of a free -draining aggregate (i.e., sands, gravels, crushed limestone, or crushed concrete) approved by the geotechnical engineer. The backfill should be placed in maximum 9-inch loose lifts and uniformly compacted to a minimum relative density of 65 percent as determined by test methods ASTM D4253 and D4254. 6.5 Pipe Installation Bedding To assure adequate base support for the pipe, it is recommended that bedding/embedment material be placed around the pipe, 6 inches below the pipe, and 12 inches above the pipe. If concern exists of native backfill above the embedment migrating into the more coarse embedment (and causing backfill settlement), a filter cloth is recommended at the embedment/native soil interface. The filter cloth should cover the entire interface and up through the sidewall a minimum of 1 foot. The filter cloth should be TenCate Geosynthetics Mirafi 140N or equivalent. Bedding material may consist of gravel/stone from 1" to No. 10 sieve size. Gravel should be consolidated upon placement by rodding or pneumatic vibration methods. Such methods should not cause harm or distress to the pipe. Controlled low -strength material (CLSM) may also be utilized as pipeline embedment as desired. The CLSM should meet the requirements of Item 401, Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, 2014 Edition, and consist of an "Excavatable" mix per Table 2 of the same specification, with a maximum 28-day compressive strength ranging between 80 and 200 psi. 6.6 Trench Backfill Site excavated materials are generally considered suitable for use as backfill above the pipe bedding materials. All trench backfill should be free of deleterious materials. Use of rock fragments greater Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. IN than 4 inches in any dimension should be prohibited, since attaining a uniform moisture and density without voids would be difficult. Backfill should be compacted in maximum 9-inch loose lifts at a minimum of 95 percent of the Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). The uncompacted lift thickness should be reduced to 4 inches for structure backfill zones requiring hand -operated power compactors or small self-propelled compactors. Care should be taken not to use loose granular material, to prevent the backfilled trench from becoming a french drain and piping surface or subsurface water beneath structures, pipelines, or pavements. If a higher class bedding material or backfill material is desired, a lean concrete or flowable (CLSM) concrete will limit water intrusion into the trench and will not require compaction after placement. Clay soils having a PI greater than 20 should be compacted at a moisture content ranging from 0 to +4 percentage points above the optimum moisture content. Granular soils having a PI less than 20 should be compacted at a moisture content ranging from -3 to +3 percentage points of the optimum moisture content. Jetting to compact the pipe backfill should not be allowed. In areas where settlement of the backfill must be closely controlled, the trench excavation should be backfilled with either cement stabilized sand or flowable concrete having a 28-day compressive strength ranging between 80 and 200 psi. 6.7 Trench Backfill Settlement Settlement of the backfill soils should be anticipated. It is anticipated that properly compacted on - site clay fill soils will settle between about 1 and 2 percent of the fill thickness. For example, 10 feet of fill would be expected to settle on the order of 1.2 to 2.4 inches The trench backfill could be over -built in order to reduce the potential for a surface depression along the trench centerline. We recommend the backfill be crowned. The centerline of the excavation should be over -built by one foot and sloped down to match grade at the edge of the excavation, as possible where site conditions allow. 6.8 Provisions to Reduce Backfill Settlement Field testing will be a critical element in controlling the compaction of the backfill to limit settlement. All trench backfilling in these critical areas shall include full-time observation of soil compaction by Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 20 an experienced geotechnician under the supervision of the geotechnical engineer. The contractor should provide protection for the testing/inspection personnel while working in the trenches, and shall move the protective shield/shoring such that areas to be tested are readily accessible. The compacted moisture/density of all backfill soils should be tested at a rate of one test per 100 linear feet of trench, for each lift of fill placed, during compaction. Digging through existing lifts of backfill to access and test underlying lifts should not be allowed. In addition, to limit settlement potential where open graded crushed stone materials are used as pipe bedding materials, they should be topped with a suitable geotextile to limit the intrusion of fines into the crushed stone material, as previously discussed. 6.9 Bore/Tunnel Considerations The results of the exploration borings indicate the presence of possible fills, granular materials, zones of extremely hard sandstone seams and limestone strata, and groundwater seepage as discussed in Section 3.0. These conditions will complicate directional borings operations. The more granular strata can serve as conduits to direct water towards the bore excavation. Water seepage can decrease the stability of the bore/tunnel excavation and result in ground subsidence. Any zones of sands or gravel may experience cave-in due to the non -plastic nature of these materials (as observed in Boring B-5). Proper de -watering, as discussed above, is imperative for excavation stability. Otherwise, the stiff to hard clayey materials and underlying gray sandy shales are generally marginal to good materials for boring and tunneling. Boring with hardened rock teeth or coring equipment may be necessary in the very hard to extremely hard limestones and sandstones. Sandstone seams, layers, and boulders can occur at random in the Paluxy Formation. These sandstones tend to occur in more isolated zones but do pose a threat of difficulty in excavation and drilling. Pipe installment via jacking would be very difficult in the gray sandy shale, tan and gray limestones, or zones containing sandstone seams and layers. It is recommended that the bore/tunnel contractor be made aware of these conditions. A contractor experienced in tunneling in the DFW area should understand the ramifications of the above discussion. Report No. 103-23-486 21 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 7.0 ADDITIONAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS The following information has been assimilated after examination of numerous projects constructed in active soils throughout the area. It is presented here for your convenience. If these features are incorporated in the overall design of the project, the performance of the structures should be improved. • It is recommended that any step-down, below grade walls, etc. be provided with suitable dewatering devices to reduce accumulated water. • Special consideration should be given to completion items outside the building area, such as stairs, sidewalks, signs, etc. They should be adequately designed to sustain the potential vertical movements mentioned in the report. • Roof drainage should be collected by a system of gutters and downspouts and transmitted away from the structures where the water can drain away without entering the building subgrade. • Sidewalks should not be structurally connected to the building pad. They should be sloped away from the building so that water will drain away from the structures. • Every attempt should be made to limit the extreme wetting or drying of the subsurface soils since swelling and shrinkage will result. Standard construction practices of providing good surface water drainage should be used. A positive slope of the ground away from the foundation should be provided to carry off the run-off water both during and after construction. • Backfill for utility lines or along the perimeter beams should consist of on -site material so that they will be stable. If the backfill is too dense or too dry, swelling may form a mound along the ditch line. If the backfill is too loose or too wet, settlement may form a sink along the ditch line. Either case is undesirable since several inches of movement is possible and floor cracks are likely to result. The soils should be processed using the previously discussed compaction criteria. It is recommended that perimeter vegetation be placed 5+ feet away from the building. Any excavations for vegetation also should have their base sloped down and away from the building. • Irrigation systems should not be placed adjacent to the building or a perimeter sidewalk. Main piping should be outside these areas and should spray toward vegetation toward the building. • The floor slab placed at or below existing grades should be provided with a moisture barrier in order to prevent wet spots. Report No. 103-23-486 22 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 8.0 SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS Based on the conditions encountered in the borings for the above referenced project the IBC-2021 site classification is TYPE C for seismic evaluation at the lift station site. 9.0 EARTHWORK 9.1 Site Preparation & Material Requirements The area should be stripped of vegetation, roots, old construction debris, and other organic material. It is estimated that the depth of stripping will be on the order of 6 to 8 inches. The actual stripping depth should be based on field observations with particular attention given to old drainage areas, uneven topography, and excessively wet soils. The stripped areas should be observed to determine if additional excavation is required to remove weak or otherwise objectionable materials that would adversely affect the fill placement or other construction activities. The subgrade should be firm and able to support the construction equipment without displacement. Soft or yielding subgrade should be corrected and made stable before construction proceeds. The subgrade should be proof rolled to detect soft spots, which if exist, should be excavated to provide a firm and otherwise suitable subgrade. Proof rolling should be performed using a heavy pneumatic tired roller, loaded dump truck, or similar piece of equipment. The proof rolling operations should be observed by the project geotechnical engineer or his/her representative. Prior to fill placement, the subgrade should be scarified to a minimum depth of 6 inches, its moisture content adjusted, and recompacted to the moisture and density recommended for fill. Fill materials should be uniform with respect to material type and moisture content. Clods and chunks of material should be broken down and the fill material mixed by disking, blading, or plowing, as necessary, so that a material of uniform moisture and density is obtained for each lift. Water required for sprinkling to bring the fill material to the proper moisture content should be applied evenly through each layer. The on -site soils are suitable for use in site grading. Imported fill material should be clean soil with a Liquid Limit less than 60 and no rock greater than 4 inches in maximum dimension. Excavated sandy shale or tan and gray limestones may be used for fill provided the material is crushed such that 50 percent passes the No. 4 sieve and no particles are larger than 4 inches in maximum Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 23 dimension. As the in -situ tan and gray limestones are hard to extremely hard, significant processing effort should be anticipated in order to utilize these materials as fill. All fill materials should be free of vegetation and debris. 9.2 Placement and Compaction Fill material should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. The uncompacted lift thickness should be reduced to 4 inches for structure backfill zones requiring hand - operated power compactors or small self-propelled compactors. The fill material should be uniform with respect to material type and moisture content. Clods and chunks of material should be broken down and the fill material mixed by disking, blading, or plowing, as necessary, so that a material of uniform moisture and density is obtained for each lift. Water required for sprinkling to bring the fill material to the proper moisture content should be applied evenly through each layer. General fill material should be compacted to a density ranging from 95 to 100 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698, Standard Proctor. Crushed stone should be compacted via three passes of a vibratory roller over a 6-inch lift. In conjunction with the compacting operation, the fill material should be brought to the proper moisture content. The moisture content for general earth fill should range from 2 percentage points below optimum to 5 percentage points above optimum (-2 to +5). These ranges of moisture contents are given as maximum recommended ranges. For some soils and under some conditions, the contractor may have to maintain a narrower range of moisture content (within the recommended range) in order to consistently achieve the recommended density. Field density tests should be taken as each lift of fill material is placed. As a guide, one field density test per lift for each 5,000 square feet of compacted area is recommended. For small areas or critical areas, the frequency of testing may need to be increased to one test per 2,500 square feet. A minimum of 2 tests per lift should be required. The earthwork operations should be observed and tested on a continuing basis by an experienced geotechnician working in conjunction with the project geotechnical engineer. Each lift should be compacted, tested, and approved before another lift is added. The purpose of the field density tests is to provide some indication that uniform and adequate compaction is being obtained. The actual quality of the fill, as compacted, should be the responsibility of the contractor Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 24 and satisfactory results from the tests should not be considered as a guarantee of the quality of the contractor's filling operations. 9.3 General Excavation The side slopes of excavations through the overburden soils should be made in such a manner to provide for their stability during construction. Existing structures, pipelines, or other facilities, which are constructed prior to or during the currently proposed construction and which require excavation, should be protected from loss of end bearing or lateral support. Temporary construction slopes and/or permanent embankment slopes should be protected from surface runoff water. Site grading should be designed to allow drainage at planned areas where erosion protection is provided, instead of allowing surface water to flow down unprotected slopes. Trench safety recommendations are beyond the scope of this report. The contractor must comply with all applicable safety regulations concerning trench safety and excavations including, but not limited to, OSHA regulations. 9.4 Acceptance of Imported Fill Any soil imported from off -site sources should be tested for compliance with the recommendations for the application and approved by the project geotechnical engineer prior to the materials being used. The owner should also require the contractor to obtain a written, notarized certification from the landowner of each proposed off -site soil borrow source stating that to the best of the landowner's knowledge and belief there has never been contamination of the borrow source site with hazardous or toxic materials. The certification should be furnished to the owner prior to proceeding to furnish soils to the site. Soil materials derived from the excavation of underground petroleum storage tanks should not be used as fill on this project. 9.5 Soil Corrosion Potential Specific testing for soil corrosion potential was not included in the scope of this study. However, based upon past experience on other projects in the vicinity, the soils at this site may be corrosive. Standard construction practices for protecting metal pipe and similar facilities in contact with these soils should be used. Report No. 103-23-486 25 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 9.6 Erosion and Sediment Control All disturbed areas should be protected from erosion and sedimentation during construction, and all permanent slopes and other areas subject to erosion or sedimentation should be provided with permanent erosion and sediment control facilities. All applicable ordinances and codes regarding erosion and sediment control should be followed. 10.0 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS In any geotechnical investigation, the design recommendations are based on a limited amount of information about the subsurface conditions. In the analysis, the geotechnical engineer must assume the subsurface conditions are similar to the conditions encountered in the borings. However, quite often during construction anomalies in the subsurface conditions are revealed. Therefore, it is recommended that CMJ Engineering, Inc. be retained to observe earthwork and foundation installation and perform materials evaluation during the construction phase of the project. This enables the geotechnical engineer to stay abreast of the project and to be readily available to evaluate unanticipated conditions, to conduct additional tests if required and when necessary, to recommend alternative solutions to unanticipated conditions. Until these construction phase services are performed by the project geotechnical engineer, the recommendations contained in this report on such items as final foundation bearing elevations, proper soil moisture condition, and other such subsurface related recommendations should be considered as preliminary. It is proposed that construction phase observation and materials testing commence by the project geotechnical engineer at the outset of the project. Experience has shown that the most suitable method for procuring these services is for the owner or the owner's design engineers to contract directly with the project geotechnical engineer. This results in a clear, direct line of communication between the owner and the owner's design engineers and the geotechnical engineer. 11.0 REPORT CLOSURE The boring logs shown in this report contain information related to the types of soil encountered at specific locations and times and show lines delineating the interface between these materials. The logs also contain our field representative's interpretation of conditions that are believed to exist in those depth intervals between the actual samples taken. Therefore, these boring logs contain both factual and interpretive information. Laboratory soil classification tests were also performed on Report No. 103-23-486 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. 26 samples from selected depths in the borings. The results of these tests, along with visual -manual procedures were used to generally classify each stratum. Therefore, it should be understood that the classification data on the logs of borings represent visual estimates of classifications for those portions of each stratum on which the full range of laboratory soil classification tests were not performed. It is not implied that these logs are representative of subsurface conditions at other locations and times. With regard to groundwater conditions, this report presents data on groundwater levels as they were observed during the course of the field work. In particular, water level readings have been made in the borings at the times and under conditions stated in the text of the report and on the boring logs. It should be noted that fluctuations in the level of the groundwater table can occur with passage of time due to variations in rainfall, temperature, and other factors. Also, this report does not include quantitative information on rates of flow of groundwater into excavations, on pumping capacities necessary to dewater the excavations, or on methods of dewatering excavations. Unanticipated soil conditions at a construction site are commonly encountered and cannot be fully predicted by mere soil samples, test borings or test pits. Such unexpected conditions frequently require that additional expenditures be made by the owner to attain a properly designed and constructed project. Therefore, provision for some contingency fund is recommended to accommodate such potential extra cost. The analyses, conclusions and recommendations contained in this report are based on site conditions as they existed at the time of our field investigation and further on the assumption that the exploratory borings are representative of the subsurface conditions throughout the site; that is, the subsurface conditions everywhere are not significantly different from those disclosed by the borings at the time they were completed. If, during construction, different subsurface conditions from those encountered in our borings are observed, or appear to be present in excavations, we must be advised promptly so that we can review these conditions and reconsider our recommendations where necessary. If there is a substantial lapse of time between submission of this report and the start of the work at the site, if conditions have changed due either to natural causes or to construction operations at or adjacent to the site, or if structure locations, structural loads or finish grades are changed, we urge that we be promptly informed and retained to review our report to determine the applicability of the conclusions and recommendations, considering the changed conditions and/or time lapse. Report No. 103-23-486 27 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. Further, it is urged that CMJ Engineering, Inc. be retained to review those portions of the plans and specifications for this particular project that pertain to earthwork and foundations as a means to determine whether the plans and specifications are consistent with the recommendations contained in this report. In addition, we are available to observe construction, particularly the compaction of structural fill, or backfill and the construction of foundations as recommended in the report, and such other field observations as might be necessary. The scope of our services did not include any environmental assessment or investigation for the presence or absence of wetlands or hazardous or toxic materials in the soil, surface water, groundwater or air, on or below or around the site. This report has been prepared for use in developing an overall design concept. Paragraphs, statements, test results, boring logs, diagrams, etc. should not be taken out of context, nor utilized without a knowledge and awareness of their intent within the overall concept of this report. The reproduction of this report, or any part thereof, supplied to persons other than the owner, should indicate that this study was made for design purposes only and that verification of the subsurface conditions for purposes of determining difficulty of excavation, trafficability, etc. are responsibilities of the contractor. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. for specific application to design of this project. The only warranty made by us in connection with the services provided is that we have used that degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised under similar conditions by reputable members of our profession practicing in the same or similar locality. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made or intended. Report No. 103-23-486 28 CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. PLAN OF BORINGS C 1'� J Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Plate '— "!-,eerlll Main, and Gravity Main CMJ Project No. 103-23-486 Fort Worth, Texas Major Divisions Gym. Typical Names Laboratory Classification Criteria m 21 _Z�' m D M ° c 0 U N c L O a) > .. Mo 0 o ° Z a) 0 5 E N a C: M �_ m Z m m o m > a ° 2CL o a o' C7 Q a) c � L (n — c o E U E U)c CU a) O O N O a) O 0 U m > U)a)o c ° ("n U CU o 'Ito a) U o 0) c ° ° Z c o E c m •� a) � � c U a Q 0 LO c U) > U U �a T n3 o u) E (V = — o U a Z s c J ns o (D U) -�U- -0 E a) U) � o LO o> m m CO c LL m U o m 0) 75- .r- 4 = co V)— L O J 7 Well -graded gravels, gravel- �, D D 2 SW sand mixtures, little or no N C.= -6-- greater than 4: Cr= -----3- ----- between 1 and 3 fines o D10 D10 X D60 a 0 U U) U) U) Poorly graded gravels, gravel E GP sand mixtures, little or no ci) Not meeting all gradation requirements for GW fines _u) M U C� 0 �? 'L Liquid and Plastic limits GM Silt ravels, ravel -sand -silt y g g ^- below "A" line or P.I. Liquid and plastic limits mixtures Z greater than 4 plotting in hatched zone v, between 4 and 7 are m o borderline cases Clayey gravels, gravel -sand- N o .c N Li Liquid and Plastic limits "A" requiring use of dual GC clay mixtures c above line with P.I. symbols z° '� greater than 7 0) C as o� o Well -graded sands, gravelly - °p D60 (D")2 W sands, little or no fines > E - greater than 6: Cr= C° D10 -------------- between 1 and 3 D x D L O 0)O 10 60 Poorly graded sands; � U M E2 SP gravelly sands, little or no ° Not meeting all gradation requirements for SW fines .s Q ° CL aa) Silty sands, sand -silt a, o � (2 m °- Liquid and Plastic limits SM mixtures 3 N below "A" line or P.I. less Liquid and plastic limits E 0- o o o than 4 plotting between 4 and 7 o N J L are borderline cases .S E -0 Liquid and Plastic limits requiring use of dual SC Clayey sands, sand -clay E � a) E above "A" line with P.I. symbols y mixtures a a, m greater than 7 U Inorganic silts and very fine ML sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands, or clayey silts with slight plasticity 60 Inorganic clays of low to CL medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty 5c clays, and lean clays OL Organic silts and organic silty 4c clays of low plasticity X T 30 Inorganic silts, micaceous or :y MH diatomaceous fine sandy or silty soils, elastic silts 20 CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity, organic silts Pt Peat and other highly organic soils 1c 7 CC-ML 4 0 0 10 20 CL ML aid OL 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Liquid Limit Plasticity Chart UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM PLATE A.2 SOIL OR ROCK TYPES GRAVEL LEAN CLAY LIMESTONE m m o • • SAND • ••• SANDY — SHALE •••• • -- )XxSILT SILTY — .SANDSTONE HIGHLY / CLAYEY CONGLOMERATE Shelby Auger Split Rock Cone No PLASTIC10/// CLAY Tube Spoon Core Pen Recovery TERMS DESCRIBING CONSISTENCY, CONDITION, AND STRUCTURE OF SOIL Fine Grained Soils (More than 50% Passing No. 200 Sieve) Descriptive Item Penetrometer Reading, (tsf; Soft 0.0 to 1.0 Firm 1.0 to 1.5 Stiff 1.5 to 3.0 Very Stiff 3.0 to 4.5 Hard 4.5+ Coarse Grained SOIIS (More than 50% Retained on No. 200 Sieve) Penetration Resistance Descriptive Item Relative Density (blows/foot) 0 to 4 Very Loose 0 to 20% 4 to 10 Loose 20 to 40% 10 to 30 Medium Dense 40 to 70% 30 to 50 Dense 70 to 90% Over 50 Very Dense 90 to 100% Soil Structure Calcareous Contains appreciable deposits of calcium carbonate; generally nodular Slickensided Having inclined planes of weakness that are slick and glossy in appearance Laminated Composed of thin layers of varying color or texture Fissured Containing cracks, sometimes filled with fine sand or silt Interbedded Composed of alternate layers of different soil types, usually in approximately equal proportions TERMS DESCRIBING PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF ROCK Hardness and Degree of Cementation Very Soft or Plastic Can be remolded in hand; corresponds in consistency up to very stiff in soils Soft Can be scratched with fingernail Moderately Hard Can be scratched easily with knife; cannot be scratched with fingernail Hard Difficult to scratch with knife Very Hard Cannot be scratched with knife Poorly Cemented or Friable Easily crumbled Cemented Bound together by chemically precipitated material; Quartz, calcite, dolomite, siderite, and iron oxide are common cementing materials. Degree of Weathering Unweathered Rock in its natural state before being exposed to atmospheric agents Slightly Weathered Noted predominantly by color change with no disintegrated zones Weathered Complete color change with zones of slightly decomposed rock Extremely Weathered Complete color change with consistency, texture, and general appearance approaching soil KEY TO CLASSIFICATION AND SYMBOLS PLATE A.3 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-1 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 35.0' Date 7-9-24 Surface Elevation 630.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 25' during drilling; water at 26' at completion Type B-53, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description r— LIMESTONE GRAVEL, tan, w/ clay pockets, iron — stains, and ironstone nodules (possible fill) —_ — 627.0 CLAY / SANDY SILTY CLAY. brown, w/ ironstone — nodules, calcareous nodules, and calcareous — 5 deposits, hard - w/ gray below 7' —10 620.0 SANDY SILTY CLAY, light brown and gray, w/ ironstone nodules, calcareous nodules, and — �■ calcareous deposits, hard — —15j CLAY / SILTY CLAY, brown and gray, w/ ironstone — nodules, calcareous nodules, and calcareous — deposits, stiff —25 _ 601.0 = 30 SILTY SANDY CLAY, dark brown and gray, w/ iron seams and ironstone nodules, stiff — j —35595.0. j ........................ 0 oN O Z � cU- w (n E 'O W O N mdH ai .N ILU) JJ a3 dJ a3 d -S� O O 20 C Z)J C O O Z)UIL 2 4.5+ 13 4.5+ 50 15 35 15 4.5+ 14 119 168101 4.5+ 14 1 4.5+ 84 42 15 27 12 4.5+ 10 2.75 93 51 18 33 21 109 6170 I 2.5 22 I 1.75 21 LOG OF BORING NO. B-1 PLATE A.4 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-2 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 20 0. Date 7-18-24 Surface Elevation 620.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. - Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 10' during drilling; water at Vat completion Type B-53, w/ CFA U- o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description SANDY SILTY CLAY, light reddish brown, w/ iron j seams, ironstone nodules, calcareous nodules, and — � gravel, hard — — — 5 grades light brown, w/ calcareous seams below 4' — — w/ limestone fragments below 6' 612.0 _ CEMENTED SAND. tan, light reddish brown, and —10—:: . X very dense gray, rY _ X —15 '.•.•.": X 600.0 —2— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0 oN cLL O Z o �� w O N (n m .N a E a3 E a3 'O O O C C O O W mdH d(n JJ dJ d -S� 20 Z)J Z)UIL 4.5+ 11 4.5+ 14 4.5+ 42 14 28 15 117 6990 4.5+ 10 50/5" 50/3.75" 50/4" LOG OF BORING NO. B-2 PLATE A.5 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-3 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 25 0' Date 7-18-24 Surface Elevation 625.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 17' during drilling; water at 12' at completion Type B-53, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description j SILTY CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams, ironstone nodules, and calcareous nodules, hard —5�// grades brown below 6' 617.0 SANDY SILTY CLAY, brown, w/ iron seams, // ironstone nodules, and calcareous nodules, hard —10�/ - grades light brown, w/ calcareous seams below 13' —15 j 610.0 �j SILTY SANDY CLAY, light brown, w/ calcareous seams, ironstone nodules, calcareous nodules, and gravel, stiff _ 20 604.0 SAND, tan and gray, w/ sandy clay seams and layers, medium dense _ X X 600.0 —25�::::: ;— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0 oN O Z � cU- w (n E E 'O O N mdH m .N ILU) a JJ a3 dJ a3 d -S� O O 20 C Z)J C O O Z)UIL 4.5+ 11 4.5+ 14 4.5+ 48 17 31 15 4.5+ 16 116 139601 1 4.5+ 13 1 1 4.5+ 18 114 9320 1 1 2.0 63 36 13 23 16 1 27 LOG OF BORING NO. B-3 PLATE A.6 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-4 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 35.0' Date 7-18-24 Surface Elevation 635.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 30' during drilling; water at 30' at completion Type B-53, w/ CFA U- o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description 0 oN cLL O Z o �� w O N (n m .N a E a5 E a5 'O O O C C O O mdH ILU) JJ LLJ LL 20 Z)J Z)UIL 11 24 12 12 2 50/4.25` 50/4.5" 1 50/4" 50/3.75` 50/4" 50/4" 1 50/5" LOG OF BORING NO. B-4 PLATE A.7 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-rJ Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 45.0, Date 7-18-24 Surface Elevation 640.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 37' with borehole cave-in at 2' and 3' during drilling; water at 27' at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA 6 o aa) s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description 639.0 SILTY CLAY, brown and gray, w/ limestone _ fragments, calcareous nodules, and calcareous — deposits, hard (possible fill) — —�� LI EST E GRAVEL, brown, w/ clay seams rpossi (e fill) _ — 5 cave-in at 2' during drilling cave-in at 3' during drilling _ r —10 630.0 CEMENTED SAND. tan, very dense _ X —15�::7 X - X X - - X —30—:; X _ X —35—::::j f: X �— — X ° —40— X 0 U X —45�—::::: a M N X 595.0 ------------------------ M O_ i� Z K O m O o LOG OF BORING NO. B-rJ J C oN rLL O Z o �� w o LL O)o 0 o y i C m (n C) Qa O N (n m .N a E a3 E a3 'O O O Ca C O O W mdH IL(n JJ LLJ LL 20 Z)J Z)UIL 4.5+ 35 13 22 6 50/4" 50/5.25" 50/4" 50/3.75" �0/4.125' I 50/4" 50/4.75" PLATE A.8 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-6 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 25 0' Date 7-18-24 Surface Elevation 620.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 18' during drilling; water at 17' at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description CLAY, dark brown and brown, w/ iron seams, / ironstone nodules, and calcareous nodules, very stiff to hard —5 w/ calcareous seams below 8' —10 610.0 — SILTY SANDY CLAY, brown and light brown, w/ — j calcareous seams, ironstone nodules, and — � calcareous nodules, hard —15 w/ gray below 15' _ 602.0 CEMENTED SAND. tan, very dense —20�:::: — — X x 595.0 - extremely hard sandstone layer at 25' —25�'....::. ------------------------- refusal at 25' due to extremely hard sandstone layer 0 oN cLL O Z o �� w o LL ca O N U5 ai .N a E co E co a O O C-0 C O O mdH ILU) JJ LLJ E 20 Z)J Z)UIL 4.5+ 9 4.5+ 61 16 45 15 4.0 15 117 9230 4.5+ 15 I 4.5+ 13 I 1 4.5+ 61 38 13 25 12 122 9330 1 1 50/5" I 50/3.5" LOG OF BORING NO. B-6 PLATE A.9 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-7 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 25 0' Date 7-9-24 Surface Elevation 605.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 16' during drilling; water at 14' at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description — J 5 =10 —15 e — —I = 20— CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams and ironstone nodules, hard - w/ calcareous nodules above 3' 592.0 CLAY, brown, w/ iron seams and ironstone nodules, stiff to very stiff - w/ calcareous nodules above 15' - grades dark brown below 19' 580.0 ------------------------- 0 oN cLL O Z o �� w O N Uj ai .N a E co E co a O O C C O O mdH ILU) JJ LLJ E 20 Z)J Z)UIL 4.5+ 13 4.5+ 16 4.5+ 16 4.5+ 17 I 4.5+ 70 16 54 18 I 4.5+ 18 I 4.5+ 18 109 93901 3.75 94 57 17 40 20 1.75 25 101 3200 2.75 21 LOG OF BORING NO. B-7 PLATE A.10 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-8 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 50.0, Date 7-9-24 Surface Elevation 610.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 17' during drilling; water at 14' at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA 6 o aa) s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description CLAY / SILTY CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams, ironstone nodules, and calcareous nodules, hard grades reddish brown below 3' —5— _ 602.0 grades light brown below 7' — _ X CEMENTED SAND. tan, very dense X w/ gravel above 13' —15�.`;.4;".`. X —20J: X _ X —25 6" thick extremely hard sandstone layer at 25' — X —30� .:;: X 577.0 _ —_— J SANDY SHALE, gray, w/ sand seams and layers, — soft to moderately hard —3 —40z t —45� -- U t—_ v N 0 — ~ — — t 560.0 z o' 0 m 0 o J LOG OF BORING NO. B-H 0 U w W 0 oN cLL O Z o �� w C� ooU5 ns.� aE asE asa oo c-0 coo mdH IL(n JJ LLJ LL 20 Z)J Z)UIL 4.5+ 11 1 4.5+ 11 1 4.5+ 13 1 1 4.5+ 17 111 104401 1 4.5+ 53 18 35 16 109 1 4.5+ 50/5" 50/5" 50/4.5" 50/1.5" 50/4" 1100/7.5' �100/6.25' 100/4" 100/4" 14 PLATE A.11 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-9 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 25 0' Date 7-9-24 Surface Elevation 610.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 17' during drilling; water at 18' at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA 0 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description SILTY CLAY, dark brown, w/ fractured limestone 608.0 seams, iron seams, ironstone nodules, and � � calcareous nodules, hard � SILTY CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams, ironstone — nodules, and calcareous nodules, very stiff to hard — 5 grades brown below 3' grades light brown, w/ occasional calcareous seams below 7' —10 —15 _ 592.0 CLAYEY SAND, light reddish brown, w/ iron seams and ironstone nodules —20 —25 585.0 0 oN cLL O Z o �� w O N (n m .N a E a3 E a3 'O O O C C O O mIL�-: ILU) JJ LLJ LL 20 Z)J Z)UIL 4.5+ 8 4.5+ 11 4.5+ 18 4.5+ 14 4.5+ 13 I 4.5+ 39 13 26 10 I 3.75 16 115 6490 1 3.75 17 114 64501 1 1.5 22 26 12 14 17 1 1.0 19 LOG OF BORING NO. B-9 PLATE A.12 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-10 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 25 0' Date 7-10-24 Surface Elevation 655.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Seepage at 16' during drilling; water at 13' at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description j SILTY CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams, ironstone nodules, and occasional calcareous nodules, hard - stiff to very stiff below 2' —5�/// 647.0 brown, light reddish brown, and gray, w/ calcareous deposits below 7' X SAND, tan and gray, lightly cemented, dense to —10.... very dense _ X X _ 637.0 `N/ iron seams below 17' CEMENTED SAND. tan, very dense —2 0-�l - _ 633.0 SAND, tan, dense X 630.0 - w/ sandy shale seams below 24' —25—:..:.. ------------------------- 0 oN O Z o �� cLL w (n E E 'O O N mdH m .N ILU) a JJ a5 LLJ a5 LL O O 20 C Z)J C O O Z)UIL 4.5+ 6 4.5+ 13 2.5 19 2.25 24 100 3300 3.5 21 I 2.75 38 13 25 17 I 49 1 50/5" 1 50/3.5" 42 LOG OF BORING NO. B-10 PLATE A.13 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-11 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 15.0, Date 7-10-24 Surface Elevation 690.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. - Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Dry during drilling; dry at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams, ironstone / nodules, and calcareous nodules, hard stiff below 4' —5 _ 683.0 SILTY CLAY, light brown, w/ iron seams, calcareous seams, ironstone nodules, and — calcareous nodules, hard — 10 � -grades light reddish brown below 9 w/ fractured limestone seams below 11' �■ 675.0 —15 j 0 oN O Z o �� cLL w (n E 'O W O N mdH ai .N ILU) JJ a3 LLJ a3 E O O 20 C Z)J C O O Z)UIL 4.5+ 16 4.5+ 20 4.5+ 22 4.5+ 24 98 7660 2.5 74 21 53 29 4.5+ 19 113 7540 4.5+ 38 14 24 14 4.5+ 12 LOG OF BORING NO. B-11 PLATE A.14 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-11.1 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 20 0• Date 7-9-24 Surface Elevation 695.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. - Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Dry during drilling; dry at completion Type B-53, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description —5� _ S —10— _ —15J= CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams and ironstone nodules, hard 692.0 w/ calcareous deposits and calcareous nodules below 2' LIMESTONE, tan, very hard 688.0 LIMESTONE, gray, very hard 675.0 ------------------------- 0 oN O Z � cU- w Uj E E O N mdH ai .N ILU) a JJ co dJ co a d -S� O O 20 C Z)J C O O Z)UIL 4.5+ 64 24 40 19 4.5+ 19 104 11490 4.5+ 18 100/0.5" ' 00/0.37E" 100/0.5" 100/0.25' LOG OF BORING NO. B-11.1 PLATE A.15 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-12 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 25 0' Date 7-10-24 Surface Elevation 690.0 LL o m s � a > m a) C/) U) 0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Dry during drilling; dry at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA Stratum Description 689.0 LIMESTONE, tan, fractured, w/ clay seams LIMESTONE, tan, w/ clay seams and layers, very hard to extremely hard - w/ gray limestone seams and layers below 9' 679.0 LIMESTONE, gray, very hard 665.0 ------------------------- 0 oN cU- ° z �� N a�i O N (n m .N a E a3 E a3 'O O O C C O O mdH ILU) JJ dJ d -S� 20 Z)J Z)UIL 5 �100/0.25' 100/01, 1 1100/0.5" �100/0.25' ' 00/0.62E" LOG OF BORING NO. B-12 PLATE A.16 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-12.1 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 20 0• Date 7-10-24 Surface Elevation 695.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. - Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Dry during drilling; dry at completion Type CME-55, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description SILTY CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams, ironstone _ 693.0 nodules, and calcareous nodules, hard 692.0 SILTY CLAY, light brown, w/ fractured limestone seams, calcareous seams, and calcareous nodules, hard = 5 UrESTOJJE, tan, fractured, w/ clay seams and layers, (lard _ 688.0 LIMESTONE, gray, very hard —10- -15 C oN O Z � cU- w (n E E 'O O N mdH m .N ILU) a JJ a3 dJ a3 d -S� O O 20 C Z)J C O O Z)UIL 4.5+ 22 4.5+ 20 99 12890 4.5+ 10 100/1.75' 675.0 ------------------------- 100/0.75' 100/0.75' ' 00/0.62E" LOG OF BORING NO. B-12.1 PLATE A.17 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-13 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 15.0' Date 7-9-24 Surface Elevation 690.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. - Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Dry during drilling; dry at completion Type B-53, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description 689.0 CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams and ironstone nodules, hard LIMESTONE, tan, very hard 683.0 LIMESTONE, gray, very hard 675.0 ------------------------- 0 oN cU- O Z � w O N Uj ai .N E co E co a O O C-0 C O O W mdH ILU JJ dJ d -S� 20 Z)J Z)UIL 4.5+ 57 24 33 10 ' 00/0.12E" 100/0.25' ' 00/0.37E" LOG OF BORING NO. B-13 PLATE A.18 Project No. Boring No. 103-23-486 B-14 Location See Plate A.1 Completion Completion Depth 20 0• Date 7-9-24 Surface Elevation 705.0 CMJ ENGINEERING INC. - Project Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road - Fort Worth, Texas Water Observations Dry during drilling; dry at completion Type B-53, w/ CFA 6 o m s � a p Cn (n Stratum Description SILTY CLAY, dark brown, w/ iron seams, ironstone nodules, and calcareous nodules, hard 702.0 SILTY SANDY CLAY, light brown, w/ fractured limestone seams, calcareous deposits, ironstone nodules, and calcareous nodules, hard 697.0 SHALY CLAY, light reddish brown and gray, w/ iron seams and ironstone nodules, blocky, stiff 692.0 LIMESTONE, tan, very hard 688.0 LIMESTONE, gray, very hard 685.0 ------------------------- 0 oN O Z � cU- w (n E E 'O W O N mdH m .N ILU) a JJ a5 dJ a5 d -S� O O 20 C Z)J C O O Z)UIL 4.5+ 16 4.5+ 15 4.5+ 17 4.5+ 14 112 4.5+ 47 42 14 28 11 120 4190 2.5 83 22 61 27 99 3450 ' 00/0.37E" 100/0.5" LOG OF BORING NO. B-14 PLATE A.19 N =9 = I I z�- 0 0 0 100 90 I I I I I I I f �— 80 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 70 I I I I I I I --1-- tt- I 1 f— I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 60 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 50 I I I I I I I —I ♦ i—i— i-� i- - - I I I I I I I i 1-- — i —{--I —I F { I I I J I J I I I I 40— I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 30 1 ! I 1 - 4 1-1 1 I I I I I I I - -J-1 I I I I I I - I 20- I J J I I I I I I I I I I I I 10l— I 0--- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 100 1 : 0.' 0. )1 0.00, GRAIN SIZE - mm. % Gravel % Sand % Fines %+311 Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine Silt Clay 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.5 6.9 48.5 44.0 LL PL D85 D60 D50 D30 D15 D10 Cc Cu 51 18 0.0564 0.0191 0.0083 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Project No. 103-23-486 Client: Kimley-Horn & Associates Project: Silver Creels LS, FM & GM - Silver Creels Rd. - FW, TX 0 Depth: 24-25 Sample Number: B-1 CN1J ENGINEERING, INC. TEST DATE USCS CH Remarks: NM Fort Worth, Texas PLATE A.20 106 I 1 I I I I 90 I I I I I I 80 I I I I 70 I I I I I ry 60 I I III I I I- I I z 50 w I wI a. 40 I I I I I I 30 I I I I I 20 I I 10 1 I I I 0 1601 O X LL 0 36 O Particle Size i triuti n Report c c O O o I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I \ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GRAIN SIZE - mm. +3" % Gravel Larse % Sand % Fines Coarse Fine Medium Fine Silt Clay 0.0 0.0 3.3 4.0 12.3 17.4 36.6 26.4 PL D85 D60 D50 D30 D15 D10 Cc 13 0.6771 0.0648 0.0439 0.0071 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION TEST DATE USCS CL Project No. 103-23-486 Client: Kimley-Horn & Associates Project: Silver Creek LS, FM & GM - Silver Creek Rd. - FW, TX o Depth: 18-20 Sample Number: B-3 CNIJ ENGINEERING, INC. Remarks: CU Fort Worth, Texas PLATE A.21 o 0 0 0 0 0 o Cq 100 I � i—T 1—�" r. 90 I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I L I I I I I I I 80— I I I J I I I I I I 70 i — I- L—�-- f--I—�—..1 --�—I i i t- A I I I I I I f I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I y w 60 — I—t— 1 I — - I -i �► - z I I I I I I I I I I I w 50 — — vry I I I I I I I I I n 40- I 30 — I 1 I l l I I I i I I I l i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 20 I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 o - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 10) 1 : 1 0.' 0.)1 0.(0' % +3" % Gravel Coarse Fine Coarse Medium 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 1.2 X LL PL D85 D60 D50 0 57 17 0.0362 0.0059 0.0036 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 Project No. 103-23-486 Client: Kimley-Horn & Associates Project: Silver Creek LS, FM & GM - Silver Creek Rd. - FW, TX o Depth: 14-15 Sample Number: B-7 CIVIJ ENGINEERING, INC. GRAIN SIZE - mm. % Sand I % Fines Fine JI Silt Clay 4.3 37.3 56.4 D$o D15 D10 Cc Cu TEST DATE USCS CH Remarks: NM PLATE A.22 Fort Worth, Texas Particle Size Distribution Report o00 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 90 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 80 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 70 I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 60 Z I I I I I I I I I I Z 50 I I I I I I I I I w I I I I I I I I w 40 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 30 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 20 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0 1t�j 1c 0.1 0.)1 0.c0 GRAIN SIZE - mm. % Gravel % Sand % Fines +3" Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine Silt Clay 0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 1.2 76.5 18.4 3.8 X LL PL D85 D60 D50 D30 D15 D10 Cc Cu 0 26 12 0.3268 0.2222 0.1891 0.1139 0.0563 0.0466 1.25 4.77 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION TEST DATE USCS NM 0 SC Project No. 103-23-486 Client: Kimley-Horn & Associates Remarks: Project: Silver Creek LS, FM & GM - Silver Creels Rd. - FW, TX o Depth: 19-20 Sample Number: B-9 CNIJ ENGINEERING, INC. PLATE A.23 Fort Worth, Texas FREE SWELL TEST RESULTS Project: Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main, and Gravity Main Silver Creek Road — Fort Worth, Texas Project No.: 103-23-486 Depth Liquid Plastic Plasticity Moisture Percent Boring Interval Sample Limit Limit Index Content % Swell No. (ft.) Description o ( ��) LL PL PI Initial Final B-8 4-5 Clay / Silty 53 18 35 16.0 20.6 2.8 Clay Free swell tests performed at approximate overburden pressure CMJ ENGINEERING, INC. PLATE A.24 GC-6.06.1) Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 FORT WORTH. City of Fort Worth Business Equity Division INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ABOUT THE BUSINESS EQUITY GOAL Bid number: Business Equity Goal: It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable utilization of Business Equity Firms when appropriate, in the procurement of all goods and services. When a Business Equity Goal is established for a bid, it means that the City of Fort Worth believes that there are Business Equity Firms available that can provide goods or services requested by the bid. The Business Equity Goal for Bid number is %. This means that the City believes that there are available Business Equity Firms that can provide goods or services required by this bid and therefore, % of the Bidder's awarded amount must be spent with a Business Equity Firm. All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Business Equity Ordinance #25165-10-2021 apply to this bid. Definitions are at the end of this document. Because a Business Equity Goal has been established for this bid, in order for your bid to be considered, a Bidder must satisfv one (1) of the conditions below. A. Commit to Meet or Exceed the Business Equity Goal Hire Business Equity Firm(s) to provide goods or services and spend at least the goal amount with the Business Equity Firm(s). Step 1: Obtain a listing of Business Equity Firms by completing the "Request for Listing of Certified Firms Form" located at the City of Fort Worth's Business Equity Division website. Step 2: Request bids from Business Equity Firms to provide goods or services at least 10 calendar days before bid opening. Step 3: Submit the following two (2) forms: a. Utilization Plan b. Letter(s) of Intent B. Prove a Good Faith Effort Show attempt to hire Business Equity Firms to meet or exceed the goal, but was unsuccessful. This can occur in two (2) ways: 1) Bidder proposes a smaller Goal Step 1: Obtain a listing of Business Equity Firms by completing the "Request for Listing of Certified Firms Form" located at the City of Fort Worth's Business Equity Division website. Step 2: Request bids from Business Equity Firms to provide goods or services at least 10 calendar days before bid opening. Step 3: Submit the following three (3) forms: a. Utilization Plan b. Letter(s) of Intent c. Good Faith Effort 2) Bidder proposes a 0% Goal Step 1: Obtain a listing of Business Equity Firms by completing the "Request for Listing of Certified Firms Form" located at the City of Fort Worth's Business Equity Division website. Step 2: Request bids from Business Equity Firms to provide goods or services at least 10 calendar days before bid opening. Step 3: If unsuccessful, submit Good Faith Effort Form. Please see Ordinance �20-370 (q) page for requirements of an acceptable Good Faith Effort. C. Prove that the Bidder Can Perform the Service and Provide all Materials on the Project as the Prime Contractor Bidder must show that the Bidder is providing all of the goods and services through their own company and that there are no goods or services provided by a third party or an affiliate. Bidder will not purchase any supplies or inventory from a third party. Step 1: Must submit Prime Contract Waiver Form D. Create a Joint Venture with a Business Equity Firm At least one or both of the firms must be a Business Equity Firm Step 1: Must submit Joint Venture Form DEADLINE TO SUBMIT REQUIRED DOCUMENTS AND FORMS Bidders must submit sealed bids to be opened at the date, time, and place stated in the solicitation for the public opening of bids. Faxed copies will not be accepted. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS 1. If I am Business Equity Firm, can I count my performance of the bid? Answer. A Business Equity Prime Contractor can count its self -performance towards meeting the Business Equity Goal for the assigned North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) commodity codes on its Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) or Women Business Enterprise (WBE) certification. 2. What if I am a Business Equity Firm, but I am unable to self perform all work or provide all of the goods under the bid, can I count my performance under the Bid? Answer. If the Business Equity Prime cannot self -perform all of the work, it will be accountable for subcontracting with certified firms to meet the overall goal. Business Equity Firms that qualify under the "Significant Business Presence" definition may count in the Program upon approval of DVIN-BE. 3. This bid does not have a set amount that the City will purchase from the Awarded Bidder, how do I complete the form? Answers: a. For a low bid procurement, the lowest bidder shall submit a Utilization Plan no later than 2:00 PM on the third business day after bids are opened detailing all Subcontractors the Contractor intends to utilize in its performance of a Contract. Contractors that are Business Equity Firms may count their self -performed services towards meeting a Business Equity Goal. b. For a Best Value procurement, all bidders who wish to be considered for evaluation scoring shall submit a Utilization Plan by 2:00 PM on the third business day after the bids are opened detailing all Subcontractors the Contractor intends to utilize in its performance of a Contract. Contractors that are Business Equity Firms may count their self -performed services towards meeting a Business Equity Goal. c. Non-compliance. If the lowest bidder for a low bid procurement or any bidder for a Best Value procurement does not timely submit its Utilization Plan with the required documents, that bidder will be deemed Non -Responsive. For a low bid procurement, the City will notify the next lowest bidder who shall then submit a Utilization Plan with required documents no later than 2:00 PM on the third business day after the bidder receives notification. This process will be followed until a bidder submitting the required documents is selected. DEFINITIONS Business Equity Firm means an Independent Firm that is a Certified minority- and/or women -owned business enterprise (M/WBE) with a Significant Business Presence in the City's Marketplace. Business Equity Goal means a calculation prepared by the DVIN-BE that includes all the following factors: the detailed cost estimate of the work to be performed, or goods purchased; the 6-county Marketplace; the availability of Business Equity Firms and non -Business Equity Firms in the Marketplace determined ona Contract -by -Contract basis; and the subcontracting/supplier opportunities of each project. Certified means those firms identified by the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) that have been determined to be a bona fide MBE or WBE by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), the Dallas/Fort Worth Minority Supplier Development Council (DFW /MSDC), Women's Business Council -SW (WBCS), Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) or another certifying agency that the DVIN-BE may deem appropriate and accepted by the City of Fort Worth. DVIN-BE means the City's Department of Diversity and Inclusion — Business Equity Division Good Faith Efforts means the actions undertaken by a Contractor and approved by DVIN-BE as described inthe Business Equity Ordinance U0-370 (g). Joint Venture means a business entity formed by two or more independent Persons for the purpose of pursuing a common objective, such as a prime contract. The resulting business entity has additional resources and capacity, enhancing its ability to compete for larger awards. A joint venture is generally characterized by shared ownership, shared returns and risks, and shared governance. In a joint venture, the prime managing partner holds 51 % or more interest in the business. Partner(s) hold less than 51 % interest but in most cases, not less than 20%. Marketplace means the geographic area as defined by the City's most current Disparity Study (i.e., Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker and Wise counties). Responsive means that a Person is compliant with the requirements of the Business Equity Ordinance. Significant Business Presence means a Person (1) which has its principal place of business located inside the Marketplace; (2) which has its principal place of business located outside the Marketplace but has been verified to be in existence for a minimum of 24 months and from which at least 20% of the business's workforce is based in the Marketplace; or (3) which has cumulative business receipts greater than $1,000,000 for work done in the Marketplace since January 1, 2013. Utilization Plan means the list of Business Equity Firms that a Contractor commits will be utilized to meet the Business Equity Goal for a specific project, the scopes of the work and the dollar values or the percentages of the work to be performed. VIOLATIONS AND SANCTIONS 1. Failure to comply with the City's Business Equity Ordinance will result in the bid being considered "Non -Responsive." 2. Failure to submit the required Business Equity forms and documentation will result in the bid being considered non -responsive and a "written warning" letter that may impact the Offeror's evaluation scoring on future City bid opportunities for up to 12 months, refer to Ordinance F420-373 on VIOLATIONS AND SANCTIONS for continued offenses or failures to comply. If you have any questions, contact Department of Diversity & Inclusion, Business Equity Division Email: DVIN_BE@fortworthtexas.gov I Phone: 817-392-2674 FORT WORTH PRIME/OFFEROR/OWNER COMPANY NAME: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT NUMBER City of Fort Worth Business Equity Utilization Form Disadvantaqed Business Enterprise Utilization Form (Applicable if Federally -Funded) BID DATE: City's Business Equity Goal: (Check if addressing DBE Goal) Check all applicable boxes to describe ❑ Not Certified MBE Prime/Offeror/Owner's Classification: Certifying Agency: ❑ NCTRCA F—]D/FW MSDC FITX DOT Ethnicity: ❑African American Hispanic Caucasian 1:1WBE ❑DBE WBCS Asian Other: ATTACHMENT 1A Page 1 of 4 Offeror's Business Equity (or DBE) % Commitment: HUB EIVOSB Section 3 ❑ Native American Gender: ❑Male Dernale11 Non -Binary Definitions: Business Equity Firm: Certified MBE Minority Business Enterprise or WBE Women Business Enterprise DBE: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise HUB: Historically Under Utilized Business VOSB: Veteran Owned Small Business Section 3: Certified Housing Urban Development Vendors ALL BUSINESS EQUITY FIRMS MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD Failure to complete this form, in its entirety, and received by the Purchasing Division no later than 2:00 p.m. on the third City business day after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. Exception: CFA, ICA, and CDBG projects, documents will be submitted to the Citv Proiect Manaqer if publicly bid or to the Developer if privately bid. The undersigned Prime/Offeror agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the Business Equity firm(s) listed in this utilization schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth (Exception: Developer voiects). The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. Business Equity firms listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the City's marketplace at the time of bid or the business has a Significant Business Presence in the Marketplace. The marketplace is the Citv of Fort Worth including portions of Denton, Parker, Wise, and all of Tarrant, Dallas, and Johnson counties. Certified means those Business Equity Firms, located within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be a bona -fide minority or women business enterprise by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), Dallas/Fort Worth Minority Supplier Development Council (D/FW MSDC) and Women's Business Council -Southwest (WBCS). If hauling services are utilized, the Prime/Offeror will be given credit as long as the Business Equity firm listed owns and operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The Business Equity firms may lease trucks from another Business Equity firm, including Business Equity owner -operated, and receive full Business Equity credit. The Business Equity firm may lease trucks from non -Business Equity firms, including owner -operated, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the Business Equity as outlined in the lease agreement. Federally -funded Projects (ONLY), Counting DBE Participation: If materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer, count 100 percent of the cost of the materials or supplies towards the goal. If the materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE regular dealer, count 60 percent of the cost of the materials and supplies toward the DBE goal. When materials or supplies are purchased from a DBE neither a manufacturer nor a regular dealer, count the entire amount of fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the materials and supplies or fees or transportation charges for the delivery of the materials or supplies delivered to the job site. In all cases, the Prime/Offeror is responsible to identify the amounts to be used toward the committed DBE goal. Note: For DBE Goals, 60% of the services count towards the goal. Effective 01/01/2021 Updated 03/24/2022 FORT WORTH ATTACHMENT 1A Business Equity Utilization Form Page 2 of Please note that only certified Business Equity firms will be counted to meet the Business Equity goal. Prime/Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Business Equity firms and non -Business Equity firms. Prime/Offerors must identify by tier level all subcontractors/suppliers. Tier: means the level of subcontracting below the Prime/Offeror i.e. a direct payment from the Prime/Offeror to a subcontractor is considered 1 st tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2nd tier. Business Equity firms are to be listed before non -Business Equity firms. The Prime/Offeror is responsible to provide proof of payment of all tiered sub-contractors/suppliers identified as a Business Equity firm and counting those dollars towards meeting the contract committed goal. Certified Business Equity Prime/Offeror Contractors counting their self -performance towards meeting the contract goal, must be certified within those NAICS commodity codes with a certifying agency acceptable by the City of Fort Worth. Certified Business Equity Prime/Offeror counting self -performing services towards the goal, the service(s) to be performed should be listed first on the Utilization form. Check this box ❑if certified Prime Contractor services will be counting towards the Business Equity contracting goal. Please list services first below. Please list certified Business Equitv firm names as listed on their certification, includinq DBA names. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF CONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS TYPE OF SERVICES/SUPPLIES PROVIDED NAICS Required) ( q ) Specify Tier Certification Agency Name 1st Tier Gender and Ethnicity: Business Name: Type of Service/Supplies: Certified By: ❑ Male ❑ Female ❑ Non -Binary Address: ❑D/FW MSDC ❑African American ❑Hispanic ❑NCTRCA Phone: NAICS Code: ❑TXDOT ❑WBCS ❑Asian Email: ❑Other: ❑Caucasian ❑ Native Contact Person: $ AMOUNT: American Business Name: Type of Service/Supplies: Certified By: ❑ Male ❑ Female ❑ Non -Binary ❑DFW MSDC Address: ❑NCTRCA ❑ African American ❑ Hispanic Phone: NAICS Code: ❑TXDOT ❑WBCS ❑ Asian Email: ❑Other: ❑ Caucasian ❑ Native Contact Person: $ AMOUNT: American Business Name: Type of Service/Supplies: Certified By: ❑ Male ❑ Female ❑ Non -Binary Address: ❑DFW MSDC ❑NCTRCA ❑ African American Hispanic Phone: NAICS Code: ❑TXDOT ❑WBCS ❑Asian Email: ❑Other: ❑ Caucasian ❑ Native Contact Person: $ AMOUNT: American Effective 01 /01 /2021 Updated 03/24/2022 FORT WORTH Business Equity Utilization Form Please include multiple copies of this page if needed to list all contractors and suppliers. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF CONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Business Name: Address: Phone: Email: Contact Person: Business Name: Address: Phone: Email: Contact Person: Business Name: Address: Phone: Email: Contact Person: Business Name: Address: Phone: Email: Contact Person: TYPE OF SERVICES/SUPPLIES PROVIDED (NAICS Required) Type of Service/Supplies: NAICS Code: $ AMOUNT: Specify Tier Certification Agency Name 1st Tier ATTACHMENT1A Page 3 of 4 Gender and Ethnicity: Certified By: ❑ Male ❑ Female ❑ Non -Binary ]D/FW MSDC ❑African American ❑Hispanic ]NCTRCA ]TXDOT ❑WBCS [:]Asian ❑Caucasian ❑Native ❑Other: American Type of Service/Supplies: Certified By: ❑ Male ❑Female ❑Non -Binary ❑DFW MSDC African American ❑Hispanic ❑NCTRCA NAICS Code: ❑TXDOT ❑WBCS ❑Asian []Other: ❑ Caucasian ❑ Native $ AMOUNT: American Type of Service/Supplies: Certified By: ❑ Male ❑Female ❑Non -Binary ❑DFW MSDC ❑African American ❑NCTRCA ❑Hispanic NAICS Code: ❑ TXDOT ❑WBCS ❑Asian ❑ Other: ❑ Caucasian ❑ Native $ AMOUNT: American Type of Service/Supplies: Certified By: ❑ Male ❑ Female ❑ Non -Binary ]DFW MSDC ]NCTRCA ❑African American ❑Hispanic AICS Code: ]TXDOT ❑WBCS ❑Asian ]Other: ❑Caucasian ❑Native $ AMOUNT: American Effective 01/01/2021 Updated 03/24/2022 FORT WORTH Business Equity Utilization Form Total Dollar Amount of Certified Prime/Offeror Services towards contract goal $ Total Dollar Amount of Business Equity (or DBE if applicable) Subcontractors/Suppliers $ Total Dollar Amount of Non -Business Equity Subcontractors/Suppliers $ TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF CERTIFIED PRIME/ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ ATTACHMENT1A Page 4 of 4 The Prime/Offeror will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions to this certified list without the prior approval of the Business Equity Division through the submittal of a Request for Approval of Change/Addition online. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the ordinance. The Prime/Offeror shall submit a detailed explanation of how the requested change/addition or deletion will affect the committed Business Equity goal. If the detail explanation is not submitted, it will affect the final compliance determination. By affixing a signature to this form, the Prime/Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including non -Business Equity firms. The Prime/Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company. The Prime/Offeror agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work performed by the Business Equity firms on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. A Prime/Offerer who intentionally and/or knowingly misrepresents material facts shall be Debarred for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. Authorized Signature Title Company Name Address City/State/Zip Code Printed Signature Contact Name and Title (if different) Phone Number Email Address Date Department of Diversity and Inclusion - Business Equity Division Email: DVIN_BEOffice@fortworthtexas.gov Ph: 817-392-2674 Effective 01/01/2021 Updated 03/24/2022 FORT WORTH OFFEROR COMPANY NAME: PROJECT NAME: City's MBE Project Goal: City of Fort Worth Business Equity (M/WBE) Specifications Prime Contractor Waiver Form Offeror's MBE Project Commitment: ATTACHMENT 1B Page 1 of 1 Check applicable block to describe Prime �M/WBE 11 NON-MWBE BID DATE PROJECT NUMBER If both answers to this form are YES, do not complete ATTACHMENT 1C (Good Faith Effort Form). All questions on this form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided, if applicable. If the answer to either question is NO, then you must complete ATTACHMENT 1 C. This form is only applicable if both answers are yes. Failure to complete this form in its entirety and be received by the Purchasing Division no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business day after bid opening, exclusive of the bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? YES If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this NO project, this is Your normal business practice and provide an operational profile of your business. Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? YES If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of your business. NO The Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including certified M/WBE(s) on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original M/WBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/WBEs on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material breach of contract and may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. Authorized Signature Title Company Name Address City/State/Zip Printed Signature Contact Name (if different) Phone Number Fax Number Email Address Date Business Equity Division Rev. 3/13/2022 Email: DVIN_BEOffice@fortworthtexas.gov Phone: (817)392-2674 FORT WORM., City of Fort Worth ATTACHMENT 1C Business Equity Division Page 1 of 4 Good Faith Effort Form PRIME/OFFEROR COMPANY NAME: PROJECT NAME: Business Equity Goal: Offeror's Business Equity Goal Commitment Check applicable box to describe Prime/Offeror's Certification �❑ Business Equity ❑ Non -Business Firm Equity Firm BID DATE PROJECT NUMBER I If the Offeror did not meet or exceed the Business Equity Goal for this project, the Prime/Offeror must complete I !I this form. 11 If the Prime/Offeror's method of compliance with the Business Equity Goal is based upon demonstration of a "Good Faith Effort", the Prime/Offeror will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 10 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of the facts or intentional discrimination by the Prime/Offeror. Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Purchasing Division no later than 2:00 p.m. on the third City business day after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. Exception: CFA, ICA, and CDBG projects, documents will be submitted to the City Project Manager if publicly bid or to the Developer if privately bid. 1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity for the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a Business Equity firm or non -Business Equity firm. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS). On all projects, the Prime/Offeror must list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity regardless of tier. (Use additional sheets, if necessary) List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities Effective 03/15/2022 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 2 of 4 2.) Obtain a current (not more than two (2) months old from the bid open date) list of Business Equity subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's Business Equity Division. ❑ Yes ❑ No Date of Listing 3.) Did you solicit bids from Business Equity firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? ❑ Yes (If yes, attach list to include name of Business Equity firm, person contacted, phone number and date and time of contact.) ❑ No 4.) Did you solicit bids from Business Equity firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by fax, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? ❑ Yes (If yes, attach list to include name of Business Equity firm, fax number and date and time of contact. In addition, if the fax is returned as undeliverable, then that "undeliverable confirmation" received must be printed directly from the facsimile for proper documentation. Failure to submit confirmation and/or "undeliverable confirmation" documentation may render the NO GFE non -responsive.) 5.) Did you solicit bids from Business Equity firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by email, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? ❑ Yes (If yes, attach email confirmation to include name of Business Equity firm, date and time. In addition, if an email is returned as undeliverable, then that "undeliverable message" receipt must be printed directly from the FINO email system for proper documentation. Failure to submit confirmation and/or "undeliverable message" documentation may render the GFE non -responsive.) NOTE: The three methods identified above are acceptable for soliciting bids, and each selected method must be applied to the applicable contract. The Prime/Offeror must document that either at least two attempts were made using two of the three methods or that at least one successful contact was made using one of the three methods in order to deemed responsive to the Good Faith Effort requirement. NOTE: The Prime/Offeror must contact the entire Business Equity list specific to each subcontracting and supplier opportunity to be in compliance with questions 3 thru 5. 6.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential Business Equity firms? ❑ Yes ❑ No 7.) Did you provide the information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist the Business Equity firms? Yes No Effective 03/15/2022 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 3 of 4 8.) Did you prepare a quotation for the Business Equity firms to bid on goods/services specific to their skill set? ❑ Yes (If yes, attach all copies of quotations.) ❑ No 9.) Was the contact information on any of the listings not valid? (If yes, attach the information that was not valid in order for the Business Equity Division to address Yes the corrections needed.) ❑ No 10.) Submit documentation if Business Equity firms quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the firms forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the Business Equity firms was rejected and any supporting documentation the Prime/Offeror wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute concerning quotes, the Prime/Offeror will provide for confidential in -camera access to an inspection of any relevant documentation by City personnel. (Please use additional sheets, if necessary, and attach.) Company Name Telephone ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain Business Equity firm participation on this project. The Prime/Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The Prime/Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. A Prime/Offeror who intentionally and/or knowingly misrepresents material facts shall be Debarred for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. Effective 03/15/2022 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 4 of 4 The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the Business Equity firms listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any Business Equity firms listed in Attachment 1C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's Business Equity Division. Authorized Signature Title Company Name Address City/State/Zip Business Equity Division Email: DVIN_BEOffice@fortworthtexas.gov Phone: (817) 392-2674 Printed Signature Contact Name and Title (if different) Phone Number Email Address Date Effective 03/15/2022 FORT WORTH,,,, Joint Venture Page 1 of 3 Name of City project: 1. Joint venture information: Joint Venture Name: Joint Venture Address: (If applicable) Telephone: Cellular: CITY OF FORT WORTH M/WBE Joint Venture Eligibility Form All questions must be answered, use "NIA"if not applicable. A joint venture form must be completed on each project RFP/Bid/Purchasing Number: Facsimile: I E-mail address: Identify the firms that comprise the joint venture: Please attach extra sheets if additional space is required to provide detailed explanations of work to be performed by each firm comprising the joint venture M/WBE firm Non-M/WBE firm name: name: Business Address: Business Address: City, State, Zip: City, State, Zip: Telephone Facsimile E-mail Telephone Facsimile Cellular Cellular Certification Status: E-mail address Name of Certifying Agency: W-W Am 2. Scope of work performed by the Joint Venture: Describe the scope of work of the M/WBE: Describe the scope of work of the non-M/WBE: Rev. 2/13/19 Joint Venture Page 2 of 3 3. What is the percentage of M/WBE participation on this joint venture that you wish to be counted toward meeting the project goal? 4. Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement. 5. List components of ownership of joint venture: (Do not complete if this information is described in joint venture agreement) Profit and loss sharing: Capital contributions, including equipment: Other applicable ownership interests: 6. Identify by name, race, sex and firm those individuals (with titles) who are responsible for the day-to-day management and decision making of the joint venture: Financial decisions (to include Account Payable and Receivable): Management decisions: a. Estimating b. Marketing and Sales c. Hiring and Firing of management personnel d. Purchasing of major equipment and/or supplies Supervision of field operations The City's Business Equity Division will review your joint venture submission and will have final approval of the M/WBE percentage applied toward the goal for the project listed on this form. NOTE: From and after the date of project award, if any of the participants, the individually defined scopes of work or the dollar amounts/percentages change from the originally approved information, then the participants must inform the City's Business Equity Division immediately for approval. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the City's Business Equity Ordinance 25165-10-2021 . Rev. 2/13/19 Joint Venture Paqe 3 of 3 AFFIDAVIT The undersigned affirms that the foregoing statements are true and correct and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of the joint venture. Furthermore, the undersigned shall agree to provide to the joint venture the stated scope of work, decision -making responsibilities and payments herein. The City also reserves the right to request any additional information deemed necessary to determine if the joint venture is eligible. Failure to cooperate and/or provide requested information within the time specified is grounds for termination of the eligibility process. The undersigned agree to permit audits, interviews with owners and examination of the books, records and files of the joint venture by any authorized representatives of the City of Fort Worth. Failure to comply with this provision shall result in the termination of any contract, which may be awarded under the provisions of this joint venture's eligibility and may initiate action under Federal, State and/or Local laws/ordinances concerning false statements or willful misrepresentation of facts. Name of MBE firm Name of non -MBE firm Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Title Title Date Date Notarization State of County of On this day of 20 before me appeared and to me personally known and who, being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit and did state that they were properly authorized to execute this affidavit and did so as their free act and deed. Notary Public Print Name Notary Public Signature Commission Expires Office of Business Diversity Email: mwbeoffice@fortworthtexas.gov Phone: (817) 392-2674 (seal) Rev. 2/13/19 GC-6.07 Wage Rates THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Heavy and Highway Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate Asphalt Distributor Operator $ 15.32 Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $ 13.99 Asphalt Raker $ 12.69 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 11.74 Concrete Finisher, Paving and Structures $ 14.12 Concrete Pavement Finishing Machine Operator $ 16.05 Concrete Saw Operator $ 14.48 Crane Operator, Hydraulic 80 tons or less $ 18.12 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less $ 17.27 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom Over 80 Tons $ 20.52 Crawler Tractor Operator $ 14.07 Electrician $ 19.80 Excavator Operator, 50,000 pounds or less $ 17.19 Excavator Operator, Over 50,000 pounds $ 16.99 Flagger $ 10.06 Form Builder/Setter, Structures $ 13.84 Form Setter, Paving & Curb $ 13.16 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted $ 17.99 Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted $ 21.07 Front End Loader Operator, 3 CY or Less $ 13.69 Front End Loader Operator, Over 3 CY $ 14.72 Laborer, Common $ 10.72 Laborer, Utility $ 12.32 Loader/Backhoe Operator $ 15.18 Mechanic $ 17.68 Milling Machine Operator $ 14.32 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade $ 17.19 Motor Grader Operator, Rough $ 16.02 Off Road Hauler $ 12.25 Pavement Marking Machine Operator $ 13.63 Pipelayer $ 13.24 Reclaimer/Pulverizer Operator $ 11.01 Reinforcing Steel Worker $ 16.18 Roller Operator, Asphalt $ 13.08 Roller Operator, Other $ 11.51 Scraper Operator $ 12.96 Servicer $ 14.58 Small Slipform Machine Operator $ 15.96 Spreader Box Operator $ 14.73 Truck Driver Lowboy -Float $ 16.24 Truck Driver Transit -Mix $ 14.14 Truck Driver, Single Axle $ 12.31 Truck Driver, Single or Tandem Axle Dump Truck $ 12.62 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi Trailer $ 12.86 Welder $ 14.84 Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 11.68 The Davis -Bacon Act prevailing wage rates shown for Heavy and Highway construction projects were determined by the United States Department of Labor and current as of September 2013. The titles and descriptions for the classifications listed are detailed in the AGC of Texas' Standard Job Classifications and Descriptions for Highway, Heavy, Utilities, and Industrial Construction in Texas. Page 1 of 1 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Commercial Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate AC Mechanic $ 25.24 AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67 Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83 Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12.70 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13.31 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91 Carpenter $ 17.75 Carpenter Helper $ 14.32 Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Finisher $ 15.77 Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27 Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00 Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36 Drywall Helper $ 12.54 Drywall Taper $ 15.00 Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50 Electrician (Journeyman) $ 19.63 Electrician Apprentice (Helper) $ 15.64 Electronic Technician $ 20.00 Floor Layer $ 18.00 Floor Layer Helper $ 10.00 Glazier $ 21.03 Glazier Helper $ 12.81 Insulator $ 16.59 Insulator Helper $ 11.21 Laborer Common $ 10.89 Laborer Skilled $ 14.15 Lather $ 12.99 Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00 Metal Installer (Miscellaneous) $ 13.00 Metal Installer Helper (Miscellaneous) $ 11.00 Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54 Painter $ 16.44 Painter Helper $ 9.98 Pipefitter $ 21.22 Pipefitter Helper $ 15.39 Plasterer $ 16.17 Plasterer Helper $ 12.85 Plumber $ 21.98 Plumber Helper $ 15.85 Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87 Page 1 of 2 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11.08 Roofer $ 16.90 Roofer Helper $ 11.15 Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11 Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15 Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 Waterproofer $ 15.00 Equipment Operators Concrete Pump $ 18.50 Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19.31 Forklift $ 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50 Front End Loader $ 16.97 Truck Driver $ 16.77 Welder $ 19.96 Welder Helper $ 13.00 The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry (Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXO's (The Construction Association) website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp Page 2 of 2 GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 CITY OF FORT WORTH SILVER CREEK LIFT STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 104489-3 Revised July 1, 2011 FWORTH. ORTH. CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 03/29/2022 Note: All water or sewer pipe larger than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a project specific basis. Special bedding maybe required for some pipes. %pproval Spec No. Classsification Manufacturer A/lode] No. National Spec Size Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Components 33-39-10 (Rev 2/3/161 07/23/97 33 05 13 Urethane Hydrophilic Watcrstop Asahi Kogyo K.K. Adoka Ultra -Seal P-201 ASTM D2240/D412/D792 I 04/26/00 33 05 13 Offset Joint for 4' Diam. MH Hanson Concrete Products Drawing No. 35-0048-001 I 04/26/00 33 05 13 Profile Gasket for 4' Diam. MH. Press -Seal Gasket Corp. 250-4G Gasket ASTM C-443/C-361 SS MH I 1/26/99 33 05 13 HOPE Manhole Adjustment Rings Ladtech, Inc HDPE Adjustment Ring Traffic and Non -traffic area I5/13/05 33 05 13 Manhole External Wrap Canusa - CPS WrapidScal Manhole Encapsulation System Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Fiberglass 33-39-13 (1/8/131 1/26/99 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole Fluid Containment, Inc. Flowtitc ASTM 3753 Non -traffic area I 08/30/06 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole L.F. Manufacturing Non -traffic area Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Rectangular 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) * 33 05 13 1MarhoIc Frame and Covers I Western Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 1 1001 24"x40" WD Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Standard (Round) 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/161 * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 30024 24" Dia. I* 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. A 24 AM 24" Dia. I 08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R-1272 ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 24" Dia. 08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R- 165-LM (Hinged) ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 24" Dia. I 08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry NF 1274 ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 30" Dia. 08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R-1743-LM (Hinged) ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 30" dia. I33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-144N I33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-143N I 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Mous am GTS-STD 24" dia. I33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting 24" dia. I 10/31/06 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (Hinged) Powerseal Hinged Ductile Iron Manhole ASTM A536 24" Dia. I 7/25/03 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Saint-Gobain Pipelines (Pamrex/rexus) RE32-R8FS 30" Dia. I 01/31/06 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover East Jordan Iron Works V1432-2 and V1483 Designs AASHTO M306-04 30" Dia. I 11/02/10 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Sigma Corporation MH165IFWN & MH16502 30" Dia I 07/19/11 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Star Pipe Products MH32FTWSS-DC 30" Dia I 08/10/11 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Accpeast 220700 Heavy Duty with Gasket Ring 30" Dia 30" ERGO XL Assembly 10/14/13 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover (Hinged & Lockable) East Jordan Iron Works with Cam Lock/MPIC/T-Gasket ASSHTO M105 & ASTM A536 30" Dia I 06/01/17 3405 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover, (Hinged & Lockable) CI SIP Industries 2280 (32") ASTM A 48 30" Dia. CAP-ONE-30-FTW, Composite, w/ Lock 0111111 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Composite Access Products, L.P. w/o Hmg 30" Dia. I 10/07/21 3405 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Trumbull Manufacturing 32"(30") Frame and Cover 30" Dia. Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Water Tight & Pressure Tight 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/161 * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pant-A-Mmsson Pamnght 24" Dia. I33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting 24" Dia. I* 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Westem Iron Works,Bass & Hays Foundry 300-24P 24" Dia I * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. WPA24AM 24" Dia. I 03/08/00 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Accucast RC-2100 ASTM A 48 24" Dia. I 04/20/01 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (SIP)Serampme Industries Private Ltd. 300-24-23.75 Ring and Cover ASTM A 48 24" Dia. Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Precast Concrete (Rev 1/8/13) * 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Hydro Conduit Com SPL Item #49 ASTM C 478 48" I * 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc ASTM C443 48" I 09/23/96 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Concrete Product Inc. 48" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48" w/32" cone I 05/08/18 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete The Turner Company 48", 60" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48", 60" I 10/27/06 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Oldcastle Precast Inc. 48" I.D. Manhole w/ 24" Cone ASTM C 478 48" Diam w 24" Ring I 06/09/10 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer)Concrete US Composite Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete ASTM C-76 48" to 72" I 09/06/19 33 3920 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 60" & 72" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-76 60" & 72" I 10/07/21 32 39 20 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 48" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-77 48" I 10/07/21 33 3920 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer) Concrete Armorock 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 48" & 60" I 10/07/21 33 3920 Manhole, Precast (Hybrid) Polvmer & PVC Predl Systems 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 48" & 60" Non Traffic Areas Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Systems/Cementitious * EI-14 Manhole Rehab Svstans Vuadex I 04/23/01 E I-14 Manhole Rehab Sterns Standard Cement Materials, Inc. Relmcr MSP E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems AP/M Permaform I 4/20/01 E1-14 Manhole Rehab System Strong Company Strong Seal MS2A Rehab System I 5/12/03 E1-14 Manhole Rehab System (Liner) Poly -triplex Technologies MH repair product to stop infiltration ASTM D5813 I08/30/06 General Concrete Repair FlexKrete Technologies Vinyl Polyester Repair Product Misc. Use Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Systems/NonCementitious 05/20/96 E I-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Smavrou, Spray Wall Polyurethane Coating ASTM D639/D790 IEI-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Sun Coast I For Exterior Coating of Concrete 12/14/01 Coating for Corrosion proteetion(Exu tior) ERTECH Series 20230 and 2100 (Asphatic Emulsion) Structures Only I 01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1BB, Sl, S2 Acid Resistance Test Sewer Applications I I8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 Sewer Applications I I 08/30/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Citadel SLS-30 Solids Fogy ew Ser . pyjioations 33 01 16,33 39 10, RR&C Dampproofing Non-Fibered Spray For Exterior Coating of Concrete 03/19/18 33 39 20 Coating for Corrosion protedim(Exterior) Sherwin Williams Grade (Asphatic Emulsion) Structures Only * From Original Standard Products List CITY OF FORT WORTH FWORTH. ORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 03/29/2022 Note: All water or sewer pipe larder than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a proiect specific basis. Special bedding maybe required for some pipes. * 33 05 13 Manhole Insert South Western Packaging Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia. * 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Noflow-Inflow Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 For 24" dia. 09/23/96 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc. Lifesaver - Stainless Steel For 24" dia. 09/23/96 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc. TetherLok- Stainless Steel For 24" dia Water & Sewer - Pipe Casing Spacers 33-05-24 (07/01/13) 11/04/02 Steel Band Casing Spacers Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. Carbon Steel Spacers, Model SI 02/02/93 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. Stainless Steel Spacer, Model SSI 04/22/87 Casing Spacers Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Casing Spacers 09/14/10 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Pipeline Seal and Insulator Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Up to 48" 09/14/10 Coated Steel Casin Spacers Pipeline Seal and Insulator Coated Steel Casin Spacers Up to 48" 05/10/11 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Powerseal 4810 Powerchock Up to 48" 03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM SS-12 Casing Spacer(Stainless Steel) FB-12 Casing Spacer (Coated Carbon Steel) 03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM for Non_pressure Pipe and Grouted Casing 03,29/22 1 33 05 13 Large Soacers � CCI Pmeline Systems � CSCI2. CSS12 * 33 It 10 Ductile Iron Pipe Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Super Bell-Tne Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe, AW WA C150, C151 3" thru 24" 01/24/11 3111 10 Ductile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co. American Futile Pipe (Bell Spigot) AW WA C150, C151 4" thru 30" 08/24/11 33 11 10 Duaile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co. American Flex Ring (Restrained Joint) AW WA C150, C151 4" thm 30" * 33 11 10 Duaile Iron Pipe U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. AW WA C150, C151 * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe McWane Cast Iron Pipe Cc AW WA C150, C151 112/21111 Epoxy Lining System Sauercisen, Inc Se —Gard 21ORS LA County #210-1.33 12/14/01 Epoxy Lining System Enech Technical Coatings Ertech 2030 and 2100 Series 04/14/05 Interior Ductile Iron Pipe Coating Induron Proteao 401 ASTM B-117 01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1BB, Sl, S2 Acid Resistance Test 8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 05/15/11 1 33-31-70 IAir Release Valvc Sewer - Pipes/Concrete * EI-04 Cme. Pipe, Reinforced * E1-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced * EI-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced * EI-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced I 7/21/97 03/22110 04/09/21 4/14/05 06/09/10 P IMSystemcConnell Systems RS Systems er- Pipe/Fiberelass Reinforced Pipe 33-31 33 31 13 Cent. Cast Fiberglass (FRP) 333 13 Fiberglass Pipe (FRP) Glass -Fiber Reinforced Polymer Pipe (FRP) Polymer Modified Concrete Pipe EI-9 Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe �Hwh-dcnsity polyethylene pipe High -density polyethylene pipe High -density polyethylene pipe High.leasity polyethylene pipe er - Piues/PVC (Pressure Sewer) 33-I I-12 DR-14 PVC Pressure Pipe 33-] I-12 DR-14 PVC Pressure Pipe A.R.I. USA, Inc. Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc. Hydro Conduit Corporation Hanson Concrete Products Concrete Pipe & Products Co. Inc. l� PIM Corporation McLat Construction Trenchless Replacement System Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. Amemn Thompson Pipe Group Amitech USA US Composite Pipe Phillips Driscopme, Inc. Plexco Inc. Polly Pipe, Inc. CSR Hydro Conduit/Pipeline Systems Pipclife Jetstream Royal Building Products D025LTP02(Compositc Body) Class III T&G, SPL Item #77 Polyethylene Polyethylene Polyethylene Hobas Pipe (Non -Pressure) Boodstrand RPMP Pipe Thompson Pipe (Flowtite) Meyer Polycrete Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe Opticore Ductile Polyethylene Pipe McConnell Pipe Enlargement PVC Pressure Pipe Royal Seal PVC Pressure Pipe ASTM C 76 ASTM C 76 ASTM C 76 ASTM C 76 PIM Corp., Piscata Way, N.J. Houston, Texas Calgary, Canada ASTM D3262/D3754 ASTM D3262N3754 ASTM D3262N3754 ASTM C33, A276, F477 ASTM C-76 ASTM D 1248 ASTM D 1248 ASTM D 1248 ASTM D 1248 AW WA C900 AW WA C900 Ductile Iron Pipe Only Sewer Applications Sewer Applications tm Approved Previously Approved Previously Approved Previously 8" to 102", Class V 4" thin 12" 4" thru 12" * From Original Standard Products List 2 FORT WORTH. Note: All water or CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST than 15 inch diameter shall be anoroved for use by the Water basis. for some Updated: 03/29/2022 * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe 1-M Manufacturing Co., Inc. UM Eagle) SDR-26 ASTM D 3034 4" - 15" 12/23/97* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Diamond Plastics Corloration SDR-26 ASTM D 3034 4" thin 15" * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Lamson Vylon Pipe ASTM F 789 4" than 15" 01/18/18 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pme Gravity Sewer ASTM D3034 4" thin 15" 11/11/98 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Ptoe Diamond Plastics Connotation "S" Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F 679 18" to 27" * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co, Inc. UM Eagle) SDR 26/35 PS 115/46 ASTM F 679 18" - 28" 09/11/12 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pi a Piq life Jet Stream SDR-26 and SDR-35 ASTM F-679 18" 05/06/05 33-31-20 PVC Solid Wall Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation SDR 26/35 PS 115/46 ASTM F-679 18" to 48" 04/27/06 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Finings Harco SDR-26 and SDR-35 Gasket Fittings ASTM D-3034, D-1784, etc 4" - 11" * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fittings Plastic Trends, Inc.(Westlake) Gasketed PVC Sewer Main Fitness ASTM D 3034 3/19/2018 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe Pioelife Jet Stream SDR 35 ASTM F679 18"- 24" 3/19/2018 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pre Pioelife Jet Stream SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 15" 3/29/2019 33 3120 Gasketed Fittings (PVC) GPK Products, Inc. SDR 26 ASTM D3034/F-679 4"- 15" 10/21/2020 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4" - 15" 10/22/2020 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe Sanderson Pipe Coro. SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 15" 10/21/2020 333120 PVC Sewer Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) SDR26/35 PS 115/46 ASTM F-679 18"-36" Sewer - PiDes/Behab/CIPP 33-31-12 (01118/131 * Cured in Place Proe Insituform Texark, Inc ASTM F 1216 05/03/99 Cured in Place Pipe National Envirotech Group National Liner, (SPL) Item #27 ASTM F-1216/D-5813 05/29/96 Cured in Place Pipe Remolds Inc/Inhner Technol" (Infiner USA) Inhner Technology ASTM F 1216 Sewer - PIDeSBehab/Fold & Farm Fold and Form Pme Cullum Pipe Systems, Inc. 11/03/98 Fold and Form Pipe Insimform Technologies, Inc. Insim 'rNuPIPe" ASTM F-1504 Fold and Form Pipe American Pipe & Plastics, Inc. Demo. Purpose Only 12/04/00 Fold and Form Pi Ultralmer Ultralmer PVC Alloy Pipehner ASTM F-1504, 1871, 1867 06/09/03 Fold and Form Pipe Miller Pipeline Coro. EX Method ASTM F-1504, F-1947 Up to 18" diameter (Sewer - Pines/ODen Profile Large Diameter 09/26/9, E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Lamson Vyloo Pipe Carlon Vylon H.C. Closed Profile Pipe, ASTM F 679 18" to 48" 09/26/91 E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Extrusion Technologies, Inc. Ultra -Rib Oven Profile Sewer Pipe ASTM F 679 18" to 48" E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Uootor ETI Company 11/10/10 (E100-2) Polypropylene (PP) Sewer Pipe, Double Wall Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) SaniTite HP Double Wall (Corrugated) ASTM F 2736 24"-30" 11/10/10 (E100-2) Polypropylene (PP) Sewer Pipe, Triple Wall Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) SamTne HP Triple Wall Pipe ASTM F 2764 30" to 60" 05/16/11 Steel Reinforced Polyethylene Pipe ConTech Construction Products Durmaxx ASTM F 2562 24" to 72" Water - ADDurtenances 33-12-10 (07/01/13). 01/18/88 33-12-10 Double Strap Saddle Romac 202NS Nylon Coated AWWA C800 1"-211SVC, up to 24"Pipe 08/28/02 Double Strap Saddle Smith Blair #317 Nylon Coated Double Strap Saddle 07/23/12 33-12-10 Double Strap Service Saddle Mueller Company DR2S Double (SS) Strap DI Saddle AW WA C800 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe 10/27/87 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves McDonald 6100M,6100MT & 610MT 3/4" and 1" 10/27/87 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves McDonald 4603B, 4604B, 6100M, 610OTM and 6101M 1'h" and 2" FB600-7NL, FB1600-7-NL, FV23-777-W-NL, 1/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. -2-7-L AW WA C800 2" FB600-6-NL, FB1600-6-NL, FV23-666-W- 5/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. NL, L22-66NL AW WA C800 1-1 /2" FB600-4-NL, FB16004-NL, B11-444-WR- 1/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. NL, B22444-WR-NL, L28-44NL AW WA C800 I " B-25000N, B-24277N-3, B-20200N-3, H- AW WA C800, ANSF 61, 1/21/2.18 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15000N, , H-1552N, H142276N ANSI/NSF 372 _ B-25000N, B-20200N-3, B-24277N-3,H- AW WA C800, ANSF 61, 1/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15000N, H-14276N, H-15525N ANSI/NSF 372 1-1/2" B-25000N, B-20200N-3,H-15000N, H- AW WA C800, ANSF 61, 1111.1. 33-1240 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15530N ANSI/NSF 372 1" 01/26/00 Coated Tapping Saddle with Double SS Straps 1CM Industries, Inc. #406 Double Band SS Saddle 1"-2" Taos on up to 12" 0/5/21/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steep 1CM Industries, Inc 412 Tapping Sleeve ESS AW WA C-223 U to 30" w/l2" Out 03/29/22 I 33-12-25 (Tapping Sleeve (Coated or Stainless Steep JCM Industries, Inc. 415 Tapping Sleeve AW WA C-223 Concrete Pipe Only 05/10/11 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steep Powerseal 3490AS (Flange) & 3490MJ 4"-8" and 16" 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steep Romac FTS 420 AW WA C-223 up to 42" w/24" Out 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST Stainless Steel AW WA C-223 Up to 24" w/12" Out 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steep Romac SST III Stainless Steel AW WA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out 05/10/11 Joint Repair Clamp Powerseal 3232 Bell Joint Repair Clamp 4" to 30" Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW37C-12-lEPAF FTW Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW39C-12-lEPAF FTW 08/30/06 Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW65C-14-1EPAF FTW Class "A" Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB37-B12 1118 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB-18-Dual 1416 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB65-B65 1527 LID-9 Water - Bolts. Nuts. and Gaskets 33-11-05 (01/081131. * From Original Standard Products List FORT WORTH. Note: All water or CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST than 15 inch diameter shall be anuroved for use by the Water basis. for some Updated: 03/29/2022 * * * F I -1 I EI-11 EI-11 Combination An Release Valve Combination Air Release Valve Combination Air Release Valve GA Industries, Inc. Multiplex Manufacturing Co. Valve and Primer Com. Empire Au and Vacuum Valve, Model III Crispin Air and Vacuum Valves, Model No. APCO #143C, #145C and #147C ASTM A 126 Class B, ASTM A 240 -Float, ASTM A 307 - Cover Bolts 1" & 2" 1/2" 1" & 2" 1", 2" 11" Water - Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants 33-12-40 (01/15/14) 10,01/97 E-1-12 ➢ry Barrel Fire Hydrant American -Darling Valve Drawing Nos. 90-18608, 94-18560 AWWA C-502 03/31/88 E-1-12 ;) y Barrel Fire Hydrant American Darling Valve Shop Drawing No. 94-18791 AWWA C-502 09/30/87 E-1-12 j)ry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Shop Drawing No. D-19895 AWWA C-502 01/12/93 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American AVK Company Model 2700 AWWA C-502 08/24/88 E-1-12 ➢ry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Drawings D20435, D20436, B20506 AWWA C-502 E-1-12 j)ry Barrel Fire Hydrant ITT Kennedy Valve Shop Drawing No. D-80783FW AWWA C-502 09/24/87 E-1-12 j)ry Barrel Fire Hydrant M&H Valve Company Shop Drawing No. 13476 AWWA C-502 Shop Drawings No. 6461 10/11.7 E-1-12 j)ry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Company A-423 Centurion AWWA C-502 Shop Drawing FH-12 01/15/88 E1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Company A-423 Super Centurion 200 AWWA C-502 10/09/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant U.S. Pipe & Foundry Shop Drawing No. 960250 AWWA C-502 09/16/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Water— Company Shop Drawing No. SK740803 AWWA C-502 1 08/12/16 33-12-40 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant EI (East Jordan Iron Works) WaterMaster 5CD250 Water -Meters 02/OS/93 E101-5 Detector Check Meter Ames Company Model 1000 Detector Check Valve AW WA C550 4" - 10" 08/05/04 Magnetic Drive Vertical Turbine Hersey Magnetic Drive Vertical AWWA C701, Class 1 3/4" - 6" Water - Pipes/PVC (Pressure Water) 33-31-70 (Ol/08/13) AWWA C900, AWWA C605, 01/18/18 33-I1-12 PVC Pressure Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe DR14 ASTM D1784 4"-12" 3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife let Stream DR14 AWWA C900 4"-12" 3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream DR18 AWWA C900 16"-24" 5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation DR 14 AWWA C900 4"-12" 5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation DR 18 AWWA C900 16"-24" AWWA C900-16 UL 1285 12/6/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe 1-M Manufacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM Eagle DR 14 ANSI/NSF 61 4" 28„ FM 1612 AWWA C900-16 UL 1285 12/6/2018 1111 12 PVC Pressure Pipe 1-M Manufacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM Eagle DR 18 ANSI/NSF 61 16"-24" FM 1612 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Underground Solutions Inc. DR14 Fusible PVC AWWA C900 4" - 8" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) DRI8 AWWA C900 16"-24" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) DR14 AWWA C900 4%12" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Sanderson Pipe Corp. DR14 AWWA C900 4% 12" Water - PipesNalves & Fittings/Ductile Iron Fittings 33-11-11 (Ol/08/13) 07/23/92 EI-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Star Pipe Products, Inc. Mechanical Joint Fittings AWWA C153 & Cl 10 * E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Mechanical Joint Fittings AWWA C 110 * E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings McWane/Tyler Pipe/ Union Utilities Division Mechanical Joint Fittings, SIB Class 350 AW WA C 153, C 110, C III 08/11/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Sigma, Co. Mechanical Joint Fittings, SIR Class 351 AWWA C 153, C 110, C 112 02/26/14 EI-07 MJ Fittings Accucast Class 350 C-153 MJ Fittings AW WA C153 4"-12" 05/14/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co.Nni-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1400 AW WA C111/C153 4" to 36" 05/14/98 EI-24 PVC Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co.fUni-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1500 Circle -Lock AWWACIII/C153 4" to 24" 11/09/04 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints One Bolt, Inc. One Bolt Restrained Joint Fitting AW WA Cll1/C716/C153 4" to 12" 02/29/12 33-I1-11 Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc. Megalug Series 1100 (for DI Pipe) AW WA Cl l l/C116/C153 4" to I" 02/29/12 33-11-11 PVC Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc. Megalug Series 2000 (for PVC Pipe) AW WA Cl l l/C116/C153 4" to 24" 08/05/04 EI-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLC4 - SLC10 AW WA CI I IIC153 4" to 10" 03/06/19 33-11-I1 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SICS4 - SLCS12 AW WA C111/C153 4" to 12" 08/05/04 EI-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLCE AW WA C111/C153 12" to 24" 08/10/98 E I-07 MJ Fittings(DIP) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SIDE AW WA C153 4" - 24" 10/12/10 E I-24 Interior Restrained Joint System S & B Techncial Products Bulldog System( Diamond Lok 21 & JM ASTM F-1624 4" to 12" 08/16/06 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Fittings SIP Industries(Serampore) Mechanical Joint Fittings AW WA C153 4" to 24" 11/07/16 33-I1-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc. PVC Stargrip Series 4000 ASTM A536 AW WA Cl l l 11/07/16 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc. DIP Stargrip Series 3000 ASTM A536 AW WA Cl l l 03/19/18 33-I1-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore) EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Black For DIP ASTM A536 AW WA Cl l l 3"-48" EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 .111-18 334141 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Indroutes(Serampore) DR14 PVC Pipe ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I 4"-12" EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 03/19/18 33-1141 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Indu aries(Serampore) DRI8 PVC Pipe ASTM A536 AW WA Ct 11 16"-24" * From Original Standard Products List CITY OF FORT WORTH FWORTH. ORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 03/29/2022 Note: All water or sewer pipe larder than 15 inch diameter shall be approved for use by the Water Department on a proiect specific basis. Special bedding maybe required for some pipes. Resilient Wedged Gate Valve w/no Gears American Flow Control Series 2500 Drawing # 94-20247 16" 12/13/02 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Sen. 2530 and Series 2536 AWWA C515 30" and 36" 08/31/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Amencan Flow Control Series 2520 & 2524 (SD 94-20255) AW WA C515 20" and 24" 05/18/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Amencan Flow Control Sm. 2516 (SD 94-20247) AWWA C515 16" 10/24/00 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2500 (Ductile Iron) AW WA C515 4" to 12" 08/05/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control 42" and 48" AFC 2500 AWWA C515 42" and 48" 05/23/91 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company American AVK Resilient Scatted GV AWWA C509 4" to 12" 01/24/02 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company 20" and smaller * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Kennedy 4" - 12" * EI-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve M&H 4" - 12" * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Mueller Co. 4" - 12" 11/08/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2361 (SD 6647) AW WA C515 16" 01/23/03 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Sens A2360 for 18"-24" (SD 6709) AW WA C515 24" and smaller 05/13/05 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Muelter Co. Mueller 30" & 36", C-515 AW WA C515 30" and 36" 01/31/06 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 42" & 48", C-515 AW WA C515 42" and 48" 01/28/88 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. AWWA C509 4" - 12" 10/04/94 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. 16" RS GV (SD D-20995) AW WA C515 16" 11/08/99 EI-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow RW Valve (SD D-21652) AWWA C515 24" and smaller 11/29/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow 30" & 36" C-515 AWWA C515 30" and 36" (Note 3) 11/30/12 Resiliilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow Valve Model 2638 AWWA C515 24" to 48"fjQote 3) 05/08/91 EI-26 Resent Seat Gate Valve Stockham Valves & Fittings AWWA C 509, ANSI 420 - stem, 4" - t�� ASTM A 276 Type 304 - Bolts & tents I E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. Metroscal 250, mcnamments SPL #74 3" to 16" 10/26/16 33-12-20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve EJ (East Jordan Iron Works) EJ FlowMastcr Gate Valve & Boxes 08/24/18 Matco Gate Valve Matco-Norca 225 MR AWWA/ANSI C115/An21.15 4" to 16" Water - Pipes/Valves & Fittings/Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve 33-12-21 (07/10/14) * E 1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Henry Pratt Co, AWWA C-504 24" * EI-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Mueller Co. AWWA C-504 24"and smaller 1/11/99 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Dezurik Valves Co. AWWA C-504 24" and larger 06/12/03 E1-30 Valmatrc American Butterfly Valve Valmatrc Valve and Manufacturing Corp. Valmatrc American Butterfly Valve. AWWA C-504 Up to 84" diameter 04/06/07 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve M&H Valve M&H Style 4500 & 1450 AWWA C-504 24" to 48" 03/19/18 33 1221 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve G. A. Industries (Golden Anderson) AWWA C504 Butterfly Valve AWWA C-504 30"-54" I 05/12/05 EI-13 Encasment Flexsol Packaging Fulton Enterprises AWWA Cl05 8mil LLD OS/12/OS E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment Mountain States Plastics Het land AEP Ind. Standard Hardware AWWA C105 8 mil LLD 0S/12/OS E1-13 �P0lyethylene Polyethylene Encasment AEP Industries Bullstrong by Cowtown Bolt & Gasket AW WA C105 8 and LLD 09/O6/19 33-11-11 Polyethylene Encasment Northtown Products Inc. PE Encasement for DIP AW WA C105 8 and LLD Water - SamBling, .Station 3/12/96 1 1 Water Sampling Station Water Plus B20 Water Sampling Station I ]0121120 04/09/21 04/09/21 HG6-A-IN-2-BRN-LPRR{Ponablc) Flushing System Mueller Hydroguard HG2-A-IN--2-PVC-018-LPLG(Pumanent) Flushing System Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9800wc Flushing System Kupf le Foundry Company Eclipse 49700 (Portable) * From Original Standard Products List City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication DATE: Tuesday, March 10, 2026 REFERENCE NO.: **M&C 26-0174 LOG NAME: 60SILVERCREEKLS-ACADIAANDKHAA2CORRECTION SUBJECT: (CD 7) Correct Mayor and Council Communication 25-0800 to Revise the Contract Award Amount to $10,992,057.00 for the Contract with Acadia Services, LLC for Construction of the Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main, Part 3, and Adopt Appropriation Ordinances to Effect a Portion of Water's Contribution to the Fiscal Years 2026-2030 Capital Improvement Program RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: 1. It is recommended that the City Council authorize the correction of Mayor and Council Communication (M&C) 25-0800 to revise the contract award amount to $10,992,057.00 for the contract with Acadia Services, LLC (City Secretary Contract No. 64043) for construction of the Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main, Part 3 project; 2. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing receipts and appropriations in the Sewer Impact Fee Fund in the amount of $2,245,102.00 transferred from the Water/Wastewater Wholesale Impact Fees and Water/Wastewater Retail Impact Fees projects (City Project Nos. B20004 and B20005) to the Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main, Part 3 Project (City Project No. 104489); 3. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing receipts and appropriations in the Sewer Impact Fee Fund in the amount of $2,245,102.00 transferred from the Sewer Impact Fee Fund to the Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main, Part 3 Project (City Project No. 104489); and 4. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance adjusting appropriations in the Water & Sewer Commercial Paper Fund by increasing appropriations in the W&S Commercial Paper project (City Project No. UCMLPR) in the amount of $2,222,898.00 and decreasing appropriation in the Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main, Part 3 Project (City Project No. 104489) by the same amount to effect a portion of Water's contribution to the Fiscal Years 2026-2030 Capital Improvement Program. DISCUSSION: This Mayor and Council Communication (M&C) is to correct M&C 25-0800, approved August 26, 2025, which authorized execution of a construction contract with Acadia Services, LLC in the amount of $10,969,853.00 for the Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main Part 1 project. The contract amount should have read $10,992,057.00 and the contract is for Part 3, not Part 1. This M&C rectifies those errors. Subsequent to M&C 25-0800 being awarded, it was determined that some of the project is eligible to be funded with impact fees. The attached appropriation ordinances make this funding adjustment. All other elements of M&C 25-0800 shall remain in effect. It is the practice of the Water Department to appropriate its Capital Improvement Program (CIP) plan throughout the Fiscal Year, instead of within the annual budget ordinance, as projects commence, additional funding needs are identified, and to comply with bond covenants. Funding is budgeted in the Water/Wastewater Wholesale Impact Fees and Water/Wastewater Retail Impact Fees projects (City Project Nos. B20004 and B20005) within the Sewer Impact Fee Fund for the purpose of funding of the Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main project. Impact fees funds are replacing previous Commercial Paper appropriations for impact fee eligible costs. Funding for the Silver Creek Lift Station, Force Main and Gravity Main are depicted below: Fund 56022 - W&S Rev Bonds Series 2024 56026 — W&S Commercial Paper 57003 — Sewer Impact Fee Project Total Existing I Additional project Total* Appropriations Appropriations $2,838,118.00 $0.00 $2,838,118.00 $12,107,026.00 ($2,222,898.00) $9,884,128.00 $0.00 $2,245,102.00 $2,245,102.00 $14,945,144.00 $22,204.00 1$14,967,348.00 *Numbers rounded for presentation purposes. The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 7. FISCAL INFORMATION / CERTIFICATION: The Director of Finance certifies that funds are available in the Water/Wastewater Wholesale Impact Fees and Water/Wastewater Retail Impact Fees projects within the Sewer Impact Fee Fund and upon approval of the above recommendations and adoption of the attached appropriation ordinances, funds will be available in the Sewer Impact Fee Fund for the Silver Creek LS/FM/GM project to support the above recommendations and execution of the contract amendment. Prior to an expenditure being incurred, the Water Department has the responsibility of verifying the availability of funds. FUND IDENTIFIERS 0113s).: TO Fundl Department ccount Project ProgramActivity Budget Reference # ID ID Year (Chartfield 2) FROM Fund Department Account Project ProgramActivity Budget Reference # ID ID Year (Chartfield 2) CERTIFICATIONS: Submitted for City Manaqer's Office bv: Jesica McEachern (5804) Originating Department Head: Additional Information Contact: Chris Harder (5020) Bijay Upreti (8909) Amount Amount ATTACHMENTS 1. 60SILVERCREEKLS-ACADIAANDKHAA2CORRECTION funds avail.docx (CFW Internal) 2. 60SILVERCREEKLS-ARCADIAANDKHAA2CORRECTION FID Table (WCF 02.12.26).xlsx (CFW Internal) 3. 60SILVERCREEKLS-ARCADIAANDKHAA2CORRECTION Map.pdf (Public) 4. M&C 25-0800 Oriainal Award.pdf (Public) 5. ORD.APP 60SILVERCREEKLS-ACADIAANDKHAA2CORRECTION 56026 A026(R4).docx (Public) 6. ORD.APP 60SILVERCREEKLS-ACADIAANDKHAA2CORRECTION 57003 A026(R3).docx (Public) 7. ORD.APP 60SILVERCREEKLS-ACADIAANDKHAA2CORRECTION57003 A026(R2).docx (Public) 8. PBS CPN 104489.pdf (CFW Internal)